diff --git a/.github/actions/deploy-action/action.yml b/.github/actions/deploy-action/action.yml
index 6b2e578f17..ac777a7daf 100644
--- a/.github/actions/deploy-action/action.yml
+++ b/.github/actions/deploy-action/action.yml
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
name: Deploy via Bastion Host
-description: "Deploy specified files and directories to a server via a bastion host"
+description: "Deploy specified files and directories to a primary and secondary server via a bastion host"
inputs:
private_ssh_key:
description: "The private SSH key used to authenticate with the remote servers"
@@ -13,8 +13,12 @@ inputs:
description: "The [user@]hostname of the bastion server"
required: true
- host:
- description: "The [user@]hostname of the web server"
+ primary_host:
+ description: "The [user@]hostname of the primary web server"
+ required: true
+
+ secondary_host:
+ description: "The [user@]hostname of the secondary web server"
required: true
source:
@@ -45,6 +49,10 @@ runs:
chmod 600 ~/.ssh/known_hosts
shell: bash
- - name: rsync source to destination
- run: rsync -avz --delete -e 'ssh -A ${{ inputs.bastion_host }} ssh' ${{ inputs.source }} ${{ inputs.host }}:${{ inputs.destination }}
+ - name: Deploy to primary server
+ run: rsync -avz --delete -e 'ssh -A ${{ inputs.bastion_host }} ssh' ${{ inputs.source }} ${{ inputs.primary_host }}:${{ inputs.destination }}
+ shell: bash
+
+ - name: Deploy to secondary server
+ run: rsync -avz --delete -e 'ssh -A ${{ inputs.bastion_host }} ssh' ${{ inputs.source }} ${{ inputs.secondary_host }}:${{ inputs.destination }}
shell: bash
diff --git a/.github/dependabot.yml b/.github/dependabot.yml
index 6d6fb3ff31..4d1565e612 100644
--- a/.github/dependabot.yml
+++ b/.github/dependabot.yml
@@ -5,3 +5,13 @@ updates:
schedule:
interval: "weekly"
target-branch: "develop"
+ - package-ecosystem: "github-actions"
+ directory: "/"
+ schedule:
+ interval: "weekly"
+ target-branch: "develop"
+ - package-ecosystem: "pip"
+ directory: "/"
+ schedule:
+ interval: "weekly"
+ target-branch: "develop"
diff --git a/.github/workflows/build.yml b/.github/workflows/build.yml
index 70221f0a02..a81b5f78cb 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/build.yml
+++ b/.github/workflows/build.yml
@@ -1,22 +1,45 @@
name: Build
-on: [push, pull_request]
+on:
+ push:
+ branches:
+ - master
+ pull_request:
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- - uses: actions/checkout@v2
- - uses: actions/setup-python@v2
+ - name: Only allow pull requests based on master from the develop branch of the current repository
+ if: ${{ github.base_ref == 'master' && !(github.head_ref == 'develop' && github.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name == github.repository) }}
+ run: |
+ echo "Pull requests based on master can only come from the develop branch of this repository"
+ echo "Please check your base branch as it should be develop by default"
+ exit 1
+ - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+ - uses: actions/setup-python@v5
with:
python-version: 3.9
+ - name: Install Python dependencies
+ uses: py-actions/py-dependency-install@v4
+ - name: Install Python libs
+ run: pip3 install -r ./requirements.txt
- uses: ruby/setup-ruby@v1
with:
- ruby-version: 2.7
+ ruby-version: 3.2
bundler-cache: true
- - uses: seanmiddleditch/gha-setup-ninja@v3
+ - uses: seanmiddleditch/gha-setup-ninja@v6
with:
version: 1.10.2
+ - name: Install arm-none-eabi-gcc GNU Arm Embedded Toolchain
+ uses: carlosperate/arm-none-eabi-gcc-action@v1.10.1
+ - name: Install Doxygen
+ run: |
+ wget https://www.doxygen.nl/files/doxygen-1.10.0.linux.bin.tar.gz
+ tar xf doxygen-1.10.0.linux.bin.tar.gz -C "$HOME"
+ echo "$HOME/doxygen-1.10.0/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
+ - name: Build Doxygen documentation
+ run: make build_doxygen_adoc
- name: Build documentation
run: make -j 2
- name: Deploy to Mythic Beasts
@@ -26,7 +49,8 @@ jobs:
private_ssh_key: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_SSH_KEY }}
public_bastion_host_keys: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_KNOWN_HOSTS }}
bastion_host: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_BASTION_HOST }}
- host: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_HOST }}
+ primary_host: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_PRIMARY_HOST }}
+ secondary_host: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_SECONDARY_HOST }}
# this needs to match destination: in _config.yml
source: documentation/html/
destination: documentation
diff --git a/.github/workflows/stale.yml b/.github/workflows/stale.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ffb99cfcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/workflows/stale.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+name: Mark stale issues and pull requests
+
+on:
+ schedule:
+ - cron: '15 2 * * SUN'
+
+jobs:
+ stale:
+
+ runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+ permissions:
+ issues: write
+ pull-requests: write
+
+ steps:
+ - uses: actions/stale@v9
+ with:
+ repo-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+ stale-issue-message: 'This issue has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had recent activity. It will be closed if no further activity occurs. Thank you for your contributions.'
+ stale-pr-message: 'This pull request has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had recent activity. It will be closed if no further activity occurs. Thank you for your contributions.'
+ stale-issue-label: 'stale issue'
+ stale-pr-label: 'stale pull request'
+ exempt-issue-labels: 'ready to merge,ready for copy-edit,paused,in progress,linked pull request,backlog'
+ exempt-pr-labels: 'ready to merge,ready for copy-edit,paused,in progress,backlog'
+ days-before-stale: 60
+ days-before-close: 7
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 9fe563d56a..1d7ee958d6 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
.DS_Store
__pycache__
build
+build-pico-sdk-docs
documentation/html
-.sass-cache
+documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk
+.venv
diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f315972ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitmodules
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+[submodule "documentation/pico-sdk"]
+ path = lib/pico-sdk
+ url = https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-sdk
+ branch = master
+[submodule "documentation/pico-examples"]
+ path = lib/pico-examples
+ url = https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-examples.git
+ branch = master
+
+[submodule "doxygentoasciidoc"]
+ path = lib/doxygentoasciidoc
+ url = https://github.com/raspberrypi/doxygentoasciidoc.git
+ branch = main
diff --git a/BUILD.md b/BUILD.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d5ac2c6e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BUILD.md
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Making the documentation
+
+A brief overview of the files in this repo, and the make-targets in the `Makefile`, and how it all hangs together to build the final output html files from the initial adoc input files.
+
+**TL;DR version**: To build the 'regular' documentation site, run `make clean; make`. To build the documentation site with pico-sdk API docs included, run `make clean; make build_doxygen_adoc; make`.
+
+## Files in the repo
+
+* `documentation/asciidoc/` all our "regular" asciidoc documentation (referred to as `$(ASCIIDOC_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `documentation/images/` the images shown on the "boxes"
+* `documentation/pico-sdk/` [pico-sdk](https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-sdk) submodule (initially empty) (referred to as `$(PICO_SDK_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `documentation/pico-examples/` [pico-examples](https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-examples) submodule (initially empty) (referred to as `$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `jekyll-assets/` various styling stuff used by the jekyll build (referred to as `$(JEKYLL_ASSETS_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `scripts/` various Python build-scripts (referred to as `$(SCRIPTS_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `Makefile` top-level Makefile that runs the build
+
+## When you clone the repo and run `make`
+
+1. `.DEFAULT_GOAL := html` is set in the `Makefile`, which means that `make` actually does `make html`.
+ 1. The `html` target has the `run_ninja` target as a prerequisite
+ 1. The `run_ninja` target has `$(AUTO_NINJABUILD)` (i.e. `build/autogenerated.ninja`) as a prerequisite
+ 1. `build/autogenerated.ninja` has `$(BUILD_DIR)` (i.e. `build/`) as a prerequisite
+ 1. So the `build/` directory gets created
+ 1. Then `build/autogenerated.ninja` gets created
+ 1. Then `ninja` gets invoked, which uses `build.ninja` (which includes `build/autogenerated.ninja`) to create a whole bunch of files in the `build/` directory
+ 1. Then `jekyll` gets invoked, which uses all the files in the `build/` directory to create all the final output files in the `$(HTML_DIR)` (i.e. `documentation/html/`) directory
+
+If you run `make` a second time, then `make` and `ninja` will spot that everything is up to date, and only re-run the `jekyll` stage.
+
+## When you run `make clean`
+
+1. The `clean` target has the `clean_html` and `clean_doxygen_adoc` targets as prerequisites
+ 1. In this case `clean_doxygen_adoc` doesn't do anything, but `clean_html` deletes the `documentation/html/` directory
+1. Then the `build/` directory is deleted
+
+## When you run `make build_doxygen_adoc`
+
+1. The `build_doxygen_adoc` target has `$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc` (i.e. `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/index_doxygen.adoc`) as a prerequisite
+ 1. `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/index_doxygen.adoc` has `$(DOXYGEN_HTML_DIR)` (i.e. `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/`) and `$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)` (i.e. `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/`) as prerequisites
+ 1. So the `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` directory gets created
+ 1. `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` has `$(ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS)` (i.e. `documentation/pico-sdk/CMakeLists.txt` and `documentation/pico-examples/CMakeLists.txt`) and `$(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)` (i.e. `build-pico-sdk-docs/`) as prerequisites
+ 1. So the `build-pico-sdk-docs/` directory gets created
+ 1. `documentation/pico-sdk/CMakeLists.txt` gets created by initialising the `pico-sdk` submodule
+ 1. `documentation/pico-examples/CMakeLists.txt` gets created by initialising the `pico-examples` submodule
+ 1. Then `cmake` gets invoked for `pico-sdk/`, which creates `build-pico-sdk-docs/Makefile`
+ 1. Then we run the `docs` target in `build-pico-sdk-docs/Makefile` which runs `doxygen` and creates a bunch of HTML files in `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` (referred to as `$(DOXYGEN_HTML_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+1. Then we run the new `scripts/transform_doxygen_html.py` to convert the HTML files from `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` into adoc files in `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/`
+
+If you run `make build_doxygen_adoc` a second time, then `make` will detect that everything is already up to date, and so not do anything.
+
+If we **now** run `make` (see the `make html` description above), it will now find `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` and include that in the "tabs" in the output html files in `documentation/html/`.
+
+And if we then run a `make clean`, the presence of `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` will cause the `clean_doxygen_adoc` target to delete the files in the `build/` directory (to prevent things getting into an "invalid state"), and then delete the `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` directory.
+Note that `build-pico-sdk-docs/` (the raw Doxygen output) **isn't** deleted by `make clean`, because it's basically "static content" which can take a while to regenerate. To _also_ get rid of `build-pico-sdk-docs/` you can either `make clean_doxygen_html` or `make clean_everything` (with the latter also deinitialising the submodules).
+
+## Makefile targets
+
+Targets which might be useful for getting things to / from a particular state.
+
+* `make fetch_submodules` populates (initialises) the `documentation/pico-sdk/` and `documentation/pico-examples/` submodule directories
+* `make clean_submodules` deinitialises the submodule directories, i.e. is the opposite of `fetch_submodules`
+* `make build_doxygen_html` runs the `cmake` and `make` steps required to create the Doxygen HTML files (in `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/`) from the `pico-sdk` submodule
+* `make clean_doxygen_html` deletes the `build-pico-sdk-docs/` directory i.e. is the opposite of `build_doxygen_html`
+* `make build_doxygen_adoc` described in an earlier section, converts html files from `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` to adoc files in `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/`
+* `make clean_doxygen_adoc` deletes the `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` directory i.e. is the opposite of `build_doxygen_adoc`
+* `make run_ninja` converts adoc files from `documentation/asciidoc/` into adoc files in `build/`
+* `make clean_ninja` deletes the files in `build/` i.e. is the opposite of `run_ninja`
+* `make html` described in an earlier section, converts adoc files from `build/` into html files in `documentation/html/`. The default target invoked when no explicit target is given.
+* `make clean_html` deletes the `documentation/html/` directory, i.e. is the opposite of `html`
+* `make serve_html` converts adoc files from `build/` into html files in `documentation/html/` and then runs a mini webserver so that you can preview the output
+* `make clean` runs both of `clean_html` & `clean_doxygen_adoc` and also deletes `build/`
+* `make clean_everything` runs all of `clean_submodules`, `clean_doxygen_html` and `clean` i.e. returns your local directory to a fairly pristine state
+
+Note that for day-to-day usage, you'll typically only use the `make clean`, `make`, `make build_doxygen_adoc` and `make serve_html` commands - the dependencies in the `Makefile` are all set up so that any necessary intermediate steps are performed automatically.
+
+Bad ASCII-art time:
+
+```
++---------------+
+| 'clean' state |--> make build_doxygen_adoc
++---------------+ |
+ | | ^ V
+ | V | +-----------------------------------------+
+ | make make clean <---| documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/ exists |
+ | | ^ +-----------------------------------------+
+ | | | | |
+ | | | V |
+ | V | make |
+ | +----------------------------+ | |
+ | | documentation/html/ exists |<---+ |
+ | +----------------------------+ |
+ | | ^ |
+ | V | |
+ +---> make serve_html <-----------------------+
+ | |
+ | Ctrl-C
+ | ^
+ V |
++----------------------------------------------------------+
+| documentation/html/ exists and preview webserver running |
++----------------------------------------------------------+
+```
+
diff --git a/CONTRIBUTING.md b/CONTRIBUTING.md
index d1562c7e88..37fef6b8ea 100644
--- a/CONTRIBUTING.md
+++ b/CONTRIBUTING.md
@@ -1,35 +1,163 @@
-# Contributing to Raspberry Pi Documentation
+# Contributing to the Raspberry Pi Documentation
-Although you won't be able to directly change documentation on the official repository, you can take a look at all the source files and see how everything is arranged. The sources files and folders follow the hierarchical documentation as found on the Raspberry Pi website.
+The Raspberry Pi Documentation website is built from Asciidoc source using:
-In order to submit new or corrected documentation, you have to create a GitHub account (if you don't already have one) and **fork** the original repository to your account. You make changes as you see fit, save them in your repository, then make something called a **pull request** to the original Raspberry Pi repository. This pull request (**PR**) then appears in the Raspberry Pi repository where it can be assessed by the maintainers, copy edited, and, if appropriate, merged with the official repository.
+* [Asciidoctor](https://asciidoctor.org/)
+* [Jekyll](https://jekyllrb.com/)
+* [jekyll-asciidoc](https://github.com/asciidoctor/jekyll-asciidoc)
+* Python
-The documentation which appears on the Raspberry Pi website is generated from the GitHub repository, and is updated approximately hourly.
+The website automatically deploys to [www.raspberrypi.com/documentation](https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation) using GitHub Actions when new commits appear in the `master` branch.
-You will need a GitHub account to perform any of the following operations.
+## Contribute
-## Forking a repository
+To contribute or update documentation:
-This is easy. Go to the Raspberry Pi repository, https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation, and look at the top right of the page. There should be a button labelled **Fork**, which will fork a copy of the repository to your own GitHub account.
+1. Create a fork of this repository on your GitHub account.
-## Make Changes
+1. Make changes in your fork. Start from the default `develop` branch.
-In your own copy of the repo, you can now alter or add files.
+1. Read our [style guide](https://github.com/raspberrypi/style-guide/blob/master/style-guide.md) to ensure that your changes are consistent with the rest of our documentation. Since Raspberry Pi is a British company, be sure to include all of your extra `u`s and transfigure those `z`s (pronounced 'zeds') into `s`s!
-To edit a file, first find the file in the filename tree, and click on it. This displays the page in fully rendered markup, and on the toolbar at the top of the document (not top of the page) is a small icon of a pencil. This is the edit button. Click on it and the file will appear in the Github editor. You can now edit away to your heart's content. You can click on **Preview changes** to see the fully rendered file with your edits.
+1. [Open a pull request](https://docs.github.com/en/github/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-a-pull-request-from-a-fork) against this repository.
-At the end of the page is a box called **Commit Changes**. You can either commit your changes directly to your own master branch or create a new branch for use as a pull request. Use the master option, as this means you are making changes to your master copy. Using the branch option will create a new branch in your own repository, but that's a little more complicated to deal with so it won't be described here. If you are making a lot of independent changes over time before pushing the changes to Raspberry Pi, you may wish to investigate the branch option. Update the commit title and enter a description of the change at this point.
+1. The maintainers will assess and copy-edit the PR. This can take anywhere from a few minutes to a few days, depending on the size of your PR, the time of year, and the availability of the maintainers.
-Selecting **Commit changes** will make the change to your master branch. You now need to take that change and make a pull request from it.
+1. After making any requested improvements to your PR, the maintainers will accept the PR and merge your changes into `develop`.
-## Opening a Pull Request
+1. When the maintainers next release the documentation by merging `develop` into `master`, your changes will go public on the production documentation site.
-This is pretty easy. Click on the **Pull Requests** tab on the toolbar. Afterwards, there should be a green button just below the toolbar that is labelled **New pull request**. Click it, and a page should appear that asks you to compare changes. This PR page is actually on the Raspberry Pi GitHub page, not the contributor's, because a PR requests the Raspberry Pi repository maintainers to 'pull' from the contributor's repository. The left-hand side should be the `raspberrypi/documentation` repository, and the branch should be the master one. The right-hand side is where the PR is coming from: your GitHub account, and your master branch. Further down the page you should see a list of the commits you want to have in the PR, and, below that, the actual changes.
+Alternatively, [open an issue](https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation/issues) to discuss proposed changes.
-If you are happy for the PR to be created, click on **Create pull request**.
+## Build
-And that's it! The Raspberry Pi documentation PR list will now have your entry in it. It will be read, assessed for technical correctness, passed to copy editors for final checking, and finally merged to the main documentation tree.
+### Install dependencies
+To build the Raspberry Pi documentation locally, you'll need Ruby, Python, and the Ninja build system.
-This is a very quick guide to contributing via GitHub, but it will get you started and enable you to make a difference!
+#### Linux
+
+Use `apt` to install the dependencies:
+
+```console
+$ sudo apt install -y ruby ruby-dev python3 python3-pip make ninja-build
+```
+
+Then, append the following lines to your `~/.bashrc` file (or equivalent shell configuration):
+
+```bash
+export GEM_HOME="$(ruby -e 'puts Gem.user_dir')"
+export PATH="$PATH:$GEM_HOME/bin"
+```
+
+Close and re-launch your terminal window to use the new dependencies and configuration.
+
+#### macOS
+
+If you don't already have it, we recommend installing the [Homebrew](https://brew.sh/) package manager:
+
+```console
+$ /bin/bash -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install.sh)"
+```
+
+Next, use Homebrew to install Ruby:
+
+```console
+$ brew install ruby
+```
+
+After installing Ruby, follow the instructions provided by Homebrew to make your new Ruby version easily accessible from the command line.
+
+Then, use Homebrew to install the most recent version of Python:
+
+```console
+$ brew install python
+```
+
+Then, install the [Ninja build system](https://formulae.brew.sh/formula/ninja#default):
+
+```console
+$ brew install ninja
+```
+
+### Set up environment
+
+Use the `gem` package manager to install the [Ruby bundler](https://bundler.io/), which this repository uses to manage Ruby dependencies:
+
+```console
+$ gem install bundler
+```
+
+And then install the required Ruby gems:
+
+```console
+$ bundle install
+```
+
+Configure a Python virtual environment for this project:
+
+```console
+$ python -m venv .env
+```
+
+Activate the virtual environment:
+
+```console
+$ source .env/bin/activate
+```
+
+> [!TIP]
+> When you're using a virtual environment, you should see a `(.env)` prefix at the start of your terminal prompt. At any time, run the `deactivate` command to exit the virtual environment.
+
+In the virtual environment, install the required Python modules:
+
+```console
+$ pip3 install -r requirements.txt
+```
+
+### Build HTML
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> If you configured a Python virtual environment as recommended in the previous step, **always** run `source .env/bin/activate` before building. You must activate the virtual environment to access to all of the Python dependencies installed in that virtual environment.
+
+To build the documentation and start a local server to preview the built site, run the following command:
+
+```console
+$ make serve_html
+```
+
+You can access the virtual server at [http://127.0.0.1:4000/documentation/](http://127.0.0.1:4000/documentation/).
+
+> [!TIP]
+> To delete and rebuild the documentation site, run `make clean`, then re-run the build command. You'll need to do this every time you add or remove an Asciidoc, image, or video file.
+
+
+### Build the Pico C SDK Doxygen documentation
+
+The Raspberry Pi documentation site includes a section of generated Asciidoc that we build from the [Doxygen Pico SDK documentation](https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-sdk).
+
+We use the tooling in this repository and [doxygentoasciidoc](https://github.com/raspberrypi/doxygentoasciidoc) to generate that documentation section. By default, local documentation builds don't include this section because it takes a bit longer to build (tens of seconds) than the rest of the site.
+
+Building the Pico C SDK Doxygen documentation requires the following additional package dependencies:
+
+```console
+$ sudo apt install -y cmake gcc-arm-none-eabi doxygen graphviz
+```
+
+Then, initialise the Git submodules used in the Pico C SDK section build:
+
+```console
+$ git submodule update --init
+```
+
+Run the following command to build the Pico C SDK section Asciidoc files from the Doxygen source:
+
+```console
+$ make build_doxygen_adoc
+```
+
+The next time you build the documentation site, you'll see the Pico C SDK section in your local preview.
+
+> [!TIP]
+> To delete and rebuild the generated files, run `make clean_doxygen_xml`, then re-run the build command.
diff --git a/Gemfile b/Gemfile
index 5d9a7e74af..bb73401e41 100644
--- a/Gemfile
+++ b/Gemfile
@@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ source "https://rubygems.org"
#
# This will help ensure the proper Jekyll version is running.
# Happy Jekylling!
-gem "jekyll", "~> 4.2.0"
+gem "jekyll", "~> 4.4.1"
# This is the default theme for new Jekyll sites. You may change this to anything you like.
-gem "minima", "~> 2.0"
+gem "minima", "~> 2.5"
# If you want to use GitHub Pages, remove the "gem "jekyll"" above and
# uncomment the line below. To upgrade, run `bundle update github-pages`.
@@ -19,8 +19,10 @@ gem "minima", "~> 2.0"
# If you have any plugins, put them here!
group :jekyll_plugins do
- gem "jekyll-feed", "~> 0.6"
+ gem "jekyll-feed", "~> 0.17"
gem 'jekyll-asciidoc'
+ gem 'asciidoctor'
+ gem 'asciidoctor-tabs', ">= 1.0.0.beta.6"
end
# Windows does not include zoneinfo files, so bundle the tzinfo-data gem
@@ -31,5 +33,10 @@ install_if -> { RUBY_PLATFORM =~ %r!mingw|mswin|java! } do
end
# Performance-booster for watching directories on Windows
-gem "wdm", "~> 0.1.0", :install_if => Gem.win_platform?
+gem "wdm", "~> 0.2.0", :install_if => Gem.win_platform?
+gem "nokogiri", "~> 1.18"
+
+# So we can add custom element templates
+gem 'slim', '~> 5.2.1'
+gem 'thread_safe', '~> 0.3.5'
diff --git a/Gemfile.lock b/Gemfile.lock
index 684aa374ed..385a34392c 100644
--- a/Gemfile.lock
+++ b/Gemfile.lock
@@ -1,90 +1,122 @@
GEM
remote: https://rubygems.org/
specs:
- addressable (2.8.0)
- public_suffix (>= 2.0.2, < 5.0)
- asciidoctor (2.0.15)
+ addressable (2.8.7)
+ public_suffix (>= 2.0.2, < 7.0)
+ asciidoctor (2.0.23)
+ asciidoctor-tabs (1.0.0.beta.6)
+ asciidoctor (>= 2.0.0, < 3.0.0)
+ base64 (0.2.0)
+ bigdecimal (3.1.9)
colorator (1.1.0)
- concurrent-ruby (1.1.9)
- em-websocket (0.5.2)
+ concurrent-ruby (1.3.5)
+ csv (3.3.2)
+ em-websocket (0.5.3)
eventmachine (>= 0.12.9)
- http_parser.rb (~> 0.6.0)
+ http_parser.rb (~> 0)
eventmachine (1.2.7)
- ffi (1.15.3)
+ ffi (1.17.1)
forwardable-extended (2.6.0)
- http_parser.rb (0.6.0)
- i18n (1.8.10)
+ google-protobuf (4.29.3)
+ bigdecimal
+ rake (>= 13)
+ http_parser.rb (0.8.0)
+ i18n (1.14.7)
concurrent-ruby (~> 1.0)
- jekyll (4.2.0)
+ jekyll (4.4.1)
addressable (~> 2.4)
+ base64 (~> 0.2)
colorator (~> 1.0)
+ csv (~> 3.0)
em-websocket (~> 0.5)
i18n (~> 1.0)
- jekyll-sass-converter (~> 2.0)
+ jekyll-sass-converter (>= 2.0, < 4.0)
jekyll-watch (~> 2.0)
- kramdown (~> 2.3)
+ json (~> 2.6)
+ kramdown (~> 2.3, >= 2.3.1)
kramdown-parser-gfm (~> 1.0)
liquid (~> 4.0)
- mercenary (~> 0.4.0)
+ mercenary (~> 0.3, >= 0.3.6)
pathutil (~> 0.9)
- rouge (~> 3.0)
+ rouge (>= 3.0, < 5.0)
safe_yaml (~> 1.0)
- terminal-table (~> 2.0)
- jekyll-asciidoc (3.0.0)
- asciidoctor (>= 1.5.0)
+ terminal-table (>= 1.8, < 4.0)
+ webrick (~> 1.7)
+ jekyll-asciidoc (3.0.1)
+ asciidoctor (>= 1.5.0, < 3.0.0)
jekyll (>= 3.0.0)
- jekyll-feed (0.15.1)
+ jekyll-feed (0.17.0)
jekyll (>= 3.7, < 5.0)
- jekyll-sass-converter (2.1.0)
- sassc (> 2.0.1, < 3.0)
- jekyll-seo-tag (2.7.1)
+ jekyll-sass-converter (3.1.0)
+ sass-embedded (~> 1.75)
+ jekyll-seo-tag (2.8.0)
jekyll (>= 3.8, < 5.0)
jekyll-watch (2.2.1)
listen (~> 3.0)
- kramdown (2.3.1)
- rexml
+ json (2.9.1)
+ kramdown (2.5.1)
+ rexml (>= 3.3.9)
kramdown-parser-gfm (1.1.0)
kramdown (~> 2.0)
- liquid (4.0.3)
- listen (3.5.1)
+ liquid (4.0.4)
+ listen (3.9.0)
rb-fsevent (~> 0.10, >= 0.10.3)
rb-inotify (~> 0.9, >= 0.9.10)
mercenary (0.4.0)
- minima (2.5.1)
+ mini_portile2 (2.8.8)
+ minima (2.5.2)
jekyll (>= 3.5, < 5.0)
jekyll-feed (~> 0.9)
jekyll-seo-tag (~> 2.1)
+ nokogiri (1.18.8)
+ mini_portile2 (~> 2.8.2)
+ racc (~> 1.4)
pathutil (0.16.2)
forwardable-extended (~> 2.6)
- public_suffix (4.0.6)
- rb-fsevent (0.11.0)
- rb-inotify (0.10.1)
+ public_suffix (6.0.1)
+ racc (1.8.1)
+ rake (13.2.1)
+ rb-fsevent (0.11.2)
+ rb-inotify (0.11.1)
ffi (~> 1.0)
- rexml (3.2.5)
- rouge (3.26.0)
+ rexml (3.4.0)
+ rouge (4.5.1)
safe_yaml (1.0.5)
- sassc (2.4.0)
- ffi (~> 1.9)
- terminal-table (2.0.0)
- unicode-display_width (~> 1.1, >= 1.1.1)
- tzinfo (2.0.4)
+ sass-embedded (1.83.4)
+ google-protobuf (~> 4.29)
+ rake (>= 13)
+ slim (5.2.1)
+ temple (~> 0.10.0)
+ tilt (>= 2.1.0)
+ temple (0.10.3)
+ terminal-table (3.0.2)
+ unicode-display_width (>= 1.1.1, < 3)
+ thread_safe (0.3.6)
+ tilt (2.3.0)
+ tzinfo (2.0.6)
concurrent-ruby (~> 1.0)
- tzinfo-data (1.2021.1)
+ tzinfo-data (1.2025.2)
tzinfo (>= 1.0.0)
- unicode-display_width (1.7.0)
- wdm (0.1.1)
+ unicode-display_width (2.6.0)
+ wdm (0.2.0)
+ webrick (1.9.1)
PLATFORMS
ruby
DEPENDENCIES
- jekyll (~> 4.2.0)
+ asciidoctor
+ asciidoctor-tabs (>= 1.0.0.beta.6)
+ jekyll (~> 4.4.1)
jekyll-asciidoc
- jekyll-feed (~> 0.6)
- minima (~> 2.0)
+ jekyll-feed (~> 0.17)
+ minima (~> 2.5)
+ nokogiri (~> 1.18)
+ slim (~> 5.2.1)
+ thread_safe (~> 0.3.5)
tzinfo (~> 2.0)
tzinfo-data
- wdm (~> 0.1.0)
+ wdm (~> 0.2.0)
BUNDLED WITH
- 2.2.15
+ 2.3.22
diff --git a/LICENSE.md b/LICENSE.md
index 3cb65d4914..4b2db9cd3d 100644
--- a/LICENSE.md
+++ b/LICENSE.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The Raspberry Pi documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Attribution
# Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International
-Creative Commons Corporation (“Creative Commons”) is not a law firm and does not provide legal services or legal advice. Distribution of Creative Commons public licenses does not create a lawyer-client or other relationship. Creative Commons makes its licenses and related information available on an “as-is” basis. Creative Commons gives no warranties regarding its licenses, any material licensed under their terms and conditions, or any related information. Creative Commons disclaims all liability for damages resulting from their use to the fullest extent possible.
+Creative Commons Corporation ("Creative Commons") is not a law firm and does not provide legal services or legal advice. Distribution of Creative Commons public licenses does not create a lawyer-client or other relationship. Creative Commons makes its licenses and related information available on an "as-is" basis. Creative Commons gives no warranties regarding its licenses, any material licensed under their terms and conditions, or any related information. Creative Commons disclaims all liability for damages resulting from their use to the fullest extent possible.
### Using Creative Commons Public Licenses
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Creative Commons public licenses provide a standard set of terms and conditions
* __Considerations for licensors:__ Our public licenses are intended for use by those authorized to give the public permission to use material in ways otherwise restricted by copyright and certain other rights. Our licenses are irrevocable. Licensors should read and understand the terms and conditions of the license they choose before applying it. Licensors should also secure all rights necessary before applying our licenses so that the public can reuse the material as expected. Licensors should clearly mark any material not subject to the license. This includes other CC-licensed material, or material used under an exception or limitation to copyright. [More considerations for licensors](http://wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensors_and_licensees#Considerations_for_licensors).
-* __Considerations for the public:__ By using one of our public licenses, a licensor grants the public permission to use the licensed material under specified terms and conditions. If the licensor’s permission is not necessary for any reason–for example, because of any applicable exception or limitation to copyright–then that use is not regulated by the license. Our licenses grant only permissions under copyright and certain other rights that a licensor has authority to grant. Use of the licensed material may still be restricted for other reasons, including because others have copyright or other rights in the material. A licensor may make special requests, such as asking that all changes be marked or described. Although not required by our licenses, you are encouraged to respect those requests where reasonable. [More considerations for the public](http://wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensors_and_licensees#Considerations_for_licensees).
+* __Considerations for the public:__ By using one of our public licenses, a licensor grants the public permission to use the licensed material under specified terms and conditions. If the licensor's permission is not necessary for any reason–for example, because of any applicable exception or limitation to copyright–then that use is not regulated by the license. Our licenses grant only permissions under copyright and certain other rights that a licensor has authority to grant. Use of the licensed material may still be restricted for other reasons, including because others have copyright or other rights in the material. A licensor may make special requests, such as asking that all changes be marked or described. Although not required by our licenses, you are encouraged to respect those requests where reasonable. [More considerations for the public](http://wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensors_and_licensees#Considerations_for_licensees).
## Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ a. ___License grant.___
A. __Offer from the Licensor – Licensed Material.__ Every recipient of the Licensed Material automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the Licensed Rights under the terms and conditions of this Public License.
- B. __Additional offer from the Licensor – Adapted Material.__ Every recipient of Adapted Material from You automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the Licensed Rights in the Adapted Material under the conditions of the Adapter’s License You apply.
+ B. __Additional offer from the Licensor – Adapted Material.__ Every recipient of Adapted Material from You automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the Licensed Rights in the Adapted Material under the conditions of the Adapter's License You apply.
C. __No downstream restrictions.__ You may not offer or impose any additional or different terms or conditions on, or apply any Effective Technological Measures to, the Licensed Material if doing so restricts exercise of the Licensed Rights by any recipient of the Licensed Material.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ b. ___ShareAlike.___
In addition to the conditions in Section 3(a), if You Share Adapted Material You produce, the following conditions also apply.
-1. The Adapter’s License You apply must be a Creative Commons license with the same License Elements, this version or later, or a BY-SA Compatible License.
+1. The Adapter's License You apply must be a Creative Commons license with the same License Elements, this version or later, or a BY-SA Compatible License.
2. You must include the text of, or the URI or hyperlink to, the Adapter's License You apply. You may satisfy this condition in any reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and context in which You Share Adapted Material.
@@ -170,6 +170,6 @@ c. No term or condition of this Public License will be waived and no failure to
d. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or may be interpreted as a limitation upon, or waiver of, any privileges and immunities that apply to the Licensor or You, including from the legal processes of any jurisdiction or authority.
-> Creative Commons is not a party to its public licenses. Notwithstanding, Creative Commons may elect to apply one of its public licenses to material it publishes and in those instances will be considered the “Licensor.” The text of the Creative Commons public licenses is dedicated to the public domain under the [CC0 Public Domain Dedication](https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/legalcode). Except for the limited purpose of indicating that material is shared under a Creative Commons public license or as otherwise permitted by the Creative Commons policies published at [creativecommons.org/policies](http://creativecommons.org/policies), Creative Commons does not authorize the use of the trademark “Creative Commons” or any other trademark or logo of Creative Commons without its prior written consent including, without limitation, in connection with any unauthorized modifications to any of its public licenses or any other arrangements, understandings, or agreements concerning use of licensed material. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph does not form part of the public licenses.
+> Creative Commons is not a party to its public licenses. Notwithstanding, Creative Commons may elect to apply one of its public licenses to material it publishes and in those instances will be considered the "Licensor." The text of the Creative Commons public licenses is dedicated to the public domain under the [CC0 Public Domain Dedication](https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/legalcode). Except for the limited purpose of indicating that material is shared under a Creative Commons public license or as otherwise permitted by the Creative Commons policies published at [creativecommons.org/policies](http://creativecommons.org/policies), Creative Commons does not authorize the use of the trademark "Creative Commons" or any other trademark or logo of Creative Commons without its prior written consent including, without limitation, in connection with any unauthorized modifications to any of its public licenses or any other arrangements, understandings, or agreements concerning use of licensed material. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph does not form part of the public licenses.
>
> Creative Commons may be contacted at creativecommons.org.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
index db9e2751cb..711219f453 100644
--- a/Makefile
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -1,46 +1,125 @@
-# The top-level Makefile which does things by calling rules in other makefiles
+# The top-level Makefile which builds everything
-# these need to be done in a specific order, which is why they're rules rather than simply being listed as prerequisites
-all:
- $(MAKE) jekyll
- $(MAKE) html
+ASCIIDOC_DIR = documentation/asciidoc
+HTML_DIR = documentation/html
+IMAGES_DIR = documentation/images
+JEKYLL_ASSETS_DIR = jekyll-assets
+SCRIPTS_DIR = scripts
+DOCUMENTATION_REDIRECTS_DIR = documentation/redirects
+DOCUMENTATION_INDEX = documentation/index.json
+SITE_CONFIG = _config.yml
-clean:
- $(MAKE) clean_html
- $(MAKE) clean_jekyll
- rm -rf build
+BUILD_DIR = build
+ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR = $(BUILD_DIR)/jekyll
+ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR = $(BUILD_DIR)/adoc_includes
+AUTO_NINJABUILD = $(BUILD_DIR)/autogenerated.ninja
-.PHONY: all clean jekyll clean_jekyll invalidate_jekyll update_offline_includes html clean_html invalidate_html serve_html
+PICO_SDK_DIR = lib/pico-sdk
+PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR = lib/pico-examples
+DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR = lib/doxygentoasciidoc
+ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS = $(PICO_SDK_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt $(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt
+DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR = build-pico-sdk-docs
+DOXYGEN_XML_DIR = $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined/docs/doxygen/xml
+# The pico-sdk here needs to match up with the "from_json" entry in index.json
+ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR = $(ASCIIDOC_DIR)/pico-sdk
-# Copy all needed files to the build/jekyll folder
-jekyll:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/jekyll.mk all
+JEKYLL_CMD = bundle exec jekyll
-# Delete the build/jekyll directory
-clean_jekyll:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/jekyll.mk clean
+.DEFAULT_GOAL := html
-# Tell the build/jekyll directory that some of its source-files might have changed
-invalidate_jekyll:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/jekyll.mk invalidate
+.PHONY: clean run_ninja clean_ninja html serve_html clean_html build_doxygen_xml clean_doxygen_xml build_doxygen_adoc clean_doxygen_adoc fetch_submodules clean_submodules clean_everything
-# Update the files in the offline_includes directory
-update_offline_includes:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/jekyll.mk $@
+$(BUILD_DIR):
+ @mkdir -p $@
-# Convert asciidoc files to html files
-html:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/html.mk all
+$(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR):
+ mkdir $@
-# Delete the documentation/html directory
-clean_html:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/html.mk clean
+$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR): | $(ASCIIDOC_DIR)
+ mkdir $@
+
+# Delete all autogenerated files
+clean: clean_html clean_doxygen_adoc
+ rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR)
+
+# Initialise pico-sdk submodule (and the subnmodules that it uses)
+$(PICO_SDK_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt $(PICO_SDK_DIR)/docs/index.h: | $(PICO_SDK_DIR)
+ git submodule update --init $(PICO_SDK_DIR)
+ git -C $(PICO_SDK_DIR) submodule update --init
+
+# Initialise pico-examples submodule
+$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt: | $(PICO_SDK_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt $(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)
+ git submodule update --init $(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)
+
+# Initialise doxygentoasciidoc submodule
+$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/__main__.py:
+ git submodule update --init $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)
+
+fetch_submodules: $(ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS) $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/__main__.py
+
+# Get rid of the submodules
+clean_submodules:
+ git submodule deinit --all
+
+# Create the pico-sdk Doxygen XML files
+$(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/index.xml: | $(ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS) $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)
+ cmake -S $(PICO_SDK_DIR) -B $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined -D PICO_EXAMPLES_PATH=../../$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR) -D PICO_NO_PICOTOOL=1 -D PICO_PLATFORM=combined-docs
+ cmake -S $(PICO_SDK_DIR) -B $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2040 -D PICO_EXAMPLES_PATH=../../$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR) -D PICO_NO_PICOTOOL=1 -D PICO_PLATFORM=rp2040
+ cmake -S $(PICO_SDK_DIR) -B $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2350 -D PICO_EXAMPLES_PATH=../../$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR) -D PICO_NO_PICOTOOL=1 -D PICO_PLATFORM=rp2350
+ $(MAKE) -C $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined docs
+ $(MAKE) -C $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2040 docs
+ $(MAKE) -C $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2350 docs
+ python3 $(SCRIPTS_DIR)/postprocess_doxygen_xml.py $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)
+
+$(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined/docs/Doxyfile: | $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)
+
+build_doxygen_xml: | $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)
-# Tell the documentation/html directory that some of its source-files might have changed
-invalidate_html:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/html.mk invalidate
+# Clean all the Doxygen HTML files
+clean_doxygen_xml:
+ rm -rf $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)
-# Serve the html directory with Jekyll
-serve_html:
- $(MAKE) -f makefiles/html.mk serve
+# create the sdk adoc and the json file
+$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/picosdk_index.json $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc: $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/index.xml $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/__main__.py $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/cli.py $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/nodes.py $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/helpers.py | $(BUILD_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/requirements.txt
+ $(MAKE) clean_ninja
+ pip3 install -r $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/requirements.txt
+ PYTHONPATH=$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/.. python3 -m doxygentoasciidoc -o $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/all_groups.adoc $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/index.xml
+ PYTHONPATH=$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/.. python3 -m doxygentoasciidoc -c -o $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/indexpage.xml
+ PYTHONPATH=$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/.. python3 -m doxygentoasciidoc -c -o $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/examples_page.adoc $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/examples_page.xml
+ python3 $(SCRIPTS_DIR)/postprocess_doxygen_adoc.py $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)
+ -cp $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/*.png $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR) 2>/dev/null || true
+build_doxygen_adoc: $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc
+
+# Clean all the Doxygen asciidoc files
+clean_doxygen_adoc:
+ if [ -d $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR) ]; then $(MAKE) clean_ninja; fi
+ rm -rf $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)
+
+clean_everything: clean_submodules clean_doxygen_xml clean
+
+# AUTO_NINJABUILD contains all the parts of the ninjabuild where the rules themselves depend on other files
+$(AUTO_NINJABUILD): $(SCRIPTS_DIR)/create_auto_ninjabuild.py $(DOCUMENTATION_INDEX) $(SITE_CONFIG) | $(BUILD_DIR)
+ $< $(DOCUMENTATION_INDEX) $(SITE_CONFIG) $(ASCIIDOC_DIR) $(SCRIPTS_DIR) $(ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR) $(ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR) $(JEKYLL_ASSETS_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR) $(DOCUMENTATION_REDIRECTS_DIR) $(IMAGES_DIR) $@
+
+# This runs ninjabuild to build everything in the ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR (and ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR)
+run_ninja: $(AUTO_NINJABUILD)
+ ninja
+
+# Delete all the files created by the 'run_ninja' target
+clean_ninja:
+ rm -rf $(ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR)
+ rm -rf $(ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR)
+ rm -f $(AUTO_NINJABUILD)
+
+# Build the html output files
+html: run_ninja
+ $(JEKYLL_CMD) build
+
+# Build the html output files and additionally run a small webserver for local previews
+serve_html: run_ninja
+ $(JEKYLL_CMD) serve --watch
+
+# Delete all the files created by the 'html' target
+clean_html:
+ rm -rf $(HTML_DIR)
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
index cbb7f83167..69df3a28f8 100644
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -1,101 +1,22 @@
-# README
+
+
+
+
+
+
-Instructions on how to checkout the `documentation` repo, and then install the toolchain needed to convert from Asciidoc to HTML and build the documentation site.
+[Website][Raspberry Pi] | [Getting started] | [Documentation] | [Contribute]
+
-## Checking out the repository
+This repository contains the source and tools used to build the [Raspberry Pi Documentation](https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/).
-Install `git` if you don't already have it, and check out the `documentation` repo as follows,
-```
-$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation.git
-$ cd documentation
-```
+[Raspberry Pi]: https://www.raspberrypi.com/
+[Getting Started]: https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/getting-started.html
+[Documentation]: https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/
+[Contribute]: CONTRIBUTING.md
-## Installing the toolchain
+## Licence
-### On Linux
-
-You can install the necessary dependencies on Liunux as follows,
-
-```
-$ sudo apt-get -qq -y install ruby ruby-bundler ruby-dev build-essential python3 git ninja-build
-```
-
-This works on both regular Ubuntu Linux — and has been tested in a minimal Docker container — and also under Raspberry Pi OS if you are working from a Raspberry Pi.
-
-### On macOS
-
-If you don't already have it installed you should go ahead and install [HomeBrew](https://brew.sh/),
-
-```
-$ /bin/bash -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install.sh)"
-```
-
-Then you need to install Ruby,
-
-```
-$ brew install ruby@2.7
-```
-
-**NOTE:** Homebrew defaults to Ruby 3.0 which is incompatible with Asciidoctor.
-
-#### Set up Homebrew version of Ruby
-
-If you're using `csh` or `tcsh` add the following lines to your `.cshrc` or `.tcshrc`,
-
-```
-setenv PATH /usr/local/opt/ruby/bin:${PATH}
-setenv PATH ${PATH}:/usr/local/lib/ruby/gems/2.7.0/bin
-setenv LDFLAGS -L/usr/local/opt/ruby@2.7/lib
-setenv CPPFLAGS -I/usr/local/opt/ruby@2.7/include
-setenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH /usr/local/opt/ruby@2.7/lib/pkgconfig
-```
-
-or if you're using `bash` add the following lines to your `.bash_profile`,
-
-```
-export PATH="/usr/local/opt/ruby/bin:$PATH"
-export PATH="$PATH:/usr/local/lib/ruby/gems/2.7.0/bin"
-export PATH="/usr/local/opt/ruby@2.7/bin:$PATH"
-export LDFLAGS="-L/usr/local/opt/ruby@2.7/lib"
-export CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/local/opt/ruby@2.7/include"
-export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="/usr/local/opt/ruby@2.7/lib/pkgconfig"
-```
-
-#### Install dependencies
-
-Go ahead and `brew install` the other dependencies,
-
-```
-$ brew install python@3
-$ brew install ninja
-```
-
-## Configuring the repository
-
-After you've installed the toolchain, you'll need to install the required Ruby gems. Make sure you're in the `documentation` directory and then run,
-```
-$ bundle install
-```
-
-## Building the documentation
-
-After you've installed the toolchain and configured the repository you can build the documentation with,
-
-```
-$ make
-```
-
-This will automatically convert the `build/jekyll/` files to HTML and put them into `documentation/html/`.
-
-You can also start a local server to view the compiled site by running,
-```
-$ make serve_html
-```
-
-As the local server launches, the local URL will be printed in the terminal -- open this URL in a browser to see the locally-built site.
-
-To build without an active internet connection, run
-```
-$ OFFLINE_MODE=1 make
-```
-which will copy the `fonts.html` and `header.html` files from `offline_includes` (instead of downloading them from esi.raspberrypi.org).
+The Raspberry Pi documentation is [licensed](https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation/blob/develop/LICENSE.md) under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International (CC BY-SA). Documentation tools (everything outside of the `documentation/` subdirectory) are licensed under the [BSD 3-Clause](https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause) licence.
diff --git a/_config.yml b/_config.yml
index af6e8d492b..4d740515b5 100644
--- a/_config.yml
+++ b/_config.yml
@@ -17,24 +17,31 @@ title: Raspberry Pi Documentation
description: >- # this means to ignore newlines until "baseurl:"
Raspberry Pi Documentation.
baseurl: "/documentation" # the subpath of your site, e.g. /blog
-url: "" # the base hostname & protocol for your site, e.g. http://example.com
+url: "https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation" # the base hostname & protocol for your site, e.g. http://example.com
githuburl: "https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation/"
+mainsite: https://raspberrypi.com/
githubbranch: master
+githubbranch_edit: develop
# Build settings
theme: minima
plugins:
+ - asciidoctor-tabs
- jekyll-asciidoc
- jekyll-feed
-# this corresponds to ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR in makefiles/shared.mk
+# this corresponds to ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR in Makefile
source: build/jekyll
-# this corresponds to HTML_DIR in makefiles/shared_vars.txt
+# this corresponds to HTML_DIR in Makefile
destination: documentation/html
sass:
sass_dir: css
+ quiet_deps: true
+
+asciidoctor:
+ template_dir: build/jekyll/_templates
# Exclude from processing.
# The following items will not be processed, by default. Create a custom list
diff --git a/build.ninja b/build.ninja
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56acd19aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build.ninja
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# All the static (non-changing) parts of the ninjabuild
+
+# These uppercase variables are used in autogenerated.ninja
+DOCUMENTATION_IMAGES_DIR = documentation/images
+GITHUB_EDIT_TEMPLATE = jekyll-assets/_includes/github_edit.adoc
+HTACCESS_EXTRA = documentation/htaccess_extra.txt
+DOXYGEN_PICOSDK_INDEX_JSON = documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/picosdk_index.json
+
+# this corresponds to BUILD_DIR in Makefile
+builddir = build
+
+rule copy
+ command = cp $in $out
+
+rule create_categories_page
+ command = echo "---\nlayout: boxes\n---\n:doctitle: $title" > $out
+
+rule create_toc
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_nav.py $in $src_dir $out
+
+rule create_output_supplemental_data
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_output_supplemental_data.py $in $out
+
+rule create_build_adoc
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_build_adoc.py $documentation_index $site_config $GITHUB_EDIT_TEMPLATE $in $inc_dir $out
+
+rule create_build_adoc_doxygen
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_build_adoc_doxygen.py $documentation_index $site_config $in $DOXYGEN_PICOSDK_INDEX_JSON $out_dir $out
+
+rule create_build_adoc_include
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_build_adoc_include.py $site_config $GITHUB_EDIT_TEMPLATE $in $out
+
+rule create_htaccess
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_htaccess.py $in $redirects_dir $out
+
+rule create_index_json
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_output_index_json.py $in $out $src_dir $DOCUMENTATION_IMAGES_DIR
+
+rule create_edit_warning
+ command = echo "Do not edit any files in this directory. Everything will get overwritten when you run 'make'" > $out
+
+# created (as AUTO_NINJABUILD) in Makefile before invoking ninja
+include $builddir/autogenerated.ninja
+
+build $out_dir/_data/index.json: create_index_json $documentation_index | $scripts_dir/create_output_index_json.py
+default $out_dir/_data/index.json
+
+build $out_dir/images/opensocial.png: copy $DOCUMENTATION_IMAGES_DIR/opensocial.png
+default $out_dir/images/opensocial.png
+
+build $out_dir/DO_NOT_EDIT.txt: create_edit_warning
+default $out_dir/DO_NOT_EDIT.txt
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55d35cba57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+include::ai-camera/about.adoc[]
+
+include::ai-camera/getting-started.adoc[]
+
+include::ai-camera/details.adoc[]
+
+include::ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..927fcf19ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+[[ai-camera]]
+== About
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Camera uses the Sony IMX500 imaging sensor to provide low-latency, high-performance AI capabilities to any camera application. Tight integration with xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc[Raspberry Pi's camera software stack] allows users to deploy their own neural network models with minimal effort.
+
+image::images/ai-camera.png[The Raspberry Pi AI Camera]
+
+This section demonstrates how to run either a pre-packaged or custom neural network model on the camera. Additionally, this section includes the steps required to interpret inference data generated by neural networks running on the IMX500 in https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps`] and https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[Picamera2].
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/details.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/details.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e640f289c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/details.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+
+== Under the hood
+
+=== Overview
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Camera works differently from traditional AI-based camera image processing systems, as shown in the diagram below:
+
+image::images/imx500-comparison.svg[Traditional versus IMX500 AI camera systems]
+
+The left side demonstrates the architecture of a traditional AI camera system. In such a system, the camera delivers images to the Raspberry Pi. The Raspberry Pi processes the images and then performs AI inference. Traditional systems may use external AI accelerators (as shown) or rely exclusively on the CPU.
+
+The right side demonstrates the architecture of a system that uses IMX500. The camera module contains a small Image Signal Processor (ISP) which turns the raw camera image data into an **input tensor**. The camera module sends this tensor directly into the AI accelerator within the camera, which produces **output tensors** that contain the inferencing results. The AI accelerator sends these tensors to the Raspberry Pi. There is no need for an external accelerator, nor for the Raspberry Pi to run neural network software on the CPU.
+
+To fully understand this system, familiarise yourself with the following concepts:
+
+Input Tensor:: The part of the sensor image passed to the AI engine for inferencing. Produced by a small on-board ISP which also crops and scales the camera image to the dimensions expected by the neural network that has been loaded. The input tensor is not normally made available to applications, though it is possible to access it for debugging purposes.
+
+Region of Interest (ROI):: Specifies exactly which part of the sensor image is cropped out before being rescaled to the size demanded by the neural network. Can be queried and set by an application. The units used are always pixels in the full resolution sensor output. The default ROI setting uses the full image received from the sensor, cropping no data.
+
+Output Tensors:: The results of inferencing performed by the neural network. The precise number and shape of the outputs depend on the neural network. Application code must understand how to handle the tensors.
+
+=== System architecture
+
+The diagram below shows the various camera software components (in green) used during our imaging/inference use case with the Raspberry Pi AI Camera module hardware (in red):
+
+image::images/imx500-block-diagram.svg[IMX500 block diagram]
+
+At startup, the IMX500 sensor module loads firmware to run a particular neural network model. During streaming, the IMX500 generates _both_ an image stream and an inference stream. This inference stream holds the inputs and outputs of the neural network model, also known as input/output **tensors**.
+
+=== Device drivers
+
+At the lowest level, the the IMX500 sensor kernel driver configures the camera module over the I2C bus. The CSI2 driver (`CFE` on Pi 5, `Unicam` on all other Pi platforms) sets up the receiver to write the image data stream into a frame buffer, together with the embedded data and inference data streams into another buffer in memory.
+
+The firmware files also transfer over the I2C bus wires. On most devices, this uses the standard I2C protocol, but Raspberry Pi 5 uses a custom high speed protocol. The RP2040 SPI driver in the kernel handles firmware file transfer, since the transfer uses the RP2040 microcontroller. The microcontroller bridges the I2C transfers from the kernel to the IMX500 via a SPI bus. Additionally, the RP2040 caches firmware files in on-board storage. This avoids the need to transfer entire firmware blobs over the I2C bus, significantly speeding up firmware loading for firmware you've already used.
+
+=== `libcamera`
+
+Once `libcamera` dequeues the image and inference data buffers from the kernel, the IMX500 specific `cam-helper` library (part of the Raspberry Pi IPA within `libcamera`) parses the inference buffer to access the input/output tensors. These tensors are packaged as Raspberry Pi vendor-specific https://libcamera.org/api-html/namespacelibcamera_1_1controls.html[`libcamera` controls]. `libcamera` returns the following controls:
+
+[%header,cols="a,a"]
+|===
+| Control
+| Description
+
+| `CnnOutputTensor`
+| Floating point array storing the output tensors.
+
+| `CnnInputTensor`
+| Floating point array storing the input tensor.
+
+| `CnnOutputTensorInfo`
+| Network specific parameters describing the output tensors' structure:
+
+[source,c]
+----
+struct OutputTensorInfo {
+ uint32_t tensorDataNum;
+ uint32_t numDimensions;
+ uint16_t size[MaxNumDimensions];
+};
+
+struct CnnOutputTensorInfo {
+ char networkName[NetworkNameLen];
+ uint32_t numTensors;
+ OutputTensorInfo info[MaxNumTensors];
+};
+----
+
+| `CnnInputTensorInfo`
+| Network specific parameters describing the input tensor's structure:
+
+[source,c]
+----
+struct CnnInputTensorInfo {
+ char networkName[NetworkNameLen];
+ uint32_t width;
+ uint32_t height;
+ uint32_t numChannels;
+};
+----
+
+|===
+
+=== `rpicam-apps`
+
+`rpicam-apps` provides an IMX500 post-processing stage base class that implements helpers for IMX500 post-processing stages: https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/imx500/imx500_post_processing_stage.hpp[`IMX500PostProcessingStage`]. Use this base class to derive a new post-processing stage for any neural network model running on the IMX500. For an example, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/imx500/imx500_object_detection.cpp[`imx500_object_detection.cpp`]:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+class ObjectDetection : public IMX500PostProcessingStage
+{
+public:
+ ObjectDetection(RPiCamApp *app) : IMX500PostProcessingStage(app) {}
+
+ char const *Name() const override;
+
+ void Read(boost::property_tree::ptree const ¶ms) override;
+
+ void Configure() override;
+
+ bool Process(CompletedRequestPtr &completed_request) override;
+};
+----
+
+For every frame received by the application, the `Process()` function is called (`ObjectDetection::Process()` in the above case). In this function, you can extract the output tensor for further processing or analysis:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+auto output = completed_request->metadata.get(controls::rpi::CnnOutputTensor);
+if (!output)
+{
+ LOG_ERROR("No output tensor found in metadata!");
+ return false;
+}
+
+std::vector output_tensor(output->data(), output->data() + output->size());
+----
+
+Once completed, the final results can either be visualised or saved in metadata and consumed by either another downstream stage, or the top level application itself. In the object inference case:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+if (objects.size())
+ completed_request->post_process_metadata.Set("object_detect.results", objects);
+----
+
+The `object_detect_draw_cv` post-processing stage running downstream fetches these results from the metadata and draws the bounding boxes onto the image in the `ObjectDetectDrawCvStage::Process()` function:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+std::vector detections;
+completed_request->post_process_metadata.Get("object_detect.results", detections);
+----
+
+The following table contains a full list of helper functions provided by `IMX500PostProcessingStage`:
+
+[%header,cols="a,a"]
+|===
+| Function
+| Description
+
+| `Read()`
+| Typically called from `::Read()`, this function reads the config parameters for input tensor parsing and saving.
+
+This function also reads the neural network model file string (`"network_file"`) and sets up the firmware to be loaded on camera open.
+
+| `Process()`
+| Typically called from `::Process()` this function processes and saves the input tensor to a file if required by the JSON config file.
+
+| `SetInferenceRoiAbs()`
+| Sets an absolute region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle on the sensor image to use for inferencing on the IMX500.
+
+| `SetInferenceRoiAuto()`
+| Automatically calculates region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle on the sensor image to preserve the input tensor aspect ratio for a given neural network.
+
+| `ShowFwProgressBar()`
+| Displays a progress bar on the console showing the progress of the neural network firmware upload to the IMX500.
+
+| `ConvertInferenceCoordinates()`
+| Converts from the input tensor coordinate space to the final ISP output image space.
+
+There are a number of scaling/cropping/translation operations occurring from the original sensor image to the fully processed ISP output image. This function converts coordinates provided by the output tensor to the equivalent coordinates after performing these operations.
+
+|===
+
+=== Picamera2
+
+IMX500 integration in Picamera2 is very similar to what is available in `rpicam-apps`. Picamera2 has an IMX500 helper class that provides the same functionality as the `rpicam-apps` `IMX500PostProcessingStage` base class. This can be imported to any Python script with:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from picamera2.devices.imx500 import IMX500
+
+# This must be called before instantiation of Picamera2
+imx500 = IMX500(model_file)
+----
+
+To retrieve the output tensors, fetch them from the controls. You can then apply additional processing in your Python script.
+
+For example, in an object inference use case such as https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2/tree/main/examples/imx500/imx500_object_detection_demo.py[imx500_object_detection_demo.py], the object bounding boxes and confidence values are extracted in `parse_detections()` and draw the boxes on the image in `draw_detections()`:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+class Detection:
+ def __init__(self, coords, category, conf, metadata):
+ """Create a Detection object, recording the bounding box, category and confidence."""
+ self.category = category
+ self.conf = conf
+ obj_scaled = imx500.convert_inference_coords(coords, metadata, picam2)
+ self.box = (obj_scaled.x, obj_scaled.y, obj_scaled.width, obj_scaled.height)
+
+def draw_detections(request, detections, stream="main"):
+ """Draw the detections for this request onto the ISP output."""
+ labels = get_labels()
+ with MappedArray(request, stream) as m:
+ for detection in detections:
+ x, y, w, h = detection.box
+ label = f"{labels[int(detection.category)]} ({detection.conf:.2f})"
+ cv2.putText(m.array, label, (x + 5, y + 15), cv2.FONT_HERSHEY_SIMPLEX, 0.5, (0, 0, 255), 1)
+ cv2.rectangle(m.array, (x, y), (x + w, y + h), (0, 0, 255, 0))
+ if args.preserve_aspect_ratio:
+ b = imx500.get_roi_scaled(request)
+ cv2.putText(m.array, "ROI", (b.x + 5, b.y + 15), cv2.FONT_HERSHEY_SIMPLEX, 0.5, (255, 0, 0), 1)
+ cv2.rectangle(m.array, (b.x, b.y), (b.x + b.width, b.y + b.height), (255, 0, 0, 0))
+
+def parse_detections(request, stream='main'):
+ """Parse the output tensor into a number of detected objects, scaled to the ISP output."""
+ outputs = imx500.get_outputs(request.get_metadata())
+ boxes, scores, classes = outputs[0][0], outputs[1][0], outputs[2][0]
+ detections = [ Detection(box, category, score, metadata)
+ for box, score, category in zip(boxes, scores, classes) if score > threshold]
+ draw_detections(request, detections, stream)
+----
+
+Unlike the `rpicam-apps` example, this example applies no additional hysteresis or temporal filtering.
+
+The IMX500 class in Picamera2 provides the following helper functions:
+
+[%header,cols="a,a"]
+|===
+| Function
+| Description
+
+| `IMX500.get_full_sensor_resolution()`
+| Return the full sensor resolution of the IMX500.
+
+| `IMX500.config`
+| Returns a dictionary of the neural network configuration.
+
+| `IMX500.convert_inference_coords(coords, metadata, picamera2)`
+| Converts the coordinates _coords_ from the input tensor coordinate space to the final ISP output image space. Must be passed Picamera2's image metadata for the image, and the Picamera2 object.
+
+There are a number of scaling/cropping/translation operations occurring from the original sensor image to the fully processed ISP output image. This function converts coordinates provided by the output tensor to the equivalent coordinates after performing these operations.
+
+| `IMX500.show_network_fw_progress_bar()`
+| Displays a progress bar on the console showing the progress of the neural network firmware upload to the IMX500.
+
+| `IMX500.get_roi_scaled(request)`
+| Returns the region of interest (ROI) in the ISP output image coordinate space.
+
+| `IMX500.get_isp_output_size(picamera2)`
+| Returns the ISP output image size.
+
+| `IMX5000.get_input_size()`
+| Returns the input tensor size based on the neural network model used.
+
+| `IMX500.get_outputs(metadata)`
+| Returns the output tensors from the Picamera2 image metadata.
+
+| `IMX500.get_output_shapes(metadata)`
+| Returns the shape of the output tensors from the Picamera2 image metadata for the neural network model used.
+
+| `IMX500.set_inference_roi_abs(rectangle)`
+| Sets the region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle which determines which part of the sensor image is converted to the input tensor that is used for inferencing on the IMX500. The region of interest should be specified in units of pixels at the full sensor resolution, as a `(x_offset, y_offset, width, height)` tuple.
+
+| `IMX500.set_inference_aspect_ratio(aspect_ratio)`
+| Automatically calculates region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle on the sensor image to preserve the given aspect ratio. To make the ROI aspect ratio exactly match the input tensor for this network, use `imx500.set_inference_aspect_ratio(imx500.get_input_size())`.
+
+| `IMX500.get_kpi_info(metadata)`
+| Returns the frame-level performance indicators logged by the IMX500 for the given image metadata.
+
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/getting-started.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/getting-started.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b237208957
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/getting-started.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+== Getting started
+
+The instructions below describe how to run the pre-packaged MobileNet SSD and PoseNet neural network models on the Raspberry Pi AI Camera.
+
+=== Hardware setup
+
+Attach the camera to your Raspberry Pi 5 board following the instructions at xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#install-a-raspberry-pi-camera[Install a Raspberry Pi Camera].
+
+=== Prerequisites
+
+These instructions assume you are using the AI Camera attached to either a Raspberry Pi 4 Model B or Raspberry Pi 5 board. With minor changes, you can follow these instructions on other Raspberry Pi models with a camera connector, including the Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W and Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+.
+
+First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+=== Install the IMX500 firmware
+
+The AI camera must download runtime firmware onto the IMX500 sensor during startup. To install these firmware files onto your Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install imx500-all
+----
+
+This command:
+
+* installs the `/lib/firmware/imx500_loader.fpk` and `/lib/firmware/imx500_firmware.fpk` firmware files required to operate the IMX500 sensor
+* places a number of neural network model firmware files in `/usr/share/imx500-models/`
+* installs the IMX500 post-processing software stages in `rpicam-apps`
+* installs the Sony network model packaging tools
+
+NOTE: The IMX500 kernel device driver loads all the firmware files when the camera starts. This may take several minutes if the neural network model firmware has not been previously cached. The demos below display a progress bar on the console to indicate firmware loading progress.
+
+=== Reboot
+
+Now that you've installed the prerequisites, restart your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+== Run example applications
+
+Once all the system packages are updated and firmware files installed, we can start running some example applications. As mentioned earlier, the Raspberry Pi AI Camera integrates fully with `libcamera`, `rpicam-apps`, and `Picamera2`.
+
+=== `rpicam-apps`
+
+The xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc#rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps` camera applications] include IMX500 object detection and pose estimation stages that can be run in the post-processing pipeline. For more information about the post-processing pipeline, see xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc#post-process-file[the post-processing documentation].
+
+The examples on this page use post-processing JSON files located in `/usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/`.
+
+==== Object detection
+
+The MobileNet SSD neural network performs basic object detection, providing bounding boxes and confidence values for each object found. `imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json` contains the configuration parameters for the IMX500 object detection post-processing stage using the MobileNet SSD neural network.
+
+`imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json` declares a post-processing pipeline that contains two stages:
+
+. `imx500_object_detection`, which picks out bounding boxes and confidence values generated by the neural network in the output tensor
+. `object_detect_draw_cv`, which draws bounding boxes and labels on the image
+
+The MobileNet SSD tensor requires no significant post-processing on your Raspberry Pi to generate the final output of bounding boxes. All object detection runs directly on the AI Camera.
+
+The following command runs `rpicam-hello` with object detection post-processing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0s --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json --viewfinder-width 1920 --viewfinder-height 1080 --framerate 30
+----
+
+After running the command, you should see a viewfinder that overlays bounding boxes on objects recognised by the neural network:
+
+image::images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg[IMX500 MobileNet]
+
+To record video with object detection overlays, use `rpicam-vid` instead:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s -o output.264 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json --width 1920 --height 1080 --framerate 30
+----
+
+You can configure the `imx500_object_detection` stage in many ways.
+
+For example, `max_detections` defines the maximum number of objects that the pipeline will detect at any given time. `threshold` defines the minimum confidence value required for the pipeline to consider any input as an object.
+
+The raw inference output data of this network can be quite noisy, so this stage also preforms some temporal filtering and applies hysteresis. To disable this filtering, remove the `temporal_filter` config block.
+
+==== Pose estimation
+
+The PoseNet neural network performs pose estimation, labelling key points on the body associated with joints and limbs. `imx500_posenet.json` contains the configuration parameters for the IMX500 pose estimation post-processing stage using the PoseNet neural network.
+
+`imx500_posenet.json` declares a post-processing pipeline that contains two stages:
+
+* `imx500_posenet`, which fetches the raw output tensor from the PoseNet neural network
+* `plot_pose_cv`, which draws line overlays on the image
+
+The AI Camera performs basic detection, but the output tensor requires additional post-processing on your host Raspberry Pi to produce final output.
+
+The following command runs `rpicam-hello` with pose estimation post-processing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0s --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/imx500_posenet.json --viewfinder-width 1920 --viewfinder-height 1080 --framerate 30
+----
+
+image::images/imx500-posenet.jpg[IMX500 PoseNet]
+
+You can configure the `imx500_posenet` stage in many ways.
+
+For example, `max_detections` defines the maximum number of bodies that the pipeline will detect at any given time. `threshold` defines the minimum confidence value required for the pipeline to consider input as a body.
+
+=== Picamera2
+
+For examples of image classification, object detection, object segmentation, and pose estimation using Picamera2, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2/blob/main/examples/imx500/[the `picamera2` GitHub repository].
+
+Most of the examples use OpenCV for some additional processing. To install the dependencies required to run OpenCV, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install python3-opencv python3-munkres
+----
+
+Now download the https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[the `picamera2` repository] to your Raspberry Pi to run the examples. You'll find example files in the root directory, with additional information in the `README.md` file.
+
+Run the following script from the repository to run YOLOv8 object detection:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ python imx500_object_detection_demo.py --model /usr/share/imx500-models/imx500_network_ssd_mobilenetv2_fpnlite_320x320_pp.rpk
+----
+
+To try pose estimation in Picamera2, run the following script from the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ python imx500_pose_estimation_higherhrnet_demo.py
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/ai-camera.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/ai-camera.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0186287cb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/ai-camera.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-block-diagram.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-block-diagram.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..142854adb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-block-diagram.svg
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-comparison.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-comparison.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5355ecb23d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-comparison.svg
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..871f7b9eb0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-posenet.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-posenet.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c145d748b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-posenet.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3465a6d364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+== Model deployment
+
+To deploy a new neural network model to the Raspberry Pi AI Camera, complete the following steps:
+
+. Provide a floating-point neural network model (PyTorch or TensorFlow).
+. Run the model through Edge-MDT (Edge AI Model Development Toolkit).
+.. *Quantise* and compress the model so that it can run using the resources available on the IMX500 camera module.
+.. *Convert* the compressed model to IMX500 format.
+. Package the model into a firmware file that can be loaded at runtime onto the camera.
+
+The first two steps will normally be performed on a more powerful computer such as a desktop or server. You must run the final packaging step on a Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Model creation
+
+The creation of neural network models is beyond the scope of this guide. Existing models can be re-used, or new ones created using popular AI frameworks like TensorFlow or PyTorch.
+
+For more information, see the official https://developer.aitrios.sony-semicon.com/en/raspberrypi-ai-camera[AITRIOS developer website].
+
+=== Model compression and conversion
+
+==== Edge-MDT installation
+
+The Edge-MDT (Model Development Toolkit) software package installs all the tools required to quantise, compress, and convert models to run on your IMX500 device.
+
+The Edge-MDT package takes a parameter to select between installing the PyTorch or TensorFlow version of the tools.
+
+[tabs]
+======
+TensorFlow::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pip install edge-mdt[tf]
+----
++
+TIP: Always use the same version of TensorFlow you used to compress your model.
+
+PyTorch::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pip install edge-mdt[pt]
+----
+======
+
+If you need to install both packages, use two separate Python virtual environments. This prevents TensorFlow and PyTorch from causing conflicts with each other.
+
+==== Model Optimization
+
+Models are quantised and compressed using Sony's Model Compression Toolkit (MCT). This tool is automatically installed as part of the Edge-MDT installation step. For more information, see the https://github.com/sony/model_optimization[Sony model optimization GitHub repository].
+
+The Model Compression Toolkit generates a quantised model in the following formats:
+
+* Keras (TensorFlow)
+* ONNX (PyTorch)
+
+=== Conversion
+
+The converter is a command line application that compiles the quantised model (in .onnx or .keras formats) into a binary file that can be packaged and loaded onto the AI Camera. This tool is automatically installed as part of the Edge-MDT installation step.
+
+To convert a model model:
+
+[tabs]
+======
+TensorFlow::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ imxconv-tf -i -o
+----
+
+PyTorch::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ imxconv-pt -i -o
+----
+======
+
+IMPORTANT: For optimal use of the memory available to the accelerator on the IMX500 sensor, add `--no-input-persistency` to the above commands. However, this will disable input tensor generation that may be used for debugging purposes.
+
+Both commands create an output folder that contains a memory usage report and a `packerOut.zip` file.
+
+For more information on the model conversion process, see the official https://developer.aitrios.sony-semicon.com/en/raspberrypi-ai-camera/documentation/imx500-converter[Sony IMX500 Converter documentation].
+
+=== Packaging
+
+IMPORTANT: You must run this step on a Raspberry Pi.
+
+The final step packages the model into an RPK file. When running the neural network model, we'll upload this file to the AI Camera. Before proceeding, run the following command to install the necessary tools:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install imx500-tools
+----
+
+To package the model into an RPK file, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ imx500-package -i -o
+----
+
+This command should create a file named `network.rpk` in the output folder. You'll pass the name of this file to your IMX500 camera applications.
+
+For a more comprehensive set of instructions and further specifics on the tools used, see the https://developer.aitrios.sony-semicon.com/en/raspberrypi-ai-camera/documentation/imx500-packager[Sony IMX500 Packager documentation].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc6a3a7cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+include::ai-hat-plus/about.adoc[]
+
+== Product brief
+
+For more information about the AI HAT+, including mechanical specifications and operating environment limitations, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/ai-hat-plus/raspberry-pi-ai-hat-plus-product-brief.pdf[product brief].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98f1923bf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[[ai-hat-plus]]
+== About
+
+.The 26 tera-operations per second (TOPS) Raspberry Pi AI HAT+
+image::images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI HAT+ add-on board has a built-in Hailo AI accelerator compatible with
+Raspberry Pi 5. The NPU in the AI HAT+ can be used for applications including process control, security, home automation, and robotics.
+
+The AI HAT+ is available in 13 and 26 tera-operations per second (TOPS) variants, built around the Hailo-8L and Hailo-8 neural network inference accelerators. The 13 TOPS variant works best with moderate workloads, with performance similar to the xref:ai-kit.adoc[AI Kit]. The 26 TOPS variant can run larger networks, can run networks faster, and can more effectively run multiple networks simultaneously.
+
+The AI HAT+ communicates using Raspberry Pi 5’s PCIe interface. The host Raspberry Pi 5 automatically detects the on-board Hailo accelerator and uses the NPU for supported AI computing tasks. Raspberry Pi OS's built-in `rpicam-apps` camera applications automatically use the NPU to run compatible post-processing tasks.
+
+[[ai-hat-plus-installation]]
+== Install
+
+To use the AI HAT+, you will need:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+
+Each AI HAT+ comes with a ribbon cable, GPIO stacking header, and mounting hardware. Complete the following instructions to install your AI HAT+:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date]. Run the following command to see what firmware you're running:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update
+----
++
+If you see 6 December 2023 or a later date, proceed to the next step. If you see a date earlier than 6 December 2023, run the following command to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
++
+Under `Advanced Options` > `Bootloader Version`, choose `Latest`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
++
+Run the following command to update your firmware to the latest version:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update -a
+----
++
+Then, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Disconnect the Raspberry Pi from power before beginning installation.
+
+. For the best performance, we recommend using the AI HAT+ with the Raspberry Pi Active Cooler. If you have an Active Cooler, install it before installing the AI HAT+.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Install the spacers using four of the provided screws. Firmly press the GPIO stacking header on top of the Raspberry Pi GPIO pins; orientation does not matter as long as all pins fit into place. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the AI HAT+, and insert the other end into the PCIe port of your Raspberry Pi. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing inward, towards the USB ports. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the PCIe port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Set the AI HAT+ on top of the spacers, and use the four remaining screws to secure it in place.
+
+. Insert the ribbon cable into the slot on the AI HAT+. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing up. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
+
+. Congratulations, you have successfully installed the AI HAT+. Connect your Raspberry Pi to power; Raspberry Pi OS will automatically detect the AI HAT+.
+
+== Get started with AI on your Raspberry Pi
+
+To start running AI accelerated applications on your Raspberry Pi, check out our xref:../computers/ai.adoc[Getting Started with the AI Kit and AI HAT+] guide.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08064ca25a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33fb88280e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2a60016ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5d54d1d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+include::ai-kit/about.adoc[]
+
+== Product brief
+
+For more information about the AI Kit, including mechanical specifications and operating environment limitations, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/ai-kit/raspberry-pi-ai-kit-product-brief.pdf[product brief].
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc93a483f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+[[ai-kit]]
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi AI Kit
+image::images/ai-kit.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Kit bundles the xref:m2-hat-plus.adoc#m2-hat-plus[Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+] with a Hailo AI acceleration module for use with Raspberry Pi 5. The kit contains the following:
+
+* Hailo AI module containing a Neural Processing Unit (NPU)
+* Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+, to connect the AI module to your Raspberry Pi 5
+* thermal pad pre-fitted between the module and the M.2 HAT+
+* mounting hardware kit
+* 16mm stacking GPIO header
+
+== AI module features
+
+* 13 tera-operations per second (TOPS) neural network inference accelerator built around the Hailo-8L chip.
+* M.2 2242 form factor
+
+[[ai-kit-installation]]
+== Install
+
+To use the AI Kit, you will need:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+
+Each AI Kit comes with a pre-installed AI module, ribbon cable, GPIO stacking header, and mounting hardware. Complete the following instructions to install your AI Kit:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date]. Run the following command to see what firmware you're running:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update
+----
++
+If you see 6 December 2023 or a later date, proceed to the next step. If you see a date earlier than 6 December 2023, run the following command to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
++
+Under `Advanced Options` > `Bootloader Version`, choose `Latest`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
++
+Run the following command to update your firmware to the latest version:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update -a
+----
++
+Then, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Disconnect the Raspberry Pi from power before beginning installation.
+
+. For the best performance, we recommend using the AI Kit with the Raspberry Pi Active Cooler. If you have an Active Cooler, install it before installing the AI Kit.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-01.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Install the spacers using four of the provided screws. Firmly press the GPIO stacking header on top of the Raspberry Pi GPIO pins; orientation does not matter as long as all pins fit into place. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the AI Kit, and insert the other end into the PCIe port of your Raspberry Pi. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing inward, towards the USB ports. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the PCIe port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-02.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Set the AI Kit on top of the spacers, and use the four remaining screws to secure it in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-03.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Insert the ribbon cable into the slot on the AI Kit. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing up. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-04.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Congratulations, you have successfully installed the AI Kit. Connect your Raspberry Pi to power; Raspberry Pi OS will automatically detect the AI Kit.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-05.png[width="60%"]
+--
+
+WARNING: Always disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power before connecting or disconnecting a device from the M.2 slot.
+
+== Get started with AI on your Raspberry Pi
+
+To start running AI accelerated applications on your Raspberry Pi, check out our xref:../computers/ai.adoc[Getting Started with the AI Kit and AI HAT+] guide.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-01.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33fb88280e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-01.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-02.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2a60016ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-02.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-03.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e821583c7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-03.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-04.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bf45e8162
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-04.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-05.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67b0d969a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-05.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d519b0ff43
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87e227f58f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+include::audio/introduction.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/dac_pro.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/dac_plus.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/digiamp_plus.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/codec_zero.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/configuration.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/getting_started.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/hardware-info.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/update-firmware.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/codec_zero.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/codec_zero.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cfb9dd967b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/codec_zero.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi Codec Zero
+
+Raspberry Pi Codec Zero is a Raspberry Pi Zero-sized audio HAT. It delivers bi-directional digital audio signals (I2S) between a Raspberry Pi and the Codec Zero's on-board Dialog Semiconductor DA7212 codec. The Codec Zero supports a range of input and output devices.
+
+* High performance 24-bit audio codec
+* Supports common audio sample rates between 8-96kHz
+* Built in micro-electro-mechanical (MEMS) microphone (Mic2)
+* Mono electret microphone (Mic2 left)
+* Automatic MEMS disabling on Mic2 insert detect
+* Supports additional (no fit) mono electret microphone (Mic1 right)
+* Stereo auxiliary input channel (AUX IN) - PHONO/RCA connectors
+* Stereo auxiliary output channel (Headphone/AUX OUT)
+* Flexible analogue and digital mixing paths
+* Digital signal processors (DSP) for automatic level control (ALC)
+* Five-band EQ
+* Mono line-out/mini speaker driver: 1.2W @ 5V, THD<10%, R=8Ω
+
+image::images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Codec Zero includes an EEPROM which can be used for auto-configuration of the Linux environment if necessary. It has an integrated MEMS microphone, and can be used with stereo microphone input via a 3.5mm socket and a mono speaker (1.2W/8Ω).
+
+In addition to the green (GPIO23) and red (GPIO24) LEDs, a tactile programmable button (GPIO27) is also provided.
+
+==== Pinouts
+
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P1/2* | Support external PHONO/RCA sockets if needed. P1: AUX IN, P2: AUX OUT.
+| *P1* | Pin 1 is square.
+|===
+image::images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg[width="50%"]
+
+Codec Zero is an ideal design starting point for small-scale projects such as walkie-talkies, smart doorbells, vintage radio hacks, or smart speakers.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/configuration.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/configuration.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79a5d2136e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/configuration.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+== Configuration
+
+A pre-programmed EEPROM is included on all Raspberry Pi audio boards. Raspberry Pi audio boards are designed to be plug-and-play; Raspberry Pi OS is able to automatically detect and configure itself. In Raspberry Pi OS, right-clicking on the audio settings in the top right-hand corner of your screen will allow you to switch between the on-board audio settings and the HAT audio settings:
+
+image::images/gui.png[]
+
+There are a number of third-party audio software applications available for Raspberry Pi that will support the plug-and-play feature of our audio boards. Often these are used headless. They can be controlled via a PC or Mac application, or by a web server installed on Raspberry Pi, with interaction through a webpage.
+
+If you need to configure Raspberry Pi OS yourself, perhaps if you're running a headless system of your own and don't have the option of control via the GUI, you will need to make your Raspberry Pi audio board the primary audio device in Raspberry Pi OS, disabling the Raspberry Pi's on-board audio device. This is done by editing the xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] file. Using a Terminal session connected to your Raspberry Pi via SSH, run the following command to edit the file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /boot/firmware/config.txt
+----
+
+Find the `dtparam=audio=on` line in the file and comment it out by placing a # symbol at the start of the line. Anything written after the # symbol in any given line will be disregarded by the program. Your `/boot/firmware/config.txt` file should now contain the following entry:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+#dtparam=audio=on
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. Finally, reboot your Raspberry Pi in order for the settings to take effect.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+Alternatively, the `/boot/firmware/config.txt` file can be edited directly onto the Raspberry Pi's microSD card, inserted into your usual computer. Using the default file manager, open the `/boot/firmware/` volume on the card and edit the `config.txt` file using an appropriate text editor, then save the file, eject the microSD card and reinsert it back into your Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Attach the HAT
+
+The Raspberry Pi audio boards attach to the Raspberry Pi's 40-pin header. They are designed to be supported on the Raspberry Pi using the supplied circuit board standoffs and screws. No soldering is required on the Raspberry Pi audio boards for normal operation unless you are using hardwired connections for specific connectors such as XLR (External Line Return) connections on the DAC Pro.
+
+All the necessary mounting hardware including spacers, screws and connectors is provided. The PCB spacers should be screwed, finger-tight only, to the Raspberry Pi before adding the audio board. The remaining screws should then be screwed into the spacers from above.
+
+=== Hardware versions
+
+There are multiple versions of the audio cards. Your specific version determines the actions required for configuration. Older, IQaudIO-branded boards have a black PCB. Newer Raspberry Pi-branded boards have a green PCB. These boards are electrically equivalent, but have different EEPROM contents.
+
+After attaching the HAT and applying power, check that the power LED on your audio card is illuminated, if it has one. For example, the Codec Zero has an LED marked `PWR`.
+
+After establishing the card has power, use the following command to check the version of your board:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ grep -a . /proc/device-tree/hat/*
+----
+
+If the vendor string says "Raspberry Pi Ltd." then no further action is needed (but see below for the extra Codec Zero configuration). If it says "IQaudIO Limited www.iqaudio.com" then you will need the additional config.txt settings outlined below. If it says "No such file or directory" then the HAT is not being detected, but these config.txt settings may still make it work.
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+# Some magic to prevent the normal HAT overlay from being loaded
+dtoverlay=
+# And then choose one of the following, according to the model:
+dtoverlay=rpi-codeczero
+dtoverlay=rpi-dacplus
+dtoverlay=rpi-dacpro
+dtoverlay=rpi-digiampplus
+----
+
+=== Extra Codec Zero configuration
+
+The Raspberry Pi Codec Zero board uses the Dialog Semiconductor DA7212 codec. This allows
+the recording of audio from the built-in MEMS microphone, from stereo phono sockets (AUX
+IN) or two mono external electret microphones. Playback is through stereo phono sockets (AUX OUT)
+or a mono speaker connector.
+
+Each input and output device has its own mixer, allowing the audio levels and volume to be adjusted
+independently. Within the codec itself, other mixers and switches exist to allow the output to be mixed to a single mono channel for single-speaker output. Signals may also be inverted; there is a five-band equaliser to adjust certain frequency bands. These settings can be controlled interactively, using AlsaMixer, or programmatically.
+
+Both the AUX IN and AUX OUT are 1V RMS. It may be necessary to adjust
+the AUX IN's mixer to ensure that the input signal doesn't saturate the ADC. Similarly, the output mixers can be to be adjusted to get the best possible output.
+
+Preconfigured scripts (loadable ALSA settings) https://github.com/raspberrypi/Pi-Codec[are available on GitHub], offering:
+
+* Mono MEMS mic recording, mono speaker playback
+* Mono MEMS mic recording, mono AUX OUT playback
+* Stereo AUX IN recording, stereo AUX OUT playback
+* Stereo MIC1/MIC2 recording, stereo AUX OUT playback
+
+The Codec Zero needs to know which of these input and output settings are being used each time the Raspberry Pi powers on. Using a Terminal session on your Raspberry Pi, run the following command to download the scripts:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/Pi-Codec.git
+----
+
+If git is not installed, run the following command to install it:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install git
+----
+
+The following command will set your device to use the on-board MEMS microphone and output for speaker playback:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl restore -f /home//Pi-Codec/Codec_Zero_OnboardMIC_record_and_SPK_playback.state
+----
+
+This command may result in erroneous messages, including the following:
+
+* "failed to import hw"
+* "No state is present for card"
+
+In most cases, these warnings are harmless; you can safely ignore them.
+
+However, the following warnings may indicate a hardware failure:
+
+* "Remote I/O error"
+
+In Linux, the following warnings indicate that the kernel can't communicate with an I2C device:
+
+* "Remote I/O error" (`REMOTEIO`)
+
+In order for your project to operate with your required settings when it is powered on, edit the `/etc/rc.local` file. The contents of this file are run at the end of every boot process, so it is ideal for this purpose. Edit the file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /etc/rc.local
+----
+
+Add the chosen script command above the exit 0 line and then *Ctrl X*, *Y* and *Enter* to save. The file should now look similar to this depending on your chosen setting:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# rc.local
+#
+# This script is executed at the end of each multiuser runlevel.
+# Make sure that the script will "exit 0" on success or any other
+# value on error.
+#
+# In order to enable or disable this script just change the execution
+# bits.
+#
+# By default this script does nothing.
+
+sudo alsactl restore -f /home//Pi-Codec/Codec_Zero_OnboardMIC_record_and_SPK_playback.state
+
+exit 0
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. Reboot for the settings to take effect:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+If you are using your Raspberry Pi and Codec Zero in a headless environment, there is one final step required to make the Codec Zero the default audio device without access to the GUI audio settings on the desktop. We need to create a small file in your home folder:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano .asoundrc
+----
+
+Add the following to the file:
+
+----
+pcm.!default {
+ type hw
+ card Zero
+}
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. Reboot once more to complete the configuration:
+
+Modern Linux distributions such as Raspberry Pi OS typically use PulseAudio or PipeWire for audio control. These frameworks are capable of mixing and switching audio from multiple sources. They provide a high-level API for audio applications to use. Many audio apps use these frameworks by default.
+
+Only create `~/.asoundrc` if an audio application needs to:
+
+* communicate directly with ALSA
+* run in an environment where PulseAudio or PipeWire are not present
+
+This file can interfere with the UI's view of underlying audio resources. As a result, we do not recommend creating `~/.asoundrc` when running the Raspberry Pi OS desktop.
+The UI may automatically clean up and remove this file if it exists.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+=== Mute and unmute the DigiAMP{plus}
+
+The DigiAMP{plus} mute state is toggled by GPIO22 on Raspberry Pi. The latest audio device tree
+supports the unmute of the DigiAMP{plus} through additional parameters.
+
+Firstly a "one-shot" unmute when kernel module loads.
+
+For Raspberry Pi boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=rpi-digiampplus,unmute_amp
+----
+
+For IQaudIO boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=iqaudio-digiampplus,unmute_amp
+----
+
+Unmute the amp when an ALSA device is opened by a client. Mute, with a five-second delay
+when the ALSA device is closed. (Reopening the device within the five-second close
+window will cancel mute.)
+
+For Raspberry Pi boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=rpi-digiampplus,auto_mute_amp
+----
+
+For IQaudIO boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=iqaudio-digiampplus,auto_mute_amp
+----
+
+If you do not want to control the mute state through the device tree, you can also script your own
+solution.
+
+The amp will start up muted. To unmute the amp:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo sh -c "echo 22 > /sys/class/gpio/export"
+$ sudo sh -c "echo out >/sys/class/gpio/gpio22/direction"
+$ sudo sh -c "echo 1 >/sys/class/gpio/gpio22/value"
+----
+
+To mute the amp once more:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo sh -c "echo 0 >/sys/class/gpio/gpio22/value"
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbef84b71e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi DAC{plus}
+
+Raspberry Pi DAC{plus} is a high-resolution audio output HAT that provides 24-bit 192kHz digital audio output.
+
+image::images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+A Texas Instruments PCM5122 is used in the DAC{plus} to deliver analogue audio to the phono connectors of the device. It also supports a dedicated headphone amplifier and is powered via the Raspberry Pi through the GPIO header.
+
+==== Pinouts
+
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P1* | Analogue out (0-2V RMS), carries GPIO27, MUTE signal (headphone detect), left and right
+audio and left and right ground.
+| *P6* | Headphone socket signals (pin1: LEFT, 2:GROUND, 3: RIGHT, 4:GROUND, 5:DETECT).
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_pro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_pro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e8c444a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_pro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi DAC Pro
+
+The Raspberry Pi DAC Pro HAT is our highest-fidelity digital to analogue converter (DAC).
+
+image::images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+With the Texas Instruments PCM5242, the DAC Pro provides outstanding signal-to-noise ratio (SNR)
+and supports balanced/differential output in parallel to phono/RCA line-level output. It also includes a
+dedicated headphone amplifier. The DAC Pro is powered by a Raspberry Pi through the GPIO header.
+
+As part of the DAC Pro, two three-pin headers (P7/P9) are exposed above the Raspberry Pi's USB and Ethernet ports for use by the optional XLR board, allowing differential/balanced output.
+
+==== Pinouts
+
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P1* | Analogue out (0-2V RMS), carries GPIO27, MUTE signal (headphone detect), left and right
+audio and left and right ground.
+| *P6* | Headphone socket signals (1: LEFT, 2: GROUND, 3: RIGHT, 4: GROUND, 5: DETECT).
+| *P7/9* | Differential (0-4V RMS) output (P7: LEFT, P9: RIGHT).
+| *P10* | Alternative 5V input, powering Raspberry Pi in parallel.
+|===
+
+==== Optional XLR Board
+
+The Pi-DAC PRO exposes a 6 pin header used by the optional XLR board to provide Differential / Balanced output exposed by XLR sockets above the Pi's USB/Ethernet ports.
+
+image::images/optional_xlr_board.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+An XLR connector is used in Studio and some hi-end hifi systems. It can also be used to drive ACTIVE "monitor" speakers as used at discos or on stage.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/digiamp_plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/digiamp_plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51347778ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/digiamp_plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi DigiAMP{plus}
+
+With Raspberry Pi DigiAMP{plus}, you can connect 2 passive stereo speakers up to 35W with variable output, making it ideal for use in Raspberry Pi-based hi-fi systems.
+
+DigiAMP{plus} uses the Texas Instruments TAS5756M PowerDAC and must be powered from an external supply. It requires a 12-24V DC power source (the XP Power VEC65US19 power supply is recommended).
+
+image::images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+DigiAMP{plus}'s power in barrel connector is 5.5mm × 2.5mm.
+
+At power-on, the amplifier is muted by default (the mute LED is illuminated). Software is responsible for the mute state and LED control (Raspberry Pi GPIO22).
+
+DigiAMP{plus} is designed to provide power to the Raspberry Pi and DigiAMP{plus} together in parallel, delivering 5.1V at 2.5amp to the Raspberry Pi through the GPIO header.
+
+WARNING: Do not apply power to the Raspberry Pi's own power input when using DigiAMP{plus}.
+
+==== Pinouts
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P5* | Alternative power input for hard wired installations (polarity must be observed).
+| *P8* | TAS5756m Internal GPIO1/2/3
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/getting_started.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/getting_started.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7efbd7f9a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/getting_started.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+== Getting started
+
+=== Create a toy chatter box
+
+As an example of what Raspberry Pi Audio Boards can do, let's walk through the creation of a toy chatter box. Its on-board microphone, programmable button and speaker driver make the Codec Zero an ideal choice for this application.
+
+image::images/Chatter_Box.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+A random pre-recorded five-second audio clip will be played when the button is pressed. After holding for ten seconds, a notifying burp sound will be emitted, after which a new five-second clip will be recorded. Holding the button down for more than 20 seconds will play a second burp sound, and then erase all previous recordings.
+
+=== Hardware and wiring
+
+For this project, any small passive speaker should be sufficient. We're using one available https://shop.pimoroni.com/products/3-speaker-4-3w?variant=380549926[here], which handles 5W of power at 4Ω. We have also used an illuminated momentary push button, and a laser-cut box to house all the components; but both are entirely optional. This example will work just using the Codec Zero's on-board button, which is pre-wired to GPIO 27. (Alternatively, you can use any momentary push button, such as those available https://shop.pimoroni.com/products/mini-arcade-buttons?variant=40377171274[here].)
+
+image::images/Chatterbox_Labels.png[width="80%"]
+
+Use a small flat-head screwdriver to attach your speaker to the screw terminals. For the additional push button, solder the button wires directly to the Codec Zero pads as indicated, using GPIO pin 27 and Ground for the switch, and +3.3V and Ground for the LED, if necessary.
+
+=== Set up your Raspberry Pi
+
+In this example, we are using Raspberry Pi OS Lite. Refer to our guide on xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[installing Raspberry Pi OS] for more details.
+
+Make sure that you update your operating system before proceeding and follow the instructions provided for Codec Zero configuration, including the commands to enable the on-board microphone and speaker output.
+
+=== Program your Raspberry Pi
+
+Open a shell — for instance by connecting via SSH — on your Raspberry Pi and run the following to create our Python script:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano chatter_box.py
+----
+
+Add the following to the file, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+from gpiozero import Button
+from signal import pause
+import time
+import random
+import os
+from datetime import datetime
+
+# Print current date
+
+date = datetime.now().strftime("%d_%m_%Y-%H:%M:%S")
+print(f"{date}")
+
+# Make sure that the 'sounds' folder exists, and if it does not, create it
+
+path = '/home//sounds'
+
+isExist = os.path.exists(path)
+
+if not isExist:
+ os.makedirs(path)
+ print("The new directory is created!")
+ os.system('chmod 777 -R /home//sounds')
+
+# Download a 'burp' sound if it does not already exist
+
+burp = '/home//burp.wav'
+
+isExist = os.path.exists(burp)
+if not isExist:
+ os.system('wget http://rpf.io/burp -O burp.wav')
+ print("Burp sound downloaded!")
+
+# Setup button functions - Pin 27 = Button hold time 10 seconds.
+
+button = Button(27, hold_time=10)
+
+def pressed():
+ global press_time
+ press_time = time.time()
+ print("Pressed at %s" % (press_time));
+
+def released():
+ release_time = time.time()
+ pressed_for = release_time - press_time
+ print("Released at %s after %.2f seconds" % (release_time, pressed_for))
+ if pressed_for < button.hold_time:
+ print("This is a short press")
+ randomfile = random.choice(os.listdir("/home//sounds/"))
+ file = '/home//sounds/' + randomfile
+ os.system('aplay ' + file)
+ elif pressed_for > 20:
+ os.system('aplay ' + burp)
+ print("Erasing all recorded sounds")
+ os.system('rm /home//sounds/*');
+
+def held():
+ print("This is a long press")
+ os.system('aplay ' + burp)
+ os.system('arecord --format S16_LE --duration=5 --rate 48000 -c2 /home//sounds/$(date +"%d_%m_%Y-%H_%M_%S")_voice.m4a');
+
+button.when_pressed = pressed
+button.when_released = released
+button.when_held = held
+
+pause()
+
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. To make the script executable, type the following:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo chmod +x chatter_box.py
+----
+
+Next, we need to create a crontab daemon that will automatically start the script each time the device is powered on. Run the following command to open your crontab for editing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ crontab -e
+----
+
+You will be asked to select an editor; we recommend you use `nano`. Select it by entering the corresponding number, and press Enter to continue. The following line should be added to the bottom of the file, replacing `` with your username:
+
+----
+@reboot python /home//chatter_box.py
+----
+
+Press *Ctrl X*, then *Y*, then *Enter* to save, then reboot your device with `sudo reboot`.
+
+=== Use the toy chatter box
+
+The final step is to ensure that everything is operating as expected. Press the button and release it when you hear the burp. The recording will now begin for a period of five seconds. Once you have released the button, press it briefly again to hear the recording. Repeat this process as many times as you wish, and your sounds will be played at random. You can delete all recordings by pressing and holding the button, keeping the button pressed during the first burp and recording process, and releasing it after at least 20 seconds, at which point you will hear another burp sound confirming that the recordings have been deleted.
+
+video::BjXERzu8nS0[youtube,width=80%,height=400px]
+
+=== Next steps
+
+Upgrades! It is always fun to upgrade a project, so why not add some additional features, such as an LED that will illuminate when recording? This project has all the parts required to make your own version of a https://aiyprojects.withgoogle.com/[Google intelligent speaker system], or you may want to consider building a second device that can be used to create a pair of walkie-talkies that are capable of transferring audio files over a network via SSH.
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/hardware-info.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/hardware-info.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7d445d64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/hardware-info.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+== Hardware information
+
+Hardware information:
+
+* PCB screws are all M2.5.
+* PCB standoffs (for case) are 5mm male/female.
+* PCB standoffs (for Raspberry Pi to audio boards) are 9mm female/female.
+* PCB standoffs (for XLR to DAC PRO) are 8mm female/male.
+* PCB standoffs (for the official Raspberry Pi 7-inch display) are 5mm male/female.
+* The rotary encoders we have used and tested are the Alpha three-pin rotary encoder
+RE160F-40E3-20A-24P, the ALPS EC12E2430804 (RS: 729-5848), and the Bourns ECW0JB24-AC0006L (RS: 263-2839).
+* The barrel connector used for powering the DigiAMP{plus} is 2.5mmID, 5.5mmOD, 11mm.
+* The DigiAMP{plus} is designed to operate with a 12V to 24V, 3A supply such as the XPPower
+VEC65US19 or similar.
+* The DigiAMP{plus} uses CamdenBoss two-part connectors. Those fitted to the PCB are
+CTBP9350/2AO.
+* The speaker terminal used on the Codec Zero will accept wires of between 14~26 AWG
+(wire of max 1.6mm in diameter).
+
+=== GPIO usage
+
+Raspberry Pi audio boards take advantage of a number of pins on the GPIO header in
+order to operate successfully. Some of these pins are solely for the use of the board, and
+some can be shared with other peripherals, sensors, etc.
+
+The following Raspberry Pi GPIO pins will be used by the audio boards:
+
+* All power pins
+* All ground pins
+* GPIO 2/3 (I2C)
+* GPIO 18/19/20/21 (I2S)
+
+If appropriate then the following are also used:
+
+* GPIO 22 (DigiAMP+ mute/unmute support)
+* GPIO 23/24 for rotary encoder (physical volume control) or status LED (Codec Zero)
+* GPIO 25 for the IR Sensor
+* GPIO 27 for the rotary encoder push switch/Codec Zero switch
+
+=== DAC PRO, DAC{plus}, DigiAMP{plus}, Codec Zero
+
+image::images/pin_table_new.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The DAC PRO, DAC{plus} and DigiAMP{plus} re-expose the Raspberry Pi signals, allowing additional sensors and peripherals
+to be added easily. Please note that some signals are for exclusive use (I2S and EEPROM) by some
+of our boards; others such as I2C can be shared across multiple boards.
+
+image::images/pin_out_new.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+
+=== Saving AlsaMixer settings
+
+To store the AlsaMixer settings, add the following at the command line:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl store
+----
+
+You can save the current state to a file, then reload that state at startup.
+
+To save, run the following command, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl store -f /home//usecase.state
+----
+
+To restore a saved file, run the following command, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl restore -f /home//usecase.state
+----
+
+=== MPD-based audio with volume control
+
+To allow Music Player Daemon (MPD)-based audio software to control the audio board's built in volume, the file
+`/etc/mpd.conf` may need to be changed to support the correct AlsaMixer name.
+
+This can be achieved by ensuring the 'Audio output' section of `/etc/mpd.conf` has the 'mixer_control'
+line. Below is an example for the Texas Instruments-based boards (DAC
+PRO/DAC{plus}/DigiAMP{plus}):
+
+----
+audio_output {
+ type "alsa"
+ name "ALSA Device"
+ mixer_control "Digital"
+}
+----
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8429a3f1f8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb1a111c2d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatter_Box.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatter_Box.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b09c695215
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatter_Box.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatterbox_Labels.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatterbox_Labels.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..379df111f8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatterbox_Labels.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31d6840161
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e02bdedb7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7ae6fae24
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a68f02c4b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f3770d092
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..033ed5e1bc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92d7aa96da
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4f2b336b7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/codec_zero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/codec_zero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..559743c203
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/codec_zero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_plus.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_plus.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61154d683f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_plus.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_pro.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_pro.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f76af08e9d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_pro.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/digiamp_plus.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/digiamp_plus.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa566a2e3b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/digiamp_plus.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/detected.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/detected.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22d5d2cec0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/detected.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashed.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashed.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e180fe633
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashed.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashing.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ee3f5ae23
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashing.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nodac.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nodac.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6990d38e87
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nodac.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nohat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nohat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..214548586e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nohat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/select.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/select.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e07972386
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/select.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/timeout.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/timeout.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38a6aa04c3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/timeout.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/warning.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/warning.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95ac638f5a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/warning.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/gui.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/gui.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..61e97df724
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/gui.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/hat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/hat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc1e881cdf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/hat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/optional_xlr_board.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/optional_xlr_board.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..526b1c2d5f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/optional_xlr_board.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0672954f9b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out_new.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out_new.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0fdde9dca
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out_new.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b01b5fb660
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table_new.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table_new.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9ca1a8bc5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table_new.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/rotary.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/rotary.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9168ce6d7f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/rotary.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/square.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/square.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b213f1b464
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/square.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/wiring.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/wiring.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a22c834b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/wiring.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/write_protect_tabs.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/write_protect_tabs.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..91e2f65f1b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/write_protect_tabs.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/introduction.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/introduction.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01abb46903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/introduction.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+== Overview
+
+Raspberry Pi Audio Boards bring high quality audio to your existing hi-fi or Raspberry Pi-based equipment and projects. We offer four different Hardware Attached on Top (HAT) options that will fit any Raspberry Pi using the 40-pin GPIO header.
+
+Each board has a specific purpose and set of features. The highest audio quality playback is available from our DAC PRO, DAC{plus} and DigiAMP{plus} boards, which support up to full HD audio (192kHz); while the Codec Zero supports up to HD audio (96kHz) and includes a built-in microphone, making it ideal for compact projects.
+
+=== Features at a glance
+
+[cols="2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1"]
+|===
+| | *Line out* | *Balanced out* | *Stereo speakers* | *Mono speaker* | *Headphones* | *Aux in* | *Aux out* | *Ext mic* | *Built-in mic*
+
+| DAC Pro ^| ✓ ^| ✓ | | ^| ✓ | | | |
+| DAC{plus} ^| ✓ | | | ^| ✓ | | | |
+| DigiAmp{plus} | | ^| ✓ | | | | | |
+| Codec Zero | | | ^| ✓ | ^| ✓ ^| ✓ ^| ✓ ^| ✓
+|===
+
+Line out:: A double phono/RCA connector, normally red and white in colour. This output is a variable
+analogue signal (0-2V RMS) and can connect to your existing hi-fi (pre-amp or amplifier), or can be used
+to drive active speakers which have their own amplifier built in.
+Balanced out:: An XLR connector, normally a three-pin male connector. This is used in a studio set-up, and in some
+high-end hi-fi systems. It can also be used to drive active monitor speakers like those used at clubs or on
+stage directed towards the DJ or performers.
+Stereo speakers:: Two sets of screw terminals for 2×25W speakers. These are for traditional hi-fi speakers without built-in amplification. These are known as passive speakers.
+Mono speaker:: A screw terminal for a single 1.2W speaker, as found in a transistor radio or similar.
+Headphones:: A 3.5mm jack socket delivering stereo audio for a set of headphones. The headphone amplifiers on the Raspberry Pi DAC boards can drive up to 80/90Ω impedance headphones.
+Aux in:: A double Phono/RCA connector or 3.5mm socket. Accepts analogue audio in up to 1V RMS. This can be used to record audio from a variable analogue source such as a mobile phone, MP3 player or similar.
+Aux out:: A double Phono/RCA connector or 3.5mm socket. Delivers analogue audio out up to 1V RMS. This can be used to feed audio into an amplifier at a reduced volume compared to Line out.
+Ext mic:: A 3.5mm socket for use with an external electret microphone. The built-in MEMS microphone on the Codec Zero is automatically disabled when the external Mic in connector is used.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/update-firmware.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/update-firmware.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5a16fdb9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/update-firmware.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+== Updating your firmware
+
+Raspberry Pi Audio Boards use an EEPROM that contains information that is used by the host Raspberry Pi device to select the appropriate driver at boot time. This information is programmed into the EEPROM during manufacture. There are some circumstances where the end user may wish to update the EEPROM contents: this can be done from the command line.
+
+IMPORTANT: Before proceeding, update the version of Raspberry Pi OS running on your Raspberry Pi to the latest version.
+
+=== The EEPROM write-protect link
+
+During the programming process you will need to connect the two pads shown in the red box with a wire to pull down the EEPROM write-protect link.
+
+image::images/write_protect_tabs.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: In some cases the two pads may already have a 0Ω resistor fitted to bridge the write-protect link, as illustrated in the picture of the Codec Zero board above.
+
+=== Program the EEPROM
+
+Once the write-protect line has been pulled down, the EEPROM can be programmed.
+
+You should first install the utilities and then run the programmer. Open up a terminal window and type the following:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install rpi-audio-utils
+$ sudo rpi-audio-flash
+----
+
+After starting, you will see a warning screen.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/warning.png[]
+
+Select "Yes" to proceed. You should see a menu where you can select your hardware.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/select.png[]
+
+NOTE: If no HAT is present, or if the connected HAT is not a Raspberry Pi Audio board, you will be presented with an error screen. If the firmware has already been updated on the board, a message will be displayed informing you that you do not have to continue.
+
+After selecting the hardware, a screen will display while the new firmware is flashed to the HAT.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/flashing.png[]
+
+Afterwards a screen will display telling you that the new firmware has installed.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/flashed.png[]
+
+NOTE: If the firmware fails to install correctly, you will see an error screen. Try removing and reseating the HAT, then flash the firmware again.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..472c939c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+// Intro
+
+include::build-hat/introduction.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc[]
+
+// Python
+
+include::build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/py-motors.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/py-sensors.adoc[]
+
+// .NET
+
+include::build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/net-brick.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/net-motors.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/net-sensors.adoc[]
+
+// Close out
+
+include::build-hat/links-to-other.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/compat.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/mech.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/compat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/compat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70fb160a8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/compat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+== Device Compatibility
+
+The Build HAT library supports all the LEGO® Technic™ devices included in the SPIKE™ Portfolio, along with those from the LEGO® Mindstorms Robot Inventor kit and other devices that use a PoweredUp connector.
+
+IMPORTANT: The product code for the SPIKE™ Prime Expansion Set that includes the Maker Plate is 45681. The original Expansion Set is 45680 and does not include the Maker Plate.
+
+[cols="2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,1,1", width="100%", options="header"]
+|===
+| Description | Colour | LEGO Item Number | Supported in FW | Supported in Python | Alt Number | BrickLink | Available In | Set Numbers | Class | Type | Device ID
+
+| Large Angular Motor | White/Cyan | 45602| Yes | Yes | 45602 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45602-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set,
+SPIKE Prime Expansion Set | 45678, 45680 | Motor | Active | 31
+
+| Medium Angular Motor | White/Cyan | 45603 | Yes | Yes | 45603 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45603-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set | 45678 | Motor | Active | 30
+
+| Medium Angular Motor | White/Grey | 6299646, 6359216, 6386708 | Yes | Yes | 436655 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=54696c01&idColor=86#T=C&C=86[Link] | Mindstorms Robot Inventor | 51515 | Motor | Active | 4B
+
+| Small Angular Motor | White/Cyan | 45607, 6296520 | Yes| Yes| | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=45607c01[Link] | SPIKE Essentials Set| | Motor| Active| 41
+
+| Light/Colour sensor |White/Black | 6217705 |Yes | Yes | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37308c01&idColor=11#T=C&C=11[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set, SPIKE Prime Expansion Set, Mindstorms Robot Inventor, SPIKE Essentials | 45678, 45680, 51515 | ColorSensor |Active | 3D
+
+| Distance Sensor | White/Black | 6302968 | Yes | Yes | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37316c01&idColor=11#T=C&C=11[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set, Mindstorms Robot Inventor | 45678, 51515 |DistanceSensor | Active | 3E
+
+| System medium motor | White/Grey | 45303, 6138854, 6290182, 6127110 | Yes | Yes | | | Wedo 2.0, LEGO Ideas Piano, App controlled Batmobile | 76112 | | Passive | 1
+
+| Force Sensor | White/Black | 6254354 | Yes | Yes | 45606 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37312c01&idColor=11#T=C&C=11[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set | 45678 | ForceSensor | Active | 3F
+
+| 3×3 LED | White/Cyan | 45608, 6297023 | Yes | Yes | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=45608c01[Link] | SPIKE Essentials | | Matrix | Active | 40
+
+| System train motor | Black | 88011 | Yes | Yes | 28740, 88011-1 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88011-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | Cargo Train, Disney Train and Station, Passenger Train| | | Passive | 2
+
+| PoweredUp LED lights | Black | 88005 | Yes | | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88005-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Passive | 8
+
+| Medium linear motor | White/Grey | 88008 | Yes | Yes | 26913, 88008-1 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88008-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | Boost, Droid Commander| | Motor | Active | 26
+
+| Technic large motor | Grey/Grey | 88013 | Yes | Yes | 22169 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88013-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 2E
+
+| Technic XL motor | Grey/Grey | 88014 | Yes | Yes | 22172, 88014 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88014-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 2F
+
+| Colour + distance sensor | White/Grey | 88007 | Partial | ? | 26912 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88007-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 25
+
+| WeDo 2.0 Motion sensor | White/Grey | 45304, 6138855 | | | 5003423-1| https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=9583-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}}[Link] | | | | Active | 35
+
+| WeDo 2.0 Tilt sensor | White/Grey | 45305, 6138856 | | | 5003423-1 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=9584-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 34
+
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/3x3matrix.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/3x3matrix.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce0c1efe45
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/3x3matrix.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/active-motor.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/active-motor.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c933668fa2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/active-motor.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/blinking-light.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/blinking-light.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12ecb8a3bb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/blinking-light.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/build-hat.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/build-hat.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6507e51dfb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/build-hat.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/color-distance.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/color-distance.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..653ecb38c3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/color-distance.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/connect-motor.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/connect-motor.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70da881290
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/connect-motor.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/fitting-build-hat.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/fitting-build-hat.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d64b6817b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/fitting-build-hat.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/mech-build-hat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/mech-build-hat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3816fa65b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/mech-build-hat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/passive-light.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/passive-light.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..632489fd4b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/passive-light.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/powering-build-hat.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/powering-build-hat.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e358683f90
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/powering-build-hat.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/psu.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/psu.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f75ced65fa
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/psu.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-1.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e36757652
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-1.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-2.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-2.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4dfd19cbaf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-2.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-3.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..239872e522
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-3.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-4.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..656f84895c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-4.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-5.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0117b0857
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-5.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/setting-up.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/setting-up.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..8964b0e449
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/setting-up.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-color.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-color.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5fd8088591
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-color.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-distance.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-distance.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cb55a1c4e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-distance.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-force.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-force.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..06dc942aef
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-force.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/tall-headers.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/tall-headers.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf89aa68ef
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/tall-headers.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/train-motor.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/train-motor.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00c342aaf5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/train-motor.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/turning-motor.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/turning-motor.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..334b43eae7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/turning-motor.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-distance.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-distance.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47bc9925e0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-distance.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-tilt.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-tilt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..153eb43b02
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-tilt.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/introduction.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/introduction.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ee1e7fd8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/introduction.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+[[about-build-hat]]
+== About
+
+The https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat[Raspberry Pi Build HAT] is an add-on board that connects to the 40-pin GPIO header of your Raspberry Pi, which was designed in collaboration with LEGO® Education to make it easy to control LEGO® Technic™ motors and sensors with Raspberry Pi computers.
+
+image::images/build-hat.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: A full list of supported devices can be found in the xref:build-hat.adoc#device-compatibility[Device Compatibility] section.
+
+It provides four connectors for LEGO® Technic™ motors and sensors from the SPIKE™ Portfolio. The available sensors include a distance sensor, a colour sensor, and a versatile force sensor. The angular motors come in a range of sizes and include integrated encoders that can be queried to find their position.
+
+The Build HAT fits all Raspberry Pi computers with a 40-pin GPIO header, including, with the addition of a ribbon cable or other extension device, Keyboard-series devices. Connected LEGO® Technic™ devices can easily be controlled in Python, alongside standard Raspberry Pi accessories such as a camera module.
+
+The Raspberry Pi Build HAT power supply (PSU), which is https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[available separately], is designed to power both the Build HAT and Raspberry Pi computer along with all connected LEGO® Technic™ devices.
+
+image::images/psu.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The LEGO® Education SPIKE™ Prime Set 45678 and SPIKE™ Prime Expansion Set 45681, available separately from LEGO® Education resellers, include a collection of useful elements supported by the Build HAT.
+
+NOTE: The HAT works with all 40-pin GPIO Raspberry Pi boards, including Zero-series devices. With the addition of a ribbon cable or other extension device, it can also be used with Keyboard-series devices.
+
+* Controls up to 4 LEGO® Technic™ motors and sensors included in the SPIKE™ Portfolio
+* Easy-to-use https://buildhat.readthedocs.io/[Python library] to control your LEGO® Technic™ devices
+* Fits onto any Raspberry Pi computer with a 40-pin GPIO header
+* Onboard xref:../microcontrollers/silicon.adoc[RP2040] microcontroller manages low-level control of LEGO® Technic™ devices
+* External 8V PSU https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[available separately] to power both Build HAT and Raspberry Pi
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+The Build HAT cannot power Keyboard-series devices, since they do not support power supply over the GPIO headers.
+====
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/links-to-other.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/links-to-other.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99a7abb352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/links-to-other.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+== Further Resources
+
+You can download documentation on the,
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/build-hat/build-hat-serial-protocol.pdf[Raspberry Pi Build HAT Serial Protocol]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/build-hat/build-hat-python-library.pdf[Raspberry Pi Build HAT Python Library]
+
+and full details of the Python Library documentation can also be found https://buildhat.readthedocs.io/[on ReadTheDocs]. You can find more information on the .NET library in the https://github.com/dotnet/iot/tree/main/src/devices/BuildHat[.NET IoT] Github repository.
+
+You can also follow along with projects from the Raspberry Pi Foundation,
+
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-game-controller[LEGO® Game Controller]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-robot-car[LEGO® Robot Car]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-plotter[LEGO® Plotter]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-robot-face[LEGO® Robot Face]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-data-dash[LEGO® Data Dash]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/mech.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/mech.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73dc28e614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/mech.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+== Mechanical Drawings
+
+Mechanical drawing of the Raspberry Pi Build HAT.
+
+image::images/mech-build-hat.png[width="80%"]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-brick.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-brick.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5f42ad8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-brick.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+=== Use the Build HAT from .NET
+
+The Raspberry Pi Built HAT is referred to "Brick" in LEGO® parlance and you can talk directly to it from .NET using the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/build-hat/build-hat-serial-protocol.pdf[Build HAT Serial Protocol].
+
+You can create a `brick` object as below,
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+Brick brick = new("/dev/serial0");
+----
+
+but you need to remember to dispose of the `brick` at the end of your code.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.Dispose();
+----
+
+WARNING: If you do not call `brick.Dispose()` your program will not terminate.
+
+If you want to avoid calling `brick.Dispose` at the end, then create your brick with the `using` statement:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+using Brick brick = new("/dev/serial0");
+----
+
+In this case, when reaching the end of the program, your brick will be automatically disposed.
+
+==== Display Build HAT information
+
+You can gather the various software versions, the signature, and the input voltage:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+var info = brick.BuildHatInformation;
+Console.WriteLine($"version: {info.Version}, firmware date: {info.FirmwareDate}, signature:");
+Console.WriteLine($"{BitConverter.ToString(info.Signature)}");
+Console.WriteLine($"Vin = {brick.InputVoltage.Volts} V");
+----
+
+NOTE: The input voltage is read only once at boot time and is not read again afterwards.
+
+==== Getting sensors and motors details
+
+The functions `GetSensorType`, `GetSensor` will allow you to retrieve any information on connected sensor.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+SensorType sensor = brick.GetSensorType((SensorPort)i);
+Console.Write($"Port: {i} {(Brick.IsMotor(sensor) ? "Sensor" : "Motor")} type: {sensor} Connected: ");
+----
+
+In this example, you can as well use the `IsMotor` static function to check if the connected element is a sensor or a motor.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+if (Brick.IsActiveSensor(sensor))
+{
+ ActiveSensor activeSensor = brick.GetActiveSensor((SensorPort)i);
+}
+else
+{
+ var passive = (Sensor)brick.GetSensor((SensorPort)i);
+ Console.WriteLine(passive.IsConnected);
+}
+----
+
+`ActiveSensor` have a collection of advanced properties and functions allowing to understand every element of the sensor. It is also possible to call the primitive functions from the brick from them. This will allow you to select specific modes and do advance scenarios. While this is possible, motor and sensor classes have been created to make your life easier.
+
+==== Events
+
+Most sensors implements events on their special properties. You can simply subscribe to `PropertyChanged` and `PropertyUpdated`. The changed one will be fired when the value is changing while the updated one when there is a success update to the property. Depending on the modes used, some properties may be updated in the background all the time while some others occasionally.
+
+You may be interested only when a colour is changing or the position of the motor is changing, using it as a tachometer. In this case, the `PropertyChanged` is what you need!
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+Console.WriteLine("Move motor on Port A to more than position 100 to stop this test.");
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var active = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA);
+bool continueToRun = true;
+active.PropertyChanged += MotorPropertyEvent;
+while (continueToRun)
+{
+ Thread.Sleep(50);
+}
+
+active.PropertyChanged -= MotorPropertyEvent;
+Console.WriteLine($"Current position: {active.Position}, eventing stopped.");
+
+void MotorPropertyEvent(object? sender, PropertyChangedEventArgs e)
+{
+ Console.WriteLine($"Property changed: {e.PropertyName}");
+ if (e.PropertyName == nameof(ActiveMotor.Position))
+ {
+ if (((ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA)).Position > 100)
+ {
+ continueToRun = false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+----
+
+==== Wait for initialization
+
+The brick can take a long time before it initializes. A wait for a sensor to be connected has been implemented.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortB);
+----
+
+It does as well take a `CancellationToken` if you want to implement advance features like warning the user after some time and retrying.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c9330e0b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+== Use the Build HAT from .NET
+
+=== Install the .NET Framework
+
+The .NET framework from Microsoft is not available via `apt` on Raspberry Pi. However, you can follow the https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/iot/deployment[official instructions] from Microsoft to install the .NET framework. Alternatively, there is a simplified https://www.petecodes.co.uk/install-and-use-microsoft-dot-net-5-with-the-raspberry-pi/[third party route] to get the .NET toolchain on to your Raspberry Pi.
+
+WARNING: The installation script is run as `root`. You should read it first and make sure you understand what it is doing. If you are at all unsure you should follow the https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/iot/deployment[official instructions] manually.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ wget -O - https://raw.githubusercontent.com/pjgpetecodes/dotnet5pi/master/install.sh | sudo bash
+----
+
+After installing the .NET framework you can create your project:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dotnet new console --name buildhat
+----
+
+This creates a default program in the `buildhat` subdirectory, and we need to be in that directory in order to continue:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd buildhat
+----
+
+You will now need to install the following nuget packages:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dotnet add package System.Device.Gpio --version 2.1.0
+$ dotnet add package Iot.Device.Bindings --version 2.1.0
+----
+
+=== Run C# Code
+
+You can run the program with the `dotnet run` command. Let's try it now to make sure everything works. It should print "Hello World!"
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dotnet run
+Hello World!
+----
+
+(When instructed to "run the program" in the instructions that follow, you will simply rerun `dotnet run`)
+
+=== Edit C# Code
+
+In the instructions below, you will be editing the file `buildhat/Program.cs`, the C# program which was generated when you ran the above commands.
+
+Any text editor will work to edit C# code, including Geany, the IDE/Text Editor that comes pre-installed. https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/setup/raspberry-pi/[Visual Studio Code] (often called "VS Code") is also a popular alternative.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-motors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-motors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e9d9ab543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-motors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+=== Use Motors from .NET
+
+There are two types of motors, the *passive* ones and the *active* ones. Active motors will provide detailed position, absolute position and speed while passive motors can only be controlled with speed.
+
+A common set of functions to control the speed of the motors are available. There are 2 important ones: `SetPowerLimit` and `SetBias`:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+train.SetPowerLimit(1.0);
+train.SetBias(0.2);
+----
+
+The accepted values are only from 0.0 to 1.0. The power limit is a convenient ay to reduce in proportion the maximum power.
+
+The bias value sets for the current port which is added to positive motor drive values and subtracted from negative motor drive values. This can be used to compensate for the fact that most DC motors require a certain amount of drive before they will turn at all.
+
+The default values when a motor is created is 0.7 for the power limit and 0.3 for the bias.
+
+==== Passive Motors
+
+.Train motor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88011-1&name=Train%20Motor&category=%5BPower%20Functions%5D%5BPowered%20Up%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/train-motor.png[Train motor,width="60%"]
+
+The typical passive motor is a train and older Powered Up motors. The `Speed` property can be set and read. It is the target and the measured speed at the same time as those sensors do not have a way to measure them. The value is from -100 to +100.
+
+Functions to control `Start`, `Stop` and `SetSpeed` are also available. Here is an example of how to use it:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+Console.WriteLine("This will run the motor for 20 secondes incrementing the PWM");
+train.SetPowerLimit(1.0);
+train.Start();
+for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+{
+ train.SetSpeed(i);
+ Thread.Sleep(250);
+}
+
+Console.WriteLine("Stop the train for 2 seconds");
+train.Stop();
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+Console.WriteLine("Full speed backward for 2 seconds");
+train.Start(-100);
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+Console.WriteLine("Full speed forward for 2 seconds");
+train.Start(100);
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+Console.WriteLine("Stop the train");
+train.Stop();
+----
+
+NOTE: Once the train is started, you can adjust the speed and the motor will adjust accordingly.
+
+==== Active Motors
+
+.Active motor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88014-1&name=Technic%20XL%20Motor&category=%5BPower%20Functions%5D%5BPowered%20Up%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/active-motor.png[Active motor,width="60%"]
+
+Active motors have `Speed`, `AbsolutePosition`, `Position` and `TargetSpeed` as special properties. They are read continuously even when the motor is stopped.
+
+The code snippet shows how to get the motors, start them and read the properties:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortD);
+var active = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA);
+var active2 = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortD);
+active.Start(50);
+active2.Start(50);
+// Make sure you have an active motor plug in the port A and D
+while (!Console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ Console.CursorTop = 1;
+ Console.CursorLeft = 0;
+ Console.WriteLine($"Absolute: {active.AbsolutePosition} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Position: {active.Position} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Speed: {active.Speed} ");
+ Console.WriteLine();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Absolute: {active2.AbsolutePosition} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Position: {active2.Position} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Speed: {active2.Speed} ");
+}
+
+active.Stop();
+active2.Stop();
+----
+
+NOTE: Don't forget to start and stop your motors when needed.
+
+Advance features are available for active motors. You can request to move for seconds, to a specific position, a specific absolute position. Here are couple of examples:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+// From the previous example, this will turn the motors back to their initial position:
+active.TargetSpeed = 100;
+active2.TargetSpeed = 100;
+// First this motor and will block the thread
+active.MoveToPosition(0, true);
+// Then this one and will also block the thread
+active2.MoveToPosition(0, true);
+----
+
+Each function allow you to block or not the thread for the time the operation will be performed. Note that for absolute and relative position moves, there is a tolerance of few degrees.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var active = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA);
+active.TargetSpeed = 70;
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 0");
+active.MoveToPosition(0, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 3600 (10 turns)");
+active.MoveToPosition(3600, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position -3600 (so 20 turns the other way");
+active.MoveToPosition(-3600, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to absolute position 0, should rotate by 90°");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(0, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 90");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(90, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 179");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(179, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position -180");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(-180, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+active.Float();
+----
+
+You can place the motor in a float position, meaning, there are no more constrains on it. This is a mode that you can use when using the motor as a tachometer, moving it and reading the position. If you still have constrains on the motors, you may not be able to move it.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-sensors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-sensors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6e6284f4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-sensors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+=== Use Sensors from .NET
+
+Like for motors, you have active and passive sensors. Most recent sensors are active. The passive one are lights and simple buttons. Active ones are distance or colour sensors, as well as small 3×3 pixel displays.
+
+==== Button/Touch Passive Sensor
+
+The button/touch passive sensor have one specific property `IsPressed`. The property is set to true when the button is pressed. Here is a complete example with events:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var button = (ButtonSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+bool continueToRun = true;
+button.PropertyChanged += ButtonPropertyEvent;
+while (continueToRun)
+{
+ // You can do many other things here
+ Thread.Sleep(50);
+}
+
+button.PropertyChanged -= ButtonPropertyEvent;
+Console.WriteLine($"Button has been pressed, we're stopping the program.");
+brick.Dispose();
+
+void ButtonPropertyEvent(object? sender, PropertyChangedEventArgs e)
+{
+ Console.WriteLine($"Property changed: {e.PropertyName}");
+ if (e.PropertyName == nameof(ButtonSensor.IsPressed))
+ {
+ continueToRun = false;
+ }
+}
+----
+
+==== Passive Light
+
+.Passive light, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=22168c01&name=Electric,%20Light%20Unit%20Powered%20Up%20Attachment&category=%5BElectric,%20Light%20&%20Sound%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/passive-light.png[Passive light, width="60%"]
+
+The passive light are the train lights. They can be switched on and you can controlled their brightness.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var light = (PassiveLight)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+// Brightness 50%
+light.On(50);
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+// 70% Brightness
+light.Brightness = 70;
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+// Switch light off
+light.Off()
+----
+
+==== Active Sensor
+
+The active sensor class is a generic one that all the active sensor inherit including active motors. They contains a set of properties regarding how they are connected to the Build HAT, the modes, the detailed Combi modes, the hardware, software versions and a specific property called `ValueAsString`. The value as string contains the last measurement as a collection of strings. A measurement arrives like `P0C0: +23 -42 0`, the enumeration will contains `P0C0:`, `+23`, `-42` and `0`. This is made so if you are using advance modes and managing yourself the Combi modes and commands, you'll be able to get the measurements.
+
+All active sensor can run a specific measurement mode or a Combi mode. You can setup one through the advance mode using the `SelectModeAndRead` and `SelectCombiModesAndRead` functions with the specific mode(s) you'd like to continuously have. It is important to understand that changing the mode or setting up a new mode will stop the previous mode.
+
+The modes that can be combined in the Combi mode are listed in the `CombiModes` property. Al the properties of the sensors will be updated automatically when you'll setup one of those modes.
+
+==== WeDo Tilt Sensor
+
+.WeDo Tilt sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45305-1&name=WeDo%202.0%20Tilt%20Sensor&category=%5BEducational%20&%20Dacta%5D%5BWeDo%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/wedo-tilt.png[WeDo Tilt sensor, width="60%"]
+
+WeDo Tilt Sensor has a special `Tilt` property. The type is a point with X is the X tilt and Y is the Y tilt. The values goes from -45 to + 45, they are caped to those values and represent degrees.
+
+You can set a continuous measurement for this sensor using the `ContinuousMeasurement` property.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var tilt = (WeDoTiltSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+tilt.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+Point tiltValue;
+while(!console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ tiltValue = tilt.Tilt;
+ console.WriteLine($"Tilt X: {tiltValue.X}, Tilt Y: {tiltValue.Y}");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+==== WeDoDistance Sensor
+
+.WeDo Distance sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45304-1&name=WeDo%202.0%20Motion%20Sensor&category=%5BEducational%20&%20Dacta%5D%5BWeDo%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/wedo-distance.png[WeDo Distance sensor, width="60%"]
+
+WeDo Distance Sensor gives you a distance in millimetres with the Distance property.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var distance = (WeDoDistanceSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+distance.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+while(!console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ console.WriteLine($"Distance: {distance.Distance} mm");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+==== SPIKE Prime Force Sensor
+
+.Spike Force Sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37312c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Force%20-%20Spike%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/spike-force.png[spike force sensor, width="60%"]
+
+This force sensor measure the pressure applies on it and if it is pressed. The two properties can be access through `Force` and `IsPressed` properties.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var force = (ForceSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+force.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+while(!force.IsPressed)
+{
+ console.WriteLine($"Force: {force.Force} N");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+==== SPIKE Essential 3×3 Colour Light Matrix
+
+.spike 3×3 matrix, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=45608c01&name=Electric,%203%20x%203%20Color%20Light%20Matrix%20-%20SPIKE%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/3x3matrix.png[spike 3×3 matrix, width="60%"]
+
+This is a small 3×3 display with 9 different LEDs that can be controlled individually. The class exposes functions to be able to control the screen. Here is an example using them:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var matrix = (ColorLightMatrix)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+for(byte i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+{
+ // Will light every led one after the other like a progress bar
+ matrix.DisplayProgressBar(i);
+ Thread.Sleep(1000);
+}
+
+for(byte i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+{
+ // Will display the matrix with the same color and go through all of them
+ matrix.DisplayColor((LedColor)i);
+ Thread.Sleep(1000);
+}
+
+Span brg = stackalloc byte[9] { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
+Span col = stackalloc LedColor[9] { LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White,
+ LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White };
+// Shades of grey
+matrix.DisplayColorPerPixel(brg, col);
+----
+
+==== SPIKE Prime Colour Sensor and Colour and Distance Sensor
+
+SPIKE colour sensor:
+
+.spike colour sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37308c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Color%20-%20Spike%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/spike-color.png[spike color sensor, width="60%"]
+
+Colour and distance sensor:
+
+.Color distance sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=bb0891c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Color%20and%20Distance%20-%20Boost&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=1[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/color-distance.png[Colour distance sensor, width="60%"]
+
+Those colour sensor has multiple properties and functions. You can get the `Color`, the `ReflectedLight` and the `AmbiantLight`.
+
+On top of this, the Colour and Distance sensor can measure the `Distance` and has an object `Counter`. It will count automatically the number of objects which will go in and out of the range. This does allow to count objects passing in front of the sensor. The distance is limited from 0 to 10 centimetres.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortC);
+
+var colorSensor = (ColorAndDistanceSensor)brick.GetActiveSensor(SensorPort.PortC);
+while (!Console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ var colorRead = colorSensor.GetColor();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Color: {colorRead}");
+ var reflected = colorSensor.GetReflectedLight();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Reflected: {reflected}");
+ var ambiant = colorSensor.GetAmbiantLight();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Ambiant: {ambiant}");
+ var distance = colorSensor.GetDistance();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Distance: {distance}");
+ var counter = colorSensor.GetCounter();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Counter: {counter}");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+NOTE: For better measurement, it is not recommended to change the measurement mode in a very fast way, the colour integration may not be done in a proper way. This example gives you the full spectrum of what you can do with the sensor. Also, this class do not implement a continuous measurement mode. You can setup one through the advance mode using the `SelectModeAndRead` function with the specific mode you'd like to continuously have. It is important to understand that changing the mode or setting up a new mode will stop the previous mode.
+
+==== SPIKE Prime Ultrasonic Distance Sensor
+
+.Spike distance sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37316c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Distance%20-%20Spike%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/spike-distance.png[Spike distance sensor, width="60%"]
+
+This is a distance sensor and it does implement a `Distance` property that will give the distance in millimetre. A `ContinuousMeasurement` mode is also available on this one.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var distance = (UltrasonicDistanceSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+distance.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+while(!console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ console.WriteLine($"Distance: {distance.Distance} mm");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e19d8bdac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+== Prepare your Build HAT
+
+NOTE: Before starting to work with your Raspberry Pi Build HAT you should xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#setting-up-your-raspberry-pi[set up] your Raspberry Pi, xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[install] the latest version of the operating system using https://www.raspberrypi.com/downloads/[Raspberry Pi Imager].
+
+Attach 9mm spacers to the bottom of the board. Seat the Raspberry Pi Build HAT onto your Raspberry Pi. Make sure you put it on the right way up. Unlike other HATs, all the components are on the bottom, leaving room for a breadboard or LEGO® elements on top.
+
+video::images/fitting-build-hat.webm[width="80%"]
+
+=== Access the GPIO Pins
+
+If you want to access the GPIO pins of the Raspberry Pi, you can add an optional tall header and use 15 mm spacers.
+
+image::images/tall-headers.png[width="80%"]
+
+The following pins are used by the Build HAT itself and you should not connect anything to them.
+
+[[table_passive_ids]]
+[cols="^1,^1,^1", width="75%", options="header"]
+|===
+| GPIO| Use | Status
+| GPIO0/1 | ID prom |
+| GPIO4| Reset |
+| GPIO14| Tx |
+| GPIO15| Rx |
+| GPIO16 | RTS | unused
+| GPIO17 | CTS | unused
+|===
+
+
+=== Set up your Raspberry Pi
+
+Once the Raspberry Pi has booted, open the Raspberry Pi Configuration tool by clicking on the Raspberry Menu button and then selecting "Preferences" and then "Raspberry Pi Configuration".
+
+Click on the "interfaces" tab and adjust the Serial settings as shown below:
+
+image::images/setting-up.png[width="50%"]
+
+==== Use your Raspberry Pi headless
+
+If you are running your Raspberry Pi headless and using `raspi-config`, select "Interface Options" from the first menu.
+
+image::images/raspi-config-1.png[width="70%"]
+
+Then "P6 Serial Port".
+
+image::images/raspi-config-2.png[width="70%"]
+
+Disable the serial console:
+
+image::images/raspi-config-3.png[width="70%"]
+
+And enable the serial port hardware.
+
+image::images/raspi-config-4.png[width="70%"]
+
+The final settings should look like this.
+
+image::images/raspi-config-5.png[width="70%"]
+
+You will need to reboot at this point if you have made any changes.
+
+=== Power the Build HAT
+
+Connect an external power supply — the https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[official Raspberry Pi Build HAT power supply] is recommended — however any reliable +8V±10% power supply capable of supplying 48W via a DC 5521 centre positive barrel connector (5.5mm × 2.1mm × 11mm) will power the Build HAT. You don't need to connect an additional USB power supply to the Raspberry Pi unless you are using a Keyboard-series device.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+The Build HAT cannot power Keyboard-series devices, since they do not support power supply over the GPIO headers.
+====
+
+video::images/powering-build-hat.webm[width="80%"]
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+The LEGO® Technic™ motors are very powerful; so to drive them you'll need an external 8V power supply. If you want to read from motor encoders and the SPIKE™ force sensor, you can power your Raspberry Pi and Build HAT the usual way, via your Raspberry Pi's USB power socket. The SPIKE™ colour and distance sensors, like the motors, require an https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[external power supply].
+====
+
+You have the choice to use Build HAT with Python or .NET.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9a93f8be5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+== Use the Build HAT from Python
+
+=== Install the Build HAT Python Library
+
+To install the Build HAT Python library, open a terminal window and run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install python3-build-hat
+----
+
+Raspberry Pi OS versions prior to _Bookworm_ do not have access to the library with `apt`. Instead, run the following command to install the library using `pip`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo pip3 install buildhat
+----
+
+For more information about the Build HAT Python Library see https://buildhat.readthedocs.io/[ReadTheDocs].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-motors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-motors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cf498f67b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-motors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+=== Use Motors from Python
+
+There are xref:build-hat.adoc#device-compatibility[a number of motors] that work with the Build HAT.
+
+==== Connect a Motor
+
+Connect a motor to port A on the Build HAT. The LPF2 connectors need to be inserted the correct way up. If the connector doesn't slide in easily, rotate by 180 degrees and try again.
+
+video::images/connect-motor.webm[width="80%"]
+
+
+==== Work with Motors
+
+Start the https://thonny.org/[Thonny IDE]. Add the program code below:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from buildhat import Motor
+
+motor_a = Motor('A')
+
+motor_a.run_for_seconds(5)
+----
+
+Run the program by clicking the play/run button. If this is the first time you're running a Build HAT program since the Raspberry Pi has booted, there will be a few seconds pause while the firmware is copied across to the board. You should see the red LED extinguish and the green LED illuminate. Subsequent executions of a Python program will not require this pause.
+
+video::images/blinking-light.webm[width="80%"]
+
+Your motor should turn clockwise for 5 seconds.
+
+video::images/turning-motor.webm[width="80%"]
+
+Change the final line of your program and re-run.
+
+[source,python]
+----
+motor_a.run_for_seconds(5, speed=50)
+----
+
+The motor should now turn faster. Make another change:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+motor_a.run_for_seconds(5, speed=-50)
+----
+
+The motor should turn in the opposite (anti-clockwise) direction
+
+Create a new program by clicking on the plus button in Thonny. Add the code below:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from buildhat import Motor
+
+motor_a = Motor('A')
+
+while True:
+ print("Position: ", motor_a.get_aposition())
+----
+
+Run the program. Grab the motor and turn the shaft. You should see the numbers printed in the Thonny REPL changing.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-sensors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-sensors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15571eae8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-sensors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+=== Use Sensors from Python
+
+There is a xref:build-hat.adoc#device-compatibility[large range of sensors] that work with the Build HAT.
+
+==== Work with Sensors
+
+Connect a Colour sensor to port B on the Build HAT, and a Force sensor to port C.
+
+NOTE: If you're not intending to drive a motor, then you don't need an external power supply and you can use a standard USB power supply for your Raspberry Pi.
+
+Create another new program:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from signal import pause
+from buildhat import ForceSensor, ColorSensor
+
+button = ForceSensor('C')
+cs = ColorSensor('B')
+
+def handle_pressed(force):
+ cs.on()
+ print(cs.get_color())
+
+def handle_released(force):
+ cs.off()
+
+button.when_pressed = handle_pressed
+button.when_released = handle_released
+pause()
+----
+
+Run it and hold a coloured object (LEGO® elements are ideal) in front of the colour sensor and press the Force sensor plunger. The sensor's LED should switch on and the name of the closest colour should be displayed in the Thonny REPL.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01e8de0fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::bumper/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee9f120523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi Bumper for Raspberry Pi 5
+image::images/bumper.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi Bumper for Raspberry Pi 5 is a snap-on silicone cover that protects
+the bottom and edges of the board. When attached, the mounting holes of the Raspberry Pi remain accessible through the bumper.
+
+The Bumper is only compatible with Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+== Assembly instructions
+
+.Assembling the bumper
+image::images/assembly.png[width="80%"]
+
+To attach the Raspberry Pi Bumper to your Raspberry Pi:
+
+. Turn off your Raspberry Pi and disconnect the power cable.
+. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Align the bumper with the board.
+. Press the board gently but firmly into the bumper, taking care to avoid contact between the bumper and any of the board’s components.
+. Insert your SD card back into the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Reconnect your Raspberry Pi to power.
+
+To remove the Raspberry Pi Bumper from your Raspberry Pi:
+
+. Turn off your Raspberry Pi and disconnect the power cable.
+. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Gently but firmly peel the bumper away from the board, taking care to avoid contact between the bumper and any of the board’s components.
+. Insert your SD card back into the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Reconnect your Raspberry Pi to power.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/assembly.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/assembly.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdcfb03289
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/assembly.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/bumper.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/bumper.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..14682676a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/bumper.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera.adoc
index 42ef13b8c2..f5076f9fa0 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera.adoc
@@ -1,22 +1,9 @@
-include::camera/camera_usage.adoc[]
-
include::camera/camera_hardware.adoc[]
-include::camera/camera_installing.adoc[]
-
-include::camera/raspicam.adoc[]
-
-include::camera/libcamera_software.adoc[]
-
-include::camera/timelapse.adoc[]
-
-include::camera/raw.adoc[]
-
-include::camera/longexp.adoc[]
-
-include::camera/v4l2.adoc[]
+include::camera/filters.adoc[]
-include::camera/csi-2-usage.adoc[]
+include::camera/lens.adoc[]
-include::camera/hqcam_filter_removal.adoc[]
+include::camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc[]
+include::camera/external_trigger.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_hardware.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_hardware.adoc
index 5f47e5b756..3b8dafbd56 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_hardware.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_hardware.adoc
@@ -1,246 +1,271 @@
-== Camera Modules
+:figure-caption!:
+== About the Camera Modules
-The Raspberry Pi Camera Modules are official products from the Raspberry Pi Foundation. The original 5-megapixel model was https://www.raspberrypi.org/blog/camera-board-available-for-sale/[released] in 2013, and an 8-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/camera-module-v2/[Camera Module v2] was https://www.raspberrypi.org/blog/new-8-megapixel-camera-board-sale-25/[released] in 2016. For both iterations, there are visible light and infrared versions. A 12-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[High Quality Camera] was https://www.raspberrypi.org/blog/new-product-raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera-on-sale-now-at-50/[released] in 2020. There is no infrared version of the HQ Camera, however the xref:camera.adoc#raspberry-pi-hq-camera-filter-removal[IR Filter can be removed] if required.
+There are now several official Raspberry Pi camera modules. The original 5-megapixel model was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/camera-board-available-for-sale/[released] in 2013, it was followed by an 8-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-v2/[Camera Module 2] which was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-8-megapixel-camera-board-sale-25/[released] in 2016. The latest camera model is the 12-megapixel https://raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-3/[Camera Module 3] which was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-autofocus-camera-modules/[released] in 2023. The original 5MP device is no longer available from Raspberry Pi.
-=== Hardware Specification
+All of these cameras come in visible light and infrared versions, while the Camera Module 3 also comes as a standard or wide FoV model for a total of four different variants.
+
+.Camera Module 3 (left) and Camera Module 3 Wide (right)
+image::images/cm3.jpg[Camera Module 3 normal and wide angle]
+
+.Camera Module 3 NoIR (left) and Camera Module 3 NoIR Wide (right)
+image::images/cm3_noir.jpg[Camera Module 3 NoIR normal and wide angle]
+
+Additionally, a 12-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[High Quality Camera] with CS- or M12-mount variants for use with external lenses was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-product-raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera-on-sale-now-at-50/[released in 2020] and https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-autofocus-camera-modules/[2023] respectively. There is no infrared version of the HQ Camera, however the xref:camera.adoc#filter-removal[IR Filter can be removed] if required.
+
+.HQ Camera, M12-mount (left) and C/CS-mount (right)
+image::images/hq.jpg[M12- and C/CS-mount versions of the HQ Camera]
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Camera uses the Sony IMX500 imaging sensor to provide low-latency and high-performance AI capabilities to any camera application. Tight integration with xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc[Raspberry Pi's camera software stack] allows users to deploy their own neural network models with minimal effort.
+
+image::images/ai-camera-hero.png[The Raspberry Pi AI Camera]
+
+Finally, there is the Global Shutter camera, which was http://raspberrypi.com/news/new-raspberry-pi-global-shutter-camera[released in 2023]. There is no infrared version of the GS Camera, however the xref:camera.adoc#filter-removal[IR Filter can be removed] if required.
+
+.Global Shutter Camera
+image::images/gs-camera.jpg[GS Camera]
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi Camera Modules are compatible with all Raspberry Pi computers with CSI connectors.
+
+=== Rolling or Global shutter?
+
+Most digital cameras, including our Camera Modules, use a **rolling shutter**: they scan the image they're capturing line-by-line, then output the results. You may have noticed that this can cause distortion effects in some settings; if you've ever photographed rotating propeller blades, you've probably spotted the image shimmering rather than looking like an object that is rotating. The propeller blades have had enough time to change position in the tiny moment that the camera has taken to swipe across and observe the scene.
+
+A **global shutter**, like the one on our Global Shutter Camera Module, doesn't do this. It captures the light from every pixel in the scene at once, so your photograph of propeller blades will not suffer from the same distortion.
+
+Why is this useful? Fast-moving objects, like those propeller blades, are now easy to capture; we can also synchronise several cameras to take a photo at precisely the same moment in time. There are plenty of benefits here, like minimising distortion when capturing stereo images. (The human brain is confused if any movement that appears in the left eye has not appeared in the right eye yet.) The Raspberry Pi Global Shutter Camera can also operate with shorter exposure times - down to 30µs, given enough light - than a rolling shutter camera, which makes it useful for high-speed photography.
+
+NOTE: The Global Shutter Camera's image sensor has a 6.3mm diagonal active sensing area, which is similar in size to Raspberry Pi's HQ Camera. However, the pixels are larger and can collect more light. Large pixel size and low pixel count are valuable in machine-vision applications; the more pixels a sensor produces, the harder it is to process the image in real time. To get around this, many applications downsize and crop images. This is unnecessary with the Global Shutter Camera and the appropriate lens magnification, where the lower resolution and large pixel size mean an image can be captured natively.
+
+== Install a Raspberry Pi camera
+
+WARNING: Cameras are sensitive to static. Earth yourself prior to handling the PCB. A sink tap or similar should suffice if you don't have an earthing strap.
+
+=== Connect the Camera
+
+Before connecting any Camera, shut down your Raspberry Pi and disconnect it from power.
+
+The flex cable inserts into the connector labelled CAMERA on the Raspberry Pi, which is located between the Ethernet and HDMI ports. The cable must be inserted with the silver contacts facing the HDMI port. To open the connector, pull the tabs on the top of the connector upwards, then towards the Ethernet port. The flex cable should be inserted firmly into the connector, with care taken not to bend the flex at too acute an angle. To close the connector, push the top part of the connector down and away from the Ethernet port while holding the flex cable in place.
+
+The following video shows how to connect the original camera on the original Raspberry Pi 1:
+
+video::GImeVqHQzsE[youtube,width=80%,height=400px]
+
+All Raspberry Pi boards with a camera connector use the same installation method, though the Raspberry Pi 5 and all Raspberry Pi Zero models require a https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/camera-cable/[different camera cable].
+
+Some cameras may come with a small piece of translucent blue plastic film covering the lens. This is only present to protect the lens during shipping. To remove it, gently peel it off.
+
+NOTE: There is additional documentation available around fitting the recommended https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/cs-mount-lens-guide.pdf[6mm] and https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/c-mount-lens-guide.pdf[16mm] lens to the HQ Camera.
+
+=== Prepare the Software
+
+Before proceeding, we recommend ensuring that your kernel, GPU firmware and applications are all up to date. Please follow the instructions on xref:../computers/os.adoc#update-software[keeping your operating system up to date].
+
+Then, please follow the relevant setup instructions for xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc#rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps`], and the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/picamera2-manual.pdf[Picamera2 Python library].
+
+== Hardware Specification
|===
-| | Camera Module v1 | Camera Module v2 | HQ Camera
+| | Camera Module v1 | Camera Module v2 | Camera Module 3 | Camera Module 3 Wide | HQ Camera | AI Camera | GS Camera
| Net price
| $25
| $25
+| $25
+| $35
+| $50
+| $70
| $50
| Size
| Around 25 × 24 × 9 mm
-|
-| 38 x 38 x 18.4mm (excluding lens)
+| Around 25 × 24 × 9 mm
+| Around 25 × 24 × 11.5 mm
+| Around 25 × 24 × 12.4 mm
+| 38 × 38 × 18.4mm (excluding lens)
+| 25 × 24 × 11.9mm
+| 38 × 38 × 19.8mm (29.5mm with adaptor and dust cap)
| Weight
| 3g
| 3g
-|
+| 4g
+| 4g
+| 30.4g
+| 6g
+| 34g (41g with adaptor and dust cap)
| Still resolution
-| 5 Megapixels
-| 8 Megapixels
-| 12.3 Megapixels
+| 5 megapixels
+| 8 megapixels
+| 11.9 megapixels
+| 11.9 megapixels
+| 12.3 megapixels
+| 12.3 megapixels
+| 1.58 megapixels
| Video modes
| 1080p30, 720p60 and 640 × 480p60/90
-| 1080p30, 720p60 and 640 × 480p60/90
-| 1080p30, 720p60 and 640 × 480p60/90
-
-| Linux integration
-| V4L2 driver available
-| V4L2 driver available
-| V4L2 driver available
-
-| C programming API
-| OpenMAX IL and others available
-| OpenMAX IL and others available
-|
+| 1080p47, 1640 × 1232p41 and 640 × 480p206
+| 2304 × 1296p56, 2304 × 1296p30 HDR, 1536 × 864p120
+| 2304 × 1296p56, 2304 × 1296p30 HDR, 1536 × 864p120
+| 2028 × 1080p50, 2028 × 1520p40 and 1332 × 990p120
+| 2028 × 1520p30, 4056 × 3040p10
+| 1456 × 1088p60
| Sensor
| OmniVision OV5647
| Sony IMX219
-| https://www.sony-semicon.co.jp/products/common/pdf/IMX477-AACK_Flyer.pdf[Sony IMX477]
+| Sony IMX708
+| Sony IMX708
+| Sony IMX477
+| Sony IMX500
+| Sony IMX296
| Sensor resolution
| 2592 × 1944 pixels
| 3280 × 2464 pixels
-| 4056 x 3040 pixels
+| 4608 × 2592 pixels
+| 4608 × 2592 pixels
+| 4056 × 3040 pixels
+| 4056 × 3040 pixels
+| 1456 × 1088 pixels
| Sensor image area
| 3.76 × 2.74 mm
-| 3.68 x 2.76 mm (4.6 mm diagonal)
-| 6.287mm x 4.712 mm (7.9mm diagonal)
+| 3.68 × 2.76 mm (4.6 mm diagonal)
+| 6.45 × 3.63mm (7.4mm diagonal)
+| 6.45 × 3.63mm (7.4mm diagonal)
+| 6.287mm × 4.712 mm (7.9mm diagonal)
+| 6.287mm × 4.712 mm (7.9mm diagonal)
+| 6.3mm diagonal
| Pixel size
| 1.4 µm × 1.4 µm
-| 1.12 µm x 1.12 µm
-| 1.55 µm x 1.55 µm
+| 1.12 µm × 1.12 µm
+| 1.4 µm × 1.4 µm
+| 1.4 µm × 1.4 µm
+| 1.55 µm × 1.55 µm
+| 1.55 µm × 1.55 µm
+| 3.45 µm × 3.45 µm
| Optical size
| 1/4"
| 1/4"
-|
-
-| Full-frame SLR lens equivalent
-| 35 mm
-|
-|
-
-| S/N ratio
-| 36 dB
-|
-|
-
-| Dynamic range
-| 67 dB @ 8x gain
-|
-|
-
-| Sensitivity
-| 680 mV/lux-sec
-|
-|
-
-| Dark current
-| 16 mV/sec @ 60 C
-|
-|
-
-| Well capacity
-| 4.3 Ke-
-|
-|
-
-| Fixed focus
-| 1 m to infinity
-|
+| 1/2.43"
+| 1/2.43"
+| 1/2.3"
+| 1/2.3"
+| 1/2.9"
+
+| Focus
+| Fixed
+| Adjustable
+| Motorized
+| Motorized
+| Adjustable
+| Adjustable
+| Adjustable
+
+| Depth of field
+| Approx 1 m to ∞
+| Approx 10 cm to ∞
+| Approx 10 cm to ∞
+| Approx 5 cm to ∞
+| N/A
+| Approx 20 cm to ∞
| N/A
| Focal length
| 3.60 mm +/- 0.01
| 3.04 mm
+| 4.74 mm
+| 2.75 mmm
+| Depends on lens
+| 4.74 mm
| Depends on lens
-| Horizontal field of view
+| Horizontal Field of View (FoV)
| 53.50 +/- 0.13 degrees
| 62.2 degrees
+| 66 degrees
+| 102 degrees
+| Depends on lens
+| 66 ±3 degrees
| Depends on lens
-| Vertical field of view
+| Vertical Field of View (FoV)
| 41.41 +/- 0.11 degrees
| 48.8 degrees
+| 41 degrees
+| 67 degrees
+| Depends on lens
+| 52.3 ±3 degrees
| Depends on lens
| Focal ratio (F-Stop)
-| 2.9
-| 2.0
+| F2.9
+| F2.0
+| F1.8
+| F2.2
+| Depends on lens
+| F1.79
| Depends on lens
-|===
-=== Hardware Features
+| Maximum exposure time (seconds)
+| 3.28
+| 11.76
+| 112
+| 112
+| 670.74
+| 112
+| 15.5
-|===
-| Available | Implemented
+| Lens Mount
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| C/CS- or M12-mount
+| N/A
+| C/CS
-| Chief ray angle correction
+| NoIR version available?
| Yes
-
-| Global and rolling shutter
-| Rolling shutter
-
-| Automatic exposure control (AEC)
-| No - done by ISP instead
-
-| Automatic white balance (AWB)
-| No - done by ISP instead
-
-| Automatic black level calibration (ABLC)
-| No - done by ISP instead
-
-| Automatic 50/60 Hz luminance detection
-| No - done by ISP instead
-
-| Frame rate up to 120 fps
-| Max 90fps. Limitations on frame size for the higher frame rates (VGA only for above 47fps)
-
-| AEC/AGC 16-zone size/position/weight control
-| No - done by ISP instead
-
-| Mirror and flip
| Yes
-
-| Cropping
-| No - done by ISP instead (except 1080p mode)
-
-| Lens correction
-| No - done by ISP instead
-
-| Defective pixel cancelling
-| No - done by ISP instead
-
-| 10-bit RAW RGB data
-| Yes - format conversions available via GPU
-
-| Support for LED and flash strobe mode
-| LED flash
-
-| Support for internal and external frame synchronisation for frame exposure mode
-| No
-
-| Support for 2 × 2 binning for better SNR in low light conditions
-| Anything output res below 1296 x 976 will use the 2 x 2 binned mode
-
-| Support for horizontal and vertical sub-sampling
-| Yes, via binning and skipping
-
-| On-chip phase lock loop (PLL)
| Yes
-
-| Standard serial SCCB interface
| Yes
-
-| Digital video port (DVP) parallel output interface
| No
-
-| MIPI interface (two lanes)
-| Yes
-
-| 32 bytes of embedded one-time programmable (OTP) memory
| No
-
-| Embedded 1.5V regulator for core power
-| Yes
-|===
-
-=== Software Features
-
-[cols=2]
+| No
|===
-| Picture formats
-| JPEG (accelerated), JPEG + RAW, GIF, BMP, PNG, YUV420, RGB888
+NOTE: There is https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera/issues/43[some evidence] to suggest that the Camera Module 3 may emit RFI at a harmonic of the CSI clock rate. This RFI is in a range to interfere with GPS L1 frequencies (1575 MHz). Please see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera/issues/43[thread on Github] for details and proposed workarounds.
-| Video formats
-| raw h.264 (accelerated)
-
-| Effects
-| negative, solarise, posterize, whiteboard, blackboard, sketch, denoise, emboss, oilpaint, hatch, gpen, pastel, watercolour, film, blur, saturation
-
-| Exposure modes
-| auto, night, nightpreview, backlight, spotlight, sports, snow, beach, verylong, fixedfps, antishake, fireworks
-
-| Metering modes
-| average, spot, backlit, matrix
-
-| Automatic white balance modes
-| off, auto, sun, cloud, shade, tungsten, fluorescent, incandescent, flash, horizon
-
-| Triggers
-| Keypress, UNIX signal, timeout
+=== Mechanical Drawings
-| Extra modes
-| demo, burst/timelapse, circular buffer, video with motion vectors, segmented video, live preview on 3D models
-|===
+Available mechanical drawings;
-=== HQ Camera IR Filter Transmission
+* Camera Module 2 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-2-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module 3 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-standard-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module 3 Wide https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-wide-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module 3 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-step.zip[STEP files]
+* HQ Camera Module (CS-mount version) https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-cs-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+** The CS-mount https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-cs-lensmount-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* HQ Camera Module (M12-mount version) https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-m12-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* GS Camera Module
+https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/gs-camera/gs-camera-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
-The HQ Camera uses a Hoya CM500 infrared filter. Its transmission characteristics are as represented in the following graph.
+NOTE: Board dimensions and mounting-hole positions for Camera Module 3 are identical to Camera Module 2. However, due to changes in the size and position of the sensor module, it is not mechanically compatible with the camera lid for the Raspberry Pi Zero Case.
-image::images/hoyacm500.png[CM500 Transmission Graph]
+=== Schematics
-=== Mechanical Drawings
+.Schematic of the Raspberry Pi CSI camera connector.
+image:images/RPi-S5-conn.png[camera connector, width="65%"]
-* Camera Module v2 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/camera/camera-v2-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
-* HQ Camera Module https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/hq-camera/hq-camera-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
-* HQ Camera Module lens mount https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/hq-camera/hq-camera-lensmount-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+Other available schematics;
-=== Schematics
+* Camera Module v2 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-2-schematics.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module v3 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-schematics.pdf[PDF]
+* HQ Camera Module https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-schematics.pdf[PDF]
-* Camera Module v2 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/camera/camera-v2-schematics.pdf[PDF]
-* HQ Camera Module https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/hq-camera/hq-camera-schematics.pdf[PDF]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_installing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_installing.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 91bbe02169..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_installing.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-== Installing a Raspberry Pi camera
-
-WARNING: Cameras are sensitive to static. Earth yourself prior to handling the PCB. A sink tap or similar should suffice if you don't have an earthing strap.
-
-=== Connecting the Camera
-
-The flex cable inserts into the connector labelled CAMERA on the Raspberry Pi, which is located between the Ethernet and HDMI ports. The cable must be inserted with the silver contacts facing the HDMI port. To open the connector, pull the tabs on the top of the connector upwards, then towards the Ethernet port. The flex cable should be inserted firmly into the connector, with care taken not to bend the flex at too acute an angle. To close the connector, push the top part of the connector towards the HDMI port and down, while holding the flex cable in place.
-
-We have created a video to illustrate the process of connecting the camera. Although the video shows the original camera on the original Raspberry Pi 1, the principle is the same for all camera boards:
-
-video::GImeVqHQzsE[youtube]
-
-Depending on the model, the camera may come with a small piece of translucent blue plastic film covering the lens. This is only present to protect the lens while it is being mailed to you, and needs to be removed by gently peeling it off.
-
-=== Enabling the Camera
-
-==== Using the desktop
-
-Select `Preferences` and `Raspberry Pi Configuration` from the desktop menu: a window will appear. Select the `Interfaces` tab, then click on the `enable camera` option. Click `OK`. You will need to reboot for the changes to take effect.
-
-==== Using the command line
-
-Open the `raspi-config` tool from the terminal:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo raspi-config
-----
-
-Select `Interfacing Options` then `Camera` and press `Enter`. Choose `Yes` then `Ok`. Go to `Finish` and you'll be prompted to reboot.
-
-=== Setting up the Camera Software
-
-Execute the following instructions on the command line to download and install the latest kernel, GPU firmware, and applications. You'll need an internet connection for this to work correctly.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo apt update
-sudo apt full-upgrade
-----
-
-Now you need to enable camera support using the `raspi-config` program you will have used when you first set up your Raspberry Pi.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo raspi-config
-----
-
-Use the cursor keys to select and open _Interfacing Options_, and then select _Camera_ and follow the prompt to enable the camera.
-
-Upon exiting `raspi-config`, it will ask to reboot. The enable option will ensure that on reboot the correct GPU firmware will be running with the camera driver and tuning, and the GPU memory split is sufficient to allow the camera to acquire enough memory to run correctly.
-
-To test that the system is installed and working, try the following command:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -v -o test.jpg
-----
-
-The display should show a five-second preview from the camera and then take a picture, saved to the file `test.jpg`, whilst displaying various informational messages.
-
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_usage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_usage.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index e711172a5d..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_usage.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-== Basic Camera Usage
-
-Raspberry Pi currently sell two types of camera board: an https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/camera-module-v2/[8MP device] and a https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[12MP High Quality (HQ)] camera. The 8MP device is also available in https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/pi-noir-camera-v2/[NoIR form] without an IR filter. The original 5MP device is no longer available from Raspberry Pi.
-
-All Raspberry Pi cameras are capable of taking high-resolution photographs, along with full HD 1080p video, and can be fully controlled programmatically. This documentation describes how to use the camera in various scenarios, and how to use the various software tools.
-
-Once xref:camera.adoc#installing-a-raspberry-pi-camera[installed], there are various ways the cameras can be used. The simplest option is to use one of the provided camera applications. There are four Linux xref:camera.adoc#raspicam-commands[command-line applications] installed by default (e.g. `raspistill`).
-
-You can also programatically access the camera using the Python programming language, using the https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/getting-started-with-picamera[`picamera` library].
-
-=== About `libcamera`
-
-libcamera is a new Linux API for interfacing to cameras. Raspberry Pi have been involved with the development of libcamera and are now using this sophisticated system for new camera software. This means Raspberry Pi are moving away from the firmware-based camera image processing pipeline (ISP) to a more open system.
-
-* http://libcamera.org/[Libcamera's main website].
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Tuning guide for the Raspberry Pi cameras and libcamera]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c65b4b045..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-== Camera Serial Interface 2 (CSI2) "Unicam"
-
-The SoC's used on the Raspberry Pi range all have two camera interfaces that support either CSI-2 D-PHY 1.1 or CCP2 (Compact Camera Port 2) sources. This interface is known by the codename "Unicam". The first instance of Unicam supports 2 CSI-2 data lanes, whilst the second supports 4. Each lane can run at up to 1Gbit/s (DDR, so the max link frequency is 500MHz).
-
-However, the normal variants of the Raspberry Pi only expose the second instance, and route out _only_ 2 of the data lanes to the camera connector. The Compute Module range route out all lanes from both peripherals.
-
-=== Software Interfaces
-
-There are 3 independent software interfaces available for communicating with the Unicam peripheral:
-
-==== Firmware
-
-The closed source GPU firmware has drivers for Unicam and three camera sensors plus a bridge chip. They are the Raspberry Pi Camera v1.3 (Omnivision OV5647), Raspberry Pi Camera v2.1 (Sony IMX219), Raspberry Pi HQ camera (Sony IMX477), and an unsupported driver for the Toshiba TC358743 HDMI\->CSI2 bridge chip.
-
-This driver integrates the source driver, Unicam, ISP, and tuner control into a full camera stack delivering processed output images. It can be used via MMAL, OpenMAX IL and V4L2 using the bcm2835-v4l2 kernel module. Only Raspberry Pi cameras are supported via this interface.
-
-==== MMAL rawcam component
-
-This was an interim option before the V4L2 driver was available. The MMAL component `vc.ril.rawcam` allows receiving of the raw CSI2 data in the same way as the V4L2 driver, but all source configuration has to be done by userland over whatever interface the source requires. The raspiraw application is available on https://github.com/raspberrypi/raspiraw[github]. It uses this component and the standard I2C register sets for OV5647, IMX219, and ADV7282M to support streaming.
-
-==== V4L2
-
-There is a fully open source kernel driver available for the Unicam block; this is a kernel module called bcm2835-unicam. This interfaces to V4L2 subdevice drivers for the source to deliver the raw frames. This bcm2835-unicam driver controls the sensor, and configures the CSI-2 receiver so that the peripheral will write the raw frames (after Debayer) to SDRAM for V4L2 to deliver to applications. Except for this ability to unpack the CSI-2 Bayer formats to 16bits/pixel, there is no image processing between the image source (e.g. camera sensor) and bcm2835-unicam placing the image data in SDRAM.
-
-----
-|------------------------|
-| bcm2835-unicam |
-|------------------------|
- ^ |
- | |-------------|
- img | | Subdevice |
- | |-------------|
- v -SW/HW- |
-|---------| |-----------|
-| Unicam | | I2C or SPI|
-|---------| |-----------|
-csi2/ ^ |
-ccp2 | |
- |-----------------|
- | sensor |
- |-----------------|
-----
-
-Mainline Linux has a range of existing drivers. The Raspberry Pi kernel tree has some additional drivers and device tree overlays to configure them that have all been tested and confirmed to work. They include:
-
-|===
-| Device | Type | Notes
-
-| Omnivision OV5647
-| 5MP Camera
-| Original Raspberry Pi Camera
-
-| Sony IMX219
-| 8MP Camera
-| Revision 2 Raspberry Pi camera
-
-| Sony IMX477
-| 12MP Camera
-| Raspberry Pi HQ camera
-
-| Toshiba TC358743
-| HDMI to CSI-2 bridge
-|
-
-| Analog Devices ADV728x-M
-| Analog video to CSI-2 bridge
-| No interlaced support
-
-| Infineon IRS1125
-| Time-of-flight depth sensor
-| Supported by a third party
-|===
-
-As the subdevice driver is also a kernel driver, with a standardised API, 3rd parties are free to write their own for any source of their choosing.
-
-=== Developing a Third-Party Drivers
-
-This is the recommended approach to interfacing via Unicam.
-
-When developing a driver for a new device intended to be used with the bcm2835-unicam module, you need the driver and corresponding device tree overlays. Ideally the driver should be submitted to the http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media[linux-media] mailing list for code review and merging into mainline, then moved to the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux[Raspberry Pi kernel tree], but exceptions may be made for the driver to be reviewed and merged directly to the Raspberry Pi kernel.
-
-Please note that all kernel drivers are licensed under the GPLv2 licence, therefore source code *MUST* be available. Shipping of binary modules only is a violation of the GPLv2 licence under which the Linux kernel is licensed.
-
-The bcm2835-unicam has been written to try and accommodate all types of CSI-2 source driver as are currently found in the mainline Linux kernel. Broadly these can be split into camera sensors and bridge chips. Bridge chips allow for conversion between some other format and CSI-2.
-
-==== Camera sensors
-
-The sensor driver for a camera sensor is responsible for all configuration of the device, usually via I2C or SPI. Rather than writing a driver from scratch, it is often easier to take an existing driver as a basis and modify it as appropriate.
-
-The https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-5.4.y/drivers/media/i2c/imx219.c[IMX219 driver] is a good starting point. This driver supports both 8bit and 10bit Bayer readout, so enumerating frame formats and frame sizes is slightly more involved.
-
-Sensors generally support https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/control.html[V4L2 user controls]. Not all these controls need to be implemented in a driver. The IMX219 driver only implements a small subset, listed below, the implementation of which is handled by the `imx219_set_ctrl` function.
-
-* `V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE` / `V4L2_CID_VBLANK` / `V4L2_CID_HBLANK`: allows the application to set the frame rate.
-* `V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE`: sets the exposure time in lines. The application needs to use `V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE`, `V4L2_CID_HBLANK`, and the frame width to compute the line time.
-* `V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN`: analogue gain in sensor specific units.
-* `V4L2_CID_DIGITAL_GAIN`: optional digital gain in sensor specific units.
-* `V4L2_CID_HFLIP / V4L2_CID_VFLIP`: flips the image either horizontally or vertically. Note that this operation may change the Bayer order of the data in the frame, as is the case on the imx219.
-* `V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN` / `V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_*`: Enables output of various test patterns from the sensor. Useful for debugging.
-
-In the case of the IMX219, many of these controls map directly onto register writes to the sensor itself.
-
-Device tree is used to select the sensor driver and configuren parameters such as number of CSI-2 lanes, continuous clock lane operation, and link frequency (often only one is supported).
-
-* The IMX219 https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-5.4.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/imx219-overlay.dts[device tree overlay] for the 5.4 kernel
-
-==== Bridge chips
-
-These are devices that convert an incoming video stream, for example HDMI or composite, into a CSI-2 stream that can be accepted by the Raspberry Pi CSI-2 receiver.
-
-Handling bridge chips is more complicated, as unlike camera sensors they have to respond to the incoming signal and report that to the application.
-
-The mechanisms for handling bridge chips can be broadly split into either analogue or digital.
-
-When using `ioctls` in the sections below, an `_S_` in the `ioctl` name means it is a set function, whilst `_G_` is a get function and `_ENUM` enumerates a set of permitted values.
-
-===== Analogue video sources
-
-Analogue video sources use the standard `ioctls` for detecting and setting video standards. :https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.html[`VIDIOC_G_STD`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.html[`VIDIOC_S_STD`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.html[`VIDIOC_ENUMSTD`], and https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.html[`VIDIOC_QUERYSTD`]
-
-Selecting the wrong standard will generally result in corrupt images. Setting the standard will typically also set the resolution on the V4L2 CAPTURE queue. It can not be set via `VIDIOC_S_FMT`. Generally requesting the detected standard via `VIDIOC_QUERYSTD` and then setting it with `VIDIOC_S_STD` before streaming is a good idea.
-
-===== Digital video sources
-
-For digital video sources, such as HDMI, there is an alternate set of calls that allow specifying of all the digital timing parameters (https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS`], and https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS`]).
-
-As with analogue bridges, the timings typically fix the V4L2 CAPTURE queue resolution, and calling `VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS` with the result of `VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS` before streaming should ensure the format is correct.
-
-Depending on the bridge chip and the driver, it may be possible for changes in the input source to be reported to the application via `VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT` and `V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE`.
-
-===== Currently supported devices
-
-There are 2 bridge chips that are currently supported by the Raspberry Pi Linux kernel, the Analog Devices ADV728x-M for analogue video sources, and the Toshiba TC358743 for HDMI sources.
-
-_Analog Devices ADV728x(A)-M Analogue video to CSI2 bridge_
-
-These chips convert composite, S-video (Y/C), or component (YPrPb) video into a single lane CSI-2 interface, and are supported by the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-5.4.y/drivers/media/i2c/adv7180.c[ADV7180 kernel driver].
-
-Product details for the various versions of this chip can be found on the Analog Devices website.
-
-https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7280a.html[ADV7280A], https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7281a.html[ADV7281A], https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7282a.html[ADV7282A]
-
-Because of some missing code in the current core V4L2 implementation, selecting the source fails, so the Raspberry Pi kernel version adds a kernel module parameter called `dbg_input` to the ADV7180 kernel driver which sets the input source every time VIDIOC_S_STD is called. At some point mainstream will fix the underlying issue (a disjoin between the kernel API call s_routing, and the userspace call `VIDIOC_S_INPUT`) and this modification will be removed.
-
-Please note that receiving interlaced video is not supported, therefore the ADV7281(A)-M version of the chip is of limited use as it doesn't have the necessary I2P deinterlacing block. Also ensure when selecting a device to specify the -M option. Without that you will get a parallel output bus which can not be interfaced to the Raspberry Pi.
-
-There are no known commercially available boards using these chips, but this driver has been tested via the Analog Devices https://www.analog.com/en/design-center/evaluation-hardware-and-software/evaluation-boards-kits/EVAL-ADV7282A-M.html[EVAL-ADV7282-M evaluation board]
-
-This driver can be loaded using the `config.txt` dtoverlay `adv7282m` if you are using the `ADV7282-M` chip variant; or `adv728x-m` with a parameter of either `adv7280m=1`, `adv7281m=1`, or `adv7281ma=1` if you are using a different variant. e.g.
-
-----
-dtoverlay=adv728x-m,adv7280m=1
-----
-
-_Toshiba TC358743 HDMI to CSI2 bridge_
-
-This is a HDMI to CSI-2 bridge chip, capable of converting video data at up to 1080p60.
-
-Information on this bridge chip can be found on the https://toshiba.semicon-storage.com/ap-en/semiconductor/product/interface-bridge-ics-for-mobile-peripheral-devices/hdmir-interface-bridge-ics/detail.TC358743XBG.html[Toshiba Website]
-
-The TC358743 interfaces HDMI in to CSI-2 and I2S outputs. It is supported by the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-5.4.y/drivers/media/i2c/tc358743.c[TC358743 kernel module].
-
-The chip supports incoming HDMI signals as either RGB888, YUV444, or YUV422, at up to 1080p60. It can forward RGB888, or convert it to YUV444 or YUV422, and convert either way between YUV444 and YUV422. Only RGB888 and YUV422 support has been tested. When using 2 CSI-2 lanes, the maximum rates that can be supported are 1080p30 as RGB888, or 1080p50 as YUV422. When using 4 lanes on a Compute Module, 1080p60 can be received in either format.
-
-HDMI negotiates the resolution by a receiving device advertising an https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data[EDID] of all the modes that it can support. The kernel driver has no knowledge of the resolutions, frame rates, or formats that you wish to receive, therefore it is up to the user to provide a suitable file.
-This is done via the VIDIOC_S_EDID ioctl, or more easily using `v4l2-ctl --fix-edid-checksums --set-edid=file=filename.txt` (adding the --fix-edid-checksums option means that you don't have to get the checksum values correct in the source file). Generating the required EDID file (a textual hexdump of a binary EDID file) is not too onerous, and there are tools available to generate them, but it is beyond the scope of this page.
-
-As described above, use the `DV_TIMINGS` ioctls to configure the driver to match the incoming video. The easiest approach for this is to use the command `v4l2-ctl --set-dv-bt-timings query`. The driver does support generating the SOURCE_CHANGED events should you wish to write an application to handle a changing source. Changing the output pixel format is achieved by setting it via VIDIOC_S_FMT, however only the pixel format field will be updated as the resolution is configured by the dv timings.
-
-There are a couple of commercially available boards that connect this chip to the Raspberry Pi. The Auvidea B101 and B102 are the most widely obtainable, but other equivalent boards are available.
-
-This driver is loaded using the `config.txt` dtoverlay `tc358743`.
-
-The chip also supports capturing stereo HDMI audio via I2S. The Auvidea boards break the relevant signals out onto a header, which can be connected to the Pi's 40 pin header. The required wiring is:
-
-[cols=",^,^,^"]
-|===
-| Signal | B101 header | Pi 40 pin header | BCM GPIO
-
-| LRCK/WFS
-| 7
-| 35
-| 19
-
-| BCK/SCK
-| 6
-| 12
-| 18
-
-| DATA/SD
-| 5
-| 38
-| 20
-
-| GND
-| 8
-| 39
-| N/A
-|===
-
-The `tc358743-audio` overlay is required _in addition to_ the `tc358743` overlay. This should create an ALSA recording device for the HDMI audio.
-Please note that there is no resampling of the audio. The presence of audio is reflected in the V4L2 control TC358743_CID_AUDIO_PRESENT / "audio-present", and the sample rate of the incoming audio is reflected in the V4L2 control TC358743_CID_AUDIO_SAMPLING_RATE / "Audio sampling-frequency". Recording when no audio is present will generate warnings, as will recording at a sample rate different from that reported.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/external_trigger.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/external_trigger.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..642412d54d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/external_trigger.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+== External Trigger on the GS Camera
+
+The Global Shutter (GS) camera can be triggered externally by pulsing the external trigger (denoted on the board as XTR) connection on the board. Multiple cameras can be connected to the same pulse, allowing for an alternative way to synchronise two cameras.
+
+The exposure time is equal to the low pulse-width time plus an additional 14.26us. i.e. a low pulse of 10000us leads to an exposure time of 10014.26us. Framerate is directly controlled by how often you pulse the pin. A PWM frequency of 30Hz will lead to a framerate of 30 frames per second.
+
+image::images/external_trigger.jpg[alt="Image showing pulse format",width="80%"]
+
+=== Preparation
+
+WARNING: This modification includes removing an SMD soldered part. You should not attempt this modification unless you feel you are competent to complete it. When soldering to the Camera board, please remove the plastic back cover to avoid damaging it.
+
+If your board has transistor Q2 fitted (shown in blue on the image below), then you will need to remove R11 from the board (shown in red). This connects GP1 to XTR and without removing R11, the camera will not operate in external trigger mode.
+The location of the components is displayed below.
+
+image::images/resistor.jpg[alt="Image showing resistor to be removed",width="80%"]
+
+Next, solder a wire to the touchpoints of XTR and GND on the GS Camera board. Note that XTR is a 1.8V input, so you may need a level shifter or potential divider.
+
+We can use a Raspberry Pi Pico to provide the trigger. Connect any Pico GPIO pin (GP28 is used in this example) to XTR via a 1.5kΩ resistor. Also connect a 1.8kΩ resistor between XTR and GND to reduce the high logic level to 1.8V. A wiring diagram is shown below.
+
+image::images/pico_wiring.jpg[alt="Image showing Raspberry Pi Pico wiring",width="50%"]
+
+==== Raspberry Pi Pico MicroPython Code
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from machine import Pin, PWM
+
+from time import sleep
+
+pwm = PWM(Pin(28))
+
+framerate = 30
+shutter = 6000 # In microseconds
+
+frame_length = 1000000 / framerate
+pwm.freq(framerate)
+
+pwm.duty_u16(int((1 - (shutter - 14) / frame_length) * 65535))
+----
+
+The low pulse width is equal to the shutter time, and the frequency of the PWM equals the framerate.
+
+NOTE: In this example, Pin 28 connects to the XTR touchpoint on the GS camera board.
+
+=== Camera driver configuration
+
+This step is only necessary if you have more than one camera with XTR wired in parallel.
+
+Edit `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. Change `camera_auto_detect=1` to `camera_auto_detect=0`.
+
+Append this line:
+[source]
+----
+dtoverlay=imx296,always-on
+----
+When using the CAM0 port on a Raspberry Pi 5, CM4 or CM5, append `,cam0` to that line without a space. If both cameras are on the same Raspberry Pi you will need two dtoverlay lines, only one of them ending with `,cam0`.
+
+If the external trigger will not be started right away, you also need to increase the libcamera timeout xref:camera.adoc#libcamera-configuration[as above].
+
+=== Starting the camera
+
+Enable external triggering:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ echo 1 | sudo tee /sys/module/imx296/parameters/trigger_mode
+----
+
+Run the code on the Pico, then set the camera running:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --qt-preview --shutter 3000
+----
+
+Every time the Pico pulses the pin, it should capture a frame. However, if `--gain` and `--awbgains` are not set, some frames will be dropped to allow AGC and AWB algorithms to settle.
+
+NOTE: When running `rpicam-apps`, always specify a fixed shutter duration, to ensure the AGC does not try to adjust the camera's shutter speed. The value is not important, since it is actually controlled by the external trigger pulse.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/filters.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/filters.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32ac70e027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/filters.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+== Camera Filters
+
+Some transmission characteristics are available for the Camera Module 3 and the HQ and GS cameras.
+
+NOTE: These graphs are available as https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-extended-spectral-sensitivity.pdf[a PDF].
+
+=== Camera Module 3
+
+The Camera Module 3 is built around the IMX708, which has the following spectral sensitivity characteristics.
+
+image::images/cm3-filter.png[Camera Module 3 Transmission Graph, width="65%"]
+
+=== HQ Camera
+
+Raspberry Pi HQ Camera without IR-Cut filter.
+
+image::images/hq.png[HQ Camera Transmission Graph without IR-Cut filter,width="65%"]
+
+
+=== GS Camera
+
+Raspberry Pi GS Camera without IR-Cut filter.
+
+image::images/gs.png[GS Camera Transmission Graph without IR-Cut filter,width="65%"]
+
+
+=== HQ and GS Cameras
+
+The HQ and GS Cameras use a Hoya CM500 infrared filter. Its transmission characteristics are as represented in the following graph.
+
+image::images/hoyacm500.png[CM500 Transmission Graph,width="65%"]
+
+== IR Filter
+
+Both the High Quality Camera and Global Shutter Camera contain an IR filter to reduce the camera's sensitivity to infrared light and help outdoor photos look more natural. However, you may remove the filter to:
+
+* Enhance colours in certain types of photography, such as images of plants, water, and the sky
+* Provide night vision in a location that is illuminated with infrared light
+
+=== Filter Removal
+
+WARNING: *This procedure cannot be reversed:* the adhesive that attaches the filter will not survive being lifted and replaced, and while the IR filter is about 1.1mm thick, it may crack when it is removed. *Removing it will void the warranty on the product*.
+
+You can remove the filter from both the HQ and GS cameras. The HQ camera is shown in the demonstration below.
+
+image:images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+
+NOTE: Make sure to work in a clean and dust-free environment, as the sensor will be exposed to the air.
+
+. Unscrew the two 1.5 mm hex lock keys on the underside of the main circuit board. Be careful not to let the washers roll away.
++
+image:images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. There is a gasket of slightly sticky material between the housing and PCB which will require some force to separate. You may try some ways to weaken the adhesive, such as a little isopropyl alcohol and/or heat (~20-30 C).
+. Once the adhesive is loose, lift up the board and place it down on a very clean surface. Make sure the sensor does not touch the surface.
++
+image:images/FLATLAY_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. Face the lens upwards and place the mount on a flat surface.
++
+image:images/SOLVENT_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. To minimise the risk of breaking the filter, use a pen top or similar soft plastic item to push down on the filter only at the very edges where the glass attaches to the aluminium. The glue will break and the filter will detach from the lens mount.
++
+image:images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. Given that changing lenses will expose the sensor, at this point you could affix a clear filter (for example, OHP plastic) to minimize the chance of dust entering the sensor cavity.
+. Replace the main housing over the circuit board. Be sure to realign the housing with the gasket, which remains on the circuit board.
+. Apply the nylon washer first to prevent damage to the circuit board.
+. Next, fit the steel washer, which prevents damage to the nylon washer. Screw down the two hex lock keys. As long as the washers have been fitted in the correct order, they do not need to be screwed very tightly.
++
+image:images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+
+NOTE: It is likely to be difficult or impossible to glue the filter back in place and return the device to functioning as a normal optical camera.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/hqcam_filter_removal.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/hqcam_filter_removal.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 666421816a..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/hqcam_filter_removal.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-== Raspberry Pi HQ Camera Filter Removal
-
-The High Quality Camera contains an IR filter, which is used to reduce the camera's sensitivity to infrared light. This ensures that outdoor photos look more natural. However, some nature photography can be enhanced with the removal of this filter; the colours of sky, plants, and water can be affected by its removal. The camera can also be used without the filter for night vision in a location that is illuminated with infrared light.
-
-WARNING: *This procedure cannot be reversed:* the adhesive that attaches the filter will not survive being lifted and replaced, and while the IR filter is about 1.1mm thick, it may crack when it is removed. *Removing it will void the warranty on the product*. Nevertheless, removing the filter will be desirable to some users.
-
-To remove the filter:
-
-. Work in a clean and dust-free environment, as the sensor will be exposed to the air.
-image:images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg[camera sensor]
-. Unscrew the two 1.5 mm hex lock keys on the underside of the main circuit board. Be careful not to let the washers roll away. There is a gasket of slightly sticky material between the housing and PCB which will require some force to separate.
-image:images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg[camera gasket]
-. Lift up the board and place it down on a very clean surface. Make sure the sensor does not touch the surface.
-. Before completing the next step, read through all of the steps and decide whether you are willing to void your warranty. *Do not proceed* unless you are sure that you are willing to void your warranty.
-. Turn the lens around so that it is "looking" upwards and place it on a table.
-You may try some ways to weaken the adhesive, such as a little isopropyl alcohol and/or heat (~20-30 C). Using a pen top or similar soft plastic item, push down on the filter only at the very edges where the glass attaches to the aluminium - to minimise the risk of breaking the filter. The glue will break and the filter will detach from the lens mount.
-image:images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg[camera ir filter]
-. Given that changing lenses will expose the sensor, at this point you could affix a clear filter (for example, OHP plastic) to minimize the chance of dust entering the sensor cavity.
-image:images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg[camera protective filter]
-. Replace the main housing over the circuit board. Be sure to realign the housing with the gasket, which remains on the circuit board.
-. The nylon washer prevents damage to the circuit board; apply this washer first. Next, fit the steel washer, which prevents damage to the nylon washer.
-. Screw down the two hex lock keys. As long as the washers have been fitted in the correct order, they do not need to be screwed very tightly.
-. Note that it is likely to be difficult or impossible to glue the filter back in place and return the device to functioning as a normal optical camera.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..918eb217f2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0ab753ff8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47abc24c71
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4de5eefe39
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fad88e33f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cb6d17c2a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..845fda2980
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46d2e73fc5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/RPi-S5-conn.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/RPi-S5-conn.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b587a6afcb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/RPi-S5-conn.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02cb97774a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c9cb169cf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7c4e965ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..589f1a8c70
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/ai-camera-hero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/ai-camera-hero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0186287cb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/ai-camera-hero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cam.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cam.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 38963884d2..0000000000
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cam.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cam2.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cam2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 01d39ca9c1..0000000000
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cam2.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3-filter.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3-filter.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..669f8c86e8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3-filter.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a05ed4c117
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3_noir.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3_noir.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1673bf392e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3_noir.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/external_trigger.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/external_trigger.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd6f4d27b3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/external_trigger.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs-camera.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs-camera.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f03c35928a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs-camera.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e75662f401
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff213e3a8f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42cd3b7c1e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/m12-lens.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/m12-lens.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..875f0297a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/m12-lens.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/pico_wiring.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/pico_wiring.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c26df7a84f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/pico_wiring.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/resistor.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/resistor.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d9fc1077e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/resistor.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg
index 00daf6b070..dc401f9adc 100644
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg
index b4cd564a4e..572ca31674 100644
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg
index 8b786511b4..ee09e5b4cd 100644
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg
index d9792c2f33..40bb170bbe 100644
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.fzz b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.fzz
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d17305956d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.fzz differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..995a59882c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/lens.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/lens.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad461444fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/lens.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+== Recommended Lenses
+
+The following lenses are recommended for use with our HQ and GS cameras.
+
+NOTE: While the HQ Camera is available in both C/CS- and M12-mount versions, the GS Camera is available only with a C/CS-mount.
+
+=== C/CS Lenses
+
+We recommend two lenses, a 6mm wide angle lens and a 16mm telephoto lens. These lenses should be available from your nearest https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[Authorised Reseller].
+
+[cols="1,1,1,1"]
+|===
+2+| | 16mm telephoto | 6mm wide angle
+
+2+| Resolution | 10MP | 3MP
+2+| Image format | 1" | 1/2"
+2+| Aperture | F1.4 to F16 | F1.2
+2+| Mount | C | CS
+.2+| Field of View H°×V° (D°)
+| HQ | 22.2°×16.7° (27.8°)| 55°×45° (71°)
+| GS| 17.8°×13.4° (22.3) | 45°×34° (56°)
+2+| Back focal length | 17.53mm | 7.53mm
+2+| M.O.D. | 0.2m | 0.2m
+2+| Dimensions | φ39.00×50.00mm | φ30×34mm
+|===
+
+=== M12 Lenses
+
+image::images/m12-lens.jpg[]
+
+We recommend three lenses manufactured by https://www.gaojiaoptotech.com/[Gaojia Optotech]. These lenses should be available from your nearest https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[Authorised Reseller].
+
+[cols="1,1,1,1,1"]
+|===
+2+| | 8mm | 25mm | Fish Eye
+
+2+| Resolution | 12MP | 5MP | 15MP
+2+| Image format | 1/1.7" | 1/2" | 1/2.3"
+2+| Aperture | F1.8 | F2.4 | F2.5
+2+| Mount 3+| M12
+2+| HQ Field of View H°×V° (D°) | 49°×36° (62°) | 14.4°×10.9° (17.9)° | 140°×102.6° (184.6°)
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/libcamera_software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/libcamera_software.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 113d63f326..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/libcamera_software.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-== _libcamera_ and _libcamera-apps_ Installation
-
-Your Raspberry Pi should be running the latest version of the Raspberry Pi OS (_Buster_ at the time of writing), and the camera and I2C interfaces must both be enabled (check the _Interfaces_ tab of the _Raspberry Pi Configuration_ tool, from the _Preferences_ menu). First ensure your system, firmware and all its applications and repositories are up to date by entering the following commands into a terminal window.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo apt update
-sudo apt full-upgrade
-----
-
-libcamera is under active development which sometimes means that new features need to be supported in Raspberry Pi OS, even before they are officially released. Therefore we currently recommend updating to the latest release candidate. To do this, first reboot your Pi, and then use
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo rpi-update
-----
-
-WARNING: Note that the release candidate is not as thoroughly tested as an official release. If your Raspberry Pi contains important or critical data we would strongly advise that it is backed up first, or that a fresh SD card is used for the purpose of trying _libcamera_.
-
-Next, the `/boot/config.txt` file must be updated to load and use the camera driver, by adding the following to the bottom.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-dtoverlay=imx219
-----
-
-If you are using a sensor other than the `imx219` you will need to supply the alternative name here (for example, `ov5647` for the V1 camera, or `imx477` for the HQ Cam).
-
-*NOTE*: after rebooting, control of the camera system will be passed to the ARM cores, and firmware-based camera functions (such as raspistill and so forth) will no longer work. Setting `/boot/config.txt` back and rebooting will restore the previous behaviour.
-
-=== Select the Correct Graphics Driver
-
-There are 3 different graphics drivers available on the Raspberry Pi: firmware, FKMS and KMS. The firmware graphics driver cannot be used with _libcamera-apps_. The Raspberry Pi 4 and 400 use the newer FKMS graphics driver by default: this is compatible with _libcamera-apps_. For all other models of Raspberry Pi, you must select the FKMS driver by adding the following line to the `/boot/config.txt` file:
-
-----
-dtoverlay=vc4-fkms-v3d
-----
-
-=== Building _libcamera_ and _qcam_
-
-The build system and runtime environment of _libcamera_ have a number of dependencies. They can be installed with the following commands.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo apt install libboost-dev
-sudo apt install libgnutls28-dev openssl libtiff5-dev
-sudo apt install qtbase5-dev libqt5core5a libqt5gui5 libqt5widgets5
-sudo apt install meson
-sudo pip3 install pyyaml ply
-----
-
-The Qt libraries are only required for _libcamera_'s _qcam_ demo app.
-
-Unfortunately, at the time of writing, the default version of meson is a little old, so please execute:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo pip3 install --upgrade meson
-----
-
-We can now check out the code and build _libcamera_ as follows. Note that if you are using a 1GB system (such as a Pi 3) you may need to replace `ninja -C build` by `ninja -C build -j 2` as this will stop ninja exhausting the system memory and aborting.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-git clone git://linuxtv.org/libcamera.git
-cd libcamera
-meson build
-cd build
-meson configure -Dpipelines=raspberrypi -Dtest=false
-cd ..
-ninja -C build
-sudo ninja -C build install
-----
-
-At this stage you may wish to check that _qcam_ works. Type `build/src/qcam/qcam` and check that you see a camera image.
-
-=== Raspberry Pi's _libcamera-apps_
-
-Raspberry Pi's _libcamera-apps_ provide very similar functionality to the _raspistill_ and _raspivid_ applications that use the proprietary firmware-based camera stack. To build them, we must first install _libepoxy_.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-cd
-sudo apt install libegl1-mesa-dev
-git clone https://github.com/anholt/libepoxy.git
-cd libepoxy
-mkdir _build
-cd _build
-meson
-ninja
-sudo ninja install
-----
-
-Finally we can build the _libcamera-apps_. As we saw previously, 1GB platforms may need `make -j2` in place of `make -j4`.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-cd
-sudo apt install cmake libboost-program-options-dev libdrm-dev libexif-dev
-git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera-apps.git
-cd libcamera-apps
-mkdir build
-cd build
-cmake ..
-make -j4
-----
-
-To check everything is working correctly, type `./libcamera-hello` - you should see a preview window displayed for about 5 seconds.
-
-[NOTE]
-======
-For Pi 3 devices, as we saw previously, 1GB devices may need `make -j2` instead of `make -j4`.
-
-Also, Pi 3s do not by default use the correct GL driver, so please ensure you have `dtoverlay=vc4-fkms-v3d` in the `[all]` (not in the `[pi4]`) section of your `/boot/config.txt` file.
-======
-
-=== Further Documentation
-
-You can find out more in the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[_Raspberry Pi Camera Algorithm and Tuning Guide_.].
-
-More information on the _libcamera-apps_ is available https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera-apps/blob/main/README.md[on Github].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/longexp.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/longexp.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 0abac483cb..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/longexp.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-== Long Exposures
-
-The different camera modules have different capabilities with regard to exposure times:
-
-[cols=",^"]
-|===
-| Module | Max exposure (seconds)
-
-| V1 (OMx5647)
-| 6
-
-| V2 (IMX219)
-| 10
-
-| HQ (IMX417)
-| 230
-|===
-
-Due to the way the ISP works, by default asking for a long exposure can result in the capture process taking up to 7 times the exposure time, so a 200 second exposure on the HQ camera could take 1400 seconds to actually return an image. This is due to the way the camera system works out the correct exposures and gains to use in the image, using it's AGC (automatic gain control) and AWB (automatic white balance) algorithms. The system needs a few frames to calculate these numbers in order to produce a decent image. When combined with frame discards at the start of processing (in case they are corrupt), and the switching between preview and captures modes, this can result in up to 7 frames needed to produce a final image. With long exposures, that can take a long time.
-
-Fortunately, the camera parameters can be altered to reduce frame time dramatically; however this means turning off the automatic algorithms and manually providing values for the AGC and, if required, AWB. In addition, a burst mode can be used to mitigate the effects of moving between preview and captures modes.
-
-For the HQ camera, the following example will take a 100 second exposure.
-
-`raspistill -t 10 -bm -ex off -ag 1 -ss 100000000 -st -o long_exposure.jpg`
-
-This example turns on burst mode (`-bm`) which will disable the preview switching, turns off automatic gain control and manually sets it to 1 (`-ag 1`). The `-st` option forces statistics like AWB to be calculated from the captured frame, avoiding the need to provide specific values, although these can be entered if necessary.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/raspicam.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/raspicam.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 19aefe8092..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/raspicam.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1334 +0,0 @@
-== Raspicam commands
-
-`raspistill`, `raspivid` and `raspiyuv` are command line tools for using the camera module.
-
-=== `raspistill`
-
-`raspistill` is the command line tool for capturing still photographs with a Raspberry Pi camera module.
-
-==== Basic usage of raspistill
-
-With a camera module xref:camera.adoc#camera-modules[connected and enabled], enter the following command in the terminal to take a picture:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -o cam.jpg
-----
-
-image::images/cam.jpg[Upside-down photo]
-
-In this example the camera has been positioned upside-down. If the camera is placed in this position, the image must be flipped to appear the right way up.
-
-==== Vertical flip and horizontal flip
-
-With the camera placed upside-down, the image must be rotated 180° to be displayed correctly. The way to correct for this is to apply both a vertical and a horizontal flip by passing in the `-vf` and `-hf` flags:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -vf -hf -o cam2.jpg
-----
-
-image::images/cam2.jpg[Vertical and horizontal flipped photo]
-
-Now the photo has been captured correctly.
-
-==== Resolution
-
-The camera module takes pictures at a resolution of `2592 x 1944` which is 5,038,848 pixels or 5 megapixels.
-
-==== File size
-
-A photo taken with the camera module will be around 2.4MB. This is about 425 photos per GB.
-
-Taking 1 photo per minute would take up 1GB in about 7 hours. This is a rate of about 144MB per hour or 3.3GB per day.
-
-==== Bash script
-
-You can create a Bash script which takes a picture with the camera. To create a script, open up your editor of choice and write the following example code:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-#!/bin/bash
-
-DATE=$(date +"%Y-%m-%d_%H%M")
-
-raspistill -vf -hf -o /home/pi/camera/$DATE.jpg
-----
-
-This script will take a picture and name the file with a timestamp.
-
-You'll also need to make sure the path exists by creating the `camera` folder:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-mkdir camera
-----
-
-Say we saved it as `camera.sh`, we would first make the file executable:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-chmod +x camera.sh
-----
-
-Then run with:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-./camera.sh
-----
-
-==== More options
-
-For a full list of possible options, run `raspistill` with no arguments. To scroll, redirect stderr to stdout and pipe the output to `less`:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill 2>&1 | less
-----
-
-Use the arrow keys to scroll and type `q` to exit.
-
-=== `raspivid`
-
-`raspivid` is the command line tool for capturing video with a Raspberry Pi camera module.
-
-==== Basic usage of raspivid
-
-With a camera module xref:camera.adoc#camera-modules[connected and enabled], record a video using the following command:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid -o vid.h264
-----
-
-Remember to use `-hf` and `-vf` to flip the image if required, like with xref:camera.adoc#raspistill[raspistill]
-
-This will save a 5 second video file to the path given here as `vid.h264` (default length of time).
-
-==== Specify length of video
-
-To specify the length of the video taken, pass in the `-t` flag with a number of milliseconds. For example:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid -o video.h264 -t 10000
-----
-
-This will record 10 seconds of video.
-
-==== More options
-
-For a full list of possible options, run `raspivid` with no arguments, or pipe this command through `less` and scroll through:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid 2>&1 | less
-----
-
-Use the arrow keys to scroll and type `q` to exit.
-
-==== MP4 Video Format
-
-The Pi captures video as a raw H264 video stream. Many media players will refuse to play it, or play it at an incorrect speed, unless it is "wrapped" in a suitable container format like MP4. The easiest way to obtain an MP4 file from the raspivid command is using MP4Box.
-
-Install MP4Box with this command:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo apt install -y gpac
-----
-
-Capture your raw video with raspivid and wrap it in an MP4 container like this:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-# Capture 30 seconds of raw video at 640x480 and 150kB/s bit rate into a pivideo.h264 file:
-raspivid -t 30000 -w 640 -h 480 -fps 25 -b 1200000 -p 0,0,640,480 -o pivideo.h264
-# Wrap the raw video with an MP4 container:
-MP4Box -add pivideo.h264 pivideo.mp4
-# Remove the source raw file, leaving the remaining pivideo.mp4 file to play
-rm pivideo.h264
-----
-
-Alternatively, wrap MP4 around your existing raspivid output, like this:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-MP4Box -add video.h264 video.mp4
-----
-
-=== `raspiyuv`
-
-`raspiyuv` has the same set of features as `raspistill` but instead of outputting standard image files such as ``.jpg``s, it generates YUV420 or RGB888 image files from the output of the camera ISP.
-
-In most cases using `raspistill` is the best option for standard image capture, but using YUV can be of benefit in certain circumstances. For example if you just need a uncompressed black and white image for computer vision applications, you can simply use the Y channel of a YUV capture.
-
-There are some specific points about the YUV420 files that are required in order to use them correctly. Line stride (or pitch) is a multiple of 32, and each plane of YUV is a multiple of 16 in height. This can mean there may be extra pixels at the end of lines, or gaps between planes, depending on the resolution of the captured image. These gaps are unused.
-
-=== Troubleshooting
-
-If the Camera Module isn't working correctly, there are number of things to try:
-
-* Is the ribbon cable attached to the Camera Serial Interface (CSI), not the Display Serial Interface (DSI)? The ribbon connector will fit into either port. The Camera port is located near the HDMI connector.
-* Are the ribbon connectors all firmly seated, and are they the right way round? They must be straight in their sockets.
-* Is the Camera Module connector, between the smaller black Camera Module itself and the PCB, firmly attached? Sometimes this connection can come loose during transit or when putting the Camera Module in a case. Using a fingernail, flip up the connector on the PCB, then reconnect it with gentle pressure. It engages with a very slight click. Don't force it; if it doesn't engage, it's probably slightly misaligned.
-* Have `sudo apt update` and `sudo apt full-upgrade` been run?
-* Has `raspi-config` been run and the Camera Module enabled?
-* Is your power supply sufficient? The Camera Module adds about 200-250mA to the power requirements of your Raspberry Pi.
-
-If things are still not working, try the following:
-
-* `Error : raspistill/raspivid command not found`. This probably means your update/upgrade failed in some way. Try it again.
-* `Error : ENOMEM`. The Camera Module is not starting up. Check all connections again.
-* `Error : ENOSPC`. The Camera Module is probably running out of GPU memory. Check `config.txt` in the /boot/ folder. The `gpu_mem` option should be at least 128. Alternatively, use the Memory Split option in the Advanced section of `raspi-config` to set this.
-* If you've checked all the above issues and the Camera Module is still not working, try posting on our forums for more help.
-
-=== Command Line Options
-
-==== Preview window
-
-----
- --preview, -p Preview window settings <'x,y,w,h'>
-----
-
-Allows the user to define the size of the preview window and its location on the screen. Note this will be superimposed over the top of any other windows/graphics.
-
-----
- --fullscreen, -f Fullscreen preview mode
-----
-
-Forces the preview window to use the whole screen. Note that the aspect ratio of the incoming image will be retained, so there may be bars on some edges.
-
-----
- --nopreview, -n Do not display a preview window
-----
-
-Disables the preview window completely. Note that even though the preview is disabled, the camera will still be producing frames, so will be using power.
-
-----
- --opacity, -op Set preview window opacity
-----
-
-Sets the opacity of the preview windows. 0 = invisible, 255 = fully opaque.
-
-==== Camera control options
-
-----
- --sharpness, -sh Set image sharpness (-100 - 100)
-----
-
-Sets the sharpness of the image. 0 is the default.
-
-----
- --contrast, -co Set image contrast (-100 - 100)
-----
-
-Sets the contrast of the image. 0 is the default.
-
-----
- --brightness, -br Set image brightness (0 - 100)
-----
-
-Sets the brightness of the image. 50 is the default. 0 is black, 100 is white.
-
-----
- --saturation, -sa Set image saturation (-100 - 100)
-----
-
-Sets the colour saturation of the image. 0 is the default.
-
-----
- --ISO, -ISO Set capture ISO (100 - 800)
-----
-
-Sets the ISO to be used for captures.
-
-----
- --vstab, -vs Turn on video stabilisation
-----
-
-In video mode only, turns on video stabilisation.
-
-----
- --ev, -ev Set EV compensation (-10 - 10)
-----
-
-Sets the EV compensation of the image. Default is 0.
-
-----
- --exposure, -ex Set exposure mode
-----
-
-Possible options are:
-
-* auto: use automatic exposure mode
-* night: select setting for night shooting
-* nightpreview:
-* backlight: select setting for backlit subject
-* spotlight:
-* sports: select setting for sports (fast shutter etc.)
-* snow: select setting optimised for snowy scenery
-* beach: select setting optimised for beach
-* verylong: select setting for long exposures
-* fixedfps: constrain fps to a fixed value
-* antishake: antishake mode
-* fireworks: select setting optimised for fireworks
-
-Note that not all of these settings may be implemented, depending on camera tuning.
-
-----
- --flicker, -fli Set flicker avoidance mode
-----
-
-Set a mode to compensate for lights flickering at the mains frequency, which can be seen as a dark horizontal band across an image. Flicker avoidance locks the exposure time to a multiple of the mains flicker frequency (8.33ms for 60Hz, or 10ms for 50Hz). This means that images can be noisier as the control algorithm has to increase the gain instead of exposure time should it wish for an intermediate exposure value. `auto` can be confused by external factors, therefore it is preferable to leave this setting off unless actually required.
-
-Possible options are:
-
-* off: turn off flicker avoidance
-* auto: automatically detect mains frequency
-* 50hz: set avoidance at 50Hz
-* 60hz: set avoidance at 60Hz
-
-----
- --awb, -awb Set Automatic White Balance (AWB) mode
-----
-
-Modes for which colour temperature ranges (K) are available have these settings in brackets.
-
-* off: turn off white balance calculation
-* auto: automatic mode (default)
-* sun: sunny mode (between 5000K and 6500K)
-* cloud: cloudy mode (between 6500K and 12000K)
-* shade: shade mode
-* tungsten: tungsten lighting mode (between 2500K and 3500K)
-* fluorescent: fluorescent lighting mode (between 2500K and 4500K)
-* incandescent: incandescent lighting mode
-* flash: flash mode
-* horizon: horizon mode
-* greyworld: Use this on the NoIR camera to fix incorrect AWB results due to the lack of the IR filter.
-
-Note that not all of these settings may be implemented, depending on camera type.
-
-----
- --imxfx, -ifx Set image effect
-----
-
-Set an effect to be applied to the image:
-
-* none: no effect (default)
-* negative: invert the image colours
-* solarise: solarise the image
-* posterise: posterise the image
-* whiteboard: whiteboard effect
-* blackboard: blackboard effect
-* sketch: sketch effect
-* denoise: denoise the image
-* emboss: emboss the image
-* oilpaint: oil paint effect
-* hatch: hatch sketch effect
-* gpen: graphite sketch effect
-* pastel: pastel effect
-* watercolour: watercolour effect
-* film: film grain effect
-* blur: blur the image
-* saturation: colour saturate the image
-* colourswap: not fully implemented
-* washedout: not fully implemented
-* colourpoint: not fully implemented
-* colourbalance: not fully implemented
-* cartoon: not fully implemented
-
-Note that not all of these settings may be available in all circumstances.
-
-----
- --colfx, -cfx Set colour effect
-----
-
-The supplied U and V parameters (range 0 - 255) are applied to the U and Y channels of the image. For example, --colfx 128:128 should result in a monochrome image.
-
-----
- --metering, -mm Set metering mode
-----
-
-Specify the metering mode used for the preview and capture:
-
-* average: average the whole frame for metering
-* spot: spot metering
-* backlit: assume a backlit image
-* matrix: matrix metering
-
-----
- --rotation, -rot Set image rotation (0 - 359)
-----
-
-Sets the rotation of the image in the viewfinder and resulting image. This can take any value from 0 upwards, but due to hardware constraints only 0, 90, 180, and 270 degree rotations are supported.
-
-----
- --hflip, -hf Set horizontal flip
-----
-
-Flips the preview and saved image horizontally.
-
-----
- --vflip, -vf Set vertical flip
-----
-
-Flips the preview and saved image vertically.
-
-----
- --roi, -roi Set sensor region of interest
-----
-
-Allows the specification of the area of the sensor to be used as the source for the preview and capture. This is defined as x,y for the top-left corner, and a width and height, with all values in normalised coordinates (0.0 - 1.0). So, to set a ROI at halfway across and down the sensor, and a width and height of a quarter of the sensor, use:
-
-----
--roi 0.5,0.5,0.25,0.25
-----
-
-----
- --shutter, -ss Set shutter speed/time
-----
-
-Sets the shutter open time to the specified value (in microseconds). Shutter speed limits are as follows:
-
-[cols=",^"]
-|===
-| Camera Version | Max (microseconds)
-
-| V1 (OV5647)
-| 6000000 (i.e. 6s)
-
-| V2 (IMX219)
-| 10000000 (i.e. 10s)
-
-| HQ (IMX477)
-| 200000000 (i.e. 200s)
-|===
-
-Using values above these maximums will result in undefined behaviour.
-
-----
- --drc, -drc Enable/disable dynamic range compression
-----
-
-DRC changes the images by increasing the range of dark areas, and decreasing the brighter areas. This can improve the image in low light areas.
-
-* off
-* low
-* med
-* high
-
-By default, DRC is off.
-
-----
- --stats, -st Use stills capture frame for image statistics
-----
-
-Force recomputation of statistics on stills capture pass. Digital gain and AWB are recomputed based on the actual capture frame statistics, rather than the preceding preview frame.
-
-----
- --awbgains, -awbg
-----
-
-Sets blue and red gains (as floating point numbers) to be applied when `-awb off` is set e.g. -awbg 1.5,1.2
-
-----
- --analoggain, -ag
-----
-
-Sets the analog gain value directly on the sensor (floating point value from 1.0 to 8.0 for the OV5647 sensor on Camera Module V1, and 1.0 to 12.0 for the IMX219 sensor on Camera Module V2 and the IMX447 on the HQ Camera).
-
-----
- --digitalgain, -dg
-----
-
-Sets the digital gain value applied by the ISP (floating point value from 1.0 to 64.0, but values over about 4.0 will produce overexposed images)
-
-----
- --mode, -md
-----
-
-Sets a specified sensor mode, disabling the automatic selection. Possible values depend on the version of the Camera Module being used:
-
-Version 1.x (OV5647)
-
-|===
-| Mode | Size | Aspect Ratio | Frame rates | FOV | Binning
-
-| 0
-| automatic selection
-|
-|
-|
-|
-
-| 1
-| 1920x1080
-| 16:9
-| 1-30fps
-| Partial
-| None
-
-| 2
-| 2592x1944
-| 4:3
-| 1-15fps
-| Full
-| None
-
-| 3
-| 2592x1944
-| 4:3
-| 0.1666-1fps
-| Full
-| None
-
-| 4
-| 1296x972
-| 4:3
-| 1-42fps
-| Full
-| 2x2
-
-| 5
-| 1296x730
-| 16:9
-| 1-49fps
-| Full
-| 2x2
-
-| 6
-| 640x480
-| 4:3
-| 42.1-60fps
-| Full
-| 2x2 plus skip
-
-| 7
-| 640x480
-| 4:3
-| 60.1-90fps
-| Full
-| 2x2 plus skip
-|===
-
-Version 2.x (IMX219)
-
-|===
-| Mode | Size | Aspect Ratio | Frame rates | FOV | Binning
-
-| 0
-| automatic selection
-|
-|
-|
-|
-
-| 1
-| 1920x1080
-| 16:9
-| 0.1-30fps
-| Partial
-| None
-
-| 2
-| 3280x2464
-| 4:3
-| 0.1-15fps
-| Full
-| None
-
-| 3
-| 3280x2464
-| 4:3
-| 0.1-15fps
-| Full
-| None
-
-| 4
-| 1640x1232
-| 4:3
-| 0.1-40fps
-| Full
-| 2x2
-
-| 5
-| 1640x922
-| 16:9
-| 0.1-40fps
-| Full
-| 2x2
-
-| 6
-| 1280x720
-| 16:9
-| 40-90fps
-| Partial
-| 2x2
-
-| 7
-| 640x480
-| 4:3
-| 40-200fps^1^
-| Partial
-| 2x2
-|===
-
-^1^For frame rates over 120fps, it is necessary to turn off automatic exposure and gain control using `-ex off`. Doing so should achieve the higher frame rates, but exposure time and gains will need to be set to fixed values supplied by the user.
-
-HQ Camera
-
-|===
-| Mode | Size | Aspect Ratio | Frame rates | FOV | Binning/Scaling
-
-| 0
-| automatic selection
-|
-|
-|
-|
-
-| 1
-| 2028x1080
-| 169:90
-| 0.1-50fps
-| Partial
-| 2x2 binned
-
-| 2
-| 2028x1520
-| 4:3
-| 0.1-50fps
-| Full
-| 2x2 binned
-
-| 3
-| 4056x3040
-| 4:3
-| 0.005-10fps
-| Full
-| None
-
-| 4
-| 1332x990
-| 74:55
-| 50.1-120fps
-| Partial
-| 2x2 binned
-|===
-
-----
- --camselect, -cs
-----
-
-Selects which camera to use on a multi-camera system. Use 0 or 1.
-
-----
- --annotate, -a Enable/set annotate flags or text
-----
-
-Adds some text and/or metadata to the picture.
-
-Metadata is indicated using a bitmask notation, so add them together to show multiple parameters. For example, 12 will show time(4) and date(8), since 4+8=12.
-
-Text may include date/time placeholders by using the '%' character, as used by http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strftime.3.html[strftime].
-
-|===
-| Value | Meaning | Example Output
-
-| -a 4
-| Time
-| 20:09:33
-
-| -a 8
-| Date
-| 10/28/15
-
-| -a 12
-| 4+8=12 Show the date(4) and time(8)
-| 20:09:33 10/28/15
-
-| -a 16
-| Shutter Settings
-|
-
-| -a 32
-| CAF Settings
-|
-
-| -a 64
-| Gain Settings
-|
-
-| -a 128
-| Lens Settings
-|
-
-| -a 256
-| Motion Settings
-|
-
-| -a 512
-| Frame Number
-|
-
-| -a 1024
-| Black Background
-|
-
-| -a "ABC %Y-%m-%d %X"
-| Show some text
-| ABC %Y-%m-%d %X
-
-| -a 4 -a "ABC %Y-%m-%d %X"
-| Show custom http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strftime.3.html[formatted] date/time
-| ABC 2015-10-28 20:09:33
-
-| -a 8 -a "ABC %Y-%m-%d %X"
-| Show custom http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strftime.3.html[formatted] date/time
-| ABC 2015-10-28 20:09:33
-|===
-
-----
- --annotateex, -ae Set extra annotation parameters
-----
-
-Specifies annotation size, text colour, and background colour. Colours are in hex YUV format.
-
-Size ranges from 6 - 160; default is 32. Asking for an invalid size should give you the default.
-
-|===
-| Example | Explanation
-
-| -ae 32,0xff,0x808000 -a "Annotation text"
-| gives size 32 white text on black background
-
-| -ae 10,0x00,0x8080FF -a "Annotation text"
-| gives size 10 black text on white background
-|===
-
-----
- --stereo, -3d
-----
-
-Select the specified stereo imaging mode; `sbs` selects side-by-side mode, `tb` selects top/bottom mode; `off` turns off stereo mode (the default).
-
-----
- --decimate, -dec
-----
-
-Halves the width and height of the stereo image.
-
-----
- --3dswap, -3dswap
-----
-
-Swaps the camera order used in stereoscopic imaging; NOTE: currently not working.
-
-----
- --settings, -set
-----
-
-Retrieves the current camera settings and writes them to stdout.
-
-=== Application-specific Settings
-
-==== `raspistill`
-
-----
- --width, -w Set image width
-
- --height, -h Set image height
-
- --quality, -q Set JPEG quality <0 to 100>
-----
-
-Quality 100 is almost completely uncompressed. 75 is a good all-round value.
-
-----
- --raw, -r Add raw Bayer data to JPEG metadata
-----
-
-This option inserts the raw Bayer data from the camera into the JPEG metadata.
-
-----
- --output, -o Output filename
-----
-
-Specifies the output filename. If not specified, no file is saved. If the filename is '-', then all output is sent to stdout.
-
-----
- --latest, -l Link latest frame to filename
-----
-
-Makes a file system link under this name to the latest frame.
-
-----
- --verbose, -v Output verbose information during run
-----
-
-Outputs debugging/information messages during the program run.
-
-----
- --timeout, -t Time before the camera takes picture and shuts down
-----
-
-The program will run for the specified length of time, entered in milliseconds. It then takes the capture and saves it if an output is specified. If a timeout value is not specified, then it is set to 5 seconds (-t 5000). Note that low values (less than 500ms, although it can depend on other settings) may not give enough time for the camera to start up and provide enough frames for the automatic algorithms like AWB and AGC to provide accurate results.
-
-If set to 0, the preview will run indefinitely, until stopped with CTRL-C. In this case no capture is made.
-
-----
- --timelapse, -tl time-lapse mode
-----
-
-The specific value is the time between shots in milliseconds. Note that you should specify `%04d` at the point in the filename where you want a frame count number to appear. So, for example, the code below will produce a capture every 2 seconds, over a total period of 30s, named `image0001.jpg`, `image0002.jpg` and so on, through to `image0015.jpg`.
-
-----
--t 30000 -tl 2000 -o image%04d.jpg
-----
-
-Note that the `%04d` indicates a 4-digit number, with leading zeroes added to make the required number of digits. So, for example, `%08d` would result in an 8-digit number.
-
-If a time-lapse value of 0 is entered, the application will take pictures as fast as possible. Note that there's an minimum enforced pause of 30ms between captures to ensure that exposure calculations can be made.
-
-----
- --framestart, -fs
-----
-
-Specifies the first frame number in the timelapse. Useful if you have already saved a number of frames, and want to start again at the next frame.
-
-----
- --datetime, -dt
-----
-
-Instead of a simple frame number, the timelapse file names will use a date/time value of the format `aabbccddee`, where `aa` is the month, `bb` is the day of the month, `cc` is the hour, `dd` is the minute, and `ee` is the second.
-
-----
- --timestamp, -ts
-----
-
-Instead of a simple frame number, the timelapse file names will use a single number which is the Unix timestamp, i.e. the seconds since 1970.
-
-----
- --thumb, -th Set thumbnail parameters (x:y:quality)
-----
-
-Allows specification of the thumbnail image inserted into the JPEG file. If not specified, defaults are a size of 64x48 at quality 35.
-
-if `--thumb none` is specified, no thumbnail information will be placed in the file. This reduces the file size slightly.
-
-----
- --demo, -d Run a demo mode
-----
-
-This options cycles through the range of camera options. No capture is taken, and the demo will end at the end of the timeout period, irrespective of whether all the options have been cycled. The time between cycles should be specified as a millisecond value.
-
-----
- --encoding, -e Encoding to use for output file
-----
-
-Valid options are `jpg`, `bmp`, `gif`, and `png`. Note that unaccelerated image types (GIF, PNG, BMP) will take much longer to save than jpg, which is hardware accelerated. Also note that the filename suffix is completely ignored when deciding the encoding of a file.
-
-----
- --restart, -rs
-----
-
-Sets the JPEG restart marker interval to a specific value. Can be useful for lossy transport streams because it allows a broken JPEG file to still be partially displayed.
-
-----
- --exif, -x EXIF tag to apply to captures (format as 'key=value')
-----
-
-Allows the insertion of specific EXIF tags into the JPEG image. You can have up to 32 EXIF tag entries. This is useful for tasks like adding GPS metadata. For example, to set the longitude:
-
-----
---exif GPS.GPSLongitude=5/1,10/1,15/1
-----
-
-would set the longitude to 5 degs, 10 minutes, 15 seconds. See EXIF documentation for more details on the range of tags available; the supported tags are as follows:
-
-----
-IFD0.< or
-IFD1.<
-ImageWidth, ImageLength, BitsPerSample, Compression, PhotometricInterpretation, ImageDescription, Make, Model, StripOffsets, Orientation, SamplesPerPixel, RowsPerString, StripByteCounts, XResolution, YResolution, PlanarConfiguration, ResolutionUnit, TransferFunction, Software, DateTime, Artist, WhitePoint, PrimaryChromaticities, JPEGInterchangeFormat, JPEGInterchangeFormatLength, YCbCrCoefficients, YCbCrSubSampling, YCbCrPositioning, ReferenceBlackWhite, Copyright>
-
-EXIF.<
-ExposureTime, FNumber, ExposureProgram, SpectralSensitivity, ISOSpeedRatings, OECF, ExifVersion, DateTimeOriginal, DateTimeDigitized, ComponentsConfiguration, CompressedBitsPerPixel, ShutterSpeedValue, ApertureValue, BrightnessValue, ExposureBiasValue, MaxApertureValue, SubjectDistance, MeteringMode, LightSource, Flash, FocalLength, SubjectArea, MakerNote, UserComment, SubSecTime, SubSecTimeOriginal, SubSecTimeDigitized, FlashpixVersion, ColorSpace, PixelXDimension, PixelYDimension, RelatedSoundFile, FlashEnergy, SpatialFrequencyResponse, FocalPlaneXResolution, FocalPlaneYResolution, FocalPlaneResolutionUnit, SubjectLocation, ExposureIndex, SensingMethod, FileSource, SceneType, CFAPattern, CustomRendered, ExposureMode, WhiteBalance, DigitalZoomRatio, FocalLengthIn35mmFilm, SceneCaptureType, GainControl, Contrast, Saturation, Sharpness, DeviceSettingDescription, SubjectDistanceRange, ImageUniqueID>
-
-GPS.<
-GPSVersionID, GPSLatitudeRef, GPSLatitude, GPSLongitudeRef, GPSLongitude, GPSAltitudeRef, GPSAltitude, GPSTimeStamp, GPSSatellites, GPSStatus, GPSMeasureMode, GPSDOP, GPSSpeedRef, GPSSpeed, GPSTrackRef, GPSTrack, GPSImgDirectionRef, GPSImgDirection, GPSMapDatum, GPSDestLatitudeRef, GPSDestLatitude, GPSDestLongitudeRef, GPSDestLongitude, GPSDestBearingRef, GPSDestBearing, GPSDestDistanceRef, GPSDestDistance, GPSProcessingMethod, GPSAreaInformation, GPSDateStamp, GPSDifferential>
-
-EINT.<
-InteroperabilityIndex, InteroperabilityVersion, RelatedImageFileFormat, RelatedImageWidth, RelatedImageLength>
-----
-
-Note that a small subset of these tags will be set automatically by the camera system, but will be overridden by any EXIF options on the command line.
-
-Setting `--exif none` will prevent any EXIF information being stored in the file. This reduces the file size slightly.
-
-----
- --gpsdexif, -gps
-----
-
-Applies real-time EXIF information from any attached GPS dongle (using GSPD) to the image; requires `libgps.so` to be installed.
-
-----
- --fullpreview, -fp Full preview mode
-----
-
-This runs the preview window using the full resolution capture mode. Maximum frames per second in this mode is 15fps, and the preview will have the same field of view as the capture. Captures should happen more quickly, as no mode change should be required. This feature is currently under development.
-
-----
- --keypress, -k Keypress mode
-----
-
-The camera is run for the requested time (`-t`), and a capture can be initiated throughout that time by pressing the Enter key. Pressing X then Enter will exit the application before the timeout is reached. If the timeout is set to 0, the camera will run indefinitely until the user presses X then Enter. Using the verbose option (`-v`) will display a prompt asking for user input, otherwise no prompt is displayed.
-
-----
- --signal, -s Signal mode
-----
-
-The camera is run for the requested time (`-t`), and a capture can be initiated throughout that time by sending a `USR1` signal to the camera process. This can be done using the `kill` command. You can find the camera process ID using the `pgrep raspistill` command.
-
-`kill -USR1 `
-
-----
- --burst, -bm
-----
-
-Sets burst capture mode. This prevents the camera from returning to preview mode in between captures, meaning that captures can be taken closer together.
-
-==== `raspivid`
-
-----
- --width, -w Set image width
-----
-
-Width of resulting video. This should be between 64 and 1920.
-
-----
- --height, -h Set image height
-----
-
-Height of resulting video. This should be between 64 and 1080.
-
-----
- --bitrate, -b Set bitrate
-----
-
-Use bits per second, so 10Mbits/s would be `-b 10000000`. For H264, 1080p30 a high quality bitrate would be 15Mbits/s or more. Maximum bitrate is 25Mbits/s (`-b 25000000`), but much over 17Mbits/s won't show noticeable improvement at 1080p30.
-
-----
- --output, -o Output filename
-----
-
-Specify the output filename. If not specified, no file is saved. If the filename is '-', then all output is sent to stdout.
-
-To connect to a remote IPv4 host, use `tcp` or `udp` followed by the required IP Address. e.g. `tcp://192.168.1.2:1234` or `udp://192.168.1.2:1234`.
-
-To listen on a TCP port (IPv4) and wait for an incoming connection use `--listen (-l)` option, e.g. `raspivid -l -o tcp://0.0.0.0:3333` will bind to all network interfaces, `raspivid -l -o tcp://192.168.1.1:3333` will bind to a local IPv4.
-
-----
- --listen, -l
-----
-
-When using a network connection as the data sink, this option will make the system wait for a connection from the remote system before sending data.
-
-----
- --verbose, -v Output verbose information during run
-----
-
-Outputs debugging/information messages during the program run.
-
-----
- --timeout, -t Time before the camera takes picture and shuts down
-----
-
-The total length of time that the program will run for. If not specified, the default is 5000ms (5 seconds). If set to 0, the application will run indefinitely until stopped with Ctrl-C.
-
-----
- --demo, -d Run a demo mode
-----
-
-This options cycles through the range of camera options. No recording is done, and the demo will end at the end of the timeout period, irrespective of whether all the options have been cycled. The time between cycles should be specified as a millisecond value.
-
-----
- --framerate, -fps Specify the frames per second to record
-----
-
-At present, the minimum frame rate allowed is 2fps, and the maximum is 30fps. This is likely to change in the future.
-
-----
- --penc, -e Display preview image after encoding
-----
-
-Switch on an option to display the preview after compression. This will show any compression artefacts in the preview window. In normal operation, the preview will show the camera output prior to being compressed. This option is not guaranteed to work in future releases.
-
-----
- --intra, -g Specify the intra refresh period (key frame rate/GoP)
-----
-
-Sets the intra refresh period (GoP) rate for the recorded video. H264 video uses a complete frame (I-frame) every intra refresh period, from which subsequent frames are based. This option specifies the number of frames between each I-frame. Larger numbers here will reduce the size of the resulting video, and smaller numbers make the stream less error-prone.
-
-----
- --qp, -qp Set quantisation parameter
-----
-
-Sets the initial quantisation parameter for the stream. Varies from approximately 10 to 40, and will greatly affect the quality of the recording. Higher values reduce quality and decrease file size. Combine this setting with a bitrate of 0 to set a completely variable bitrate.
-
-----
- --profile, -pf Specify H264 profile to use for encoding
-----
-
-Sets the H264 profile to be used for the encoding. Options are:
-
-* baseline
-* main
-* high
-
-----
- --level, -lev
-----
-
-Specifies the H264 encoder level to use for encoding. Options are `4`, `4.1`, and `4.2`.
-
-----
- --irefresh, -if
-----
-
-Sets the H264 intra-refresh type. Possible options are `cyclic`, `adaptive`, `both`, and `cyclicrows`.
-
-----
- --inline, -ih Insert PPS, SPS headers
-----
-
-Forces the stream to include PPS and SPS headers on every I-frame. Needed for certain streaming cases e.g. Apple HLS. These headers are small, so don't greatly increase the file size.
-
-----
- --spstimings, -stm
-----
-
-Insert timing information into the SPS block.
-
-----
- --timed, -td Do timed switches between capture and pause
-----
-
-This options allows the video capture to be paused and restarted at particular time intervals. Two values are required: the on time and the off time. On time is the amount of time the video is captured, and off time is the amount it is paused. The total time of the recording is defined by the `timeout` option. Note that the recording may take slightly over the timeout setting depending on the on and off times.
-
-For example:
-
-----
-raspivid -o test.h264 -t 25000 -timed 2500,5000
-----
-
-will record for a period of 25 seconds. The recording will be over a timeframe consisting of 2500ms (2.5s) segments with 5000ms (5s) gaps, repeating over the 20s. So the entire recording will actually be only 10s long, since 4 segments of 2.5s = 10s separated by 5s gaps. So:
-
-2.5 record -- 5 pause - 2.5 record -- 5 pause - 2.5 record -- 5 pause -- 2.5 record
-
-gives a total recording period of 25s, but only 10s of actual recorded footage.
-
-----
- --keypress, -k Toggle between record and pause on Enter keypress
-----
-
-On each press of the Enter key, the recording will be paused or restarted. Pressing X then Enter will stop recording and close the application. Note that the timeout value will be used to signal the end of recording, but is only checked after each Enter keypress; so if the system is waiting for a keypress, even if the timeout has expired, it will still wait for the keypress before exiting.
-
-----
- --signal, -s Toggle between record and pause according to SIGUSR1
-----
-
-Sending a `USR1` signal to the `raspivid` process will toggle between recording and paused. This can be done using the `kill` command, as below. You can find the `raspivid` process ID using `pgrep raspivid`.
-
-`kill -USR1 `
-
-Note that the timeout value will be used to indicate the end of recording, but is only checked after each receipt of the `SIGUSR1` signal; so if the system is waiting for a signal, even if the timeout has expired, it will still wait for the signal before exiting.
-
-----
- --split, -sp
-----
-
-When in a signal or keypress mode, each time recording is restarted, a new file is created.
-
-----
- --circular, -c
-----
-
-Select circular buffer mode. All encoded data is stored in a circular buffer until a trigger is activated, then the buffer is saved.
-
-----
- --vectors, -x
-----
-
-Turns on output of motion vectors from the H264 encoder to the specified file name.
-
-----
- --flush, -fl
-----
-
-Forces a flush of output data buffers as soon as video data is written. This bypasses any OS caching of written data, and can decrease latency.
-
-----
- --save-pts, -pts
-----
-
-Saves timestamp information to the specified file. Useful as an imput file to `mkvmerge`.
-
-----
- --codec, -cd
-----
-
-Specifies the encoder codec to use. Options are `H264` and `MJPEG`. H264 can encode up to 1080p, whereas MJPEG can encode up to the sensor size, but at decreased framerates due to the higher processing and storage requirements.
-
-----
- --initial, -i Define initial state on startup
-----
-
-Define whether the camera will start paused or will immediately start recording. Options are `record` or `pause`. Note that if you are using a simple timeout, and `initial` is set to `pause`, no output will be recorded.
-
-----
- --segment, -sg Segment the stream into multiple files
-----
-
-Rather than creating a single file, the file is split into segments of approximately the number of milliseconds specified. In order to provide different filenames, you should add `%04d` or similar at the point in the filename where you want a segment count number to appear e.g:
-
-----
---segment 3000 -o video%04d.h264
-----
-
-will produce video clips of approximately 3000ms (3s) long, named `video0001.h264`, `video0002.h264` etc. The clips should be seamless (no frame drops between clips), but the accuracy of each clip length will depend on the intraframe period, as the segments will always start on an I-frame. They will therefore always be equal or longer to the specified period.
-
-The most recent version of Raspivid will also allow the file name to be time-based, rather than using a segment number. For example:
-
-----
---segment 3000 -o video_%c.h264
-----
-
-will produce file names formatted like so: `video_Fri Jul 20 16:23:48 2018.h264`
-
-There are http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strftime.3.html[many different formatting options] available. Note than the `%d` and `%u` options are not available, as they are used for the segment number formatting, and that some combinations may produce invalid file names.
-
-----
- --wrap, -wr Set the maximum value for segment number
-----
-
-When outputting segments, this is the maximum the segment number can reach before it's reset to 1, giving the ability to keep recording segments, but overwriting the oldest one. So if set to 4, in the segment example above, the files produced will be `video0001.h264`, `video0002.h264`, `video0003.h264`, and `video0004.h264`. Once `video0004.h264` is recorded, the count will reset to 1, and `video0001.h264` will be overwritten.
-
-----
- --start, -sn Set the initial segment number
-----
-
-When outputting segments, this is the initial segment number, giving the ability to resume a previous recording from a given segment. The default value is 1.
-
-----
- --raw, -r
-----
-
-Specify the output file name for any raw data files requested.
-
-----
- --raw-format, -rf
-----
-
-Specify the raw format to be used if raw output requested. Options as `yuv`, `rgb`, and `grey`. `grey` simply saves the Y channel of the YUV image.
-
-==== `raspiyuv`
-
-Many of the options for `raspiyuv` are the same as those for `raspistill`. This section shows the differences.
-
-Unsupported options:
-
-----
---exif, --encoding, --thumb, --raw, --quality
-----
-
-Extra options :
-
-----
- --rgb, -rgb Save uncompressed data as RGB888
-----
-
-This option forces the image to be saved as RGB data with 8 bits per channel, rather than YUV420.
-
-Note that the image buffers saved in `raspiyuv` are padded to a horizontal size divisible by 32, so there may be unused bytes at the end of each line. Buffers are also padded vertically to be divisible by 16, and in the YUV mode, each plane of Y,U,V is padded in this way.
-
-----
- --luma, -y
-----
-
-Only outputs the luma (Y) channel of the YUV image. This is effectively the black and white, or intensity, part of the image.
-
-----
- --bgr, -bgr
-----
-
-Saves the image data as BGR data rather than YUV.
-
-=== Command Line Examples
-
-==== Still Captures
-
-By default, captures are done at the highest resolution supported by the sensor. This can be changed using the `-w` and `-h` command line options.
-
-Take a default capture after 2s (times are specified in milliseconds) on the viewfinder, saving in `image.jpg`:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg
-----
-
-Take a capture at a different resolution:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg -w 640 -h 480
-----
-
-Reduce the quality considerably to reduce file size:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg -q 5
-----
-
-Force the preview to appear at coordinate 100,100, with width 300 pixels and height 200 pixels:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg -p 100,100,300,200
-----
-
-Disable preview entirely:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg -n
-----
-
-Save the image as a PNG file (lossless compression, but slower than JPEG). Note that the filename suffix is ignored when choosing the image encoding:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.png –e png
-----
-
-Add some EXIF information to the JPEG. This sets the Artist tag name to Boris, and the GPS altitude to 123.5m. Note that if setting GPS tags you should set as a minimum GPSLatitude, GPSLatitudeRef, GPSLongitude, GPSLongitudeRef, GPSAltitude, and GPSAltitudeRef:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg -x IFD0.Artist=Boris -x GPS.GPSAltitude=1235/10
-----
-
-Set an emboss image effect:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg -ifx emboss
-----
-
-Set the U and V channels of the YUV image to specific values (128:128 produces a greyscale image):
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o image.jpg -cfx 128:128
-----
-
-Run preview for 2s, with no saved image:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000
-----
-
-Take a time-lapse picture, every 10 seconds for 10 minutes (10 minutes = 600000ms), naming the files `image_num_001_today.jpg`, `image_num_002_today.jpg` and so on, with the latest picture also available under the name `latest.jpg`:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 600000 -tl 10000 -o image_num_%03d_today.jpg -l latest.jpg
-----
-
-Take a picture and send the image data to stdout:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o -
-----
-
-Take a picture and send the image data to a file:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 2000 -o - > my_file.jpg
-----
-
-Run the camera forever, taking a picture when Enter is pressed:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspistill -t 0 -k -o my_pics%02d.jpg
-----
-
-==== Video captures
-
-Image size and preview settings are the same as for stills capture. Default size for video recording is 1080p (1920x1080).
-
-Record a 5s clip with default settings (1080p30):
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid -t 5000 -o video.h264
-----
-
-Record a 5s clip at a specified bitrate (3.5Mbits/s):
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid -t 5000 -o video.h264 -b 3500000
-----
-
-Record a 5s clip at a specified framerate (5fps):
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid -t 5000 -o video.h264 -f 5
-----
-
-Encode a 5s camera stream and send the image data to stdout:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid -t 5000 -o -
-----
-
-Encode a 5s camera stream and send the image data to a file:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-raspivid -t 5000 -o - > my_file.h264
-----
-
-=== Shell Error Codes
-
-The applications described here will return a standard error code to the shell on completion. Possible error codes are:
-
-|===
-| C Define | Code | Description
-
-| EX_OK
-| 0
-| Application ran successfully
-
-| EX_USAGE
-| 64
-| Bad command line parameter
-
-| EX_SOFTWARE
-| 70
-| Software or camera error
-
-|
-| 130
-| Application terminated by Ctrl-C
-|===
-
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/raw.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/raw.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index dd73d05685..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/raw.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-== Shooting RAW using the Camera Modules
-
-The definition of raw images can vary. The usual meaning is raw Bayer data directly from the sensor, although some may regard an uncompressed image that has passed through the ISP (and has therefore been processed) as raw.
-
-Both options are available from the Raspberry Pi cameras.
-
-=== Processed, Non-Lossy Images
-
-The usual output from `raspistill` is a compressed JPEG file that has passed through all the stages of image processing to produce a high-quality image. However, JPEG, being a lossy format does throw away some information that the user may want.
-
-`raspistill` has an `encoding` option that allows you to specify the output format: either `jpg`, `gif`, `bmp` or `png`. The latter two are non-lossy, so no data is thrown away in an effort to improve compression, but do require conversion from the original YUV, and because these formats do not have hardware support they produce images slightly more slowly than JPEG.
-
-e.g.
-
-`raspistill --encoding png -o fred.png`
-
-Another option is to use the xref:camera.adoc#raspiyuv[`raspiyuv`] application. This avoids any final formatting stage, and writes raw YUV420 or RGB888 data to the requested file. YUV420 is the format used in much of the ISP, so this can be regarded as a dump of the processed image data at the end of the ISP processing.
-
-=== Unprocessed Images
-
-For some applications, such as astrophotography, having the raw Bayer data direct from the sensor can be useful. This data will need to be post-processed to produce a useful image.
-
-`raspistill` has a raw option that will append this raw Bayer data onto the end of the output JPEG file.
-
-`raspistill --raw -o fred.jpg`
-
-The raw data will https://www.raspberrypi.org/blog/processing-raw-image-files-from-a-raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[need to be extracted] from the `JPEG` file.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9561864ffb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+== Synchronous Captures
+
+The High Quality (HQ) Camera supports synchronous captures.
+One camera (the "source") can be configured to generate a pulse on its XVS (Vertical Sync) pin when a frame capture is initiated.
+Other ("sink") cameras can listen for this pulse, and capture a frame at the same time as the source camera.
+
+This method is largely superseded by xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc#software-camera-synchronisation[software camera synchronisation] which can operate over long distances without additional wires and has sub-millisecond accuracy. But when cameras are physically close, wired synchronisation may be used.
+
+NOTE: Global Shutter (GS) Cameras can also be operated in a synchronous mode. However, the source camera will record one extra frame. Instead, for GS Cameras we recommend using an xref:camera.adoc#external-trigger-on-the-gs-camera[external trigger source]. You cannot synchronise a GS Camera and an HQ Camera.
+
+=== Connecting the cameras
+
+Solder a wire to the XVS test point of each camera, and connect them together.
+
+Solder a wire to the GND test point of each camera, and connect them together.
+
+*For GS Cameras only,* you will also need to connect the XHS (Horizontal Sync) test point of each camera together. On any GS Camera that you wish to act as a sink, bridge the two halves of the MAS pad with solder.
+
+NOTE: An earlier version of this document recommended an external pull-up for XVS. This is no longer recommended. Instead, ensure you have the latest version of Raspberry Pi OS and set the `always-on` property for all connected cameras.
+
+=== Driver configuration
+
+You will need to configure the camera drivers to keep their 1.8V power supplies on when not streaming, and optionally to select the source and sink roles.
+
+==== For the HQ Camera
+
+Edit `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. Change `camera_auto_detect=1` to `camera_auto_detect=0`.
+
+Append this line for a source camera:
+[source]
+----
+dtoverlay=imx477,always-on,sync-source
+----
+
+Or for a sink:
+[source]
+----
+dtoverlay=imx477,always-on,sync-sink
+----
+
+When using the CAM0 port on a Raspberry Pi 5, CM4 or CM5, append `,cam0` to that line without a space. If two cameras are on the same Raspberry Pi you will need two dtoverlay lines, only one of them ending with `,cam0`.
+
+Alternatively, if you wish to swap the cameras' roles at runtime (and they are not both connected to the same Raspberry Pi), omit `,sync-source` or `,sync-sink` above. Instead you can set a module parameter before starting each camera:
+
+For the Raspbery Pi with the source camera:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ echo 1 | sudo tee /sys/module/imx477/parameters/trigger_mode
+----
+
+For the Raspberry Pi with the sink camera:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ echo 2 | sudo tee /sys/module/imx477/parameters/trigger_mode
+----
+You will need to do this every time the system is booted.
+
+==== For the GS Camera
+
+Edit `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. Change `camera_auto_detect=1` to `camera_auto_detect=0`.
+
+For either a source or a sink, append this line:
+[source]
+----
+dtoverlay=imx296,always-on
+----
+When using the CAM0 port on a Raspberry Pi 5, CM4 or CM5, append `,cam0` to that line without a space. If two cameras are on the same Raspberry Pi you will need two dtoverlay lines, only one of them ending with `,cam0`.
+
+On the GS Camera, the sink role is enabled by the MAS pin and cannot be configured by software ("trigger_mode" and "sync-sink" relate to the xref:camera.adoc#external-trigger-on-the-gs-camera[external trigger method], and should _not_ be set for this method).
+
+=== Libcamera configuration
+
+If the cameras are not all started within 1 second, the `rpicam` applications can time out. To prevent this, you must edit a configuration file on any Raspberry Pi(s) with sink cameras.
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5 or CM5:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cp /usr/share/libcamera/pipeline/rpi/pisp/example.yaml timeout.yaml
+----
+
+On other Raspberry Pi models:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cp /usr/share/libcamera/pipeline/rpi/vc4/rpi_apps.yaml timeout.yaml
+----
+
+Now edit the copy. In both cases, delete the `#` (comment) from the `"camera_timeout_value_ms":` line, and change the number to `60000` (60 seconds).
+
+=== Starting the cameras
+
+Run the following commands to start the sink:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ export LIBCAMERA_RPI_CONFIG_FILE=timeout.yaml
+$ rpicam-vid --frames 300 --qt-preview -o sink.h264
+----
+
+Wait a few seconds, then run the following command to start the source:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --frames 300 --qt-preview -o source.h264
+----
+Frames should be synchronised. Use `--frames` to ensure the same number of frames are captured, and that the recordings are exactly the same length.
+Running the sink first ensures that no frames are missed.
+
+NOTE: When using the GS camera in synchronous mode, the sink will not record exactly the same number of frames as the source. **The source records one extra frame before the sink starts recording**. Because of this, you need to specify that the sink records one less frame with the `--frames` option.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/timelapse.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/timelapse.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 9edeafc856..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/timelapse.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-== Creating Timelapse Video
-
-To create a time-lapse video, you simply configure the Raspberry Pi to take a picture at a regular interval, such as once a minute, then use an application to stitch the pictures together into a video. There are a couple of ways of doing this.
-
-=== Using `raspistill` Timelapse Mode
-
-The `raspistill` application has a built in time-lapse mode, using the `--timelapse` (or `-tl`) command line switch. The value that follows the switch is the time between shots in milliseconds:
-
-----
-raspistill -t 30000 -tl 2000 -o image%04d.jpg
-----
-
-[NOTE]
-======
-The `%04d` in the output filename: this indicates the point in the filename where you want a frame count number to appear. So, for example, the command above will produce a capture every two seconds (2000ms), over a total period of 30 seconds (30000ms), named image0001.jpg, image0002.jpg, and so on, through to image0015.jpg.
-
-The `%04d` indicates a four-digit number, with leading zeros added to make up the required number of digits. So, for example, `%08d` would result in an eight-digit number. You can miss out the `0` if you don't want leading zeros.
-
-If a timelapse value of 0 is entered, the application will take pictures as fast as possible. Note that there's an minimum enforced pause of approximately 30 milliseconds between captures to ensure that exposure calculations can be made.
-======
-
-=== Automating using `cron` Jobs
-
-A good way to automate taking a picture at a regular interval is using `cron`. Open the cron table for editing:
-
-----
-crontab -e
-----
-
-This will either ask which editor you would like to use, or open in your default editor. Once you have the file open in an editor, add the following line to schedule taking a picture every minute (referring to the Bash script from the xref:camera.adoc#raspistill[raspistill page]):
-
-----
-* * * * * /home/pi/camera.sh 2>&1
-----
-
-Save and exit and you should see the message:
-
-----
-crontab: installing new crontab
-----
-
-Make sure that you use e.g. `%04d` to make `raspistill` output each image to a new file: if you don't, then each time `raspistill` writes an image it will overwrite the same file.
-
-=== Stitching Images Together
-
-Now you'll need to stitch the photos together into a video. You can do this on the Pi using `ffmpeg` but the processing will be slow. You may prefer to transfer the image files to your desktop computer or laptop and produce the video there.
-
-First you will need to install `ffmpeg` if it's not already installed.
-
-----
-sudo apt install ffmpeg
-----
-
-Now you can use the `ffmpeg` tool to convert your JPEG files into an mp4 video:
-
-----
-ffmpeg -r 10 -f image2 -pattern_type glob -i 'image*.jpg' -s 1280x720 -vcodec libx264 timelapse.mp4
-----
-
-On a Raspberry Pi 3, this can encode a little more than two frames per second. The performance of other Pi models will vary. The parameters used are:
-
-* `-r 10` Set frame rate (Hz value) to ten frames per second in the output video.
-* `-f image2` Set ffmpeg to read from a list of image files specified by a pattern.
-* `-pattern_type glob` When importing the image files, use wildcard patterns (globbing) to interpret the filename input by `-i`, in this case "image__.jpg", where "__" would be the image number.
-* `-i 'image*.jpg'` The input file specification (to match the files produced during the capture).
-* `-s 1280x720` Scale to 720p. You can also use 1920x1080, or lower resolutions, depending on your requirements.
-* `-vcodec libx264` Use the software x264 encoder.
-* `timelapse.mp4` The name of the output video file.
-
-`ffmpeg` has a comprehensive parameter set for varying encoding options and other settings. These can be listed using `ffmpeg --help`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/v4l2.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/v4l2.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index f747cb4cd6..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/v4l2.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-== The V4L2 Driver
-
-The V4L2 driver provides a standard Linux driver for accessing camera features: this is the driver needed to use a Raspberry Pi camera as, for example, a webcam. The V4L2 driver provides a standard API on top of the firmware-based camera system.
-
-=== Installing the V4L2 Driver
-
-Installation of the V4L2 driver is automatic. It is loaded as a child of the VCHIQ driver, and once loaded it will check how many cameras are attached and then create the right number of device nodes.
-
-[cols=",^,"]
-|===
-| \dev\videoX | Default Action |
-
-| video10
-| Decode
-|
-
-| video11
-| Encode
-|
-
-| video12
-| Simple ISP
-|
-
-| video13
-| Full ISP In
-|
-
-| video14
-| Full ISP Hi-res Out
-|
-
-| video15
-| Full ISP Lo-res Out
-|
-
-| video16
-| Full ISP statistics
-|
-
-| video19
-| HEVC Decode
-|
-|===
-
-=== Testing the Driver
-
-There are many Linux applications that use the V4L2 API. The kernel maintainers provide a test tool called `Qv4l2` which can be installed from the Raspberry Pi OS repositories as follows:
-
-----
-sudo apt install Qv4l2
-----
-
-Running this tool will test whether the driver has been successfully installed.
-
-=== Using the Driver
-
-Please see the https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.html[V4L2 documentation] for details on using this driver.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display.adoc
index 818837521a..abfac0c017 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display.adoc
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
include::display/display_intro.adoc[]
include::display/legacy.adoc[]
-
-include::display/troubleshooting.adoc[]
-
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/display_intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/display_intro.adoc
index 0b6388b65b..d61ea0398b 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/display_intro.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/display_intro.adoc
@@ -1,139 +1,165 @@
== Raspberry Pi Touch Display
-The Raspberry Pi Touch Display is an LCD display which connects to the Raspberry Pi through the DSI connector. In some situations, it allows for the use of both the HDMI and LCD displays at the same time (this requires software support).
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-touch-display/[Raspberry Pi Touch Display] is an LCD display that connects to a Raspberry Pi using a DSI connector and GPIO connector.
-=== Board Support
+.The Raspberry Pi 7-inch Touch Display
+image::images/display.png[The Raspberry Pi 7-inch Touch Display, width="70%"]
-The DSI display is designed to work with all models of Raspberry Pi, however early models that do not have mounting holes (the Raspberry Pi 1 model A and B) will require additional mounting hardware to fit the HAT-dimensioned stand-offs on the display PCB.
+The Touch Display is compatible with all models of Raspberry Pi, except the Zero series and Keyboard series, which lack a DSI connector. The earliest Raspberry Pi models lack appropriate mounting holes, requiring additional mounting hardware to fit the stand-offs on the display PCB.
-=== Physical Installation
+The display has the following key features:
-The following image shows how to attach the Raspberry Pi to the back of the Touch Display (if required), and how to connect both the data (ribbon cable) and power (red/black wires) from the Raspberry Pi to the display. If you are not attaching the Raspberry Pi to the back of the display, take extra care when attaching the ribbon cable to ensure it is the correct way round. The black and red power wires should be attached to the GND and 5v pins respectively.
+* 800×480px RGB LCD display
+* 24-bit colour
+* Industrial quality: 140 degree viewing angle horizontal, 120 degree viewing angle vertical
+* 10-point multi-touch touchscreen
+* PWM backlight control and power control over I2C interface
+* Metal-framed back with mounting points for Raspberry Pi display conversion board and Raspberry Pi
+* Backlight lifetime: 20000 hours
+* Operating temperature: -20 to +70 degrees centigrade
+* Storage temperature: -30 to +80 degrees centigrade
+* Contrast ratio: 500
+* Average brightness: 250 cd/m^2^
+* Viewing angle (degrees):
+ ** Top - 50
+ ** Bottom - 70
+ ** Left - 70
+ ** Right - 70
+* Power requirements: 200mA at 5V typical, at maximum brightness.
+* Outer dimensions: 192.96 × 110.76mm
+* Viewable area: 154.08 × 85.92mm
-image::images/GPIO_power-500x333.jpg[DSI Display Connections]
-xref:display.adoc#legacy-support[Legacy support for Raspberry Pi 1 Model A/B]
+=== Mount the Touch Display
-=== Screen Orientation
+You can mount a Raspberry Pi to the back of the Touch Display using its stand-offs and then connect the appropriate cables. You can also mount the Touch Display in a separate chassis if you have one available. The connections remain the same, though you may need longer cables depending on the chassis.
-LCD displays have an optimum viewing angle, and depending on how the screen is mounted it may be necessary to change the orientation of the display to give the best results. By default, the Raspberry Pi Touch Display and Raspberry Pi are set up to work best when viewed from slightly above, for example on a desktop. If viewing from below, you can physically rotate the display, and then tell the system software to compensate by running the screen upside down.
+.A Raspberry Pi connected to the Touch Display
+image::images/GPIO_power-500x333.jpg[Image of Raspberry Pi connected to the Touch Display, width="70%"]
-==== FKMS Mode
+Connect one end of the Flat Flexible Cable (FFC) to the `RPI-DISPLAY` port on the Touch Display PCB. The silver or gold contacts should face away from the display. Then connect the other end of the FFC to the `DISPLAY` port on the Raspberry Pi. The contacts on this end should face inward, towards the Raspberry Pi.
-FKMS mode is used by default on the Raspberry Pi 4B. FKMS uses the DRM/MESA libraries to provide graphics and 3D acceleration.
+If the FFC is not fully inserted or positioned correctly, you will experience issues with the display. You should always double check this connection when troubleshooting, especially if you don't see anything on your display, or the display shows only a single colour.
-To set screen orientation when running the graphical desktop, select the `Screen Configuration` option from the `Preferences` menu. Right click on the DSI display rectangle in the layout editor, select Orientation then the required option.
+NOTE: A https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/display/7-inch-display-mechanical-drawing.pdf[mechanical drawing] of the Touch Display is available for download.
-To set screen orientation when in console mode, you will need to edit the kernel command line to pass the required orientation to the system.
+=== Power the Touch Display
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo nano /boot/cmdline.txt
-----
+We recommend using the Raspberry Pi's GPIO to provide power to the Touch Display. Alternatively, you can power the display directly with a separate micro USB power supply.
-To rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, add the following to the cmdline, making sure everything is on the same line, do not add any carriage returns. Possible rotation values are 0, 90, 180 and 270.
+==== Power from a Raspberry Pi
-----
-video=DSI-1:800x480@60,rotate=90
-----
+To power the Touch Display using a Raspberry Pi, you need to connect two jumper wires between the 5V and `GND` pins on xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#gpio[Raspberry Pi's GPIO] and the 5V and `GND` pins on the display, as shown in the following illustration.
-NOTE: In console mode it is not possible to rotate the DSI display separately to the HDMI display, so if you have both attached they must both be set to the same value.
+.The location of the display's 5V and `GND` pins
+image::images/display_plugs.png[Illustration of display pins, width="40%"]
-==== Legacy Graphics Mode
+Before you begin, make sure the Raspberry Pi is powered off and not connected to any power source. Connect one end of the black jumper wire to pin six (`GND`) on the Raspberry Pi and one end of the red jumper wire to pin four (5V). If pin six isn't available, you can use any other open `GND` pin to connect the black wire. If pin four isn't available, you can use any other 5V pin to connect the red wire, such as pin two.
-Legacy graphics mode is used by default on all Raspberry Pi models prior to the Raspberry Pi 4B, and can also be used on the Raspberry Pi 4B if required, by disabling FKMS mode by commenting out the FKMS line in `config.txt`. Note: legacy mode on the Raspberry Pi 4B has no 3D acceleration so it should only be used if you have a specific reason for needing it.
+.The location of the Raspberry Pi headers
+image::images/pi_plugs.png[Illustration of Raspberry Pi headers, width="40%"]
-To flip the display, add the following line to the file `/boot/config.txt`:
+Next, connect the other end of the black wire to the `GND` pin on the display and the other end of the red wire to the 5V pin on the display. Once all the connections are made, you should see the Touch Display turn on the next time you turn on your Raspberry Pi.
-`lcd_rotate=2`
+Use the other three pins on the Touch Display to connect the display to an original Raspberry Pi 1 Model A or B. Refer to our documentation on xref:display.adoc#legacy-support[legacy support] for more information.
-This will vertically flip the LCD and the touch screen, compensating for the physical orientation of the display.
+NOTE: To identify an original Raspberry Pi, check the GPIO header connector. Only the original model has a 26-pin GPIO header connector; subsequent models have 40 pins.
-You can also rotate the display by adding the following to the `config.txt` file.
+==== Power from a micro USB supply
-* `display_lcd_rotate=x`, where `x` can be one of the folllowing:
+If you don't want to use a Raspberry Pi to provide power to the Touch Display, you can use a micro USB power supply instead. We recommend using the https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/micro-usb-power-supply/[Raspberry Pi 12.5W power supply] to make sure the display runs as intended.
-|===
-| display_lcd_rotate | result
+Do not connect the GPIO pins on your Raspberry Pi to the display if you choose to use micro USB for power. The only connection between the two boards should be the Flat Flexible Cable.
-| 0
-| no rotation
+WARNING: When using a micro USB cable to power the display, mount it inside a chassis that blocks access to the display's PCB during usage.
-| 1
-| rotate 90 degrees clockwise
+=== Use an on-screen keyboard
-| 2
-| rotate 180 degrees clockwise
+Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_ and later include the Squeekboard on-screen keyboard by default. When a touch display is attached, the on-screen keyboard should automatically show when it is possible to enter text and automatically hide when it is not possible to enter text.
-| 3
-| rotate 270 degrees clockwise
+For applications which do not support text entry detection, use the keyboard icon at the right end of the taskbar to manually show and hide the keyboard.
-| 0x10000
-| horizontal flip
+You can also permanently show or hide the on-screen keyboard in the Display tab of Raspberry Pi Configuration or the `Display` section of `raspi-config`.
-| 0x20000
-| vertical flip
-|===
+TIP: In Raspberry Pi OS releases prior to _Bookworm_, use `matchbox-keyboard` instead. If you use the wayfire desktop compositor, use `wvkbd` instead.
+
+=== Change screen orientation
+
+If you want to physically rotate the display, or mount it in a specific position, select **Screen Configuration** from the **Preferences** menu. Right-click on the touch display rectangle (likely DSI-1) in the layout editor, select **Orientation**, then pick the best option to fit your needs.
+
+image::images/display-rotation.png[Screenshot of orientation options in screen configuration, width="80%"]
+
+==== Rotate screen without a desktop
+
+To set the screen orientation on a device that lacks a desktop environment, edit the `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt` configuration file to pass an orientation to the system. Add the following line to `cmdline.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+video=DSI-1:800x480@60,rotate=
+----
+
+Replace the `` placeholder with one of the following values, which correspond to the degree of rotation relative to the default on your display:
+
+* `0`
+* `90`
+* `180`
+* `270`
-Note that the 90 and 270 degree rotation options require additional memory on the GPU, so these will not work with the 16MB GPU split.
+For example, a rotation value of `90` rotates the display 90 degrees to the right. `180` rotates the display 180 degrees, or upside-down.
-=== Touchscreen Orientation
+NOTE: It is not possible to rotate the DSI display separately from the HDMI display with `cmdline.txt`. When you use DSI and HDMI simultaneously, they share the same rotation value.
-Additionally, you have the option to change the rotation of the touchscreen independently of the display itself by adding a `dtoverlay` instruction in `config.txt`, for example:
+==== Rotate touch input
-`dtoverlay=rpi-ft5406,touchscreen-swapped-x-y=1,touchscreen-inverted-x=1`
+WARNING: Rotating touch input via device tree can cause conflicts with your input library. Whenever possible, configure touch event rotation in your input library or desktop.
-The options for the touchscreen are:
+Rotation of touch input is independent of the orientation of the display itself. To change this you need to manually add a `dtoverlay` instruction in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]. Add the following line at the end of `config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch,invx,invy
+----
+
+Then, disable automatic display detection by removing the following line from `config.txt`, if it exists:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+display_auto_detect=1
+----
+
+==== Touch Display device tree option reference
+
+The `vc4-kms-dsi-7inch` overlay supports the following options:
|===
| DT parameter | Action
-| touchscreen-size-x
+| `sizex`
| Sets X resolution (default 800)
-| touchscreen-size-y
-| Sets Y resolution (default 600)
+| `sizey`
+| Sets Y resolution (default 480)
-| touchscreen-inverted-x
+| `invx`
| Invert X coordinates
-| touchscreen-inverted-y
+| `invy`
| Invert Y coordinates
-| touchscreen-swapped-x-y
-| Swap X and Y cordinates
-|===
-
-=== Troubleshooting
-
-Read our troubleshooting steps, tips, and tricks here: xref:display.adoc#troubleshooting-the-display[Raspberry Pi Touch Display troubleshooting].
-
-=== Specifications
+| `swapxy`
+| Swap X and Y coordinates
-* 800×480 RGB LCD display
-* 24-bit colour
-* Industrial quality: 140-degree viewing angle horizontal, 130-degree viewing angle vertical
-* 10-point multi-touch touchscreen
-* PWM backlight control and power control over I2C interface
-* Metal-framed back with mounting points for Raspberry Pi display conversion board and Raspberry Pi
-* Backlight lifetime: 20000 hours
-* Operating temperature: -20 to +70 degrees centigrade
-* Storage temperature: -30 to +80 degrees centigrade
-* Contrast ratio: 500
-* Average brightness: 250 cd/m^2^
-* Viewing angle (degrees):
- ** Top - 50
- ** Bottom - 70
- ** Left - 70
- ** Right - 70
-* Power requirements: 200mA at 5V typical, at maximum brightness.
+| `disable_touch`
+| Disables the touch overlay totally
+|===
-==== Mechanical Specification
+To specify these options, add them, separated by commas, to your `dtoverlay` line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. Boolean values default to true when present, but you can set them to false using the suffix "=0". Integer values require a value, e.g. `sizey=240`. For instance, to set the X resolution to 400 pixels and invert both X and Y coordinates, use the following line:
-* Outer dimensions: 192.96 × 110.76mm
-* Viewable area: 154.08 × 85.92mm
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/display/7-inch-display-mechanical-drawing.pdf[Download mechanical drawing (PDF)]
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch,sizex=400,invx,invy
+----
-A drawing showing the radius and thickness of glass.
+=== Installation on Compute Module based devices.
-image::images/radius.png[Radius and thickness of glass]
+All Raspberry Pi SBCs auto-detect the official Touch Displays as the circuitry connected to the DSI connector on the Raspberry Pi board is fixed; this autodetection ensures the correct Device Tree entries are passed to the kernel. However, Compute Modules are intended for industrial applications where the integrator can use any and all GPIOs and interfaces for whatever purposes they require. Autodetection is therefore not feasible, and hence is disabled on Compute Module devices. This means that the Device Tree fragments required to set up the display need to be loaded via some other mechanism, which can be either with a dtoverlay entry in config.txt as described above, via a custom base DT file, or if present, a HAT EEPROM.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display-rotation.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display-rotation.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..86eb3a10ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display-rotation.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd7ae33612
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display_plugs.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display_plugs.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e1fd5da90
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display_plugs.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/pi_plugs.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/pi_plugs.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44f607d74d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/pi_plugs.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/legacy.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/legacy.adoc
index 4deace9469..eab11d275d 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/legacy.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/legacy.adoc
@@ -1,17 +1,14 @@
== Legacy Support
-NOTE: These instructions are for the original Model A and B boards.
+WARNING: These instructions are for the original Raspberry Pi, Model A, and B, boards only. To identify an original Raspberry Pi, check the GPIO header connector. Only the original model has a 26-pin GPIO header connector; subsequent models have 40 pins.
-The DSI connector on the Model A/B boards does not have the I2C connections required to talk to the touchscreen controller and DSI controller. You can work around this by using the additional set of jumper cables provided with the display kit to wire up the I2C bus on the GPIO pins to the display controller board.
+The DSI connector on both the Raspberry Pi 1 Model A and B boards does not have the I2C connections required to talk to the touchscreen controller and DSI controller. To work around this, use the additional set of jumper cables provided with the display kit. Connect SCL/SDA on the GPIO header to the horizontal pins marked SCL/SDA on the display board. Power the Model A/B via the GPIO pins using the jumper cables.
-Using the jumper cables, connect SCL/SDA on the GPIO header to the horizontal pins marked SCL/SDA on the display board. We also recommend that you power the Model A/B via the GPIO pins using the jumper cables.
+DSI display autodetection is disabled by default on these boards. To enable detection, add the following line to the xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] file:
-For the GPIO header pinout, see http://pinout.xyz/[this diagram].
+[source,ini]
+----
+ignore_lcd=0
+----
-DSI display autodetection is disabled by default on these boards. To enable detection, add the following line to `/boot/config.txt`:
-
-`ignore_lcd=0`
-
-Power the setup via the `PWR IN` micro-USB connector on the display board. Do not power the setup via the Pi's micro-USB port: the input polyfuse's maximum current rating will be exceeded as the display consumes approximately 400mA.
-
-NOTE: With the display connected to the GPIO I2C pins, the GPU will assume control of the respective I2C bus. The host operating system should not access this I2C bus, as simultaneous use of the bus by both the GPU and Linux will result in sporadic crashes.
+Power the setup via the `PWR IN` micro-USB connector on the display board. Do not power the setup via the Raspberry Pi's micro-USB port. This will exceed the input polyfuse's maximum current rating, since the display consumes approximately 400mA.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/troubleshooting.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/troubleshooting.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 799e168498..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/troubleshooting.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-== Troubleshooting the Display
-
-[discrete]
-=== Have you got a good power supply?
-
-Having intermittent problems, or seeing a little rainbow square in the top right corner? It is likely that you need a better power supply.
-
-We recommend our official 2.5A adapter because we know it works, but any good 2.5A supply should work.
-
-[discrete]
-=== Have you updated Raspberry Pi OS?
-
-If not, many problems will be solved by making sure your software is up-to date.
-
-You can undo any previous use of `rpi-update` and get your Pi back to the latest stable software by connecting
-to a network and running:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo apt update
-sudo apt install --reinstall libraspberrypi0 libraspberrypi-{bin,dev,doc} raspberrypi-bootloader
-sudo reboot
-----
-
-[discrete]
-=== My touchscreen doesn't work, or works intermittently
-
-* Make sure you've updated Raspberry Pi OS (see above for steps)
-* Check the smaller ribbon cable is seated properly
-
-If you want to make sure your Pi has detected your touchscreen, try running:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-dmesg | grep -i ft5406
-----
-
-You should see a couple of lines that look like this:
-
-[,text]
-----
-[ 5.224267] rpi-ft5406 rpi_ft5406: Probing device
-[ 5.225960] input: FT5406 memory based driver as /devices/virtual/input/input3
-----
-
-A detected touchscreen will also cause the `fbheight` and `fbwidth` parameters in `/proc/cmdline` to equal 480 and 800 respectively (the resolution of the screen). You can verify this by running:
-
-----
-cat /proc/cmdline | grep bcm2708_fb
-----
-
-[discrete]
-=== My screen is upside-down!
-
-Depending on your display stand, you might find that the LCD display defaults to being upside-down. You can fix this by rotating it with `/boot/config.txt`.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo nano /boot/config.txt
-----
-
-Then add:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-lcd_rotate=2
-----
-
-Hit `CTRL+X` and `y` to save. And finally:
-
-----
-sudo reboot
-----
-
-[discrete]
-=== My display fades out to weird patterns when I shutdown/reboot my Pi
-
-Don't panic! This is perfectly normal.
-
-[discrete]
-=== My display is black
-
-* Make sure you've updated Raspberry Pi OS (see above for steps)
-* Check the ribbon cable between your Pi and the LCD is properly seated
-* Make sure you have a SD card properly inserted into your Pi
-
-[discrete]
-=== My display is white
-
-* Check the larger ribbon cable between the display and driver board is properly seated
-
-[discrete]
-=== Raspberry Pi OS says my screen is 752x448. Surely that's wrong?
-
-Yes, the screen should be 800x480. This is a result of overscan being enabled.
-
-Disable it by running raspi-config:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo raspi-config
-----
-
-And then navigating to *Advanced Options* > *Overscan* and picking *Disable*.
-
-[discrete]
-=== My touchscreen isn't aligned correctly: my taps are slightly out
-
-This is probably also a side-effect of overscan being enabled, try the solution above.
-
-[discrete]
-=== Some windows are cut off at the bottom of the screen so I can't use them
-
-If some windows in X are cut off at the side/bottom of the screen, this is unfortunately a side-effect of developers assuming a minimum screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels.
-
-You can usually reveal hidden buttons and fields by;
-
-* right clicking on the edge or top of the window,
-* picking "move"
-* using the up arrow key to nudge the window up off the top of the screen
-
-If you don't have a mouse, see the right click fix below.
-
-=== Tips and Tricks
-
-==== How do I use multiple monitors?
-
-At the moment you can't use HDMI and the LCD together in the X desktop, but you can send the output of certain applications to one screen or the other.
-
-Omxplayer is one example. It has been modified to enable secondary display output.
-
-To start displaying a video onto the LCD display (assuming it is the default display) just type:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-omxplayer video.mkv
-----
-
-To start a second video onto the HDMI type:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-omxplayer --display=5 video.mkv
-----
-
-*Please note: you may need to increase the amount of memory allocated to the GPU to 128MB if the videos are 1080P. Adjust the gpu_mem value in config.txt for this. The Raspberry Pi headline figures are 1080P30 decode, so if you are using two 1080P clips it may not play correctly depending on the complexity of the videos.*
-
-Display numbers are:
-
-* LCD: 4
-* TV/HDMI: 5
-* Auto select non-default display: 6
-
-==== How do I enable right click?
-
-You can emulate a right click with a setting change. Just:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo nano /etc/X11/xorg.conf
-----
-
-Paste in:
-
-----
-Section "InputClass"
- Identifier "calibration"
- Driver "evdev"
- MatchProduct "FT5406 memory based driver"
-
- Option "EmulateThirdButton" "1"
- Option "EmulateThirdButtonTimeout" "750"
- Option "EmulateThirdButtonMoveThreshold" "30"
-EndSection
-----
-
-Hit `CTRL+X` and `y` to save. Then:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo reboot
-----
-
-Once enabled, right click works by pressing and holding the touchscreen and will be activated after a short delay.
-
-==== How do I get an on-screen keyboard?
-
-===== Florence Virtual Keyboard
-
-Install with:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo apt install florence
-----
-
-===== Matchbox Virtual Keyboard
-
-Install like so:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo apt install matchbox-keyboard
-----
-
-And then find in *Accessories* > *Keyboard*.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e34a87b2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+include::keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc[]
+
+include::keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc[]
+
+include::keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a23011f5c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+== Connecting it all Together
+
+This is the configuration we recommend for using your Raspberry Pi, official keyboard and hub, and official mouse together. The hub on the keyboard ensures easy access to USB drives, and the mouse's cable is tidy, while being long enough to allow you to use the mouse left- or right-handed.
+
+image::images/everything.png[width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: It is important that the power supply is connected to the Raspberry Pi and the keyboard is connected to the Raspberry Pi. If the power supply were connected to the keyboard, with the Raspberry Pi powered via the keyboard, then the keyboard would not operate correctly.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3649738079
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+== Getting Started with your Keyboard
+
+Our official keyboard includes three host USB ports for connecting external devices, such as USB mice, USB drives, and other USB- controlled devices.
+
+The product's micro USB port is for connection to the Raspberry Pi. Via the USB hub built into the keyboard, the Raspberry Pi controls, and provides power to, the three USB Type A ports.
+
+image::images/back-of-keyboard.png[width="80%"]
+
+=== Keyboard Features
+
+The Raspberry Pi keyboard has three lock keys: `Num Lock`, `Caps Lock`, and `Scroll Lock`. There are three LEDs in the top right-hand corner that indicate which locks are enabled.
+
+image::images/num-cap-scroll.png[width="80%"]
+
+`Num Lock`:: Allows use of the red number keys on the letter keys, effectively creating a numeric keypad. This mode is enabled and disabled by pressing the `Num Lock` key.
+
+`Caps Lock`:: Allows typing capital letters; press the `Shift` key to type lower-case letters in this mode. This mode is enabled and disabled by pressing the `Caps Lock` key.
+
+`Scroll Lock (ScrLk)`:: Allows use of the cursor keys for browsing web pages and spreadsheets without the mouse. This mode is enabled and disabled by pressing the `ScrLk` key while holding the Fn key.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9b58429a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+== Getting Started with your Mouse
+
+Our official mouse has three buttons, which activate high-quality micro-switches. The wheel is for quick scrolling when browsing documents and web pages.
+
+image::images/the-mouse.png[width="80%"]
+
+Always place the mouse on a flat, stable surface while using it. The mouse optically detects movement on the surface on which it is placed. On featureless surfaces, e.g. PVC or acrylic table tops, the mouse cannot detect movement. When you are working on such a surface, place the mouse on a mouse mat.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/back-of-keyboard.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/back-of-keyboard.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9439454fc5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/back-of-keyboard.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/everything.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/everything.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..596054c035
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/everything.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/num-cap-scroll.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/num-cap-scroll.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70031c3041
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/num-cap-scroll.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/the-mouse.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/the-mouse.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab64447a2e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/the-mouse.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9501e9370
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::m2-hat-plus/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3b033a28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+[[m2-hat-plus]]
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+
+image::images/m2-hat-plus.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+ M Key enables you to connect M.2 peripherals such as NVMe drives and other PCIe accessories to Raspberry Pi 5's PCIe interface.
+
+The M.2 HAT+ adapter board converts between the PCIe connector on Raspberry Pi 5 and a single M.2 M key edge connector. You can connect any device that uses the 2230 or 2242 form factors. The M.2 HAT+ can supply up to 3A of power.
+
+The M.2 HAT+ uses Raspberry Pi's https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hat/hat-plus-specification.pdf[HAT+ specification], which allows Raspberry Pi OS to automatically detect the HAT+ and any connected devices.
+
+The included threaded spacers provide ample room to fit the Raspberry Pi Active Cooler beneath an M.2 HAT+.
+
+The M.2 HAT+ is _only_ compatible with the https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-5-case/[Raspberry Pi Case for Raspberry Pi 5] _if you remove the lid and the included fan_.
+
+== Features
+
+* Single-lane PCIe 2.0 interface (500 MB/s peak transfer rate)
+* Supports devices that use the M.2 M key edge connector
+* Supports devices with the 2230 or 2242 form factor
+* Supplies up to 3A to connected M.2 devices
+* Power and activity LEDs
+* Conforms to the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hat/hat-plus-specification.pdf[Raspberry Pi HAT+ specification]
+* Includes:
+** ribbon cable
+** 16mm GPIO stacking header
+** 4 threaded spacers
+** 8 screws
+** 1 knurled double-flanged drive attachment screw to secure and support the M.2 peripheral
+
+[[m2-hat-plus-installation]]
+== Install
+
+To use the Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+, you will need:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+
+Each M.2 HAT+ comes with a ribbon cable, GPIO stacking header, and mounting hardware. Complete the following instructions to install your M.2 HAT+:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date]. Run the following command to see what firmware you're running:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update
+----
++
+If you see December 6, 2023 or a later date, proceed to the next step. If you see a date earlier than December 6, 2023, run the following command to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
++
+Under `Advanced Options` > `Bootloader Version`, choose `Latest`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
++
+Run the following command to update your firmware to the latest version:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update -a
+----
++
+Then, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Disconnect the Raspberry Pi from power before beginning installation.
+
+
+. The M.2 HAT+ is compatible with the Raspberry Pi 5 Active Cooler. If you have an Active Cooler, install it before installing the M.2 HAT+.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Install the spacers using four of the provided screws. Firmly press the GPIO stacking header on top of the Raspberry Pi GPIO pins; orientation does not matter as long as all pins fit into place. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the M.2 HAT+, and insert the other end into the PCIe port of your Raspberry Pi. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing inward, towards the USB ports. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the PCIe port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Set the M.2 HAT+ on top of the spacers, and use the four remaining screws to secure it in place.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Insert the ribbon cable into the slot on the M.2 HAT+. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing up. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Remove the drive attachment screw by turning the screw counter-clockwise. Insert your M.2 SSD into the M.2 key edge connector, sliding the drive into the slot at a slight upward angle. Do not force the drive into the slot: it should slide in gently.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Push the notch on the drive attachment screw into the slot at the end of your M.2 drive. Push the drive flat against the M.2 HAT+, and insert the SSD attachment screw by turning the screw clockwise until the SSD feels secure. Do not over-tighten the screw.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Congratulations, you have successfully installed the M.2 HAT+. Connect your Raspberry Pi to power; Raspberry Pi OS will automatically detect the M.2 HAT+. If you use Raspberry Pi Desktop, you should see an icon representing the drive on your desktop. If you don't use a desktop, you can find the drive at `/dev/nvme0n1`. To make your drive automatically available for file access, consider xref:../computers/configuration.adoc#automatically-mount-a-storage-device[configuring automatic mounting].
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png[width="60%"]
+--
+
+WARNING: Always disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power before connecting or disconnecting a device from the M.2 slot.
+
+== Boot from NVMe
+
+To boot from an NVMe drive attached to the M.2 HAT+, complete the following steps:
+
+. xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#raspberry-pi-imager[Format your NVMe drive using Raspberry Pi Imager]. You can do this from your Raspberry Pi if you already have an SD card with a Raspberry Pi OS image.
+. Boot your Raspberry Pi into Raspberry Pi OS using an SD card or USB drive to alter the boot order in the persistent on-board EEPROM configuration.
+. In a terminal on your Raspberry Pi, run `sudo raspi-config` to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI.
+. Under `Advanced Options` > `Boot Order`, choose `NVMe/USB boot`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
+. Reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot`.
+
+For more information, see xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#nvme-ssd-boot[NVMe boot].
+
+== Enable PCIe Gen 3
+
+WARNING: The Raspberry Pi 5 is not certified for Gen 3.0 speeds. PCIe Gen 3.0 connections may be unstable.
+
+To enable PCIe Gen 3 speeds, follow the instructions at xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#pcie-gen-3-0[enable PCIe Gen 3.0].
+
+== Schematics
+
+.Schematics for the Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png[width="80%"]
+
+Schematics are also available as a https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/m2-hat-plus/raspberry-pi-m2-hat-plus-schematics.pdf[PDF].
+
+== Product brief
+
+For more information about the M.2 HAT+, including mechanical specifications and operating environment limitations, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/m2-hat-plus/raspberry-pi-m2-hat-plus-product-brief.pdf[product brief].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89eda454cd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b11d07a459
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c11a504ee0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae6e321dce
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a93df849d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..209ec6cbcd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..238b75df86
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d0688fbd5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30a05a30b2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b100eb439b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::monitor/monitor_intro.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.pdf b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d77318e3c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.pdf differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1553774a8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.pdf b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d74544841f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.pdf differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41faee30b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/monitor-hero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/monitor-hero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbaa5f56dc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/monitor-hero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-hdmi.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-hdmi.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..408ad418ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-hdmi.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c03121189
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/not-supported-resolution.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/not-supported-resolution.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5334217389
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/not-supported-resolution.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/power-saving-mode.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/power-saving-mode.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..106694ee18
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/power-saving-mode.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/monitor_intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/monitor_intro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae747671ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/monitor_intro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+== Raspberry Pi Monitor
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-monitor/[Raspberry Pi Monitor] is a 15.6" 1920 × 1080p IPS LCD display that connects to a computer using an HDMI cable. The Monitor also requires a USB-C power source. For full brightness and volume range, this must be a USB-PD source capable of at least 1.5A of current.
+
+.The Raspberry Pi Monitor
+image::images/monitor-hero.png[The Raspberry Pi Monitor, width="100%"]
+
+The Monitor is compatible with all models of Raspberry Pi that support HDMI output.
+
+=== Controls
+
+The back of the Monitor includes the following controls:
+
+* a button that enters and exits Standby mode (indicated by the ⏻ (power) symbol)
+* buttons that increase and decrease display brightness (indicated by the 🔆 (sun) symbol)
+* buttons that increase and decrease speaker volume (indicated by the 🔈 (speaker) symbol)
+
+=== On screen display messages
+
+The on-screen display (OSD) may show the following messages:
+
+[cols="1a,6"]
+|===
+| Message | Description
+
+| image::images/no-hdmi.png[No HDMI signal detected]
+| No HDMI signal detected.
+
+| image::images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png[Standby mode]
+| The monitor will soon enter standby mode to conserve power.
+
+| image::images/not-supported-resolution.png[Unsupported resolution]
+| The output display resolution of the connected device is not supported.
+
+| image::images/power-saving-mode.png[Power saving mode]
+| The monitor is operating in Power Saving mode, with reduced brightness and volume, because the monitor is not connected to a power supply capable of delivering 1.5A of current or greater.
+|===
+
+Additionally, the OSD shows information about display brightness changes using the 🔆 (sun) symbol, and speaker volume level changes using the 🔈 (speaker) symbol. Both brightness and volume use a scale that ranges from 0 to 100.
+
+TIP: If you attempt to exit Standby mode when the display cannot detect an HDMI signal, the red LED beneath the Standby button will briefly light, but the display will remain in Standby mode.
+
+=== Position the Monitor
+
+Use the following approaches to position the Monitor:
+
+* Angle the Monitor on the integrated stand.
+* Mount the Monitor on an arm or stand using the four VESA mount holes on the back of the red rear plastic housing.
++
+IMPORTANT: Use spacers to ensure adequate space for display and power cable egress.
+* Flip the integrated stand fully upwards, towards the top of the monitor. Use the drill hole template to create two mounting points spaced 55mm apart. Hang the Monitor using the slots on the back of the integrated stand.
++
+.Drill hole template
+image::images/drill-hole-template.png[Drill hole template, width="40%"]
+
+=== Power the Monitor
+
+The Raspberry Pi Monitor draws power from a 5V https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB_hardware#USB_Power_Delivery[USB Power Delivery] (USB-PD) power source. Many USB-C power supplies, including the official power supplies for the Raspberry Pi 4 and Raspberry Pi 5, support this standard.
+
+When using a power source that provides at least 1.5A of current over USB-PD, the Monitor operates in **Full Power mode**. In Full Power mode, you can use the full range (0%-100%) of display brightness and speaker volume.
+
+When using a power source that does _not_ supply at least 1.5A of current over USB-PD (including all USB-A power sources), the Monitor operates in **Power Saving mode**. Power Saving mode limits the maximum display brightness and the maximum speaker volume to ensure reliable operation. In Power Saving mode, you can use a limited range (0-50%) of display brightness and a limited range (0-60%) of speaker volume. When powered from a Raspberry Pi, the Monitor operates in Power Saving mode, since Raspberry Pi devices cannot provide 1.5A of current over a USB-A connection.
+
+To switch from Power Saving mode to Full Power mode, press and hold the *increase brightness* button for 3 seconds.
+
+[TIP]
+====
+If the Monitor flashes on and off, your USB power supply is not capable of providing sufficient current to power the monitor. This can happen if you power the Monitor from a Raspberry Pi 5 or Pi 500 which is itself powered by a 5V/3A power supply. Try the following fixes to stop the Monitor from flashing on and off:
+
+* reduce the display brightness and volume (you may have to connect your monitor to another power supply to access the settings)
+* switch to a different power source or cable
+
+====
+
+=== Specification
+
+Diagonal: 15.6"
+
+Resolution: 1920 × 1080
+
+Type: IPS LCD
+
+Colour gamut: 45%
+
+Contrast: 800:1
+
+Brightness: 250cd/m^2^
+
+Screen coating: Anti-glare 3H hardness
+
+Display area: 344 × 193mm
+
+Dimensions: 237 × 360 × 20mm
+
+Weight: 850g
+
+Supported resolutions:
+
+* 1920 × 1080p @ 50/60Hz
+* 1280 × 720p @ 50/60Hz
+* 720 × 576p @ 50/60Hz
+* 720 × 480p @ 50/60Hz
+* 640 × 480p @ 50/60Hz
+
+Input: HDMI 1.4; supports DDC-CI
+
+Power input: USB-C; requires 1.5A over USB-PD at 5V for full brightness and volume range
+
+Power consumption: 4.5-6.5W during use; < 0.1W at idle
+
+Speakers: 2 × 1.2W (stereo)
+
+Ports: 3.5mm audio jack
+
+
+=== Mechanical drawing
+
+.Mechanical Drawing
+image::images/mechanical-drawing.png[Mechanical drawing, width="80%"]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffdb0161ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::sd-cards/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d8f41170c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+== About
+
+.A Raspberry Pi SD Card inserted into a Raspberry Pi 5
+image::images/sd-hero.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+SD card quality is a critical factor in determining the overall user experience for a Raspberry Pi. Slow bus speeds and lack of command queueing can reduce the performance of even the most powerful Raspberry Pi models.
+
+Raspberry Pi's official microSD cards support DDR50 and SDR104 bus speeds. Additionally, Raspberry Pi SD cards support the command queueing (CQ) extension, which permits some pipelining of random read operations, ensuring optimal performance.
+
+You can even buy Raspberry Pi SD cards pre-programmed with the latest version of Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards are available in the following sizes:
+
+* 32GB
+* 64GB
+* 128GB
+
+== Specifications
+
+.A 128GB Raspberry Pi SD Card
+image::images/sd-cards.png[width="80%"]
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards use the SD6.1 SD specification.
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards use the microSDHC/microSDXC form factor.
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards have the following Speed Class ratings: C10, U3, V30, A2.
+
+The following table describes the read and write speeds of Raspberry Pi SD cards using 4KB of random data:
+
+|===
+| Raspberry Pi Model | Interface | Read Speed | Write Speed
+
+| 4 | DDR50 | 3,200 IOPS | 1,200 IOPS
+| 5 | SDR104 | 5,000 IOPS | 2,000 IOPS
+|===
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-cards.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-cards.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9651ba9594
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-cards.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-hero.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-hero.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7597450399
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-hero.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat.adoc
index 1c64f91492..c0db67f2bb 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat.adoc
@@ -1,190 +1,5 @@
-== Installation
-:pp: {plus}{plus}
+include::sense-hat/intro.adoc[]
-In order to work correctly, the Sense HAT requires an up-to-date kernel, I2C to be enabled, and a few libraries to get started.
+include::sense-hat/hardware.adoc[]
-. Ensure your APT package list is up-to-date:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- sudo apt update
-----
-
-. Next, install the sense-hat package which will ensure the kernel is up-to-date, enable I2C, and install the necessary libraries and programs:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- sudo apt install sense-hat
-----
-
-. Finally, a reboot may be required if I2C was disabled or the kernel was not up-to-date prior to the install:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- sudo reboot
-----
-
-== Sense HAT Hardware
-
-* Raspberry Pi https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/sense-hat/sense-hat-schematics.pdf[Sense HAT schematics].
-
-== Sense HAT Software
-
-After installation, example code can be found under `/usr/src/sense-hat/examples`.
-
-These can be copied to the user's home directory by running `cp /usr/src/sense-hat/examples ~/ -a`.
-
-The C/C{pp} examples can be compiled by running `make` in the appropriate directory.
-
-The RTIMULibDrive11 example comes pre-compiled to help ensure everything works as intended. It can be launched by running `RTIMULibDrive11` and closed by pressing `Ctrl+c`.
-
-== Using the Sense HAT with Python
-
-`sense-hat` is the officially supported library for the Sense HAT; it provides access to all of the on-board sensors and the LED matrix.
-
-Complete documentation can be found at https://pythonhosted.org/sense-hat/[pythonhosted.org/sense-hat].
-
-== Using the RTIMULib Library
-
-https://github.com/RPi-Distro/RTIMULib[RTIMULib] is a C{pp} and Python library that makes it easy to use 9-dof and 10-dof IMUs with embedded Linux systems. A pre-calibrated settings file is provided in `/etc/RTIMULib.ini`, which is also copied and used by `sense-hat`. The included examples look for `RTIMULib.ini` in the current working directory, so you may wish to copy the file there to get more accurate data.
-
-== Other Issues
-
-=== LED matrix
-
-The LED matrix is an RGB565 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt[framebuffer] with the id "RPi-Sense FB". The appropriate device node can be written to as a standard file or mmap-ed. The included 'snake' example shows how to access the framebuffer.
-
-=== Joystick
-
-The joystick comes up as an input event device named "Raspberry Pi Sense HAT Joystick", mapped to the arrow keys and `Enter`. It should be supported by any library which is capable of handling inputs, or directly through the https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/input/input.txt[evdev interface]. Suitable libraries include SDL, http://www.pygame.org/docs/[pygame] and https://python-evdev.readthedocs.org/en/latest/[python-evdev]. The included 'snake' example shows how to access the joystick directly.
-
-== Calibration
-
-Taken from this https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=104&t=109064&p=750616#p810193[forum post].
-
-Install the necessary software and run the calibration program as follows:
-
-----
-sudo apt update
-sudo apt install octave -y
-cd
-cp /usr/share/librtimulib-utils/RTEllipsoidFit ./ -a
-cd RTEllipsoidFit
-RTIMULibCal
-----
-
-You will then see this menu:
-
-....
-Options are:
-
- m - calibrate magnetometer with min/max
- e - calibrate magnetometer with ellipsoid (do min/max first)
- a - calibrate accelerometers
- x - exit
-
-Enter option:
-....
-
-Press lowercase `m`. The following message will then show; press any key to start.
-
-----
- Magnetometer min/max calibration
- --------------------------------
- Waggle the IMU chip around, ensuring that all six axes
- (+x, -x, +y, -y and +z, -z) go through their extrema.
- When all extrema have been achieved, enter 's' to save, 'r' to reset
- or 'x' to abort and discard the data.
-
- Press any key to start...
-----
-
-After it starts, you will see something similar to this scrolling up the screen:
-
- Min x: 51.60 min y: 69.39 min z: 65.91
- Max x: 53.15 max y: 70.97 max z: 67.97
-
-Focus on the two lines at the very bottom of the screen, as these are the most recently posted measurements from the program.
-Now you have to move the Astro Pi around in every possible way you can think of. It helps if you unplug all non-essential cables to avoid clutter.
-
-Try and get a complete circle in each of the pitch, roll and yaw axes. Take care not to accidentally eject the SD card while doing this. Spend a few minutes moving the Astro Pi, and stop when you find that the numbers are not changing anymore.
-
-Now press lowercase `s` then lowercase `x` to exit the program. If you run the `ls` command now, you'll see a new `RTIMULib.ini` file has been created.
-
-In addition to those steps, you can also do the ellipsoid fit by performing the steps above, but pressing `e` instead of `m`.
-
-When you're done, copy the resulting `RTIMULib.ini` to /etc/ and remove the local copy in `~/.config/sense_hat/`:
-
- rm ~/.config/sense_hat/RTIMULib.ini
- sudo cp RTIMULib.ini /etc
-
-You are now done.
-
-== EEPROM Data
-
-NOTE: These steps may not work on Raspberry Pi 2 Model B Rev 1.0 and Raspberry Pi 3 Model B boards. The firmware will take control of I2C0, causing the ID pins to be configured as inputs.
-
-. Enable I2C0 and I2C1 by adding the following line to `/boot/config.txt`:
-+
-----
- dtparam=i2c_vc=on
- dtparam=i2c_arm=on
-----
-
-. Enter the following command to reboot:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- sudo systemctl reboot
-----
-
-. Download and build the flash tool:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/hats.git
- cd hats/eepromutils
- make
-----
-
-=== Reading
-
-. EEPROM data can be read with the following command:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- sudo ./eepflash.sh -f=sense_read.eep -t=24c32 -r
-----
-
-=== Writing
-
-WARNING: Please note that this operation is potentially dangerous, and is not needed for the everyday user. The steps below are provided for debugging purposes only. If an error occurs, the HAT may no longer be automatically detected.
-
-. Download EEPROM settings and build the `.eep` binary:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- wget https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpi-sense/raw/master/eeprom/eeprom_settings.txt -O sense_eeprom.txt
- ./eepmake sense_eeprom.txt sense.eep /boot/overlays/rpi-sense-overlay.dtb
-----
-
-. Disable write protection:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- i2cset -y -f 1 0x46 0xf3 1
-----
-
-. Write the EEPROM data:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- sudo ./eepflash.sh -f=sense.eep -t=24c32 -w
-----
-
-. Re-enable write protection:
-+
-[,bash]
-----
- i2cset -y -f 1 0x46 0xf3 0
-----
+include::sense-hat/software.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/hardware.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/hardware.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..735ce713aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/hardware.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+== Features
+
+The Sense HAT has an 8×8 RGB LED matrix and a five-button joystick, and includes the following sensors:
+
+* Gyroscope
+* Accelerometer
+* Magnetometer
+* Temperature
+* Barometric pressure
+* Humidity
+* Colour and brightness
+
+Schematics and mechanical drawings for the Sense HAT and the Sense HAT V2 are available for download.
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/sense-hat/sense-hat-schematics.pdf[Sense HAT V1 schematics].
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/sense-hat/sense-hat-v2-schematics.pdf[Sense HAT V2 schematics].
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/sense-hat/sense-hat-mechanical-drawing.pdf[Sense HAT mechanical drawings].
+
+=== LED matrix
+
+The LED matrix is an RGB565 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt[framebuffer] with the id `RPi-Sense FB`. The appropriate device node can be written to as a standard file or mmap-ed. The included snake example shows how to access the framebuffer.
+
+=== Joystick
+
+The joystick comes up as an input event device named `Raspberry Pi Sense HAT Joystick`, mapped to the arrow keys and **Enter**. It should be supported by any library which is capable of handling inputs, or directly through the https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/input/input.txt[evdev interface]. Suitable libraries include SDL, http://www.pygame.org/docs/[pygame] and https://python-evdev.readthedocs.org/en/latest/[python-evdev]. The included `snake` example shows how to access the joystick directly.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/Sense-HAT.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/Sense-HAT.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1eebd815d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/Sense-HAT.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01da626792
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a16110ff22
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/intro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01f8a2425a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/intro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+== About
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/sense-hat/[Raspberry Pi Sense HAT] is an add-on board that gives your Raspberry Pi an array of sensing capabilities. The on-board sensors allow you to monitor pressure, humidity, temperature, colour, orientation, and movement. The 8×8 RGB LED matrix allows you to visualise data from the sensors. The five-button joystick lets users interact with your projects.
+
+image::images/Sense-HAT.jpg[width="70%"]
+
+The Sense HAT was originally developed for use on the International Space Station as part of the educational https://astro-pi.org/[Astro Pi] programme run by the https://raspberrypi.org[Raspberry Pi Foundation] in partnership with the https://www.esa.int/[European Space Agency]. It can help with any project that requires position, motion, orientation, or environmental sensing.
+
+An officially supported xref:sense-hat.adoc#use-the-sense-hat-with-python[Python library] provides access to the on-board sensors, LED matrix, and joystick. The Sense HAT is compatible with any Raspberry Pi device with a 40-pin GPIO header.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33261939a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+== Install
+
+In order to work correctly, the Sense HAT requires:
+
+* an up-to-date kernel
+* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/I%C2%B2C[I2C] enabled on your Raspberry Pi
+* a few dependencies
+
+Complete the following steps to get your Raspberry Pi device ready to connect to the Sense HAT:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, install the `sense-hat` package, which will ensure the kernel is up to date, enable I2C, and install the necessary dependencies:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install sense-hat
+----
+
+. Finally, reboot your Raspberry Pi to enable I2C and load the new kernel, if it changed:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+== Calibrate
+
+Install the necessary software and run the calibration program as follows:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install octave -y
+$ cd
+$ cp /usr/share/librtimulib-utils/RTEllipsoidFit ./ -a
+$ cd RTEllipsoidFit
+$ RTIMULibCal
+----
+
+The calibration program displays the following menu:
+
+----
+Options are:
+
+ m - calibrate magnetometer with min/max
+ e - calibrate magnetometer with ellipsoid (do min/max first)
+ a - calibrate accelerometers
+ x - exit
+
+Enter option:
+----
+
+Press lowercase `m`. The following message will then show. Press any key to start.
+
+----
+Magnetometer min/max calibration
+-------------------------------
+Waggle the IMU chip around, ensuring that all six axes
+(+x, -x, +y, -y and +z, -z) go through their extrema.
+When all extrema have been achieved, enter 's' to save, 'r' to reset
+or 'x' to abort and discard the data.
+
+Press any key to start...
+----
+
+After it starts, you should see output similar to the following scrolling up the screen:
+
+----
+Min x: 51.60 min y: 69.39 min z: 65.91
+Max x: 53.15 max y: 70.97 max z: 67.97
+----
+
+Focus on the two lines at the very bottom of the screen, as these are the most recently posted measurements from the program.
+
+Now, pick up the Raspberry Pi and Sense HAT and move it around in every possible way you can think of. It helps if you unplug all non-essential cables to avoid clutter.
+
+Try and get a complete circle in each of the pitch, roll and yaw axes. Take care not to accidentally eject the SD card while doing this. Spend a few minutes moving the Sense HAT, and stop when you find that the numbers are not changing any more.
+
+Now press lowercase `s` then lowercase `x` to exit the program. If you run the `ls` command now, you'll see a new `RTIMULib.ini` file has been created.
+
+In addition to those steps, you can also do the ellipsoid fit by performing the steps above, but pressing `e` instead of `m`.
+
+When you're done, copy the resulting `RTIMULib.ini` to `/etc/` and remove the local copy in `~/.config/sense_hat/`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rm ~/.config/sense_hat/RTIMULib.ini
+$ sudo cp RTIMULib.ini /etc
+----
+
+== Getting started
+
+After installation, example code can be found under `/usr/src/sense-hat/examples`.
+
+=== Use the Sense HAT with Python
+
+`sense-hat` is the officially supported library for the Sense HAT; it provides access to all of the on-board sensors and the LED matrix.
+
+Complete documentation for the library can be found at https://sense-hat.readthedocs.io/en/latest/[sense-hat.readthedocs.io].
+
+=== Use the Sense HAT with C++
+
+https://github.com/RPi-Distro/RTIMULib[RTIMULib] is a {cpp} and Python library that makes it easy to use 9-dof and 10-dof IMUs with embedded Linux systems. A pre-calibrated settings file is provided in `/etc/RTIMULib.ini`, which is also copied and used by `sense-hat`. The included examples look for `RTIMULib.ini` in the current working directory, so you may wish to copy the file there to get more accurate data.
+
+The RTIMULibDrive11 example comes pre-compiled to help ensure everything works as intended. It can be launched by running `RTIMULibDrive11` and closed by pressing `Ctrl C`.
+
+NOTE: The C/{cpp} examples can be compiled by running `make` in the appropriate directory.
+
+== Troubleshooting
+
+=== Read and write EEPROM data
+
+These steps are provided for debugging purposes only.
+
+NOTE: On Raspberry Pi 2 Model B Rev 1.0 and Raspberry Pi 3 Model B boards, these steps may not work. The firmware will take control of I2C0, causing the ID pins to be configured as inputs.
+
+Before you can read and write EEPROM data to and from the Sense HAT, you must complete the following steps:
+
+. Enable I2C0 and I2C1 by adding the following line to the xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] file:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=i2c_vc=on
+dtparam=i2c_arm=on
+----
+
+. Run the following command to reboot:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+. Download and build the flash tool:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/hats.git
+$ cd hats/eepromutils
+$ make
+----
+
+==== Read
+
+To read EEPROM data, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ./eepflash.sh -f=sense_read.eep -t=24c32 -r
+----
+
+==== Write
+
+NOTE: This operation will not damage your Raspberry Pi or Sense HAT, but if an error occurs, your Raspberry Pi may fail to automatically detect the HAT.
+
+
+. First, download EEPROM settings and build the `.eep` binary:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ wget https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpi-sense/raw/master/eeprom/eeprom_settings.txt -O sense_eeprom.txt
+$ ./eepmake sense_eeprom.txt sense.eep /boot/firmware/overlays/rpi-sense-overlay.dtb
+----
+
+. Next, disable write protection:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ i2cset -y -f 1 0x46 0xf3 1
+----
+
+. Write the EEPROM data:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ./eepflash.sh -f=sense.eep -t=24c32 -w
+----
+
+. Finally, re-enable write protection:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ i2cset -y -f 1 0x46 0xf3 0
+----
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2533220b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::ssd-kit/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..390aef6d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+== About
+
+.A 512GB Raspberry Pi SSD Kit
+image::images/ssd-kit.png[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi SSD Kit bundles a xref:../accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc[Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+] with a xref:../accessories/ssds.adoc[Raspberry Pi SSD].
+
+The Raspberry Pi SSD Kit includes a 16mm stacking header, spacers, and
+screws to enable fitting on Raspberry Pi 5 alongside a Raspberry Pi Active Cooler.
+
+== Install
+
+To install the Raspberry Pi SSD Kit, follow the xref:../accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc#m2-hat-plus-installation[installation instructions for the Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/images/ssd-kit.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/images/ssd-kit.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9381c5ca12
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/images/ssd-kit.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3934f0db66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::ssds/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abccf00e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+== About
+
+.A 512GB Raspberry Pi SSD
+image::images/ssd.png[width="80%"]
+
+SSD quality is a critical factor in determining the overall user experience for a Raspberry Pi.
+Raspberry Pi provides official SSDs that are tested to ensure compatibility with Raspberry Pi models and peripherals.
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs are available in the following sizes:
+
+* 256GB
+* 512GB
+
+To use an SSD with your Raspberry Pi, you need a Raspberry Pi 5-compatible M.2 adapter, such as the xref:../accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc[Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+].
+
+== Specifications
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs are PCIe Gen 3-compliant.
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs use the NVMe 1.4 register interface and command set.
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs use the M.2 2230 form factor.
+
+The following table describes the read and write speeds of Raspberry Pi SSDs using 4KB of random data:
+
+[cols="1,2,2"]
+|===
+| Size | Read Speed | Write Speed
+
+| 256GB | 40,000 IOPS | 70,000 IOPS
+| 512GB | 50,000 IOPS | 90,000 IOPS
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/images/ssd.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/images/ssd.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..25bbdc3a7f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/images/ssd.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..982c35d56a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::touch-display-2/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed4014991b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+== About
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/touch-display-2/[Raspberry Pi Touch Display 2] is a portrait orientation touchscreen LCD display designed for interactive projects like tablets, entertainment systems, and information dashboards.
+
+.The Raspberry Pi Touch Display 2
+image::images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Touch Display 2 connects to a Raspberry Pi using a DSI connector and GPIO connector. Raspberry Pi OS provides touchscreen drivers with support for five-finger multitouch and an on-screen keyboard, providing full functionality without the need to connect a keyboard or mouse.
+
+== Specifications
+
+* 1280×720px resolution, 24-bit RGB display
+* 155×88mm active area
+* 7" diagonal
+* powered directly by the host Raspberry Pi, requiring no separate power supply
+* supports up to five points of simultaneous multi-touch
+
+The Touch Display 2 is compatible with all models of Raspberry Pi from Raspberry Pi 1B+ onwards, except the Zero series and Keyboard series, which lack a DSI connector.
+
+The Touch Display 2 box contains the following parts (in left to right, top to bottom order in the image below):
+
+* Touch Display 2
+* eight M2.5 screws
+* 15-way to 15-way FFC
+* 22-way to 15-way FFC for Raspberry Pi 5
+* GPIO connector cable
+
+.Parts included in the Touch Display 2 box
+image::images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg["Parts included in the Touch Display 2 box", width="80%"]
+
+== Install
+
+.A Raspberry Pi 5 connected and mounted to the Touch Display 2
+image::images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png["A Raspberry Pi 5 connected and mounted to the Touch Display 2", width="80%"]
+
+To connect a Touch Display 2 to a Raspberry Pi, use a Flat Flexible Cable (FFC) and a GPIO connector. The FFC you'll use depends upon your Raspberry Pi model:
+
+* for Raspberry Pi 5, use the included 22-way to 15-way FFC
+* for any other Raspberry Pi model, use the included 15-way to 15-way FFC
+
+Once you have determined the correct FFC for your Raspberry Pi model, complete the following steps to connect your Touch Display 2 to your Raspberry Pi:
+
+. Disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power.
+. Lift the retaining clips on either side of the FFC connector on the Touch Display 2.
+. Insert one 15-way end of your FFC into the Touch Display 2 FFC connector, with the metal contacts facing upwards, away from the Touch Display 2.
++
+TIP: If you use the 22-way to 15-way FFC, the 22-way end is the _smaller_ end of the cable. Insert the _larger_ end of the cable into the Touch Display 2.
+. While holding the FFC firmly in place, simultaneously push both retaining clips down on the FFC connector of the Touch Display 2.
+. Lift the retaining clips on either side of the DSI connector of your Raspberry Pi. This port should be marked with some variation of the term `DISPLAY` or `DISP`. If your Raspberry Pi has multiple DSI connectors, prefer the port labelled `1`.
+. Insert the other end of your FFC into the Raspberry Pi DSI connector, with the metal contacts facing towards the Ethernet and USB-A ports.
+. While holding the FFC firmly in place, simultaneously push both retaining clips down on the DSI connector of the Raspberry Pi.
+. Plug the GPIO connector cable into the port marked `J1` on the Touch Display 2.
+. Connect the other (three-pin) end of the GPIO connector cable to pins 2, 4, and 6 of the xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#gpio[Raspberry Pi's GPIO]. Connect the red cable (5V power) to pin 2, and the black cable (ground) to pin 6. Viewed from above, with the Ethernet and USB-A ports facing down, these pins are located at the top right of the board, with pin 2 in the top right-most position.
++
+.The GPIO connection to the Touch Display 2
+image::images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png[The GPIO connection to the Touch Display 2, width="40%"]
++
+TIP: If pin 6 isn't available, you can use any other open `GND` pin to connect the black wire. If pin 2 isn't available, you can use any other 5V pin to connect the red wire, such as pin 4.
+. Optionally, use the included M2.5 screws to mount your Raspberry Pi to the back of the Touch Display 2.
+.. Align the four corner stand-offs of your Raspberry Pi with the four mount points that surround the FFC connector and `J1` port on the back of the Touch Display 2, taking special care not to pinch the FFC.
+.. Insert the screws into the four corner stand-offs and tighten until your Raspberry Pi is secure.
+. Reconnect your Raspberry Pi to power. It may take up to one minute to initialise the Touch Display 2 connection and begin displaying to the screen.
+
+=== Use an on-screen keyboard
+
+Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_ and later include the Squeekboard on-screen keyboard by default. When a touch display is attached, the on-screen keyboard should automatically show when it is possible to enter text and automatically hide when it is not possible to enter text.
+
+For applications which do not support text entry detection, use the keyboard icon at the right end of the taskbar to manually show and hide the keyboard.
+
+You can also permanently show or hide the on-screen keyboard in the Display tab of Raspberry Pi Configuration or the `Display` section of `raspi-config`.
+
+TIP: In Raspberry Pi OS releases prior to _Bookworm_, use `matchbox-keyboard` instead. If you use the wayfire desktop compositor, use `wvkbd` instead.
+
+=== Change screen orientation
+
+If you want to physically rotate the display, or mount it in a specific position, select **Screen Configuration** from the **Preferences** menu. Right-click on the touch display rectangle (likely DSI-1) in the layout editor, select **Orientation**, then pick the best option to fit your needs.
+
+==== Rotate screen without a desktop
+
+To set the screen orientation on a device that lacks a desktop environment, edit the `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt` configuration file to pass an orientation to the system. Add the following entry to the end of `cmdline.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+video=DSI-1:720x1280@60,rotate=
+----
+
+Replace the `` placeholder with one of the following values, which correspond to the degree of rotation relative to the default on your display:
+
+* `0`
+* `90`
+* `180`
+* `270`
+
+For example, a rotation value of `90` rotates the display 90 degrees to the right. `180` rotates the display 180 degrees, or upside-down.
+
+NOTE: It is not possible to rotate the DSI display separately from the HDMI display with `cmdline.txt`. When you use DSI and HDMI simultaneously, they share the same rotation value.
+
+==== Touch Display 2 device tree option reference
+
+The `vc4-kms-dsi-ili9881-7inch` overlay supports the following options:
+
+|===
+| DT parameter | Action
+
+| `sizex`
+| Sets X resolution (default 720)
+
+| `sizey`
+| Sets Y resolution (default 1280)
+
+| `invx`
+| Invert X coordinates
+
+| `invy`
+| Invert Y coordinates
+
+| `swapxy`
+| Swap X and Y coordinates
+
+| `disable_touch`
+| Disables the touch overlay totally
+|===
+
+To specify these options, add them, separated by commas, to your `dtoverlay` line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. Boolean values default to true when present, but you can set them to false using the suffix "=0". Integer values require a value, e.g. `sizey=240`. For instance, to set the X resolution to 400 pixels and invert both X and Y coordinates, use the following line:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-ili9881-7inch,sizex=400,invx,invy
+----
+
+=== Installation and software setup on Compute Module based devices.
+
+All Raspberry Pi SBCs auto-detect the official Touch Displays as the circuitry connected to the DSI connector on the Raspberry Pi board is fixed; this autodetection ensures the correct Device Tree entries are passed to the kernel. However, Compute Modules are intended for industrial applications where the integrator can use any and all GPIOs and interfaces for whatever purposes they require. Autodetection is therefore not feasible, and hence is disabled on Compute Module devices. This means that the Device Tree fragments required to set up the display need to be loaded via some other mechanism, which can be either with a dtoverlay entry in config.txt, via a custom base DT file, or if present, a HAT EEPROM.
+
+Creating a custom base Device tree file is beyond the scope of this documentation, however, it is simple to add an appropriate device tree entry via `config.txt`. See this xref:../computers/compute-module.adoc#attaching-the-touch-display-2-lcd-panel[page] for configuration details.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41e59bc42c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45779c6e24
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3167f5e69
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e28fd789c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat.adoc
index 71e6ada245..be04ece4cb 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat.adoc
@@ -1,62 +1 @@
-== Getting Started
-
-The TV HAT has an on-board DVB-T2 tuner that allows you to receive and decode digital television streams on your Raspberry Pi. Then you can watch these streams on the Pi or on any computer connected to the same network as the Pi.
-
-The software we recommend to decode the streams (known as multiplexes, or muxes for short) and view content is called TVHeadend, and instructions for setting it up are below. The TV HAT can decode one mux at a time, and each mux can contain several channels to choose from. Content can either be viewed on the Raspberry Pi to which the TV-HAT is connected, or sent to another device on the same network.
-
-*You will need:*
-
-* A TV aerial
-* A Raspberry Pi TV HAT with its stand-offs, screws, and aerial adaptor
-* A Raspberry Pi that is connected to the internet (plus a mouse, keyboard, and display, if
-you are not accessing the Pi remotely)
-* Optional: another computer connected to the same network
-
-== Setup Instructions
-
-*On your Raspberry Pi:*
-
-* Connect the aerial adaptor to the TV HAT:
- ** With the adaptor pointing away from the USB ports, press the HAT gently down over the Raspberry Pi's GPIO pins
- ** Place the spacers at two or three of the corners of the HAT, and tighten the screws through the mounting
-holes to hold them in place.
-* Connect the TV HAT's aerial adaptor to the cable from your TV aerial.
-* Set up the Raspberry Pi with the newest version of the Raspberry Pi OS operating system, which you can download from our https://www.raspberrypi.org/downloads/raspbian/[downloads page].
-* Start up your Pi, open a terminal window, and run the following two commands to install the `tvheadend` software:
-+
-----
-sudo apt update
-sudo apt install tvheadend
-----
-
-* During the `tvheadend` installation, you will be asked to choose an administrator account name and password. You'll need these later, so make sure to pick something you can remember.
-
-*In a web browser on a different computer:*
-
-* Type the following into the address bar: `+http://raspberrypi.local:9981/extjs.html+`
-* This should connect to `tvheadend` running on the Raspberry Pi.
- ** If the address above doesn't work, you'll need to find out the IP address of the Pi. Open a terminal window on your Pi, and run the command `hostname -I`
- ** You'll see the IP address in one or two formats: a string of four numbers separated by dots, then, if you are on a IPv6 network, a space, then a long string of numbers and letters separated by colons.
- ** Note down everything before the space (the four numbers and dots), and type this into the address bar instead of the raspberrypi.local part of the address.
-* Once you have connected to `tvheadend` via the browser, you will be prompted to sign in. Use the account name and password you chose when you installed `tvheadend` on the Pi. A setup wizard should appear.
-* First, set the language you want `tvheadend` to use (*English (GB)* worked for us; we have not yet tested other languages).
-* Next, set up network, user, and administrator access. If you don't have specific preferences, leave *Allowed network* blank, and enter an asterisk (*) in the *username* and *password* fields. This will let anyone connected to your local network access `tvheadend`.
-* You should see a window titled *Network settings*. Under *Network 2*, you should see `Tuner: Sony CDX2880 #0 : DVB-T #0`. For *Network type*, choose `DVB-T Network`.
-* The next window is *Assign predefined muxes to networks*; here, you select the TV stream to receive and decode. Under Network 1, for predefined muxes, select your local TV transmitter.
- ** Your local transmitter can be found using the https://www.freeview.co.uk/help[Freeview website]. Enter your postcode to see which transmitter should give you a good signal.
-* When you click *Save & Next*, the software will start scanning for the selected mux, and will show a progress bar. After about two minutes, you should see something like:
-+
-----
-Found muxes: 8
-Found services: 172
-----
-
-* In the next window, titled *Service mapping*, tick all three boxes: *Map all services*, *Create provider tags*, and *Create network tags*.
-* Next you should see a list of TV channels you can watch, along with the programmes they're currently showing.
-* To watch a TV channel in the browser, click the little TV icon to the left of the channel
-listing, just to the right of the *i* icon. This brings up an in-browser media player. Depending on the decoding facilities built into your browser and the type of stream being played, you may find that playback can be jerky. In these cases, we recommend using a local media player as the playback application.
-* To watch a TV channel in a local media player, e.g. VLC https://www.videolan.org/vlc[www.videolan.org/vlc], you'll need to download it as a stream. Click the `i` icon to the left of a channel listing to bring up the information panel for that channel. Here you can see a stream file that you can download.
-
-`tvheadend` is supported by numerous apps, such as TvhClient for iOS, which will play TV from the Pi. OMXPlayer, supplied with Raspberry Pi OS, also supports viewing TV streams from `tvheadend`. Kodi, available in the Raspberry Pi OS repos, provides excellent facilities for playing live TV, along with previously recorded channels and timed series recording.
-
-To discuss other features or uses of the TV HAT, please visit our https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums[forums].
+include::tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1cb7efa60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[[tv-hat]]
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi TV HAT
+image::images/tv-hat.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi TV HAT allows you to receive digital terrestrial TV broadcast systems, using an onboard DVB-T and DVB-T2 tuner, on a Raspberry Pi. With the board you can receive and view TV on a Raspberry Pi, or create a TV server that allows you to stream received TV over a network to other devices. The TV HAT can be used with any 40-pin Raspberry Pi board as a server for other devices on the network. Performance when receiving and viewing TV on the Pi itself can vary, and we recommend using a Raspberry Pi 2 or later for this purpose
+
+Key features:
+
+* Sony CXD2880 TV tuner
+* Supported TV standards: DVB-T2, DVB-T
+* Reception frequency: VHF III, UHF IV, UHF V
+* Channel bandwidth:
+** DVB-T2: 1.7MHz, 5MHz, 6MHz, 7MHz, 8MHz
+** DVB-T: 5MHz, 6MHz, 7MHz, 8MHz
+
+== About DVB-T
+
+WARNING: The TV HAT does not support ATSC, the digital TV standard used in North America.
+
+Digital Video Broadcasting – Terrestrial (DVB-T) is the DVB European-based consortium standard for the broadcast transmission of digital terrestrial television. There are other digital TV standards used elsewhere in the world, e.g. ATSC which is used in North America. However the TV HAT only supports the DVB-T and DVB-T2 standards.
+
+.DTT system implemented or adopted (Source: DVB/EBU/BNE DTT Deployment Database, March 2023)
+image::images/dvbt-map.png[width="80%"]
+
+[[tv-hat-installation]]
+== Install
+
+Follow our xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc[getting started] documentation and set up the Raspberry Pi with the newest version of Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+Connect the aerial adaptor to the TV HAT and with the adaptor pointing away from the USB ports, press the HAT gently down over the Raspberry Pi's GPIO pins, and place the spacers at two or three of the corners of the HAT, and tighten the screws through the mounting holes to hold them in place. Then connect the TV HAT's aerial adaptor to the cable from your TV aerial.
+
+The software we recommend to decode the streams (known as multiplexes, or muxes for short) and view content is called TVHeadend. The TV HAT can decode one mux at a time, and each mux can contain several channels to choose from. Content can either be viewed on the Raspberry Pi to which the TV-HAT is connected, or sent to another device on the same network.
+
+Boot your Raspberry Pi and then go ahead open a terminal window, and run the following two commands to install the `tvheadend` software:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install tvheadend
+----
+
+During the `tvheadend` installation, you will be asked to choose an administrator account name and password. You'll need these later, so make sure to pick something you can remember.
+
+On another computer on your network, open up a web browser and type the following into the address bar: `http://raspberrypi.local:9981/extjs.html`
+
+This should connect to `tvheadend` running on the Raspberry Pi. Once you have connected to `tvheadend` via the browser, you will be prompted to sign in using the account name and password you chose when you installed `tvheadend` on the Raspberry Pi.
+
+A setup wizard should appear.
+
+You will be first ask to set the language you want `tvheadend` to use, and then to set up network, user, and administrator access. If you don't have specific preferences, leave *Allowed network* blank, and enter an asterisk (*) in the *username* and *password* fields. This will let anyone connected to your local network access `tvheadend`.
+
+You should see a window titled *Network settings*. Under *Network 2*, you should see `Tuner: Sony CDX2880 #0 : DVB-T #0`. For *Network type*, choose `DVB-T Network`. The next window is *Assign predefined muxes to networks*; here, you select the TV stream to receive and decode. Under Network 1, for predefined muxes, select your local TV transmitter.
+
+NOTE: Your local transmitter can be found using the https://www.freeview.co.uk/help[Freeview website]. Enter your postcode to see which transmitter should give you a good signal.
+
+When you click *Save & Next*, the software will start scanning for the selected mux, and will show a progress bar. After about two minutes, you should see something like:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+Found muxes: 8
+Found services: 172
+----
+
+In the next window, titled *Service mapping*, tick all three boxes: *Map all services*, *Create provider tags*, and *Create network tags*. You should see a list of TV channels you can watch, along with the programmes they're currently showing.
+
+To watch a TV channel in the browser, click the little TV icon to the left of the channel listing, just to the right of the *i* icon. This brings up an in-browser media player. Depending on the decoding facilities built into your browser and the type of stream being played, you may find that playback can be jerky. In these cases, we recommend using a local media player as the playback application.
+
+To watch a TV channel in a local media player, e.g. https://www.videolan.org/vlc[VLC], you'll need to download it as a stream. Click the `i` icon to the left of a channel listing to bring up the information panel for that channel. Here you can see a stream file that you can download.
+
+NOTE: `tvheadend` is supported by numerous apps, such as TvhClient for iOS, which will play TV from the Raspberry Pi.
+
+== Mechanical Drawing
+
+.The Raspberry Pi TV HAT
+image::images/mechanical.png[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/dvbt-map.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/dvbt-map.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f38d3f895b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/dvbt-map.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/mechanical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/mechanical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f4aac2063
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/mechanical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/tv-hat.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/tv-hat.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..978db8980e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/tv-hat.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44c1bec1ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::usb-3-hub/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c67d1f7708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+== About
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/usb-3-hub/[Raspberry Pi USB 3 Hub] provides extra connectivity for your devices, extending one USB-A port into four. An optional external USB-C power input supports high-power peripherals. You can use the USB 3 Hub to power low-power peripherals, such as most mice and keyboards, using no external power.
+
+.The Raspberry Pi USB 3.0 Hub
+image::images/usb-3-hub-hero.png[width="80%"]
+
+== Specification
+
+* 1× upstream USB 3.0 Type-A male connector on 8cm captive cable
+* 4× downstream USB 3.0 Type-A ports
+* Data transfer speeds up to 5Gbps
+* Power transfer up to 900 mA (4.5 W); optional external USB-C power input provides up to 5V @ 3A for high-power downstream peripherals
+* Compatible with USB 3.0 and USB 2.0 Type-A host ports
+
+.Physical specification
+image::images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-hero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-hero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f3bc2b9a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-hero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b469d14c2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af8f6182db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+include::ai/getting-started.adoc[]
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai/getting-started.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai/getting-started.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a9b7263c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai/getting-started.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+== Getting Started
+
+This guide will help you set up a Hailo NPU with your Raspberry Pi 5. This will enable you to run `rpicam-apps` camera demos using an AI neural network accelerator.
+
+=== Prerequisites
+
+For this guide, you will need the following:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+* one of the following NPUs:
+** a xref:../accessories/ai-kit.adoc[Raspberry Pi AI Kit], which includes:
+*** an M.2 HAT+
+*** a pre-installed Hailo-8L AI module
+** a xref:../accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc[Raspberry Pi AI HAT+]
+* a 64-bit Raspberry Pi OS Bookworm install
+* any official Raspberry Pi camera (e.g. Camera Module 3 or High Quality Camera)
+
+=== Hardware setup
+
+. Attach the camera to your Raspberry Pi 5 board following the instructions at xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#install-a-raspberry-pi-camera[Install a Raspberry Pi Camera]. You can skip reconnecting your Raspberry Pi to power, because you'll need to disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power for the next step.
+
+. Depending on your NPU, follow the installation instructions for the xref:../accessories/ai-kit.adoc#ai-kit-installation[AI Kit] or xref:../accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc#ai-hat-plus-installation[AI HAT+], to get your hardware connected to your Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+. Follow the instructions to xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#pcie-gen-3-0[enable PCIe Gen 3.0]. This step is optional, but _highly recommended_ to achieve the best performance with your NPU.
+
+. Install the dependencies required to use the NPU. Run the following command from a terminal window:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install hailo-all
+----
++
+This installs the following dependencies:
++
+* Hailo kernel device driver and firmware
+* HailoRT middleware software
+* Hailo Tappas core post-processing libraries
+* The `rpicam-apps` Hailo post-processing software demo stages
+
+. Finally, reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot` for these settings to take effect.
+
+. To ensure everything is running correctly, run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ hailortcli fw-control identify
+----
++
+If you see output similar to the following, you've successfully installed the NPU and its software dependencies:
++
+----
+Executing on device: 0000:01:00.0
+Identifying board
+Control Protocol Version: 2
+Firmware Version: 4.17.0 (release,app,extended context switch buffer)
+Logger Version: 0
+Board Name: Hailo-8
+Device Architecture: HAILO8L
+Serial Number: HLDDLBB234500054
+Part Number: HM21LB1C2LAE
+Product Name: HAILO-8L AI ACC M.2 B+M KEY MODULE EXT TMP
+----
++
+NOTE: AI HAT+ devices may show `` for `Serial Number`, `Part Number` and `Product Name`. This is expected, and does not impact functionality.
++
+Additionally, you can run `dmesg | grep -i hailo` to check the kernel logs, which should yield output similar to the following:
++
+----
+[ 3.049657] hailo: Init module. driver version 4.17.0
+[ 3.051983] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing on: 1e60:2864...
+[ 3.051989] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Allocate memory for device extension, 11600
+[ 3.052006] hailo 0000:01:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
+[ 3.052011] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Device enabled
+[ 3.052028] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: mapped bar 0 - 000000000d8baaf1 16384
+[ 3.052034] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: mapped bar 2 - 000000009eeaa33c 4096
+[ 3.052039] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: mapped bar 4 - 00000000b9b3d17d 16384
+[ 3.052044] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Force setting max_desc_page_size to 4096 (recommended value is 16384)
+[ 3.052052] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Enabled 64 bit dma
+[ 3.052055] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Using userspace allocated vdma buffers
+[ 3.052059] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s
+[ 3.052070] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Successfully disabled ASPM L0s
+[ 3.221043] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Firmware was loaded successfully
+[ 3.231845] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Added board 1e60-2864, /dev/hailo0
+----
+
+. To ensure the camera is operating correctly, run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 10s
+----
++
+This starts the camera and shows a preview window for ten seconds. Once you have verified everything is installed correctly, it's time to run some demos.
+
+=== Demos
+
+The `rpicam-apps` suite of camera applications implements a xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[post-processing framework]. This section contains a few demo post-processing stages that highlight some of the capabilities of the NPU.
+
+The following demos use xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-hello[`rpicam-hello`], which by default displays a preview window. However, you can use other `rpicam-apps` instead, including xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-vid[`rpicam-vid`] and xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-still[`rpicam-still`]. You may need to add or modify some command line options to make the demo commands compatible with alternative applications.
+
+To begin, run the following command to install the latest `rpicam-apps` software package:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt install rpicam-apps
+----
+
+==== Object Detection
+
+This demo displays bounding boxes around objects detected by a neural network. To disable the viewfinder, use the xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`-n`] flag. To return purely textual output describing the objects detected, add the `-v 2` option. Run the following command to try the demo on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov6_inference.json
+----
+
+Alternatively, you can try another model with different trade-offs in performance and efficiency.
+
+To run the demo with the Yolov8 model, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov8_inference.json
+----
+
+To run the demo with the YoloX model, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolox_inference.json
+----
+
+To run the demo with the Yolov5 Person and Face model, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov5_personface.json
+----
+
+==== Image Segmentation
+
+This demo performs object detection and segments the object by drawing a colour mask on the viewfinder image. Run the following command to try the demo on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov5_segmentation.json --framerate 20
+----
+
+==== Pose Estimation
+
+This demo performs 17-point human pose estimation, drawing lines connecting the detected points. Run the following command to try the demo on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov8_pose.json
+----
+
+=== Alternative Package Versions
+
+The AI Kit and AI HAT+ do not function if there is a version mismatch between the Hailo software packages and device drivers. In addition, Hailo's neural network tooling may require a particular version for generated model files. If you require a specific version, complete the following steps to install the proper versions of all of the dependencies:
+
+. If you have previously used `apt-mark` to hold any of the relevant packages, you may need to unhold them:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark unhold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms
+----
+
+. Install the required version of the software packages:
+
+[tabs]
+======
+v4.19::
+To install version 4.19 of Hailo's neural network tooling, run the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+sudo apt install hailo-tappas-core=3.30.0-1 hailort=4.19.0-3 hailo-dkms=4.19.0-1 python3-hailort=4.19.0-2
+----
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark hold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms python3-hailort
+----
+
+4.18::
+To install version 4.18 of Hailo's neural network tooling, run the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install hailo-tappas-core=3.29.1 hailort=4.18.0 hailo-dkms=4.18.0-2
+----
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark hold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms
+----
+
+4.17::
+To install version 4.17 of Hailo's neural network tooling, run the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install hailo-tappas-core=3.28.2 hailort=4.17.0 hailo-dkms=4.17.0-1
+----
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark hold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms
+----
+======
+
+=== Further Resources
+
+Hailo has also created a set of demos that you can run on a Raspberry Pi 5, available in the https://github.com/hailo-ai/hailo-rpi5-examples[hailo-ai/hailo-rpi5-examples GitHub repository].
+
+You can find Hailo's extensive model zoo, which contains a large number of neural networks, in the https://github.com/hailo-ai/hailo_model_zoo/tree/master/docs/public_models/HAILO8L[hailo-ai/hailo_model_zoo GitHub repository].
+
+Check out the https://community.hailo.ai/[Hailo community forums and developer zone] for further discussions on the Hailo hardware and tooling.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/camera_usage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/camera_usage.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..722f37c82b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/camera_usage.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+This documentation describes how to use supported camera modules with our software tools. All Raspberry Pi cameras can record high-resolution photographs and full HD 1080p video (or better) with our software tools.
+
+Raspberry Pi produces several official camera modules, including:
+
+* the original 5-megapixel Camera Module 1 (discontinued)
+* the 8-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-v2/[Camera Module 2], with or without an infrared filter
+* the 12-megapixel https://raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-3/[Camera Module 3], with both standard and wide lenses, with or without an infrared filter
+* the 12-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[High Quality Camera] with CS and M12 mount variants for use with external lenses
+* the 1.6-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-global-shutter-camera/[Global Shutter Camera] for fast motion photography
+* the 12-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/ai-camera/[AI Camera] uses the Sony IMX500 imaging sensor to provide low-latency, high-performance AI capabilities to any camera application
+
+For more information about camera hardware, see the xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#about-the-camera-modules[camera hardware documentation].
+
+First, xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#install-a-raspberry-pi-camera[install your camera module]. Then, follow the guides in this section to put your camera module to use.
+
+[WARNING]
+====
+This guide no longer covers the _legacy camera stack_ which was available in Bullseye and earlier Raspberry Pi OS releases. The legacy camera stack, using applications like `raspivid`, `raspistill` and the original `Picamera` (_not_ `Picamera2`) Python library, has been deprecated for many years, and is now unsupported. If you are using the legacy camera stack, it will only have support for the Camera Module 1, Camera Module 2 and the High Quality Camera, and will never support any newer camera modules. Nothing in this document is applicable to the legacy camera stack.
+====
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3515ae946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+== Unicam
+
+Raspberry Pi SoCs all have two camera interfaces that support either CSI-2 D-PHY 1.1 or Compact Camera Port 2 (CCP2) sources. This interface is known by the codename Unicam. The first instance of Unicam supports two CSI-2 data lanes, while the second supports four. Each lane can run at up to 1Gbit/s (DDR, so the max link frequency is 500MHz).
+
+Compute Modules and Raspberry Pi 5 route out all lanes from both peripherals. Other models prior to Raspberry Pi 5 only expose the second instance, routing out only two of the data lanes to the camera connector.
+
+=== Software interfaces
+
+The V4L2 software interface is the only means of communicating with the Unicam peripheral. There used to also be firmware and MMAL rawcam component interfaces, but these are no longer supported.
+
+==== V4L2
+
+NOTE: The V4L2 interface for Unicam is available only when using `libcamera`.
+
+There is a fully open-source kernel driver available for the Unicam block; this kernel module, called `bcm2835-unicam`, interfaces with V4L2 subdevice drivers to deliver raw frames. This `bcm2835-unicam` driver controls the sensor and configures the Camera Serial Interface 2 (CSI-2) receiver. Peripherals write raw frames (after Debayer) to SDRAM for V4L2 to deliver to applications. There is no image processing between the camera sensor capturing the image and the `bcm2835-unicam` driver placing the image data in SDRAM except for Bayer unpacking to 16bits/pixel.
+
+----
+|------------------------|
+| bcm2835-unicam |
+|------------------------|
+ ^ |
+ | |-------------|
+ img | | Subdevice |
+ | |-------------|
+ v -SW/HW- |
+|---------| |-----------|
+| Unicam | | I2C or SPI|
+|---------| |-----------|
+csi2/ ^ |
+ccp2 | |
+ |-----------------|
+ | sensor |
+ |-----------------|
+----
+
+Mainline Linux contains a range of existing drivers. The Raspberry Pi kernel tree has some additional drivers and Device Tree overlays to configure them:
+
+|===
+| Device | Type | Notes
+
+| Omnivision OV5647
+| 5MP Camera
+| Original Raspberry Pi Camera
+
+| Sony IMX219
+| 8MP Camera
+| Revision 2 Raspberry Pi camera
+
+| Sony IMX477
+| 12MP Camera
+| Raspberry Pi HQ camera
+
+| Sony IMX708
+| 12MP Camera
+| Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3
+
+| Sony IMX296
+| 1.6MP Camera
+| Raspberry Pi Global Shutter Camera Module
+
+| Toshiba TC358743
+| HDMI to CSI-2 bridge
+|
+
+| Analog Devices ADV728x-M
+| Analog video to CSI-2 bridge
+| No interlaced support
+
+| Infineon IRS1125
+| Time-of-flight depth sensor
+| Supported by a third party
+|===
+
+As the subdevice driver is also a kernel driver with a standardised API, third parties are free to write their own for any source of their choosing.
+
+=== Write a third-party driver
+
+This is the recommended approach to interfacing via Unicam.
+
+When developing a driver for a new device intended to be used with the `bcm2835-unicam` module, you need the driver and corresponding device tree overlays. Ideally, the driver should be submitted to the http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media[linux-media] mailing list for code review and merging into mainline, then moved to the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux[Raspberry Pi kernel tree]; but exceptions may be made for the driver to be reviewed and merged directly to the Raspberry Pi kernel.
+
+NOTE: All kernel drivers are licensed under the GPLv2 licence, therefore source code must be available. Shipping of binary modules only is a violation of the GPLv2 licence under which the Linux kernel is licensed.
+
+The `bcm2835-unicam` module has been written to try and accommodate all types of CSI-2 source driver that are currently found in the mainline Linux kernel. These can be split broadly into camera sensors and bridge chips. Bridge chips allow for conversion between some other format and CSI-2.
+
+==== Camera sensors
+
+The sensor driver for a camera sensor is responsible for all configuration of the device, usually via I2C or SPI. Rather than writing a driver from scratch, it is often easier to take an existing driver as a basis and modify it as appropriate.
+
+The https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/drivers/media/i2c/imx219.c[IMX219 driver] is a good starting point. This driver supports both 8bit and 10bit Bayer readout, so enumerating frame formats and frame sizes is slightly more involved.
+
+Sensors generally support https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/control.html[V4L2 user controls]. Not all these controls need to be implemented in a driver. The IMX219 driver only implements a small subset, listed below, the implementation of which is handled by the `imx219_set_ctrl` function.
+
+* `V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE` / `V4L2_CID_VBLANK` / `V4L2_CID_HBLANK`: allows the application to set the frame rate
+* `V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE`: sets the exposure time in lines; the application needs to use `V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE`, `V4L2_CID_HBLANK`, and the frame width to compute the line time
+* `V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN`: analogue gain in sensor specific units
+* `V4L2_CID_DIGITAL_GAIN`: optional digital gain in sensor specific units
+* `V4L2_CID_HFLIP / V4L2_CID_VFLIP`: flips the image either horizontally or vertically; this operation may change the Bayer order of the data in the frame, as is the case on the IMX219.
+* `V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN` / `V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_*`: enables output of various test patterns from the sensor; useful for debugging
+
+In the case of the IMX219, many of these controls map directly onto register writes to the sensor itself.
+
+Further guidance can be found in the `libcamera` https://git.linuxtv.org/libcamera.git/tree/Documentation/sensor_driver_requirements.rst[sensor driver requirements], and in chapter 3 of the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Raspberry Pi Camera tuning guide].
+
+===== Device Tree
+
+Device Tree is used to select the sensor driver and configure parameters such as number of CSI-2 lanes, continuous clock lane operation, and link frequency (often only one is supported).
+
+The IMX219 https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/imx219-overlay.dts[Device Tree overlay] for the 6.1 kernel is available on GitHub.
+
+==== Bridge chips
+
+These are devices that convert an incoming video stream, for example HDMI or composite, into a CSI-2 stream that can be accepted by the Raspberry Pi CSI-2 receiver.
+
+Handling bridge chips is more complicated. Unlike camera sensors, they have to respond to the incoming signal and report that to the application.
+
+The mechanisms for handling bridge chips can be split into two categories: either analogue or digital.
+
+When using `ioctls` in the sections below, an `_S_` in the `ioctl` name means it is a set function, while `_G_` is a get function and `_ENUM_` enumerates a set of permitted values.
+
+===== Analogue video sources
+
+Analogue video sources use the standard `ioctls` for detecting and setting video standards. https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.html[`VIDIOC_G_STD`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.html[`VIDIOC_S_STD`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.html[`VIDIOC_ENUMSTD`], and https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.html[`VIDIOC_QUERYSTD`] are available.
+
+Selecting the wrong standard will generally result in corrupt images. Setting the standard will typically also set the resolution on the V4L2 CAPTURE queue. It can not be set via `VIDIOC_S_FMT`. Generally, requesting the detected standard via `VIDIOC_QUERYSTD` and then setting it with `VIDIOC_S_STD` before streaming is a good idea.
+
+===== Digital video sources
+
+For digital video sources, such as HDMI, there is an alternate set of calls that allow specifying of all the digital timing parameters: https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS`], and https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS`].
+
+As with analogue bridges, the timings typically fix the V4L2 CAPTURE queue resolution, and calling `VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS` with the result of `VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS` before streaming should ensure the format is correct.
+
+Depending on the bridge chip and the driver, it may be possible for changes in the input source to be reported to the application via `VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT` and `V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE`.
+
+===== Currently supported devices
+
+There are two bridge chips which are currently supported by the Raspberry Pi Linux kernel: the Analog Devices ADV728x-M for analogue video sources, and the Toshiba TC358743 for HDMI sources.
+
+Analog Devices ADV728x(A)-M analogue video to CSI2 bridge chips convert composite S-video (Y/C), or component (YPrPb) video into a single lane CSI-2 interface, and are supported by the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/drivers/media/i2c/adv7180.c[ADV7180 kernel driver].
+
+Product details for the various versions of this chip can be found on the Analog Devices website: https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7280a.html[ADV7280A], https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7281a.html[ADV7281A], and https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7282a.html[ADV7282A].
+
+Because of some missing code in the current core V4L2 implementation, selecting the source fails, so the Raspberry Pi kernel version adds a kernel module parameter called `dbg_input` to the ADV7180 kernel driver which sets the input source every time VIDIOC_S_STD is called. At some point mainstream will fix the underlying issue (a disjoin between the kernel API call s_routing, and the userspace call `VIDIOC_S_INPUT`) and this modification will be removed.
+
+Receiving interlaced video is not supported, therefore the ADV7281(A)-M version of the chip is of limited use as it doesn't have the necessary I2P deinterlacing block. Also ensure when selecting a device to specify the -M option. Without that you will get a parallel output bus which can not be interfaced to the Raspberry Pi.
+
+There are no known commercially available boards using these chips, but this driver has been tested via the Analog Devices https://www.analog.com/en/design-center/evaluation-hardware-and-software/evaluation-boards-kits/EVAL-ADV7282A-M.html[EVAL-ADV7282-M evaluation board].
+
+This driver can be loaded using the `config.txt` dtoverlay `adv7282m` if you are using the `ADV7282-M` chip variant; or `adv728x-m` with a parameter of either `adv7280m=1`, `adv7281m=1`, or `adv7281ma=1` if you are using a different variant.
+
+----
+dtoverlay=adv728x-m,adv7280m=1
+----
+
+The Toshiba TC358743 is an HDMI to CSI-2 bridge chip, capable of converting video data at up to 1080p60.
+
+Information on this bridge chip can be found on the https://toshiba.semicon-storage.com/ap-en/semiconductor/product/interface-bridge-ics-for-mobile-peripheral-devices/hdmir-interface-bridge-ics/detail.TC358743XBG.html[Toshiba website].
+
+The TC358743 interfaces HDMI into CSI-2 and I2S outputs. It is supported by the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/drivers/media/i2c/tc358743.c[TC358743 kernel module].
+
+The chip supports incoming HDMI signals as either RGB888, YUV444, or YUV422, at up to 1080p60. It can forward RGB888, or convert it to YUV444 or YUV422, and convert either way between YUV444 and YUV422. Only RGB888 and YUV422 support has been tested. When using two CSI-2 lanes, the maximum rates that can be supported are 1080p30 as RGB888, or 1080p50 as YUV422. When using four lanes on a Compute Module, 1080p60 can be received in either format.
+
+HDMI negotiates the resolution by a receiving device advertising an https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data[EDID] of all the modes that it can support. The kernel driver has no knowledge of the resolutions, frame rates, or formats that you wish to receive, so it is up to the user to provide a suitable file via the VIDIOC_S_EDID ioctl, or more easily using `v4l2-ctl --fix-edid-checksums --set-edid=file=filename.txt` (adding the --fix-edid-checksums option means that you don't have to get the checksum values correct in the source file). Generating the required EDID file (a textual hexdump of a binary EDID file) is not too onerous, and there are tools available to generate them, but it is beyond the scope of this page.
+
+As described above, use the `DV_TIMINGS` ioctls to configure the driver to match the incoming video. The easiest approach for this is to use the command `v4l2-ctl --set-dv-bt-timings query`. The driver does support generating the `SOURCE_CHANGED` events, should you wish to write an application to handle a changing source. Changing the output pixel format is achieved by setting it via `VIDIOC_S_FMT`, but only the pixel format field will be updated as the resolution is configured by the DV timings.
+
+There are a couple of commercially available boards that connect this chip to the Raspberry Pi. The Auvidea B101 and B102 are the most widely obtainable, but other equivalent boards are available.
+
+This driver is loaded using the `config.txt` dtoverlay `tc358743`.
+
+The chip also supports capturing stereo HDMI audio via I2S. The Auvidea boards break the relevant signals out onto a header, which can be connected to the Raspberry Pi's 40-pin header. The required wiring is:
+
+[cols=",^,^,^"]
+|===
+| Signal | B101 header | 40-pin header | BCM GPIO
+
+| LRCK/WFS
+| 7
+| 35
+| 19
+
+| BCK/SCK
+| 6
+| 12
+| 18
+
+| DATA/SD
+| 5
+| 38
+| 20
+
+| GND
+| 8
+| 39
+| N/A
+|===
+
+The `tc358743-audio` overlay is required _in addition to_ the `tc358743` overlay. This should create an ALSA recording device for the HDMI audio.
+
+There is no resampling of the audio. The presence of audio is reflected in the V4L2 control `TC358743_CID_AUDIO_PRESENT` (audio-present), and the sample rate of the incoming audio is reflected in the V4L2 control `TC358743_CID_AUDIO_SAMPLING_RATE` (audio sampling-frequency). Recording when no audio is present or at a sample rate different from that reported emits a warning.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/annotate.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/annotate.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a0e201515
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/annotate.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/classify.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/classify.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae9651da0a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/classify.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/detection.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/detection.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c650802dc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/detection.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/drc.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/drc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd65315f50
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/drc.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/face_detect.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/face_detect.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9507813c1e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/face_detect.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/focus.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/focus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e00586047e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/focus.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/hdr.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/hdr.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c9ab3c918a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/hdr.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/negate.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/negate.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9820aaab5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/negate.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nodrc.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nodrc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0c4a5843a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nodrc.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nohdr.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nohdr.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c2587fda9
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nohdr.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/pose.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/pose.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b0ee4974b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/pose.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/preview_window.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/preview_window.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..331358d385
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/preview_window.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/segmentation.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/segmentation.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6790ef08cd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/segmentation.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..708f4413fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel_negate.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel_negate.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ee31424f4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel_negate.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/os/images/image2.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-high-resolution.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from documentation/asciidoc/computers/os/images/image2.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-high-resolution.jpg
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/os/images/image3.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-no-banner.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from documentation/asciidoc/computers/os/images/image3.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-no-banner.jpg
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/os/images/image.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from documentation/asciidoc/computers/os/images/image.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image.jpg
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_differences.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_differences.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1205db97eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_differences.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+=== Differences between `rpicam` and `raspicam`
+
+The `rpicam-apps` emulate most features of the legacy `raspicam` applications. However, users may notice the following differences:
+
+* Boost `program_options` don't allow multi-character short versions of options, so where these were present they have had to be dropped. The long form options are named the same way, and any single-character short forms are preserved.
+
+* `rpicam-still` and `rpicam-jpeg` do not show the captured image in the preview window.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` removed the following `raspicam` features:
++
+** opacity (`--opacity`)
+** image effects (`--imxfx`)
+** colour effects (`--colfx`)
+** annotation (`--annotate`, `--annotateex`)
+** dynamic range compression, or DRC (`--drc`)
+** stereo (`--stereo`, `--decimate` and `--3dswap`)
+** image stabilisation (`--vstab`)
+** demo modes (`--demo`)
++
+xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[Post-processing] replaced many of these features.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` removed xref:camera_software.adoc#rotation[`rotation`] option support for 90° and 270° rotations.
+
+* `raspicam` conflated metering and exposure; `rpicam-apps` separates these options.
+* To disable Auto White Balance (AWB) in `rpicam-apps`, set a pair of colour gains with xref:camera_software.adoc#awbgains[`awbgains`] (e.g. `1.0,1.0`).
+
+* `rpicam-apps` cannot set Auto White Balance (AWB) into greyworld mode for NoIR camera modules. Instead, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#tuning-file[`tuning-file`] option a NoIR-specific tuning file like `imx219_noir.json`.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` does not provide explicit control of digital gain. Instead, the xref:camera_software.adoc#gain[`gain`] option sets it implicitly.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` removed the `--ISO` option. Instead, calculate the gain corresponding to the ISO value required. Vendors can provide mappings of gain to ISO.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` does not support setting a flicker period.
+
+* `rpicam-still` does not support burst capture. Instead, consider using `rpicam-vid` in MJPEG mode with `--segment 1` to force each frame into a separate file.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` uses open source drivers for all image sensors, so the mechanism for enabling or disabling on-sensor Defective Pixel Correction (DPC) is different. The imx477 driver on the Raspberry Pi HQ Camera enables on-sensor DPC by default. To disable on-sensor DPC on the HQ Camera, run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo echo 0 > /sys/module/imx477/parameters/dpc_enable
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_python.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_python.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d14a170684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_python.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+[[picamera2]]
+=== Use `libcamera` from Python with Picamera2
+
+The https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[Picamera2 library] is a `rpicam`-based replacement for Picamera, which was a Python interface to Raspberry Pi's legacy camera stack. Picamera2 presents an easy-to-use Python API.
+
+Documentation about Picamera2 is available https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[on GitHub] and in the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/picamera2-manual.pdf[Picamera2 manual].
+
+==== Installation
+
+Recent Raspberry Pi OS images include Picamera2 with all the GUI (Qt and OpenGL) dependencies. Recent Raspberry Pi OS Lite images include Picamera2 without the GUI dependencies, although preview images can still be displayed using DRM/KMS.
+
+If your image did not include Picamera2, run the following command to install Picamera2 with all of the GUI dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-picamera2
+----
+
+If you don't want the GUI dependencies, you can run the following command to install Picamera2 without the GUI dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-picamera2 --no-install-recommends
+----
+
+NOTE: If you previously installed Picamera2 with `pip`, uninstall it with: `pip3 uninstall picamera2`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/qt.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/qt.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66aa9bb9e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/qt.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+=== Use `libcamera` with Qt
+
+Qt is a popular application framework and GUI toolkit. `rpicam-apps` includes an option to use Qt for a camera preview window.
+
+Unfortunately, Qt defines certain symbols (such as `slot` and `emit`) as macros in the global namespace. This causes errors when including `libcamera` files. The problem is common to all platforms that use both Qt and `libcamera`. Try the following workarounds to avoid these errors:
+
+* List `libcamera` include files, or files that include `libcamera` files (such as `rpicam-apps` files), _before_ any Qt header files whenever possible.
+
+* If you do need to mix your Qt application files with `libcamera` includes, replace `signals:` with `Q_SIGNALS:`, `slots:` with `Q_SLOTS:`, `emit` with `Q_EMIT` and `foreach` with `Q_FOREACH`.
+
+* Add the following at the top of any `libcamera` include files:
++
+[source,cpp]
+----
+#undef signals
+#undef slots
+#undef emit
+#undef foreach
+----
+
+* If your project uses `qmake`, add `CONFIG += no_keywords` to the project file.
+* If your project uses `cmake`, add `SET(QT_NO_KEYWORDS ON)`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..306e9cfb84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+== Advanced `rpicam-apps`
+
+=== Build `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps`
+
+Build `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps` for yourself for the following benefits:
+
+* You can pick up the latest enhancements and features.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` can be compiled with extra optimisation for Raspberry Pi 3 and Raspberry Pi 4 devices running a 32-bit OS.
+
+* You can include optional OpenCV and/or TFLite post-processing stages, or add your own.
+
+* You can customise or add your own applications derived from `rpicam-apps`
+
+==== Remove pre-installed `rpicam-apps`
+
+Raspberry Pi OS includes a pre-installed copy of `rpicam-apps`. Before building and installing your own version of `rpicam-apps`, you must first remove the pre-installed version. Run the following command to remove the `rpicam-apps` package from your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt remove --purge rpicam-apps
+----
+
+==== Building `rpicam-apps` without building `libcamera`
+
+To build `rpicam-apps` without first rebuilding `libcamera` and `libepoxy`, install `libcamera`, `libepoxy` and their dependencies with `apt`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y libcamera-dev libepoxy-dev libjpeg-dev libtiff5-dev libpng-dev
+----
+
+TIP: If you do not need support for the GLES/EGL preview window, omit `libepoxy-dev`.
+
+To use the Qt preview window, install the following additional dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y qtbase5-dev libqt5core5a libqt5gui5 libqt5widgets5
+----
+
+For xref:camera_software.adoc#libav-integration-with-rpicam-vid[`libav`] support in `rpicam-vid`, install the following additional dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install libavcodec-dev libavdevice-dev libavformat-dev libswresample-dev
+----
+
+If you run Raspberry Pi OS Lite, install `git`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y git
+----
+
+Next, xref:camera_software.adoc#building-rpicam-apps[build `rpicam-apps`].
+
+==== Building `libcamera`
+
+NOTE: Only build `libcamera` from scratch if you need custom behaviour or the latest features that have not yet reached `apt` repositories.
+
+[NOTE]
+======
+If you run Raspberry Pi OS Lite, begin by installing the following packages:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-pip git python3-jinja2
+----
+======
+
+First, install the following `libcamera` dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y libboost-dev
+$ sudo apt install -y libgnutls28-dev openssl libtiff5-dev pybind11-dev
+$ sudo apt install -y qtbase5-dev libqt5core5a libqt5gui5 libqt5widgets5
+$ sudo apt install -y meson cmake
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-yaml python3-ply
+$ sudo apt install -y libglib2.0-dev libgstreamer-plugins-base1.0-dev
+----
+
+Now we're ready to build `libcamera` itself.
+
+Download a local copy of Raspberry Pi's fork of `libcamera` from GitHub:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera.git
+----
+
+Navigate into the root directory of the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd libcamera
+----
+
+Next, run `meson` to configure the build environment:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson setup build --buildtype=release -Dpipelines=rpi/vc4,rpi/pisp -Dipas=rpi/vc4,rpi/pisp -Dv4l2=true -Dgstreamer=enabled -Dtest=false -Dlc-compliance=disabled -Dcam=disabled -Dqcam=disabled -Ddocumentation=disabled -Dpycamera=enabled
+----
+
+NOTE: You can disable the `gstreamer` plugin by replacing `-Dgstreamer=enabled` with `-Dgstreamer=disabled` during the `meson` build configuration. If you disable `gstreamer`, there is no need to install the `libglib2.0-dev` and `libgstreamer-plugins-base1.0-dev` dependencies.
+
+Now, you can build `libcamera` with `ninja`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ninja -C build
+----
+
+Finally, run the following command to install your freshly-built `libcamera` binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ninja -C build install
+----
+
+TIP: On devices with 1GB of memory or less, the build may exceed available memory. Append the `-j 1` flag to `ninja` commands to limit the build to a single process. This should prevent the build from exceeding available memory on devices like the Raspberry Pi Zero and the Raspberry Pi 3.
+
+`libcamera` does not yet have a stable binary interface. Always build `rpicam-apps` after you build `libcamera`.
+
+==== Building `rpicam-apps`
+
+First fetch the necessary dependencies for `rpicam-apps`.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y cmake libboost-program-options-dev libdrm-dev libexif-dev
+$ sudo apt install -y meson ninja-build
+----
+
+Download a local copy of Raspberry Pi's `rpicam-apps` GitHub repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps.git
+----
+
+Navigate into the root directory of the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd rpicam-apps
+----
+
+For desktop-based operating systems like Raspberry Pi OS, configure the `rpicam-apps` build with the following `meson` command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson setup build -Denable_libav=enabled -Denable_drm=enabled -Denable_egl=enabled -Denable_qt=enabled -Denable_opencv=disabled -Denable_tflite=disabled -Denable_hailo=disabled
+----
+
+For headless operating systems like Raspberry Pi OS Lite, configure the `rpicam-apps` build with the following `meson` command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson setup build -Denable_libav=disabled -Denable_drm=enabled -Denable_egl=disabled -Denable_qt=disabled -Denable_opencv=disabled -Denable_tflite=disabled -Denable_hailo=disabled
+----
+
+[TIP]
+======
+
+* Use `-Dneon_flags=armv8-neon` to enable optimisations for 32-bit OSes on Raspberry Pi 3 or Raspberry Pi 4.
+* Use `-Denable_opencv=enabled` if you have installed OpenCV and wish to use OpenCV-based post-processing stages.
+* Use `-Denable_tflite=enabled` if you have installed TensorFlow Lite and wish to use it in post-processing stages.
+* Use `-Denable_hailo=enabled` if you have installed HailoRT and wish to use it in post-processing stages.
+
+======
+
+You can now build `rpicam-apps` with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson compile -C build
+----
+
+TIP: On devices with 1GB of memory or less, the build may exceed available memory. Append the `-j 1` flag to `meson` commands to limit the build to a single process. This should prevent the build from exceeding available memory on devices like the Raspberry Pi Zero and the Raspberry Pi 3.
+
+Finally, run the following command to install your freshly-built `rpicam-apps` binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo meson install -C build
+----
+
+[TIP]
+====
+The command above should automatically update the `ldconfig` cache. If you have trouble accessing your new `rpicam-apps` build, run the following command to update the cache:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ldconfig
+----
+====
+
+Run the following command to check that your device uses the new binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --version
+----
+
+The output should include the date and time of your local `rpicam-apps` build.
+
+Finally, follow the `dtoverlay` and display driver instructions in the xref:camera_software.adoc#configuration[Configuration section].
+
+==== `rpicam-apps` meson flag reference
+
+The `meson` build configuration for `rpicam-apps` supports the following flags:
+
+`-Dneon_flags=armv8-neon`:: Speeds up certain post-processing features on Raspberry Pi 3 or Raspberry Pi 4 devices running a 32-bit OS.
+
+`-Denable_libav=enabled`:: Enables or disables `libav` encoder integration.
+
+`-Denable_drm=enabled`:: Enables or disables **DRM/KMS preview rendering**, a preview window used in the absence of a desktop environment.
+
+`-Denable_egl=enabled`:: Enables or disables the non-Qt desktop environment-based preview. Disable if your system lacks a desktop environment.
+
+`-Denable_qt=enabled`:: Enables or disables support for the Qt-based implementation of the preview window. Disable if you do not have a desktop environment installed or if you have no intention of using the Qt-based preview window. The Qt-based preview is normally not recommended because it is computationally very expensive, however it does work with X display forwarding.
+
+`-Denable_opencv=enabled`:: Forces OpenCV-based post-processing stages to link or not link. Requires OpenCV to enable. Defaults to `disabled`.
+
+`-Denable_tflite=enabled`:: Enables or disables TensorFlow Lite post-processing stages. Disabled by default. Requires Tensorflow Lite to enable. Depending on how you have built and/or installed TFLite, you may need to tweak the `meson.build` file in the `post_processing_stages` directory.
+
+`-Denable_hailo=enabled`:: Enables or disables HailoRT-based post-processing stages. Requires HailoRT to enable. Defaults to `auto`.
+
+`-Ddownload_hailo_models=true`:: Downloads and installs models for HailoRT post-processing stages. Requires `wget` to be installed. Defaults to `true`.
+
+
+Each of the above options (except for `neon_flags`) supports the following values:
+
+* `enabled`: enables the option, fails the build if dependencies are not available
+* `disabled`: disables the option
+* `auto`: enables the option if dependencies are available
+
+==== Building `libepoxy`
+
+Rebuilding `libepoxy` should not normally be necessary as this library changes only very rarely. If you do want to build it from scratch, however, please follow the instructions below.
+
+Start by installing the necessary dependencies.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y libegl1-mesa-dev
+----
+
+Next, download a local copy of the `libepoxy` repository from GitHub:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/anholt/libepoxy.git
+----
+
+Navigate into the root directory of the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd libepoxy
+----
+
+Create a build directory at the root level of the repository, then navigate into that directory:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkdir _build
+$ cd _build
+----
+
+Next, run `meson` to configure the build environment:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson
+----
+
+Now, you can build `libexpoxy` with `ninja`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ninja
+----
+
+Finally, run the following command to install your freshly-built `libepoxy` binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ninja install
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8cf2367bc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+== Getting help
+
+For further help with `libcamera` and the `rpicam-apps`, check the https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewforum.php?f=43[Raspberry Pi Camera forum]. Before posting:
+
+* Make a note of your operating system version (`uname -a`).
+
+* Make a note of your `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps` versions (`rpicam-hello --version`).
+
+* Report the make and model of the camera module you are using.
+
+* Report the software you are trying to use. We don't support third-party camera module vendor software.
+
+* Report your Raspberry Pi model, including memory size.
+
+* Include any relevant excerpts from the application's console output.
+
+If there are specific problems in the camera software (such as crashes), consider https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps[creating an issue in the `rpicam-apps` GitHub repository], including the same details listed above.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4accca0a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+== `rpicam-apps`
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_ renamed the camera capture applications from ``libcamera-\*`` to ``rpicam-*``. Symbolic links allow users to use the old names for now. **Adopt the new application names as soon as possible.** Raspberry Pi OS versions prior to _Bookworm_ still use the ``libcamera-*`` name.
+====
+
+Raspberry Pi supplies a small set of example `rpicam-apps`. These CLI applications, built on top of `libcamera`, capture images and video from a camera. These applications include:
+
+* `rpicam-hello`: A "hello world"-equivalent for cameras, which starts a camera preview stream and displays it on the screen.
+* `rpicam-jpeg`: Runs a preview window, then captures high-resolution still images.
+* `rpicam-still`: Emulates many of the features of the original `raspistill` application.
+* `rpicam-vid`: Captures video.
+* `rpicam-raw`: Captures raw (unprocessed Bayer) frames directly from the sensor.
+* `rpicam-detect`: Not built by default, but users can build it if they have TensorFlow Lite installed on their Raspberry Pi. Captures JPEG images when certain objects are detected.
+
+Recent versions of Raspberry Pi OS include the five basic `rpicam-apps`, so you can record images and videos using a camera even on a fresh Raspberry Pi OS installation.
+
+Users can create their own `rpicam`-based applications with custom functionality to suit their own requirements. The https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps` source code] is freely available under a BSD-2-Clause licence.
+
+=== `libcamera`
+
+`libcamera` is an open-source software library aimed at supporting camera systems directly from the Linux operating system on Arm processors. Proprietary code running on the Broadcom GPU is minimised. For more information about `libcamera` see the https://libcamera.org[`libcamera` website].
+
+`libcamera` provides a {cpp} API that configures the camera, then allows applications to request image frames. These image buffers reside in system memory and can be passed directly to still image encoders (such as JPEG) or to video encoders (such as H.264). `libcamera` doesn't encode or display images itself: that that functionality, use `rpicam-apps`.
+
+You can find the source code in the https://git.linuxtv.org/libcamera.git/[official libcamera repository]. The Raspberry Pi OS distribution uses a https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera.git[fork] to control updates.
+
+Underneath the `libcamera` core, we provide a custom pipeline handler. `libcamera` uses this layer to drive the sensor and image signal processor (ISP) on the Raspberry Pi. `libcamera` contains a collection of image-processing algorithms (IPAs) including auto exposure/gain control (AEC/AGC), auto white balance (AWB), and auto lens-shading correction (ALSC).
+
+Raspberry Pi's implementation of `libcamera` supports the following cameras:
+
+* Official cameras:
+** OV5647 (V1)
+** IMX219 (V2)
+** IMX708 (V3)
+** IMX477 (HQ)
+** IMX500 (AI)
+** IMX296 (GS)
+* Third-party sensors:
+** IMX290
+** IMX327
+** IMX378
+** IMX519
+** OV9281
+
+To extend support to a new sensor, https://git.linuxtv.org/libcamera.git/[contribute to `libcamera`].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb387443ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+=== Use multiple cameras
+
+`rpicam-apps` has basic support for multiple cameras. You can attach multiple cameras to a Raspberry Pi in the following ways:
+
+* For Raspberry Pi Compute Modules, you can connect two cameras directly to a Raspberry Pi Compute Module I/O board. See the xref:../computers/compute-module.adoc#attach-a-camera-module[Compute Module documentation] for further details. With this method, you can _use both cameras simultaneously_.
+* For Raspberry Pi 5, you can connect two cameras directly to the board using the dual MIPI connectors.
+* For other Raspberry Pi devices with a camera port, you can attach two or more cameras with a Video Mux board such as https://www.arducam.com/product/multi-camera-v2-1-adapter-raspberry-pi/[this third-party product]. Since both cameras are attached to a single Unicam port, _only one camera may be used at a time_.
+
+To list all the cameras available on your platform, use the xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[`list-cameras`] option. To choose which camera to use, pass the camera index to the xref:camera_software.adoc#camera[`camera`] option.
+
+NOTE: `libcamera` does not yet provide stereoscopic camera support. When running two cameras simultaneously, they must be run in separate processes, meaning there is no way to synchronise 3A operation between them. As a workaround, you could synchronise the cameras through an external sync signal for the HQ (IMX477) camera or use the software camera synchronisation support that is described below, switching the 3A to manual mode if necessary.
+
+==== Software Camera Synchronisation
+
+Raspberry Pi's _libcamera_ implementation has the ability to synchronise the frames of different cameras using only software. This will cause one camera to adjust it's frame timing so as to coincide as closely as possible with the frames of another camera. No soldering or hardware connections are required, and it will work with all of Raspberry Pi's camera modules, and even third party ones so long as their drivers implement frame duration control correctly.
+
+**How it works**
+
+The scheme works by designating one camera to be the _server_. The server will broadcast timing messages onto the network at regular intervals, such as once a second. Meanwhile other cameras, known as _clients_, can listen to these messages whereupon they may lengthen or shorten frame times slightly so as to pull them into sync with the server. This process is continual, though after the first adjustment, subsequent adjustments are normally small.
+
+The client cameras may be attached to the same Raspberry Pi device as the server, or they may be attached to different Raspberry Pis on the same network. The camera model on the clients may match the server, or they may be different.
+
+Clients and servers need to be set running at the same nominal framerate (such as 30fps). Note that there is no back-channel from the clients back to the server. It is solely the clients' responsibility to be up and running in time to match the server, and the server is completely unaware whether clients have synchronised successfully, or indeed whether there are any clients at all.
+
+In normal operation, running the same make of camera on the same Raspberry Pi, we would expect the frame start times of the camera images to match within "several tens of microseconds". When the camera models are different this could be significantly larger as the cameras will probably not be able to match framerates exactly and will therefore be continually drifting apart (and brought back together with every timing message).
+
+When cameras are on different devices, the system clocks should be synchronised using NTP (normally the case by default for Raspberry Pi OS), or if this is insufficiently precise, another protocol like PTP might be used. Any discrepancy between system clocks will feed directly into extra error in frame start times - even though the advertised timestamps on the frames will not tell you.
+
+**The Server**
+
+The server, as previously explained, broadcasts timing messages onto the network, by default every second. The server will run for a fixed number of frames, by default 100, after which it will inform the camera application on the device that the "synchronisation point" has been reached. At this moment, the application will start using the frames, so in the case of `rpicam-vid`, they will start being encoded and recorded. Recall that the behaviour and even existence of clients has no bearing on this.
+
+If required, there can be several servers on the same network so long as they are broadcasting timing messages to different network addresses. Clients, of course, will have to be configured to listen for the correct address.
+
+**Clients**
+
+Clients listen out for server timing messages and, when they receive one, will shorten or lengthen a camera frame duration by the required amount so that subsequent frames will start, as far as possible, at the same moment as the server's.
+
+The clients learn the correct "synchronisation point" from the server's messages, and just like the server, will signal the camera application at the same moment that it should start using the frames. So in the case of `rpicam-vid`, this is once again the moment at which frames will start being recorded.
+
+Normally it makes sense to start clients _before_ the server, as the clients will simply wait (the "synchronisation point" has not been reached) until a server is seen broadcasting onto the network. This obviously avoids timing problems where a server might reach its "synchronisation point" even before all the clients have been started!
+
+**Usage in `rpicam-vid`**
+
+We can use software camera synchronisation with `rpicam-vid` to record videos that are synchronised frame-by-frame. We're going to assume we have two cameras attached, and we're going to use camera 0 as the server, and camera 1 as the client. `rpicam-vid` defaults to a fixed 30 frames per second, which will be fine for us.
+
+First we should start the client:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -n -t 20s --camera 1 --codec libav -o client.mp4 --sync client
+----
+
+Note the `--sync client` parameter. This will record for 20 seconds but _only_ once the synchronisation point has been reached. If necessary, it will wait indefinitely for the first server message.
+
+To start the server:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -n -t 20s --camera 0 --codec libav -o server.mp4 --sync server
+----
+
+This too will run for 20 seconds counting from when the synchronisation point is reached and the recording starts. With the default synchronisation settings (100 frames at 30fps) this means there will be just over 3 seconds for clients to get synchronised.
+
+The server's broadcast address and port, the frequency of the timing messages and the number of frames to wait for clients to synchronise, can all be changed in the camera tuning file. Clients only pay attention to the broadcast address here which should match the server's; the other information will be ignored. Please refer to the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Raspberry Pi Camera tuning guide] for more information.
+
+In practical operation there are a few final points to be aware of:
+
+* The fixed framerate needs to be below the maximum framerate at which the camera can operate (in the camera mode that is being used). This is because the synchronisation algorithm may need to _shorten_ camera frames so that clients can catch up with the server, and this will fail if it is already running as fast as it can.
+* Whilst camera frames should be correctly synchronised, at higher framerates or depending on system load, it is possible for frames, either on the clients or server, to be dropped. In these cases the frame timestamps will help an application to work out what has happened, though it's usually simpler to try and avoid frame drops - perhaps by lowering the framerate, increasing the number of buffers being allocated to the camera queues (see the xref:camera_software.adoc#buffer-count[`--buffer-count` option]), or reducing system load.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..031fcc44e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+=== Install `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps`
+
+Raspberry Pi provides two `rpicam-apps` packages:
+
+* `rpicam-apps` contains full applications with support for previews using a desktop environment. This package is pre-installed in Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+* `rpicam-apps-lite` omits desktop environment support, and only makes the DRM preview available. This package is pre-installed in Raspberry Pi OS Lite.
+
+==== Dependencies
+
+`rpicam-apps` depends on library packages named `library-name`, where `` is the ABI version. Your package manager should install these automatically.
+
+==== Dev packages
+
+You can rebuild `rpicam-apps` without building `libcamera` and `libepoxy` from scratch. For more information, see xref:camera_software.adoc#building-rpicam-apps-without-building-libcamera[Building `rpicam-apps` without rebuilding `libcamera`].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..339828d50f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+== Post-processing with `rpicam-apps`
+
+`rpicam-apps` share a common post-processing framework. This allows them to pass the images received from the camera system through a number of custom image-processing and image-analysis routines. Each such routine is known as a _stage_. To run post-processing stages, supply a JSON file instructing the application which stages and options to apply. You can find example JSON files that use the built-in post-processing stages in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/tree/main/assets[`assets` folder of the `rpicam-apps` repository].
+
+For example, the **negate** stage turns light pixels dark and dark pixels light. Because the negate stage is basic, requiring no configuration, `negate.json` just names the stage:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "negate": {}
+}
+----
+
+To apply the negate stage to an image, pass `negate.json` to the `post-process-file` option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file negate.json
+----
+
+To run multiple post-processing stages, create a JSON file that contains multiple stages as top-level keys. For example, to the following configuration runs the Sobel stage, then the negate stage:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "sobel_cv":
+ {
+ "ksize": 5
+ },
+ "negate": {}
+}
+----
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#sobel_cv-stage[Sobel stage] uses OpenCV, hence the `cv` suffix. It has a user-configurable parameter, `ksize`, that specifies the kernel size of the filter to be used. In this case, the Sobel filter produces bright edges on a black background, and the negate stage turns this into dark edges on a white background.
+
+.A negated Sobel filter.
+image::images/sobel_negate.jpg[A negated Sobel filter]
+
+Some stages, such as `negate`, alter the image in some way. Other stages analyse the image to generate metadata. Post-processing stages can pass this metadata to other stages and even the application.
+
+To improve performance, image analysis often uses reduced resolution. `rpicam-apps` provide a dedicated low-resolution feed directly from the ISP.
+
+NOTE: The `rpicam-apps` supplied with Raspberry Pi OS do not include OpenCV and TensorFlow Lite. As a result, certain post-processing stages that rely on them are disabled. To use these stages, xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[re-compile `rpicam-apps`]. On a Raspberry Pi 3 or 4 running a 32-bit kernel, compile with the `-DENABLE_COMPILE_FLAGS_FOR_TARGET=armv8-neon` flag to speed up certain stages.
+
+=== Built-in stages
+
+==== `negate` stage
+
+This stage turns light pixels dark and dark pixels light.
+
+The `negate` stage has no user-configurable parameters.
+
+Default `negate.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "negate" : {}
+}
+----
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file negate.json
+----
+
+Example output:
+
+.A negated image.
+image::images/negate.jpg[A negated image]
+
+==== `hdr` stage
+
+This stage emphasises details in images using High Dynamic Range (HDR) and Dynamic Range Compression (DRC). DRC uses a single image, while HDR combines multiple images for a similar result.
+
+Parameters fall into three groups: the LP filter, global tonemapping, and local contrast.
+
+This stage applies a smoothing filter to the fully-processed input images to generate a low pass (LP) image. It then generates the high pass (HP) image from the diff of the original and LP images. Then, it applies a global tonemap to the LP image and adds it back to the HP image. This process helps preserve local contrast.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3a"]
+|===
+| `num_frames`
+| The number of frames to accumulate; for DRC, use 1; for HDR, try 8
+| `lp_filter_strength`
+| The coefficient of the low pass IIR filter.
+| `lp_filter_threshold`
+| A piecewise linear function that relates pixel level to the threshold of meaningful detail
+| `global_tonemap_points`
+| Points in the input image histogram mapped to targets in the output range where we wish to move them. Uses the following sub-configuration:
+
+* an inter-quantile mean (`q` and `width`)
+* a target as a proportion of the full output range (`target`)
+* maximum (`max_up`) and minimum (`max_down`) gains to move the measured inter-quantile mean, to prevents the image from changing image too drastically
+| `global_tonemap_strength`
+| Strength of application of the global tonemap
+| `local_pos_strength`
+| A piecewise linear function that defines the gain applied to local contrast when added back to the tonemapped LP image, for positive (bright) detail
+| `local_neg_strength`
+| A piecewise linear function that defines the gain applied to local contrast when added back to the tonemapped LP image, for negative (dark) detail
+| `local_tonemap_strength`
+| An overall gain applied to all local contrast that is added back
+| `local_colour_scale`
+| A factor that allows the output colours to be affected more or less strongly
+|===
+
+To control processing strength, changing the `global_tonemap_strength` and `local_tonemap_strength` parameters.
+
+Processing a single image takes between two and three seconds for a 12MP image on a Raspberry Pi 4. When accumulating multiple frames, this stage sends only the processed image to the application.
+
+Default `drc.json` file for DRC:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "hdr" : {
+ "num_frames" : 1,
+ "lp_filter_strength" : 0.2,
+ "lp_filter_threshold" : [ 0, 10.0 , 2048, 205.0, 4095, 205.0 ],
+ "global_tonemap_points" :
+ [
+ { "q": 0.1, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.15, "max_up": 1.5, "max_down": 0.7 },
+ { "q": 0.5, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.5, "max_up": 1.5, "max_down": 0.7 },
+ { "q": 0.8, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.8, "max_up": 1.5, "max_down": 0.7 }
+ ],
+ "global_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_pos_strength" : [ 0, 6.0, 1024, 2.0, 4095, 2.0 ],
+ "local_neg_strength" : [ 0, 4.0, 1024, 1.5, 4095, 1.5 ],
+ "local_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_colour_scale" : 0.9
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Image without DRC processing
+image::images/nodrc.jpg[Image without DRC processing]
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-still`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still -o test.jpg --post-process-file drc.json
+----
+
+.Image with DRC processing
+image::images/drc.jpg[Image with DRC processing]
+
+Default `hdr.json` file for HDR:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "hdr" : {
+ "num_frames" : 8,
+ "lp_filter_strength" : 0.2,
+ "lp_filter_threshold" : [ 0, 10.0 , 2048, 205.0, 4095, 205.0 ],
+ "global_tonemap_points" :
+ [
+ { "q": 0.1, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.15, "max_up": 5.0, "max_down": 0.5 },
+ { "q": 0.5, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.45, "max_up": 5.0, "max_down": 0.5 },
+ { "q": 0.8, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.7, "max_up": 5.0, "max_down": 0.5 }
+ ],
+ "global_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_pos_strength" : [ 0, 6.0, 1024, 2.0, 4095, 2.0 ],
+ "local_neg_strength" : [ 0, 4.0, 1024, 1.5, 4095, 1.5 ],
+ "local_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_colour_scale" : 0.8
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Image without HDR processing
+image::images/nohdr.jpg[Image without HDR processing]
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-still`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still -o test.jpg --ev -2 --denoise cdn_off --post-process-file hdr.json
+----
+
+.Image with HDR processing
+image::images/hdr.jpg[Image with DRC processing]
+
+==== `motion_detect` stage
+
+The `motion_detect` stage analyses frames from the low-resolution image stream. You must configure the low-resolution stream to use this stage. The stage detects motion by comparing a region of interest (ROI) in the frame to the corresponding part of a previous frame. If enough pixels change between frames, this stage indicates the motion in metadata under the `motion_detect.result` key.
+
+This stage has no dependencies on third-party libraries.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters, passing dimensions as a proportion of the low-resolution image size between 0 and 1:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `roi_x` | x-offset of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `roi_y` | y-offset of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `roi_width` | Width of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `roi_height` | Height of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `difference_m` | Linear coefficient used to construct the threshold for pixels being different
+| `difference_c` | Constant coefficient used to construct the threshold for pixels being different according to `threshold = difference_m * pixel_value + difference_c`
+| `frame_period` | The motion detector will run only this many frames
+| `hskip` | The pixel subsampled by this amount horizontally
+| `vksip` | The pixel subsampled by this amount vertically
+| `region_threshold` | The proportion of pixels (regions) which must be categorised as different for them to count as motion
+| `verbose` | Print messages to the console, including when the motion status changes
+|===
+
+Default `motion_detect.json` configuration file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "motion_detect" : {
+ "roi_x" : 0.1,
+ "roi_y" : 0.1,
+ "roi_width" : 0.8,
+ "roi_height" : 0.8,
+ "difference_m" : 0.1,
+ "difference_c" : 10,
+ "region_threshold" : 0.005,
+ "frame_period" : 5,
+ "hskip" : 2,
+ "vskip" : 2,
+ "verbose" : 0
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Adjust the differences and the threshold to make the algorithm more or less sensitive. To improve performance, use the `hskip` and `vskip` parameters.
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --lores-width 128 --lores-height 96 --post-process-file motion_detect.json
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..787393e966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+=== Post-processing with OpenCV
+
+NOTE: These stages require an OpenCV installation. You may need to xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[rebuild `rpicam-apps` with OpenCV support].
+
+==== `sobel_cv` stage
+
+This stage applies a https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sobel_operator[Sobel filter] to an image to emphasise edges.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `ksize` | Kernel size of the Sobel filter
+|===
+
+
+Default `sobel_cv.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "sobel_cv" : {
+ "ksize": 5
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Using a Sobel filter to emphasise edges.
+image::images/sobel.jpg[Using a Sobel filter to emphasise edges]
+
+==== `face_detect_cv` stage
+
+This stage uses the OpenCV Haar classifier to detect faces in an image. It returns face location metadata under the key `face_detect.results` and optionally draws the locations on the image.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols=",3]
+|===
+| `cascade_name` | Name of the file where the Haar cascade can be found
+| `scaling_factor` | Determines range of scales at which the image is searched for faces
+| `min_neighbors` | Minimum number of overlapping neighbours required to count as a face
+| `min_size` | Minimum face size
+| `max_size` | Maximum face size
+| `refresh_rate` | How many frames to wait before trying to re-run the face detector
+| `draw_features` | Whether to draw face locations on the returned image
+|===
+
+The `face_detect_cv` stage runs only during preview and video capture. It ignores still image capture. It runs on the low resolution stream with a resolution between 320×240 and 640×480 pixels.
+
+Default `face_detect_cv.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "face_detect_cv" : {
+ "cascade_name" : "/usr/local/share/OpenCV/haarcascades/haarcascade_frontalface_alt.xml",
+ "scaling_factor" : 1.1,
+ "min_neighbors" : 2,
+ "min_size" : 32,
+ "max_size" : 256,
+ "refresh_rate" : 1,
+ "draw_features" : 1
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Drawing detected faces onto an image.
+image::images/face_detect.jpg[Drawing detected faces onto an image]
+
+==== `annotate_cv` stage
+
+This stage writes text into the top corner of images using the same `%` substitutions as the xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text`] option.
+
+Interprets xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text` directives] first, then passes any remaining tokens to https://www.man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strftime.3.html[`strftime`].
+
+For example, to achieve a datetime stamp on the video, pass `%F %T %z`:
+
+* `%F` displays the ISO-8601 date (2023-03-07)
+* `%T` displays 24h local time (e.g. "09:57:12")
+* `%z` displays the timezone relative to UTC (e.g. "-0800")
+
+This stage does not output any metadata, but it writes metadata found in `annotate.text` in place of anything in the JSON configuration file. This allows other post-processing stages to write text onto images.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `text` | The text string to be written
+| `fg` | Foreground colour
+| `bg` | Background colour
+| `scale` | A number proportional to the size of the text
+| `thickness` | A number that determines the thickness of the text
+| `alpha` | The amount of alpha to apply when overwriting background pixels
+|===
+
+Default `annotate_cv.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "annotate_cv" : {
+ "text" : "Frame %frame exp %exp ag %ag dg %dg",
+ "fg" : 255,
+ "bg" : 0,
+ "scale" : 1.0,
+ "thickness" : 2,
+ "alpha" : 0.3
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Writing camera and date information onto an image with annotations.
+image::images/annotate.jpg[Writing camera and date information onto an image with annotations]
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39d607f5e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+=== Post-Processing with TensorFlow Lite
+
+==== Prerequisites
+
+These stages require TensorFlow Lite (TFLite) libraries that export the {cpp} API. TFLite doesn't distribute libraries in this form, but you can download and install a version that exports the API from https://lindevs.com/install-precompiled-tensorflow-lite-on-raspberry-pi/[lindevs.com].
+
+After installing, you must xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[recompile `rpicam-apps` with TensorFlow Lite support].
+
+==== `object_classify_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://storage.googleapis.com/download.tensorflow.org/models/mobilenet_v1_2018_08_02/mobilenet_v1_1.0_224_quant.tgz[]
+
+`object_classify_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 model to classify objects in the camera image. This stage requires a https://storage.googleapis.com/download.tensorflow.org/models/mobilenet_v1_1.0_224_frozen.tgz[`labels.txt` file].
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `top_n_results` | The number of results to show
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `threshold_high` | Confidence threshold (between 0 and 1) where objects are considered as being present
+| `threshold_low` | Confidence threshold which objects must drop below before being discarded as matches
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `labels_file` | Filepath of the file containing the object labels
+| `display_labels` | Whether to display the object labels on the image; inserts `annotate.text` metadata for the `annotate_cv` stage to render
+| `verbose` | Output more information to the console
+|===
+
+Example `object_classify_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "object_classify_tf" : {
+ "top_n_results" : 2,
+ "refresh_rate" : 30,
+ "threshold_high" : 0.6,
+ "threshold_low" : 0.4,
+ "model_file" : "/home//models/mobilenet_v1_1.0_224_quant.tflite",
+ "labels_file" : "/home//models/labels.txt",
+ "display_labels" : 1
+ },
+ "annotate_cv" : {
+ "text" : "",
+ "fg" : 255,
+ "bg" : 0,
+ "scale" : 1.0,
+ "thickness" : 2,
+ "alpha" : 0.3
+ }
+}
+----
+
+The stage operates on a low resolution stream image of size 224×224.
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file object_classify_tf.json --lores-width 224 --lores-height 224
+----
+
+.Object classification of a desktop computer and monitor.
+image::images/classify.jpg[Object classification of a desktop computer and monitor]
+
+==== `pose_estimation_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://github.com/Qengineering/TensorFlow_Lite_Pose_RPi_32-bits[]
+
+`pose_estimation_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 model to detect pose information.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `verbose` | Output extra information to the console
+|===
+
+Use the separate `plot_pose_cv` stage to draw the detected pose onto the main image.
+
+You can configure the `plot_pose_cv` stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `confidence_threshold` | Confidence threshold determining how much to draw; can be less than zero
+|===
+
+Example `pose_estimation_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "pose_estimation_tf" : {
+ "refresh_rate" : 5,
+ "model_file" : "posenet_mobilenet_v1_100_257x257_multi_kpt_stripped.tflite"
+ },
+ "plot_pose_cv" : {
+ "confidence_threshold" : -0.5
+ }
+}
+----
+
+The stage operates on a low resolution stream image of size 257×257. **Because YUV420 images must have even dimensions, round up to 258×258 for YUV420 images.**
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file pose_estimation_tf.json --lores-width 258 --lores-height 258
+----
+
+.Pose estimation of an adult human male.
+image::images/pose.jpg[Pose estimation of an adult human male]
+
+==== `object_detect_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://storage.googleapis.com/download.tensorflow.org/models/tflite/coco_ssd_mobilenet_v1_1.0_quant_2018_06_29.zip[]
+
+`object_detect_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 SSD (Single Shot Detector) model to detect and label objects.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `labels_file` | Filepath of the file containing the list of labels
+| `confidence_threshold` | Confidence threshold before accepting a match
+| `overlap_threshold` | Determines the amount of overlap between matches for them to be merged as a single match.
+| `verbose` | Output extra information to the console
+|===
+
+Use the separate `object_detect_draw_cv` stage to draw the detected objects onto the main image.
+
+You can configure the `object_detect_draw_cv` stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `line_thickness` | Thickness of the bounding box lines
+| `font_size` | Size of the font used for the label
+|===
+
+Example `object_detect_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "object_detect_tf" : {
+ "number_of_threads" : 2,
+ "refresh_rate" : 10,
+ "confidence_threshold" : 0.5,
+ "overlap_threshold" : 0.5,
+ "model_file" : "/home//models/coco_ssd_mobilenet_v1_1.0_quant_2018_06_29/detect.tflite",
+ "labels_file" : "/home//models/coco_ssd_mobilenet_v1_1.0_quant_2018_06_29/labelmap.txt",
+ "verbose" : 1
+ },
+ "object_detect_draw_cv" : {
+ "line_thickness" : 2
+ }
+}
+----
+
+The stage operates on a low resolution stream image of size 300×300. Run the following command, which passes a 300×300 crop to the detector from the centre of the 400×300 low resolution image, to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file object_detect_tf.json --lores-width 400 --lores-height 300
+----
+
+.Detecting apple and cat objects.
+image::images/detection.jpg[Detecting apple and cat objects]
+
+==== `segmentation_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://tfhub.dev/tensorflow/lite-model/deeplabv3/1/metadata/2?lite-format=tflite[]
+
+`segmentation_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 model. This stage requires a label file, found at the `assets/segmentation_labels.txt`.
+
+This stage runs on an image of size 257×257. Because YUV420 images must have even dimensions, the low resolution image should be at least 258 pixels in both width and height. The stage adds a vector of 257×257 values to the image metadata where each value indicates the categories a pixel belongs to. You can optionally draw a representation of the segmentation into the bottom right corner of the image.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `labels_file` | Filepath of the file containing the list of labels
+| `threshold` | When verbose is set, prints when the number of pixels with any label exceeds this number
+| `draw` | Draws the segmentation map into the bottom right hand corner of the image
+| `verbose` | Output extra information to the console
+|===
+
+Example `segmentation_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "segmentation_tf" : {
+ "number_of_threads" : 2,
+ "refresh_rate" : 10,
+ "model_file" : "/home//models/lite-model_deeplabv3_1_metadata_2.tflite",
+ "labels_file" : "/home//models/segmentation_labels.txt",
+ "draw" : 1,
+ "verbose" : 1
+ }
+}
+----
+
+This example takes a camera image and reduces it to 258×258 pixels in size. This stage even works when squashing a non-square image without cropping. This example enables the segmentation map in the bottom right hand corner.
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file segmentation_tf.json --lores-width 258 --lores-height 258 --viewfinder-width 1024 --viewfinder-height 1024
+----
+
+.Running segmentation and displaying the results on a map in the bottom right.
+image::images/segmentation.jpg[Running segmentation and displaying the results on a map in the bottom right]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b010133f37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+=== Write your own post-processing stages
+
+With the `rpicam-apps` post-processing framework, users can create their own custom post-processing stages. You can even include algorithms and routines from OpenCV and TensorFlow Lite.
+
+==== Basic post-processing stages
+
+To create your own post-processing stage, derive a new class from the `PostProcessingStage` class.
+All post-processing stages must implement the following member functions:
+
+`char const *Name() const`:: Returns the name of the stage. Matched against stages listed in the JSON post-processing configuration file.
+`void Read(boost::property_tree::ptree const ¶ms)`:: Reads the stage's configuration parameters from a provided JSON file.
+`void AdjustConfig(std::string const &use_case, StreamConfiguration *config)`:: Gives stages a chance to influence the configuration of the camera. Frequently empty for stages with no need to configure the camera.
+`void Configure()`:: Called just after the camera has been configured to allocate resources and check that the stage has access to necessary streams.
+`void Start()`:: Called when the camera starts. Frequently empty for stages with no need to configure the camera.
+`bool Process(CompletedRequest &completed_request)`:: Presents completed camera requests for post-processing. This is where you'll implement pixel manipulations and image analysis. Returns `true` if the post-processing framework should **not** deliver this request to the application.
+`void Stop()`:: Called when the camera stops. Used to shut down any active processing on asynchronous threads.
+`void Teardown()`:: Called when the camera configuration is destroyed. Use this as a deconstructor where you can de-allocate resources set up in the `Configure` method.
+
+In any stage implementation, call `RegisterStage` to register your stage with the system.
+
+Don't forget to add your stage to `meson.build` in the post-processing folder.
+When writing your own stages, keep these tips in mind:
+
+* The `Process` method blocks the imaging pipeline. If it takes too long, the pipeline will stutter. **Always delegate time-consuming algorithms to an asynchronous thread.**
+
+* When delegating work to another thread, you must copy the image buffers. For applications like image analysis that don't require full resolution, try using a low-resolution image stream.
+
+* The post-processing framework _uses parallelism to process every frame_. This improves throughput. However, some OpenCV and TensorFlow Lite functions introduce another layer of parallelism _within_ each frame. Consider serialising calls within each frame since post-processing already takes advantage of multiple threads.
+
+* Most streams, including the low resolution stream, use the YUV420 format. You may need to convert this to another format for certain OpenCV or TFLite functions.
+
+* For the best performance, always alter images in-place.
+
+For a basic example, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/negate_stage.cpp[`negate_stage.cpp`]. This stage negates an image by turning light pixels dark and dark pixels light. This stage is mostly derived class boiler-plate, achieving the negation logic in barely half a dozen lines of code.
+
+For another example, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/sobel_cv_stage.cpp[`sobel_cv_stage.cpp`], which implements a Sobel filter in just a few lines of OpenCV functions.
+
+==== TensorFlow Lite stages
+
+For stages that use TensorFlow Lite (TFLite), derive a new class from the `TfStage` class.
+This class delegates model execution to a separate thread to prevent camera stuttering.
+
+The `TfStage` class implements all the `PostProcessingStage` member functions post-processing stages must normally implement, _except for_ ``Name``.
+All `TfStage`-derived stages must implement the ``Name`` function, and should implement some or all of the following virtual member functions:
+
+`void readExtras()`:: The base class reads the named model and certain other parameters like the `refresh_rate`. Use this function this to read extra parameters for the derived stage and check that the loaded model is correct (e.g. has right input and output dimensions).
+`void checkConfiguration()`:: The base class fetches the low resolution stream that TFLite operates on and the full resolution stream in case the derived stage needs it. Use this function to check for the streams required by your stage. If your stage can't access one of the required streams, you might skip processing or throw an error.
+`void interpretOutputs()`:: Use this function to read and interpret the model output. _Runs in the same thread as the model when the model completes_.
+`void applyResults()`:: Use this function to apply results of the model (could be several frames old) to the current frame. Typically involves attaching metadata or drawing. _Runs in the main thread, before frames are delivered_.
+
+For an example implementation, see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/object_classify_tf_stage.cpp[`object_classify_tf_stage.cpp`] and https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/pose_estimation_tf_stage.cpp[`pose_estimation_tf_stage.cpp`].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd5a9217bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+=== Write your own `rpicam` apps
+
+`rpicam-apps` does not provide all of the camera-related features that anyone could ever need. Instead, these applications are small and flexible. Users who require different behaviour can implement it themselves.
+
+All of the `rpicam-apps` use an event loop that receives messages when a new set of frames arrives from the camera system. This set of frames is called a `CompletedRequest`. The `CompletedRequest` contains:
+
+* all images derived from that single camera frame: often a low-resolution image and a full-size output
+* metadata from the camera and post-processing systems
+
+==== `rpicam-hello`
+
+`rpicam-hello` is the smallest application, and the best place to start understanding `rpicam-apps` design. It extracts the `CompletedRequestPtr`, a shared pointer to the `CompletedRequest`, from the message, and forwards it to the preview window:
+
+[cpp]
+----
+CompletedRequestPtr &completed_request = std::get(msg.payload);
+app.ShowPreview(completed_request, app.ViewfinderStream());
+----
+
+Every `CompletedRequest` must be recycled back to the camera system so that the buffers can be reused. Otherwise, the camera runs out of buffers for new camera frames. This recycling process happens automatically when no references to the `CompletedRequest` remain using {cpp}'s _shared pointer_ and _custom deleter_ mechanisms.
+
+As a result, `rpicam-hello` must complete the following actions to recycle the buffer space:
+
+* The event loop must finish a cycle so the message (`msg` in the code), which holds a reference to `CompletedRequest`, can be replaced with the next message. This discards the reference to the previous message.
+
+* When the event thread calls `ShowPreview`, it passes the preview thread a reference to the `CompletedRequest`. The preview thread discards the last `CompletedRequest` instance each time `ShowPreview` is called.
+
+==== `rpicam-vid`
+
+`rpicam-vid` is similar to `rpicam-hello` with encoding added to the event loop. Before the event loop starts, `rpicam-vid` configures the encoder with a callback. The callback handles the buffer containing the encoded image data. In the code below, we send the buffer to the `Output` object. `Output` could write it to a file or stream it, depending on the options specified.
+
+[cpp]
+----
+app.SetEncodeOutputReadyCallback(std::bind(&Output::OutputReady, output.get(), _1, _2, _3, _4));
+----
+
+Because this code passes the encoder a reference to the `CompletedRequest`, `rpicam-vid` can't recycle buffer data until the event loop, preview window, _and_ encoder all discard their references.
+
+==== `rpicam-raw`
+
+`rpicam-raw` is similar to `rpicam-vid`. It also encodes during the event loop. However, `rpicam-raw` uses a dummy encoder called the `NullEncoder`. This uses the input image as the output buffer instead of encoding it with a codec. `NullEncoder` only discards its reference to the buffer once the output callback completes. This guarantees that the buffer isn't recycled before the callback processes the image.
+
+`rpicam-raw` doesn't forward anything to the preview window.
+
+`NullEncoder` is possibly overkill in `rpicam-raw`. We could probably send images straight to the `Output` object, instead. However, `rpicam-apps` need to limit work in the event loop. `NullEncoder` demonstrates how you can handle most processes (even holding onto a reference) in other threads.
+
+==== `rpicam-jpeg`
+
+`rpicam-jpeg` starts the camera in preview mode in the usual way. When the timer completes, it stops the preview and switches to still capture:
+
+[cpp]
+----
+app.StopCamera();
+app.Teardown();
+app.ConfigureStill();
+app.StartCamera();
+----
+
+The event loop grabs the first frame returned from still mode and saves this as a JPEG.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c36db3f69d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+=== Configuration
+
+Most use cases work automatically with no need to alter the camera configuration. However, some common use cases do require configuration tweaks, including:
+
+* Third-party cameras (the manufacturer's instructions should explain necessary configuration changes, if any)
+
+* Using a non-standard driver or overlay with an official Raspberry Pi camera
+
+Raspberry Pi OS recognises the following overlays in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`.
+
+|===
+| Camera Module | In `/boot/firmware/config.txt`
+
+| V1 camera (OV5647)
+| `dtoverlay=ov5647`
+
+| V2 camera (IMX219)
+| `dtoverlay=imx219`
+
+| HQ camera (IMX477)
+| `dtoverlay=imx477`
+
+| GS camera (IMX296)
+| `dtoverlay=imx296`
+
+| Camera Module 3 (IMX708)
+| `dtoverlay=imx708`
+
+| IMX290 and IMX327
+| `dtoverlay=imx290,clock-frequency=74250000` or `dtoverlay=imx290,clock-frequency=37125000` (both modules share the imx290 kernel driver; refer to instructions from the module vendor for the correct frequency)
+
+| IMX378
+| `dtoverlay=imx378`
+
+| OV9281
+| `dtoverlay=ov9281`
+|===
+
+To use one of these overlays, you must disable automatic camera detection. To disable automatic detection, set `camera_auto_detect=0` in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. If `config.txt` already contains a line assigning an `camera_auto_detect` value, change the value to `0`. Reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot` to load your changes.
+
+If your Raspberry Pi has two camera connectors (Raspberry Pi 5 or one of the Compute Modules, for example), then you can specify the use of camera connector 0 by adding `,cam0` to the `dtoverlay` that you used from the table above. If you do not add this, it will default to checking camera connector 1. Note that for official Raspberry Pi camera modules connected to SBCs (not Compute Modules), auto-detection will correctly identify all the cameras connected to your device.
+
+[[tuning-files]]
+==== Tweak camera behaviour with tuning files
+
+Raspberry Pi's `libcamera` implementation includes a **tuning file** for each camera. This file controls algorithms and hardware to produce the best image quality. `libcamera` can only determine the sensor in use, not the module. As a result, some modules require a tuning file override. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#tuning-file[`tuning-file`] option to specify an override. You can also copy and alter existing tuning files to customise camera behaviour.
+
+For example, the no-IR-filter (NoIR) versions of sensors use Auto White Balance (AWB) settings different from the standard versions. On a Raspberry Pi 5 or later, you can specify the the NoIR tuning file for the IMX219 sensor with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --tuning-file /usr/share/libcamera/ipa/rpi/pisp/imx219_noir.json
+----
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi models prior to Raspberry Pi 5 use different tuning files. On those devices, use the files stored in `/usr/share/libcamera/ipa/rpi/vc4/` instead.
+
+`libcamera` maintains tuning files for a number of cameras, including third-party models. For instance, you can find the tuning file for the Soho Enterprises SE327M12 in `se327m12.json`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_detect.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_detect.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e75a4a630f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_detect.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+=== `rpicam-detect`
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi OS does not include `rpicam-detect`. However, you can build `rpicam-detect` if you have xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-tensorflow-lite[installed TensorFlow Lite]. For more information, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps` build instructions]. Don't forget to pass `-Denable_tflite=enabled` when you run `meson`.
+
+`rpicam-detect` displays a preview window and monitors the contents using a Google MobileNet v1 SSD (Single Shot Detector) neural network trained to identify about 80 classes of objects using the Coco dataset. `rpicam-detect` recognises people, cars, cats and many other objects.
+
+Whenever `rpicam-detect` detects a target object, it captures a full-resolution JPEG. Then it returns to monitoring preview mode.
+
+See the xref:camera_software.adoc#object_detect_tf-stage[TensorFlow Lite object detector] section for general information on model usage. For example, you might spy secretly on your cats while you are away with:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-detect -t 0 -o cat%04d.jpg --lores-width 400 --lores-height 300 --post-process-file object_detect_tf.json --object cat
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_hello.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_hello.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de7dae16f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_hello.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+=== `rpicam-hello`
+
+`rpicam-hello` briefly displays a preview window containing the video feed from a connected camera. To use `rpicam-hello` to display a preview window for five seconds, run the following command in a terminal:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello
+----
+
+You can pass an optional duration (in milliseconds) with the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] option. A value of `0` runs the preview indefinitely:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --timeout 0
+----
+
+Use `Ctrl+C` in the terminal or the close button on the preview window to stop `rpicam-hello`.
+
+==== Display an image sensor preview
+
+Most of the `rpicam-apps` display a preview image in a window. If there is no active desktop environment, the preview draws directly to the display using the Linux Direct Rendering Manager (DRM). Otherwise, `rpicam-apps` attempt to use the desktop environment. Both paths use zero-copy GPU buffer sharing: as a result, X forwarding is _not_ supported.
+
+If you run the X window server and want to use X forwarding, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#qt-preview[`qt-preview`] flag to render the preview window in a https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qt_(software)[Qt] window. The Qt preview window uses more resources than the alternatives.
+
+NOTE: Older systems using Gtk2 may, when linked with OpenCV, produce `Glib-GObject` errors and fail to show the Qt preview window. In this case edit the file `/etc/xdg/qt5ct/qt5ct.conf` as root and replace the line containing `style=gtk2` with `style=gtk3`.
+
+To suppress the preview window entirely, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`nopreview`] flag:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -n
+----
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text`] option displays image information on the window title bar using `%` directives. For example, the following command displays the current red and blue gain values:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --info-text "red gain %rg, blue gain %bg"
+----
+
+For a full list of directives, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text` reference].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2531487284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+=== `rpicam-jpeg`
+
+`rpicam-jpeg` helps you capture images on Raspberry Pi devices.
+
+To capture a full resolution JPEG image and save it to a file named `test.jpg`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-jpeg --output test.jpg
+----
+
+You should see a preview window for five seconds. Then, `rpicam-jpeg` captures a full resolution JPEG image and saves it.
+
+Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] option to alter display time of the preview window. The xref:camera_software.adoc#width-and-height[`width` and `height`] options change the resolution of the saved image. For example, the following command displays the preview window for 2 seconds, then captures and saves an image with a resolution of 640×480 pixels:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-jpeg --output test.jpg --timeout 2000 --width 640 --height 480
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90e535ff8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,594 @@
+== `rpicam-apps` options reference
+
+=== Common options
+
+The following options apply across all the `rpicam-apps` with similar or identical semantics, unless otherwise noted.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `help`
+
+Alias: `-h`
+
+Prints the full set of options, along with a brief synopsis of each option. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `version`
+
+Prints out version strings for `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps`. Does not accept a value.
+
+Example output:
+
+----
+rpicam-apps build: ca559f46a97a 27-09-2021 (14:10:24)
+libcamera build: v0.0.0+3058-c29143f7
+----
+
+==== `list-cameras`
+
+Lists the detected cameras attached to your Raspberry Pi and their available sensor modes. Does not accept a value.
+
+Sensor mode identifiers have the following form: `S_ : `
+
+Crop is specified in native sensor pixels (even in pixel binning mode) as `(, )/×`. `(x, y)` specifies the location of the crop window of size `width × height` in the sensor array.
+
+For example, the following output displays information about an `IMX219` sensor at index 0 and an `IMX477` sensor at index 1:
+
+----
+Available cameras
+-----------------
+0 : imx219 [3280x2464] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx219@10)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 640x480 [206.65 fps - (1000, 752)/1280x960 crop]
+ 1640x1232 [41.85 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+ 1920x1080 [47.57 fps - (680, 692)/1920x1080 crop]
+ 3280x2464 [21.19 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+ 'SRGGB8' : 640x480 [206.65 fps - (1000, 752)/1280x960 crop]
+ 1640x1232 [41.85 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+ 1920x1080 [47.57 fps - (680, 692)/1920x1080 crop]
+ 3280x2464 [21.19 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+1 : imx477 [4056x3040] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 1332x990 [120.05 fps - (696, 528)/2664x1980 crop]
+ 'SRGGB12_CSI2P' : 2028x1080 [50.03 fps - (0, 440)/4056x2160 crop]
+ 2028x1520 [40.01 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+ 4056x3040 [10.00 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+----
+
+For the IMX219 sensor in the above example:
+
+* all modes have an `RGGB` Bayer ordering
+* all modes provide either 8-bit or 10-bit CSI2 packed readout at the listed resolutions
+
+==== `camera`
+
+Selects the camera to use. Specify an index from the xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[list of available cameras].
+
+==== `config`
+
+Alias: `-c`
+
+Specify a file containing CLI options and values. Consider a file named `example_configuration.txt` that contains the following text, specifying options and values as key-value pairs, one option per line, long (non-alias) option names only:
+
+----
+timeout=99000
+verbose=
+----
+
+TIP: Omit the leading `--` that you normally pass on the command line. For flags that lack a value, such as `verbose` in the above example, you must include a trailing `=`.
+
+You could then run the following command to specify a timeout of 99000 milliseconds and verbose output:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --config example_configuration.txt
+----
+
+==== `timeout`
+
+Alias: `-t`
+
+Default value: 5000 milliseconds (5 seconds)
+
+Specify how long the application runs before closing. This value is interpreted as a number of milliseconds unless an optional suffix is used to change the unit. The suffix may be one of:
+
+* `min` - minutes
+* `s` or `sec` - seconds
+* `ms` - milliseconds (the default if no suffix used)
+* `us` - microseconds
+* `ns` - nanoseconds.
+
+This time applies to both video recording and preview windows. When capturing a still image, the application shows a preview window for the length of time specified by the `timeout` parameter before capturing the output image.
+
+To run the application indefinitely, specify a value of `0`. Floating point values are also permitted.
+
+Example: `rpicam-hello -t 0.5min` would run for 30 seconds.
+
+==== `preview`
+
+Alias: `-p`
+
+Sets the location (x,y coordinates) and size (w,h dimensions) of the desktop or DRM preview window. Does not affect the resolution or aspect ratio of images requested from the camera. Scales image size and pillar or letterboxes image aspect ratio to fit within the preview window.
+
+Pass the preview window dimensions in the following comma-separated form: `x,y,w,h`
+
+Example: `rpicam-hello --preview 100,100,500,500`
+
+image::images/preview_window.jpg[Letterboxed preview image]
+
+==== `fullscreen`
+
+Alias: `-f`
+
+Forces the preview window to use the entire screen with no border or title bar. Scales image size and pillar or letterboxes image aspect ratio to fit within the entire screen. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `qt-preview`
+
+Uses the Qt preview window, which consumes more resources than the alternatives, but supports X window forwarding. Incompatible with the xref:camera_software.adoc#fullscreen[`fullscreen`] flag. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `nopreview`
+
+Alias: `-n`
+
+Causes the application to _not_ display a preview window at all. Does not accept a value.
+
+
+==== `info-text`
+
+Default value: `"#%frame (%fps fps) exp %exp ag %ag dg %dg"`
+
+Sets the supplied string as the title of the preview window when running in a desktop environment. Supports the following image metadata substitutions:
+
+|===
+| Directive | Substitution
+
+| `%frame`
+| Sequence number of the frame.
+
+| `%fps`
+| Instantaneous frame rate.
+
+| `%exp`
+| Shutter speed used to capture the image, in microseconds.
+
+| `%ag`
+| Analogue gain applied to the image in the sensor.
+
+| `%dg`
+| Digital gain applied to the image by the ISP.
+
+| `%rg`
+| Gain applied to the red component of each pixel.
+
+| `%bg`
+| Gain applied to the blue component of each pixel.
+
+| `%focus`
+| Focus metric for the image, where a larger value implies a sharper image.
+
+| `%lp`
+| Current lens position in dioptres (1 / distance in metres).
+
+| `%afstate`
+| Autofocus algorithm state (`idle`, `scanning`, `focused` or `failed`).
+|===
+
+image::images/focus.jpg[Image showing focus measure]
+
+==== `width` and `height`
+
+Each accepts a single number defining the dimensions, in pixels, of the captured image.
+
+For `rpicam-still`, `rpicam-jpeg` and `rpicam-vid`, specifies output resolution.
+
+For `rpicam-raw`, specifies raw frame resolution. For cameras with a 2×2 binned readout mode, specifying a resolution equal to or smaller than the binned mode captures 2×2 binned raw frames.
+
+For `rpicam-hello`, has no effect.
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-vid -o test.h264 --width 1920 --height 1080` captures 1080p video.
+
+* `rpicam-still -r -o test.jpg --width 2028 --height 1520` captures a 2028×1520 resolution JPEG. If used with the HQ camera, uses 2×2 binned mode, so the raw file (`test.dng`) contains a 2028×1520 raw Bayer image.
+
+==== `viewfinder-width` and `viewfinder-height`
+
+Each accepts a single number defining the dimensions, in pixels, of the image displayed in the preview window. Does not effect the preview window dimensions, since images are resized to fit. Does not affect captured still images or videos.
+
+==== `mode`
+
+Allows you to specify a camera mode in the following colon-separated format: `:::`. The system selects the closest available option for the sensor if there is not an exact match for a provided value. You can use the packed (`P`) or unpacked (`U`) packing formats. Impacts the format of stored videos and stills, but not the format of frames passed to the preview window.
+
+Bit-depth and packing are optional.
+Bit-depth defaults to 12.
+Packing defaults to `P` (packed).
+
+For information about the bit-depth, resolution, and packing options available for your sensor, see xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[`list-cameras`].
+
+Examples:
+
+* `4056:3040:12:P` - 4056×3040 resolution, 12 bits per pixel, packed.
+* `1632:1224:10` - 1632×1224 resolution, 10 bits per pixel.
+* `2592:1944:10:U` - 2592×1944 resolution, 10 bits per pixel, unpacked.
+* `3264:2448` - 3264×2448 resolution.
+
+===== Packed format details
+
+The packed format uses less storage for pixel data.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 4 and earlier devices_, the packed format packs pixels using the MIPI CSI-2 standard. This means:
+
+* 10-bit camera modes pack 4 pixels into 5 bytes. The first 4 bytes contain the 8 most significant bits (MSBs) of each pixel, and the final byte contains the 4 pairs of least significant bits (LSBs).
+* 12-bit camera modes pack 2 pixels into 3 bytes. The first 2 bytes contain the 8 most significant bits (MSBs) of each pixel, and the final byte contains the 4 least significant bits (LSBs) of both pixels.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 5 and later devices_, the packed format compresses pixel values with a visually lossless compression scheme into 8 bits (1 byte) per pixel.
+
+===== Unpacked format details
+
+The unpacked format provides pixel values that are much easier to manually manipulate, at the expense of using more storage for pixel data.
+
+On all devices, the unpacked format uses 2 bytes per pixel.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 4 and earlier devices_, applications apply zero padding at the *most significant end*. In the unpacked format, a pixel from a 10-bit camera mode cannot exceed the value 1023.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 5 and later devices_, applications apply zero padding at the *least significant end*, so images use the full 16-bit dynamic range of the pixel depth delivered by the sensor.
+
+==== `viewfinder-mode`
+
+Identical to the `mode` option, but it applies to the data passed to the preview window. For more information, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#mode[`mode` documentation].
+
+==== `lores-width` and `lores-height`
+
+Delivers a second, lower-resolution image stream from the camera, scaled down to the specified dimensions.
+
+Each accepts a single number defining the dimensions, in pixels, of the lower-resolution stream.
+
+Available for preview and video modes. Not available for still captures. If you specify a aspect ratio different from the normal resolution stream, generates non-square pixels.
+
+For `rpicam-vid`, disables extra colour-denoise processing.
+
+
+Useful for image analysis when combined with xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[image post-processing].
+
+==== `hflip`
+
+Flips the image horizontally. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `vflip`
+
+Flips the image vertically. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `rotation`
+
+Rotates the image extracted from the sensor. Accepts only the values 0 or 180.
+
+==== `roi`
+
+Crops the image extracted from the full field of the sensor. Accepts four decimal values, _ranged 0 to 1_, in the following format: `,,,h>`. Each of these values represents a percentage of the available width and heights as a decimal between 0 and 1.
+
+These values define the following proportions:
+
+* ``: X coordinates to skip before extracting an image
+* ``: Y coordinates to skip before extracting an image
+* ``: image width to extract
+* ``: image height to extract
+
+Defaults to `0,0,1,1` (starts at the first X coordinate and the first Y coordinate, uses 100% of the image width, uses 100% of the image height).
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-hello --roi 0.25,0.25,0.5,0.5` selects exactly a half of the total number of pixels cropped from the centre of the image (skips the first 25% of X coordinates, skips the first 25% of Y coordinates, uses 50% of the total image width, uses 50% of the total image height).
+* `rpicam-hello --roi 0,0,0.25,0.25` selects exactly a quarter of the total number of pixels cropped from the top left of the image (skips the first 0% of X coordinates, skips the first 0% of Y coordinates, uses 25% of the image width, uses 25% of the image height).
+
+==== `hdr`
+
+Default value: `off`
+
+Runs the camera in HDR mode. If passed without a value, assumes `auto`. Accepts one of the following values:
+
+* `off` - Disables HDR.
+* `auto` - Enables HDR on supported devices. Uses the sensor's built-in HDR mode if available. If the sensor lacks a built-in HDR mode, uses on-board HDR mode, if available.
+* `single-exp` - Uses on-board HDR mode, if available, even if the sensor has a built-in HDR mode. If on-board HDR mode is not available, disables HDR.
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 and later devices have an on-board HDR mode.
+
+To check for built-in HDR modes in a sensor, pass this option in addition to xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[`list-cameras`].
+
+=== Camera control options
+
+The following options control image processing and algorithms that affect camera image quality.
+
+==== `sharpness`
+
+Sets image sharpness. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `0.0` applies no sharpening
+* values greater than `0.0`, but less than `1.0` apply less than the default amount of sharpening
+* `1.0` applies the default amount of sharpening
+* values greater than `1.0` apply extra sharpening
+
+==== `contrast`
+
+Specifies the image contrast. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `0.0` applies minimum contrast
+* values greater than `0.0`, but less than `1.0` apply less than the default amount of contrast
+* `1.0` applies the default amount of contrast
+* values greater than `1.0` apply extra contrast
+
+
+==== `brightness`
+
+Specifies the image brightness, added as an offset to all pixels in the output image. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `-1.0` applies minimum brightness (black)
+* `0.0` applies standard brightness
+* `1.0` applies maximum brightness (white)
+
+For many use cases, prefer xref:camera_software.adoc#ev[`ev`].
+
+==== `saturation`
+
+Specifies the image colour saturation. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `0.0` applies minimum saturation (grayscale)
+* values greater than `0.0`, but less than `1.0` apply less than the default amount of saturation
+* `1.0` applies the default amount of saturation
+* values greater than `1.0` apply extra saturation
+
+==== `ev`
+
+Specifies the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exposure_value[exposure value (EV)] compensation of the image in stops. Accepts a numeric value that controls target values passed to the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) processing algorithm along the following spectrum:
+
+* `-10.0` applies minimum target values
+* `0.0` applies standard target values
+* `10.0` applies maximum target values
+
+==== `shutter`
+
+Specifies the exposure time, using the shutter, in _microseconds_. Gain can still vary when you use this option. If the camera runs at a framerate so fast it does not allow for the specified exposure time (for instance, a framerate of 1fps and an exposure time of 10000 microseconds), the sensor will use the maximum exposure time allowed by the framerate.
+
+For a list of minimum and maximum shutter times for official cameras, see the xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#hardware-specification[camera hardware documentation]. Values above the maximum result in undefined behaviour.
+
+==== `gain`
+
+Alias: `--analoggain`
+
+Sets the combined analogue and digital gain. When the sensor driver can provide the requested gain, only uses analogue gain. When analogue gain reaches the maximum value, the ISP applies digital gain. Accepts a numeric value.
+
+For a list of analogue gain limits, for official cameras, see the xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#hardware-specification[camera hardware documentation].
+
+Sometimes, digital gain can exceed 1.0 even when the analogue gain limit is not exceeded. This can occur in the following situations:
+
+* Either of the colour gains drops below 1.0, which will cause the digital gain to settle to 1.0/min(red_gain,blue_gain). This keeps the total digital gain applied to any colour channel above 1.0 to avoid discolouration artefacts.
+* Slight variances during Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) changes.
+
+==== `metering`
+
+Default value: `centre`
+
+Sets the metering mode of the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) algorithm. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `centre` - centre weighted metering
+* `spot` - spot metering
+* `average` - average or whole frame metering
+* `custom` - custom metering mode defined in the camera tuning file
+
+For more information on defining a custom metering mode, and adjusting region weights in existing metering modes, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Tuning guide for the Raspberry Pi cameras and libcamera].
+
+==== `exposure`
+
+Sets the exposure profile. Changing the exposure profile should not affect the image exposure. Instead, different modes adjust gain settings to achieve the same net result. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `sport`: short exposure, larger gains
+* `normal`: normal exposure, normal gains
+* `long`: long exposure, smaller gains
+
+You can edit exposure profiles using tuning files. For more information, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Tuning guide for the Raspberry Pi cameras and libcamera].
+
+==== `awb`
+
+Sets the Auto White Balance (AWB) mode. Accepts the following values:
+
+|===
+| Mode name | Colour temperature range
+
+| `auto`
+| 2500K to 8000K
+
+| `incandescent`
+| 2500K to 3000K
+
+| `tungsten`
+| 3000K to 3500K
+
+| `fluorescent`
+| 4000K to 4700K
+
+| `indoor`
+| 3000K to 5000K
+
+| `daylight`
+| 5500K to 6500K
+
+| `cloudy`
+| 7000K to 8500K
+
+| `custom`
+| A custom range defined in the tuning file.
+|===
+
+These values are only approximate: values could vary according to the camera tuning.
+
+No mode fully disables AWB. Instead, you can fix colour gains with xref:camera_software.adoc#awbgains[`awbgains`].
+
+For more information on AWB modes, including how to define a custom one, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Tuning guide for the Raspberry Pi cameras and libcamera].
+
+==== `awbgains`
+
+Sets a fixed red and blue gain value to be used instead of an Auto White Balance (AWB) algorithm. Set non-zero values to disable AWB. Accepts comma-separated numeric input in the following format: `,`
+
+==== `denoise`
+
+Default value: `auto`
+
+Sets the denoising mode. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `auto`: Enables standard spatial denoise. Uses extra-fast colour denoise for video, and high-quality colour denoise for images. Enables no extra colour denoise in the preview window.
+
+* `off`: Disables spatial and colour denoise.
+
+* `cdn_off`: Disables colour denoise.
+
+* `cdn_fast`: Uses fast colour denoise.
+
+* `cdn_hq`: Uses high-quality colour denoise. Not appropriate for video/viewfinder due to reduced throughput.
+
+Even fast colour denoise can lower framerates. High quality colour denoise _significantly_ lowers framerates.
+
+==== `tuning-file`
+
+Specifies the camera tuning file. The tuning file allows you to control many aspects of image processing, including the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC), Auto White Balance (AWB), colour shading correction, colour processing, denoising and more. Accepts a tuning file path as input.
+
+For more information about tuning files, see xref:camera_software.adoc#tuning-files[Tuning Files].
+
+==== `autofocus-mode`
+
+Default value: `default`
+
+Specifies the autofocus mode. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `default`: puts the camera into continuous autofocus mode unless xref:camera_software.adoc#lens-position[`lens-position`] or xref:camera_software.adoc#autofocus-on-capture[`autofocus-on-capture`] override the mode to manual
+* `manual`: does not move the lens at all unless manually configured with xref:camera_software.adoc#lens-position[`lens-position`]
+* `auto`: only moves the lens for an autofocus sweep when the camera starts or just before capture if xref:camera_software.adoc#autofocus-on-capture[`autofocus-on-capture`] is also used
+* `continuous`: adjusts the lens position automatically as the scene changes
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `autofocus-range`
+
+Default value: `normal`
+
+Specifies the autofocus range. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `normal`: focuses from reasonably close to infinity
+* `macro`: focuses only on close objects, including the closest focal distances supported by the camera
+* `full`: focus on the entire range, from the very closest objects to infinity
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `autofocus-speed`
+
+Default value: `normal`
+
+Specifies the autofocus speed. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `normal`: changes the lens position at normal speed
+* `fast`: changes the lens position quickly
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `autofocus-window`
+
+Specifies the autofocus window within the full field of the sensor. Accepts four decimal values, _ranged 0 to 1_, in the following format: `,,,h>`. Each of these values represents a percentage of the available width and heights as a decimal between 0 and 1.
+
+These values define the following proportions:
+
+* ``: X coordinates to skip before applying autofocus
+* ``: Y coordinates to skip before applying autofocus
+* ``: autofocus area width
+* ``: autofocus area height
+
+The default value uses the middle third of the output image in both dimensions (1/9 of the total image area).
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-hello --autofocus-window 0.25,0.25,0.5,0.5` selects exactly half of the total number of pixels cropped from the centre of the image (skips the first 25% of X coordinates, skips the first 25% of Y coordinates, uses 50% of the total image width, uses 50% of the total image height).
+* `rpicam-hello --autofocus-window 0,0,0.25,0.25` selects exactly a quarter of the total number of pixels cropped from the top left of the image (skips the first 0% of X coordinates, skips the first 0% of Y coordinates, uses 25% of the image width, uses 25% of the image height).
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `lens-position`
+
+Default value: `default`
+
+Moves the lens to a fixed focal distance, normally given in dioptres (units of 1 / _distance in metres_). Accepts the following spectrum of values:
+
+* `0.0`: moves the lens to the "infinity" position
+* Any other `number`: moves the lens to the 1 / `number` position. For example, the value `2.0` would focus at approximately 0.5m
+* `default`: move the lens to a default position which corresponds to the hyperfocal position of the lens
+
+Lens calibration is imperfect, so different camera modules of the same model may vary.
+
+==== `verbose`
+
+Alias: `-v`
+
+Default value: `1`
+
+Sets the verbosity level. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `0`: no output
+* `1`: normal output
+* `2`: verbose output
+
+=== Output file options
+
+==== `output`
+
+Alias: `-o`
+
+Sets the name of the file used to record images or video. Besides plaintext file names, accepts the following special values:
+
+* `-`: write to stdout.
+* `udp://` (prefix): a network address for UDP streaming.
+* `tcp://` (prefix): a network address for TCP streaming.
+* Include the `%d` directive in the file name to replace the directive with a count that increments for each opened file. This directive supports standard C format directive modifiers.
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-vid -t 100000 --segment 10000 -o chunk%04d.h264` records a 100 second file in 10 second segments, where each file includes an incrementing four-digit counter padded with leading zeros: e.g. `chunk0001.h264`, `chunk0002.h264`, etc.
+
+* `rpicam-vid -t 0 --inline -o udp://192.168.1.13:5000` streams H.264 video to network address 192.168.1.13 using UDP on port 5000.
+
+==== `wrap`
+
+Sets a maximum value for the counter used by the xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] `%d` directive. The counter resets to zero after reaching this value. Accepts a numeric value.
+
+==== `flush`
+
+Flushes output files to disk as soon as a frame finishes writing, instead of waiting for the system to handle it. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `post-process-file`
+
+Specifies a JSON file that configures the post-processing applied by the imaging pipeline. This applies to camera images _before_ they reach the application. This works similarly to the legacy `raspicam` "image effects". Accepts a file name path as input.
+
+Post-processing is a large topic and admits the use of third-party software like OpenCV and TensorFlowLite to analyse and manipulate images. For more information, see xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[post-processing].
+
+==== `buffer-count`
+
+The number of buffers to allocate for still image capture or for video recording. The default value of zero lets each application choose a reasonable number for its own use case (1 for still image capture, and 6 for video recording). Increasing the number can sometimes help to reduce the number of frame drops, particularly at higher framerates.
+
+==== `viewfinder-buffer-count`
+
+As the `buffer-count` option, but applies when running in preview mode (that is `rpicam-hello` or the preview, not capture, phase of `rpicam-still`).
+
+==== `metadata`
+
+Save captured image metadata to a file or `-` for stdout. The fields in the metadata output will depend on the camera model in use.
+
+See also `metadata-format`.
+
+==== `metadata-format`
+
+Format to save the metadata in. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `txt` for text format
+* `json` for JSON format
+
+In text format, each line will have the form
+
+ key=value
+
+In JSON format, the output is a JSON object.
+
+This option does nothing unless `--metadata` is also specified.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..298116505c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+=== Detection options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to object detection using `rpicam-detect`.
+
+To pass one of the following options to `rpicam-detect`, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `object`
+
+Detects objects with the given name, sourced from the model's label file. Accepts a plaintext file name as input.
+
+==== `gap`
+
+Wait at least this many frames between captures. Accepts numeric values.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b1f2ce199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+=== `libav` options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to `libav` video backend.
+
+To enable the `libav` backend, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#codec[`codec`] option the value `libav`.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `libav-format`
+
+Sets the `libav` output format. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `mkv` encoding
+* `mp4` encoding
+* `avi` encoding
+* `h264` streaming
+* `mpegts` streaming
+
+If you do not provide this option, the file extension passed to the xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] option determines the file format.
+
+==== `libav-audio`
+
+Enables audio recording. When enabled, you must also specify an xref:camera_software.adoc#audio-codec[`audio-codec`]. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `audio-codec`
+
+Default value: `aac`
+
+Selects an audio codec for output. For a list of available codecs, run `ffmpeg -codecs`.
+
+==== `audio-bitrate`
+
+Sets the bitrate for audio encoding in bits per second. Accepts numeric input.
+
+Example: `rpicam-vid --codec libav -o test.mp4 --audio_codec mp2 --audio-bitrate 16384` (Records audio at 16 kilobits/sec with the mp2 codec)
+
+==== `audio-samplerate`
+
+Default value: `0`
+
+Sets the audio sampling rate in Hz. Accepts numeric input. `0` uses the input sample rate.
+
+==== `audio-device`
+
+Select an ALSA input device for audio recording. For a list of available devices, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pactl list | grep -A2 'Source #' | grep 'Name: '
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+Name: alsa_output.platform-bcm2835_audio.analog-stereo.monitor
+Name: alsa_output.platform-fef00700.hdmi.hdmi-stereo.monitor
+Name: alsa_output.usb-GN_Netcom_A_S_Jabra_EVOLVE_LINK_000736B1214E0A-00.analog-stereo.monitor
+Name: alsa_input.usb-GN_Netcom_A_S_Jabra_EVOLVE_LINK_000736B1214E0A-00.mono-fallback
+----
+
+==== `av-sync`
+
+Shifts the audio sample timestamp by a value in microseconds. Accepts positive and negative numeric values.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e20880dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+=== Image options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to still image output.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `quality`
+
+Alias: `-q`
+
+Default value: `93`
+
+Sets the JPEG quality. Accepts a value between `1` and `100`.
+
+==== `exif`
+
+Saves extra EXIF tags in the JPEG output file. Only applies to JPEG output. Because of limitations in the `libexif` library, many tags are currently (incorrectly) formatted as ASCII and print a warning in the terminal.
+
+This option is necessary to add certain EXIF tags related to camera settings. You can add tags unrelated to camera settings to the output JPEG after recording with https://exiftool.org/[ExifTool].
+
+Example: `rpicam-still -o test.jpg --exif IDO0.Artist=Someone`
+
+==== `timelapse`
+
+Records images at the specified interval. Accepts an interval in milliseconds. Combine this setting with xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] to capture repeated images over time.
+
+You can specify separate filenames for each output file using string formatting, e.g. `--output test%d.jpg`.
+
+Example: `rpicam-still -t 100000 -o test%d.jpg --timelapse 10000` captures an image every 10 seconds for 100 seconds.
+
+==== `framestart`
+
+Configures a starting value for the frame counter accessed in output file names as `%d`. Accepts an integer starting value.
+
+==== `datetime`
+
+Uses the current date and time in the output file name, in the form `MMDDhhmmss.jpg`:
+
+* `MM` = 2-digit month number
+* `DD` = 2-digit day number
+* `hh` = 2-digit 24-hour hour number
+* `mm` = 2-digit minute number
+* `ss` = 2-digit second number
+
+Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `timestamp`
+
+Uses the current system https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time[Unix time] as the output file name. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `restart`
+
+Default value: `0`
+
+Configures the restart marker interval for JPEG output. JPEG restart markers can help limit the impact of corruption on JPEG images, and additionally enable the use of multi-threaded JPEG encoding and decoding. Accepts an integer value.
+
+==== `immediate`
+
+Captures the image immediately when the application runs.
+
+==== `keypress`
+
+Alias: `-k`
+
+Captures an image when the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] expires or on press of the *Enter* key, whichever comes first. Press the `x` key, then *Enter* to exit without capturing. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `signal`
+
+Captures an image when the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] expires or when `SIGUSR1` is received. Use `SIGUSR2` to exit without capturing. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `thumb`
+
+Default value: `320:240:70`
+
+Configure the dimensions and quality of the thumbnail with the following format: `` (or `none`, which omits the thumbnail).
+
+==== `encoding`
+
+Alias: `-e`
+
+Default value: `jpg`
+
+Sets the encoder to use for image output. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `jpg` - JPEG
+* `png` - PNG
+* `bmp` - BMP
+* `rgb` - binary dump of uncompressed RGB pixels
+* `yuv420` - binary dump of uncompressed YUV420 pixels
+
+This option always determines the encoding, overriding the extension passed to xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`].
+
+When using the xref:camera_software.adoc#datetime[`datetime`] and xref:camera_software.adoc#timestamp[`timestamp`] options, this option determines the output file extension.
+
+==== `raw`
+
+Alias: `-r`
+
+Saves a raw Bayer file in DNG format in addition to the output image. Replaces the output file name extension with `.dng`. You can process these standard DNG files with tools like _dcraw_ or _RawTherapee_. Does not accept a value.
+
+The image data in the raw file is exactly what came out of the sensor, with no processing from the ISP or anything else. The EXIF data saved in the file, among other things, includes:
+
+* exposure time
+* analogue gain (the ISO tag is 100 times the analogue gain used)
+* white balance gains (which are the reciprocals of the "as shot neutral" values)
+* the colour matrix used by the ISP
+
+==== `latest`
+
+Creates a symbolic link to the most recently saved file. Accepts a symbolic link name as input.
+
+==== `autofocus-on-capture`
+
+If set, runs an autofocus cycle _just before_ capturing an image. Interacts with the following xref:camera_software.adoc#autofocus-mode[`autofocus_mode`] values:
+
+* `default` or `manual`: only runs the capture-time autofocus cycle.
+
+* `auto`: runs an additional autofocus cycle when the preview window loads.
+
+* `continuous`: ignores this option, instead continually focusing throughout the preview.
+
+Does not require a value, but you can pass `1` to enable and `0` to disable. Not passing a value is equivalent to passing `1`.
+
+Only supported by some camera modules (such as the _Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3_).
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00ac1a2589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+=== Video options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to video output.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `quality`
+
+Alias: `-q`
+
+Default value: `50`
+
+Accepts an MJPEG quality level between 1 and 100. Only applies to videos encoded in the MJPEG format.
+
+==== `bitrate`
+
+Alias: `-b`
+
+Controls the target bitrate used by the H.264 encoder in bits per second. Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format. Impacts the size of the output video.
+
+
+Example: `rpicam-vid -b 10000000 --width 1920 --height 1080 -o test.h264`
+
+==== `intra`
+
+Alias: `-g`
+
+Default value: `60`
+
+Sets the frequency of Iframes (intra frames) in the H.264 bitstream. Accepts a number of frames. Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format.
+
+==== `profile`
+
+Sets the H.264 profile. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `baseline`
+* `main`
+* `high`
+
+Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format.
+
+==== `level`
+
+Sets the H.264 level. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `4`
+* `4.1`
+* `4.2`
+
+Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format.
+
+==== `codec`
+
+Sets the encoder to use for video output. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `h264` - use H.264 encoder (the default)
+* `mjpeg` - use MJPEG encoder
+* `yuv420` - output uncompressed YUV420 frames.
+* `libav` - use the libav backend to encode audio and video (for more information, see xref:camera_software.adoc#libav-integration-with-rpicam-vid[`libav`])
+
+==== `save-pts`
+
+WARNING: Raspberry Pi 5 does not support the `save-pts` option. Use `libav` to automatically generate timestamps for container formats instead.
+
+Enables frame timestamp output, which allow you to convert the bitstream into a container format using a tool like `mkvmerge`. Accepts a plaintext file name for the timestamp output file.
+
+Example: `rpicam-vid -o test.h264 --save-pts timestamps.txt`
+
+You can then use the following command to generate an MKV container file from the bitstream and timestamps file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkvmerge -o test.mkv --timecodes 0:timestamps.txt test.h264
+----
+
+==== `keypress`
+
+Alias: `-k`
+
+Allows the CLI to enable and disable video output using the *Enter* key. Always starts in the recording state unless specified otherwise with xref:camera_software.adoc#initial[`initial`]. Type the `x` key and press *Enter* to exit. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `signal`
+
+Alias: `-s`
+
+Allows the CLI to enable and disable video output using `SIGUSR1`. Use `SIGUSR2` to exit. Always starts in the recording state unless specified otherwise with xref:camera_software.adoc#initial[`initial`]. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `initial`
+
+Default value: `record`
+
+Specifies whether to start the application with video output enabled or disabled. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `record`: Starts with video output enabled.
+* `pause`: Starts with video output disabled.
+
+Use this option with either xref:camera_software.adoc#keypress[`keypress`] or xref:camera_software.adoc#signal[`signal`] to toggle between the two states.
+
+==== `split`
+
+When toggling recording with xref:camera_software.adoc#keypress[`keypress`] or xref:camera_software.adoc#signal[`signal`], writes the video output from separate recording sessions into separate files. Does not accept a value. Unless combined with xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] to specify unique names for each file, overwrites each time it writes a file.
+
+==== `segment`
+
+Cuts video output into multiple files of the passed duration. Accepts a duration in milliseconds. If passed a very small duration (for instance, `1`), records each frame to a separate output file to simulate burst capture.
+
+You can specify separate filenames for each file using string formatting, e.g. `--output test%04d.h264`.
+
+==== `circular`
+
+Default value: `4`
+
+Writes video recording into a circular buffer in memory. When the application quits, records the circular buffer to disk. Accepts an optional size in megabytes.
+
+==== `inline`
+
+Writes a sequence header in every Iframe (intra frame). This can help clients decode the video sequence from any point in the video, instead of just the beginning. Recommended with xref:camera_software.adoc#segment[`segment`], xref:camera_software.adoc#split[`split`], xref:camera_software.adoc#circular[`circular`], and streaming options.
+
+Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `listen`
+
+Waits for an incoming client connection before encoding video. Intended for network streaming over TCP/IP. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `frames`
+
+Records exactly the specified number of frames. Any non-zero value overrides xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`]. Accepts a nonzero integer.
+
+==== `framerate`
+
+Records exactly the specified framerate. Accepts a nonzero integer.
+
+==== `low-latency`
+
+On a Pi 5, the `--low-latency` option will reduce the encoding latency, which may be beneficial for real-time streaming applications, in return for (slightly) less good coding efficiency (for example, B frames and arithmetic coding will no longer be used).
+
+==== `sync`
+
+Run the camera in software synchronisation mode, where multiple cameras synchronise frames to the same moment in time. The `sync` mode can be set to either `client` or `server`. For more information, please refer to the detailed explanation of xref:camera_software.adoc#software-camera-synchronisation[how software synchronisation works].
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_raw.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_raw.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..210e0e20ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_raw.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+=== `rpicam-raw`
+
+`rpicam-raw` records video as raw Bayer frames directly from the sensor. It does not show a preview window. To record a two second raw clip to a file named `test.raw`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-raw -t 2000 -o test.raw
+----
+
+`rpicam-raw` outputs raw frames with no formatting information at all, one directly after another. The application prints the pixel format and image dimensions to the terminal window to help the user interpret the pixel data.
+
+By default, `rpicam-raw` outputs raw frames in a single, potentially very large, file. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#segment[`segment`] option to direct each raw frame to a separate file, using the `%05d` xref:camera_software.adoc#output[directive] to make each frame filename unique:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-raw -t 2000 --segment 1 -o test%05d.raw
+----
+
+With a fast storage device, `rpicam-raw` can write 18MB 12-megapixel HQ camera frames to disk at 10fps. `rpicam-raw` has no capability to format output frames as DNG files; for that functionality, use xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-still[`rpicam-still`]. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#framerate[`framerate`] option at a level beneath 10 to avoid dropping frames:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-raw -t 5000 --width 4056 --height 3040 -o test.raw --framerate 8
+----
+
+For more information on the raw formats, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#mode[`mode` documentation].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_still.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_still.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08ec164e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_still.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+=== `rpicam-still`
+
+`rpicam-still`, like `rpicam-jpeg`, helps you capture images on Raspberry Pi devices.
+Unlike `rpicam-jpeg`, `rpicam-still` supports many options provided in the legacy `raspistill` application.
+
+To capture a full resolution JPEG image and save it to a file named `test.jpg`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --output test.jpg
+----
+
+==== Encoders
+
+`rpicam-still` can save images in multiple formats, including `png`, `bmp`, and both RGB and YUV binary pixel dumps. To read these binary dumps, any application reading the files must understand the pixel arrangement.
+
+Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#encoding[`encoding`] option to specify an output format. The file name passed to xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] has no impact on the output file type.
+
+To capture a full resolution PNG image and save it to a file named `test.png`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --encoding png --output test.png
+----
+
+For more information about specifying an image format, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#encoding[`encoding` option reference].
+
+==== Capture raw images
+
+Raw images are the images produced directly by the image sensor, before any processing is applied to them either by the Image Signal Processor (ISP) or CPU. Colour image sensors usually use the Bayer format. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#raw[`raw`] option to capture raw images.
+
+To capture an image, save it to a file named `test.jpg`, and also save a raw version of the image to a file named `test.dng`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --raw --output test.jpg
+----
+
+`rpicam-still` saves raw images in the DNG (Adobe Digital Negative) format. To determine the filename of the raw images, `rpicam-still` uses the same name as the output file, with the extension changed to `.dng`. To work with DNG images, use an application like https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dcraw[Dcraw] or https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RawTherapee[RawTherapee].
+
+DNG files contain metadata about the image capture, including black levels, white balance information and the colour matrix used by the ISP to produce the JPEG. Use https://exiftool.org/[ExifTool] to view DNG metadata. The following output shows typical metadata stored in a raw image captured by a Raspberry Pi using the HQ camera:
+
+----
+File Name : test.dng
+Directory : .
+File Size : 24 MB
+File Modification Date/Time : 2021:08:17 16:36:18+01:00
+File Access Date/Time : 2021:08:17 16:36:18+01:00
+File Inode Change Date/Time : 2021:08:17 16:36:18+01:00
+File Permissions : rw-r--r--
+File Type : DNG
+File Type Extension : dng
+MIME Type : image/x-adobe-dng
+Exif Byte Order : Little-endian (Intel, II)
+Make : Raspberry Pi
+Camera Model Name : /base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a
+Orientation : Horizontal (normal)
+Software : rpicam-still
+Subfile Type : Full-resolution Image
+Image Width : 4056
+Image Height : 3040
+Bits Per Sample : 16
+Compression : Uncompressed
+Photometric Interpretation : Color Filter Array
+Samples Per Pixel : 1
+Planar Configuration : Chunky
+CFA Repeat Pattern Dim : 2 2
+CFA Pattern 2 : 2 1 1 0
+Black Level Repeat Dim : 2 2
+Black Level : 256 256 256 256
+White Level : 4095
+DNG Version : 1.1.0.0
+DNG Backward Version : 1.0.0.0
+Unique Camera Model : /base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a
+Color Matrix 1 : 0.8545269369 -0.2382823821 -0.09044229197 -0.1890484985 1.063961506 0.1062747385 -0.01334283455 0.1440163847 0.2593136724
+As Shot Neutral : 0.4754476844 1 0.413686484
+Calibration Illuminant 1 : D65
+Strip Offsets : 0
+Strip Byte Counts : 0
+Exposure Time : 1/20
+ISO : 400
+CFA Pattern : [Blue,Green][Green,Red]
+Image Size : 4056x3040
+Megapixels : 12.3
+Shutter Speed : 1/20
+----
+
+To find the analogue gain, divide the ISO number by 100.
+The Auto White Balance (AWB) algorithm determines a single calibrated illuminant, which is always labelled `D65`.
+
+==== Capture long exposures
+
+To capture very long exposure images, disable the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) and Auto White Balance (AWB). These algorithms will otherwise force the user to wait for a number of frames while they converge.
+
+To disable these algorithms, supply explicit values for gain and AWB. Because long exposures take plenty of time already, it often makes sense to skip the preview phase entirely with the xref:camera_software.adoc#immediate[`immediate`] option.
+
+To perform a 100 second exposure capture, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still -o long_exposure.jpg --shutter 100000000 --gain 1 --awbgains 1,1 --immediate
+----
+
+To find the maximum exposure times of official Raspberry Pi cameras, see xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#hardware-specification[the camera hardware specification].
+
+==== Create a time lapse video
+
+To create a time lapse video, capture a still image at a regular interval, such as once a minute, then use an application to stitch the pictures together into a video.
+
+[tabs]
+======
+`rpicam-still` time lapse mode::
++
+To use the built-in time lapse mode of `rpicam-still`, use the xref:camera_software.adoc#timelapse[`timelapse`] option. This option accepts a value representing the period of time you want your Raspberry Pi to wait between captures, in milliseconds.
++
+First, create a directory where you can store your time lapse photos:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkdir timelapse
+----
++
+Run the following command to create a time lapse over 30 seconds, recording a photo every two seconds, saving output into `image0000.jpg` through `image0013.jpg`:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --timeout 30000 --timelapse 2000 -o timelapse/image%04d.jpg
+----
+
+`cron`::
++
+You can also automate time lapses with `cron`. First, create the script, named `timelapse.sh` containing the following commands. Replace the `` placeholder with the name of your user account on your Raspberry Pi:
++
+[source,bash]
+----
+#!/bin/bash
+DATE=$(date +"%Y-%m-%d_%H%M")
+rpicam-still -o /home//timelapse/$DATE.jpg
+----
++
+Then, make the script executable:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ chmod +x timelapse.sh
+----
++
+Create the `timelapse` directory into which you'll save time lapse pictures:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkdir timelapse
+----
++
+Open your crontab for editing:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ crontab -e
+----
++
+Once you have the file open in an editor, add the following line to schedule an image capture every minute, replacing the `` placeholder with the username of your primary user account:
++
+----
+* * * * * /home//timelapse.sh 2>&1
+----
++
+Save and exit, and you should see this message:
++
+----
+crontab: installing new crontab
+----
++
+To stop recording images for the time lapse, run `crontab -e` again and remove the above line from your crontab.
+
+======
+
+===== Stitch images together
+
+Once you have a series of time lapse photos, you probably want to combine them into a video. Use `ffmpeg` to do this on a Raspberry Pi.
+
+First, install `ffmpeg`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install ffmpeg
+----
+
+Run the following command from the directory that contains the `timelapse` directory to convert your JPEG files into an mp4 video:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffmpeg -r 10 -f image2 -pattern_type glob -i 'timelapse/*.jpg' -s 1280x720 -vcodec libx264 timelapse.mp4
+----
+
+The command above uses the following parameters:
+
+* `-r 10`: sets the frame rate (Hz value) to ten frames per second in the output video
+* `-f image2`: sets `ffmpeg` to read from a list of image files specified by a pattern
+* `-pattern_type glob`: use wildcard patterns (globbing) to interpret filename input with `-i`
+* `-i 'timelapse/*.jpg'`: specifies input files to match JPG files in the `timelapse` directory
+* `-s 1280x720`: scales to 720p
+* `-vcodec libx264` use the software x264 encoder.
+* `timelapse.mp4` The name of the output video file.
+
+For more information about `ffmpeg` options, run `ffmpeg --help` in a terminal.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_vid.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_vid.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e88c5b762a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_vid.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+=== `rpicam-vid`
+
+`rpicam-vid` helps you capture video on Raspberry Pi devices. `rpicam-vid` displays a preview window and writes an encoded bitstream to the specified output. This produces an unpackaged video bitstream that is not wrapped in any kind of container (such as an mp4 file) format.
+
+NOTE: When available, `rpicam-vid` uses hardware H.264 encoding.
+
+For example, the following command writes a ten-second video to a file named `test.h264`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s -o test.h264
+----
+
+You can play the resulting file with ffplay and other video players:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay test.h264
+----
+
+[WARNING]
+====
+Older versions of vlc were able to play H.264 files correctly, but recent versions do not - displaying only a few, or possibly garbled, frames. You should either use a different media player, or save your files in a more widely supported container format - such as MP4 (see below).
+====
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5, you can output to the MP4 container format directly by specifying the `mp4` file extension for your output file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s -o test.mp4
+----
+
+On Raspberry Pi 4, or earlier devices, you can save MP4 files using:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s --codec libav -o test.mp4
+----
+
+==== Encoders
+
+`rpicam-vid` supports motion JPEG as well as both uncompressed and unformatted YUV420:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 --codec mjpeg -o test.mjpeg
+----
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 --codec yuv420 -o test.data
+----
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#codec[`codec`] option determines the output format, not the extension of the output file.
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#segment[`segment`] option breaks output files up into chunks of the segment size (given in milliseconds). This is handy for breaking a motion JPEG stream up into individual JPEG files by specifying very short (1 millisecond) segments. For example, the following command combines segments of 1 millisecond with a counter in the output file name to generate a new filename for each segment:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 --codec mjpeg --segment 1 -o test%05d.jpeg
+----
+
+==== Capture high framerate video
+
+To minimise frame drops for high framerate (> 60fps) video, try the following configuration tweaks:
+
+* Set the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Video_Coding#Levels[H.264 target level] to 4.2 with `--level 4.2`.
+* Disable software colour denoise processing by setting the xref:camera_software.adoc#denoise[`denoise`] option to `cdn_off`.
+* Disable the display window with xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`nopreview`] to free up some additional CPU cycles.
+* Set `force_turbo=1` in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] to ensure that the CPU clock does not throttle during video capture. For more information, see xref:config_txt.adoc#force_turbo[the `force_turbo` documentation].
+* Adjust the ISP output resolution with `--width 1280 --height 720` or something even lower to achieve your framerate target.
+* On Raspberry Pi 4, you can overclock the GPU to improve performance by adding `gpu_freq=550` or higher in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. See xref:config_txt.adoc#overclocking[the overclocking documentation] for further details.
+
+The following command demonstrates how you might achieve 1280×720 120fps video:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --level 4.2 --framerate 120 --width 1280 --height 720 --save-pts timestamp.pts -o video.264 -t 10000 --denoise cdn_off -n
+----
+
+==== `libav` integration with `rpicam-vid`
+
+`rpicam-vid` can use the `ffmpeg`/`libav` codec backend to encode audio and video streams. You can either save these streams to a file or stream them over the network. `libav` uses hardware H.264 video encoding when present.
+
+To enable the `libav` backend, pass `libav` to the xref:camera_software.adoc#codec[`codec`] option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --codec libav --libav-format avi --libav-audio --output example.avi
+----
+
+==== Low latency video with the Pi 5
+
+Pi 5 uses software video encoders. These generally output frames with a longer latency than the old hardware encoders, and this can sometimes be an issue for real-time streaming applications.
+
+In this case, please add the option `--low-latency` to the `rpicam-vid` command. This will alter certain encoder options to output the encoded frame more quickly.
+
+The downside is that coding efficiency is (slightly) less good, and that the processor's multiple cores may be used (slightly) less efficiently. The maximum framerate that can be encoded may be slightly reduced (though it will still easily achieve 1080p30).
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/streaming.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/streaming.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffcf9a6569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/streaming.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+== Stream video over a network with `rpicam-apps`
+
+This section describes how to stream video over a network using `rpicam-vid`. Whilst it's possible to stream very simple formats without using `libav`, for most applications we recommend using the xref:camera_software.adoc#libav-integration-with-rpicam-vid[`libav` backend].
+
+=== UDP
+
+To stream video over UDP using a Raspberry Pi as a server, use the following command, replacing the `` placeholder with the IP address of the client or multicast address and replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to use for streaming:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --inline -o udp://:
+----
+
+To view video streamed over UDP using a Raspberry Pi as a client, use the following command, replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to stream from:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay udp://@: -fflags nobuffer -flags low_delay -framedrop
+----
+As noted previously, `vlc` no longer handles unencapsulated H.264 streams.
+
+In fact, support for unencapsulated H.264 can generally be quite poor so it is often better to send an MPEG-2 Transport Stream instead. Making use of `libav`, this can be accomplished with:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o udp://:
+----
+
+In this case, we can also play the stream successfully with `vlc`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vlc udp://@:
+----
+
+=== TCP
+
+You can also stream video over TCP. As before, we can send an unencapsulated H.264 stream over the network. To use a Raspberry Pi as a server:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --inline --listen -o tcp://0.0.0.0:
+----
+
+To view video streamed over TCP using a Raspberry Pi as a client, assuming the server is running at 30 frames per second, use the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay tcp://: -vf "setpts=N/30" -fflags nobuffer -flags low_delay -framedrop
+----
+
+But as with the UDP examples, it is often preferable to send an MPEG-2 Transport Stream as this is generally better supported. To do this, use:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o tcp://0.0.0.0:?listen=1
+----
+
+We can now play this back using a variety of media players, including `vlc`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vlc tcp://:
+----
+
+=== RTSP
+
+We can use VLC as an RTSP server, however, we must send it an MPEG-2 Transport Stream as it no longer understands unencapsulated H.264:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o - | cvlc stream:///dev/stdin --sout '#rtp{sdp=rtsp://:8554/stream1}'
+----
+
+To view video streamed over RTSP using a Raspberry Pi as a client, use the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay rtsp://:8554/stream1 -fflags nobuffer -flags low_delay -framedrop
+----
+
+Alternatively, use the following command on a client to stream using VLC:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vlc rtsp://:8554/stream1
+----
+
+If you want to see a preview window on the server, just drop the `-n` option (see xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`nopreview`]).
+
+=== `libav` and Audio
+
+We have already been using `libav` as the backend for network streaming. `libav` allows us to add an audio stream, so long as we're using a format - like the MPEG-2 Transport Stream - that permits audio data.
+
+We can take one of our previous commands, like the one for streaming an MPEG-2 Transport Stream over TCP, and simply add the `--libav-audio` option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 --codec libav --libav-format mpegts --libav-audio -o "tcp://:?listen=1"
+----
+
+You can stream over UDP with a similar command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 --codec libav --libav-format mpegts --libav-audio -o "udp://:"
+----
+
+=== GStreamer
+
+https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/[GStreamer] is a Linux framework for reading, processing and playing multimedia files. We can also use it in conjunction with `rpicam-vid` for network streaming.
+
+This setup uses `rpicam-vid` to output an H.264 bitstream to stdout, though as we've done previously, we're going to encapsulate it in an MPEG-2 Transport Stream for better downstream compatibility.
+
+Then, we use the GStreamer `fdsrc` element to receive the bitstream, and extra GStreamer elements to send it over the network. On the server, run the following command to start the stream, replacing the `` placeholder with the IP address of the client or multicast address and replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to use for streaming:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o - | gst-launch-1.0 fdsrc fd=0 ! udpsink host= port=
+----
+
+We could of course use anything (such as vlc) as the client, and the best GStreamer clients for playback are beyond the scope of this document. However, we note that the following pipeline (with the obvious substitutions) would work on a Pi 4 or earlier device:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ gst-launch-1.0 udpsrc address= port= ! tsparse ! tsdemux ! h264parse ! queue ! v4l2h264dec ! autovideosink
+----
+
+For a Pi 5, replace `v4l2h264dec` by `avdec_h264`.
+
+TIP: To test this configuration, run the server and client commands in separate terminals on the same device, using `localhost` as the address.
+
+==== `libcamerasrc` GStreamer element
+
+`libcamera` provides a `libcamerasrc` GStreamer element which can be used directly instead of `rpicam-vid`. To use this element, run the following command on the server, replacing the `` placeholder with the IP address of the client or multicast address and replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to use for streaming. On a Pi 4 or earlier device, use:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ gst-launch-1.0 libcamerasrc ! capsfilter caps=video/x-raw,width=640,height=360,format=NV12,interlace-mode=progressive ! v4l2h264enc extra-controls="controls,repeat_sequence_header=1" ! 'video/x-h264,level=(string)4' ! h264parse ! mpegtsmux ! udpsink host= port=
+----
+On a Pi 5 you would have to replace `v4l2h264enc extra-controls="controls,repeat_sequence_header=1"` by `x264enc speed-preset=1 threads=1`.
+
+On the client we could use the same playback pipeline as we did just above, or other streaming media players.
+
+=== WebRTC
+
+Streaming over WebRTC (for example, to web browsers) is best accomplished using third party software. https://github.com/bluenviron/mediamtx[MediaMTX], for example, includes native Raspberry Pi camera support which makes it easy to use.
+
+To install it, download the latest version from the https://github.com/bluenviron/mediamtx/releases[releases] page. Raspberry Pi OS 64-bit users will want the "linux_arm64v8" compressed tar file (ending `.tar.gz`). Unpack it and you will get a `mediamtx` executable and a configuration file called `mediamtx.yml`.
+
+It's worth backing up the `mediamtx.yml` file because it documents many Raspberry Pi camera options that you may want to investigate later.
+
+To stream the camera, replace the contents of `mediamtx.yml` by:
+----
+paths:
+ cam:
+ source: rpiCamera
+----
+and start the `mediamtx` executable. On a browser, enter `http://:8889/cam` into the address bar.
+
+If you want MediaMTX to acquire the camera only when the stream is requested, add the following line to the previous `mediamtx.yml`:
+----
+ sourceOnDemand: yes
+----
+Consult the original `mediamtx.yml` for additional configuration parameters that let you select the image size, the camera mode, the bitrate and so on - just search for `rpi`.
+
+==== Customised image streams with WebRTC
+
+MediaMTX is great if you want to stream just the camera images. But what if we want to add some extra information or overlay, or do some extra processing on the images?
+
+Before starting, ensure that you've built a version of `rpicam-apps` that includes OpenCV support. Check it by running
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file rpicam-apps/assets/annotate_cv.json
+----
+and looking for the overlaid text information at the top of the image.
+
+Next, paste the following into your `mediamtx.yml` file:
+----
+paths:
+ cam:
+ source: udp://127.0.0.1:1234
+----
+
+Now, start `mediamtx` and then, if you're using a Pi 5, in a new terminal window, enter:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-video-codec-opts "profile=baseline" --libav-format mpegts -o udp://127.0.0.1:1234?pkt_size=1316 --post-process-file rpicam-apps/assets/annotate_cv.json
+----
+(On a Pi 4 or earlier device, leave out the `--libav-video-codec-opts "profile=baseline"` part of the command.)
+
+On another computer, you can now visit the same address as before, namely `http://:8889/cam`.
+
+The reason for specifying "baseline" profile on a Pi 5 is that MediaMTX doesn't support B frames, so we need to stop the encoder from producing them. On earlier devices, with hardware encoders, B frames are never generated so there is no issue. On a Pi 5 you could alternatively remove this option and replace it with `--low-latency` which will also prevent B frames, and produce a (slightly less well compressed) stream with reduced latency.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+If you notice occasional pauses in the video stream, this may be because the UDP receive buffers on the Pi (passing data from `rpicam-vid` to MediaMTX) are too small. To increase them permantently, add
+----
+net.core.rmem_default=1000000
+net.core.rmem_max=1000000
+----
+to your `/etc/sysctl.conf` file (and reboot or run `sudo sysctl -p`).
+====
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/troubleshooting.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/troubleshooting.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c94ce12f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/troubleshooting.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+== Troubleshooting
+
+If your Camera Module doesn't work like you expect, try some of the following fixes:
+
+* On Raspberry Pi 3 and earlier devices running Raspberry Pi OS _Bullseye_ or earlier:
+** To enable hardware-accelerated camera previews, enable *Glamor*. To enable Glamor, enter `sudo raspi-config` in a terminal, select `Advanced Options` > `Glamor` > `Yes`. Then reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot`.
+** If you see an error related to the display driver, add `dtoverlay=vc4-fkms-v3d` or `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` to `/boot/config.txt`. Then reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot`.
+* On Raspberry Pi 3 and earlier, the graphics hardware can only support images up to 2048×2048 pixels, which places a limit on the camera images that can be resized into the preview window. As a result, video encoding of images larger than 2048 pixels wide produces corrupted or missing preview images.
+* On Raspberry Pi 4, the graphics hardware can only support images up to 4096×4096 pixels, which places a limit on the camera images that can be resized into the preview window. As a result, video encoding of images larger than 4096 pixels wide produces corrupted or missing preview images.
+* The preview window may show display tearing in a desktop environment. This is a known, unfixable issue.
+* Check that the FFC (Flat Flexible Cable) is firmly seated, fully inserted, and that the contacts face the correct direction. The FFC should be evenly inserted, not angled.
+* If you use a connector between the camera and your Raspberry Pi, check that the ports on the connector are firmly seated, fully inserted, and that the contacts face the correct direction.
+* Check to make sure that the FFC (Flat Flexible Cable) is attached to the CSI (Camera Serial Interface), _not_ the DSI (Display Serial Interface). The connector fits into either port, but only the CSI port powers and controls the camera. Look for the `CSI` label printed on the board near the port.
+* xref:os.adoc#update-software[Update to the latest software.]
+* Try a different power supply. The Camera Module adds about 200-250mA to the power requirements of your Raspberry Pi. If your power supply is low quality, your Raspberry Pi may not be able to power the Camera module.
+* If you've checked all the above issues and your Camera Module still doesn't work like you expect, try posting on our forums for more help.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/v4l2.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/v4l2.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cc2ceabcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/v4l2.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+== V4L2 drivers
+
+V4L2 drivers provide a standard Linux interface for accessing camera and codec features. Normally, Linux loads drivers automatically during boot. But in some situations you may need to xref:camera_software.adoc#configuration[load camera drivers explicitly].
+
+=== Device nodes when using `libcamera`
+
+[cols="1,^3"]
+|===
+| /dev/videoX | Default action
+
+| `video0`
+| Unicam driver for the first CSI-2 receiver
+
+| `video1`
+| Unicam driver for the second CSI-2 receiver
+
+| `video10`
+| Video decode
+
+| `video11`
+| Video encode
+
+| `video12`
+| Simple ISP, can perform conversion and resizing between RGB/YUV formats in addition to Bayer to RGB/YUV conversion
+
+| `video13`
+| Input to fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video14`
+| High resolution output from fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video15`
+| Low result output from fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video16`
+| Image statistics from fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video19`
+| HEVC decode
+|===
+
+=== Use the V4L2 drivers
+
+For more information on how to use the V4L2 drivers, see the https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.html[V4L2 documentation].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/webcams.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/webcams.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbfe0c8e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/webcams.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+== Use a USB webcam
+
+Most Raspberry Pi devices have dedicated ports for camera modules. Camera modules are high-quality, highly-configurable cameras popular with Raspberry Pi users.
+
+However, for many purposes a USB webcam has everything you need to record pictures and videos from your Raspberry Pi. This section explains how to use a USB webcam with your Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Install dependencies
+
+First, install the `fswebcam` package:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install fswebcam
+----
+
+Next, add your username to the `video` group, otherwise you may see 'permission denied' errors:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo usermod -a -G video
+----
+
+To check that the user has been added to the group correctly, use the `groups` command.
+
+=== Take a photo
+
+Run the following command to take a picture using the webcam and save the image to a filename named `image.jpg`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ fswebcam image.jpg
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+Adjusting resolution from 384x288 to 352x288.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 2 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd4
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Writing JPEG image to 'image.jpg'.
+----
+
+.By default, `fswebcam` uses a low resolution and adds a banner displaying a timestamp.
+image::images/webcam-image.jpg[By default, `fswebcam` uses a low resolution and adds a banner displaying a timestamp]
+
+To specify a different resolution for the captured image, use the `-r` flag, passing a width and height as two numbers separated by an `x`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ fswebcam -r 1280x720 image2.jpg
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 1 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd5
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Writing JPEG image to 'image2.jpg'.
+----
+
+.Specify a resolution to capture a higher quality image.
+image::images/webcam-image-high-resolution.jpg[Specify a resolution to capture a higher quality image]
+
+==== Remove the banner
+
+To remove the banner from the captured image, use the `--no-banner` flag:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ fswebcam --no-banner image3.jpg
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 2 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd6
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Disabling banner.
+Writing JPEG image to 'image3.jpg'.
+----
+
+.Specify `--no-banner` to save the image without the timestamp banner.
+image::images/webcam-image-no-banner.jpg[Specify `--no-banner` to save the image without the timestamp banner]
+
+=== Automate image capture
+
+Unlike xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps`], `fswebcam` doesn't have any built-in functionality to substitute timestamps and numbers in output image names. This can be useful when capturing multiple images, since manually editing the file name every time you record an image can be tedious. Instead, use a Bash script to implement this functionality yourself.
+
+Create a new file named `webcam.sh` in your home folder. Add the following example code, which uses the `bash` programming language to save images to files with a file name containing the year, month, day, hour, minute, and second:
+
+[,bash]
+----
+#!/bin/bash
+
+DATE=$(date +"%Y-%m-%d_%H-%M-%S")
+
+fswebcam -r 1280x720 --no-banner $DATE.jpg
+----
+
+Then, make the bash script executable by running the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ chmod +x webcam.sh
+----
+
+Run the script with the following command to capture an image and save it to a file with a timestamp for a name, similar to `2024-05-10_12-06-33.jpg`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ./webcam.sh
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 2 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd6
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Disabling banner.
+Writing JPEG image to '2024-05-10_12-06-33.jpg'.
+----
+
+=== Capture a time lapse
+
+Use `cron` to schedule photo capture at a given interval. With the right interval, such as once a minute, you can capture a time lapse.
+
+First, open the cron table for editing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ crontab -e
+----
+
+Once you have the file open in an editor, add the following line to the schedule to take a picture every minute, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[,bash]
+----
+* * * * * /home//webcam.sh 2>&1
+----
+
+Save and exit, and you should see the following message:
+
+----
+crontab: installing new crontab
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera_software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera_software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a234811a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera_software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+include::camera/camera_usage.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_hello.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_still.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_vid.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_raw.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_detect.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/streaming.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/qt.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/libcamera_python.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/webcams.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/v4l2.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/csi-2-usage.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/libcamera_differences.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/troubleshooting.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module.adoc
index 05c090516d..97810c8bc8 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module.adoc
@@ -1,15 +1,13 @@
-include::compute-module/datasheet.adoc[]
-
-include::compute-module/designfiles.adoc[]
+include::compute-module/introduction.adoc[]
include::compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc[]
+include::compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc[]
+
include::compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc[]
include::compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc[]
include::compute-module/cmio-display.adoc[]
-
-
-
+include::compute-module/datasheet.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aea936e1a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+== Compute Module EEPROM bootloader
+
+Since Compute Module 4, Compute Modules use an EEPROM bootloader. This bootloader lives in a small segment of on-board storage instead of the boot partition. As a result, it requires different procedures to update. Before using a Compute Module with an EEPROM bootloader in production, always follow these best practices:
+
+* Select a specific bootloader release. Verify that every Compute Module you use has that release. The version in the `usbboot` repo is always a recent stable release.
+* Configure the boot device by xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-bootloader-configuration[setting the `BOOT_ORDER` ].
+* Enable hardware write-protection on the bootloader EEPROM to ensure that the bootloader can't be modified on inaccessible products (such as remote or embedded devices).
+
+=== Flash Compute Module bootloader EEPROM
+
+To flash the bootloader EEPROM:
+
+. Set up the hardware as you would when xref:../computers/compute-module.adoc#flash-compute-module-emmc[flashing the eMMC], but ensure `EEPROM_nWP` is _not_ pulled low.
+. Run the following command to write `recovery/pieeprom.bin` to the bootloader EEPROM:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ./rpiboot -d recovery
+----
+. Once complete, `EEPROM_nWP` may be pulled low again.
+
+=== Flash storage devices other than SD cards
+
+The Linux-based https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/mass-storage-gadget/README.md[`mass-storage-gadget`] supports flashing of NVMe, eMMC and USB block devices. `mass-storage-gadget` writes devices faster than the firmware-based `rpiboot` mechanism, and also provides a UART console to the device for debugging.
+
+`usbboot` also includes a number of https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md#compute-module-4-extensions[extensions] that enable you to interact with the EEPROM bootloader on a Compute Module.
+
+=== Update the Compute Module bootloader
+
+On Compute Modules with an EEPROM bootloader, ROM never runs `recovery.bin` from SD/eMMC. These Compute Modules disable the `rpi-eeprom-update` service by default, because eMMC is not removable and an invalid `recovery.bin` file could prevent the system from booting.
+
+You can override this behaviour with `self-update` mode. In `self-update` mode, you can update the bootloader from USB MSD or network boot.
+
+WARNING: `self-update` mode does not update the bootloader atomically. If a power failure occurs during an EEPROM update, you could corrupt the EEPROM.
+
+=== Modify the bootloader configuration
+
+To modify the Compute Module EEPROM bootloader configuration:
+
+. Navigate to the `usbboot/recovery` directory.
+. If you require a specific bootloader release, replace `pieeprom.original.bin` with the equivalent from your bootloader release.
+. Edit the default `boot.conf` bootloader configuration file to define a xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#BOOT_ORDER[`BOOT_ORDER`]:
+ * For network boot, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf2`.
+ * For SD/eMMC boot, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf1`.
+ * For USB boot failing over to eMMC, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf15`.
+ * For NVMe boot, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf6`.
+. Run `./update-pieeprom.sh` to generate a new EEPROM image `pieeprom.bin` image file.
+. If you require EEPROM write-protection, add `eeprom_write_protect=1` to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`.
+ * Once enabled in software, you can lock hardware write-protection by pulling the `EEPROM_nWP` pin low.
+. Run the following command to write the updated `pieeprom.bin` image to EEPROM:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ../rpiboot -d .
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc
index dc0c8ed799..664dd97c0d 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc
@@ -1,174 +1,158 @@
-== Flashing the Compute Module eMMC
+[[flash-compute-module-emmc]]
+== Flash an image to a Compute Module
-The Compute Module has an on-board eMMC device connected to the primary SD card interface. This guide explains how to write data to the eMMC storage using a Compute Module IO board.
+TIP: To flash the same image to multiple Compute Modules, use the https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpi-sb-provisioner[Raspberry Pi Secure Boot Provisioner]. To customise an OS image to flash onto those devices, use https://github.com/RPi-Distro/pi-gen[pi-gen].
-Please also read the section in the xref:compute-module.adoc#datasheets-and-schematics[Compute Module Datasheets]
+[[flashing-the-compute-module-emmc]]
-=== Steps to Flash the eMMC
+The Compute Module has an on-board eMMC device connected to the primary SD card interface. This guide explains how to flash (write) an operating system image to the eMMC storage of a single Compute Module.
-To flash the Compute Module eMMC, you either need a Linux system (a Raspberry Pi is recommended, or Ubuntu on a PC) or a Windows system (Windows 10 is recommended). For BCM2837 (CM3), a bug which affected the Mac has been fixed, so this will also work.
+**Lite** variants of Compute Modules do not have on-board eMMC. Instead, follow the procedure to flash a storage device for other Raspberry Pi devices at xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[Install an operating system].
-NOTE: There is a bug in the BCM2835 (CM1) bootloader which returns a slightly incorrect USB packet to the host. Most USB hosts seem to ignore this benign bug and work fine; we do, however, see some USB ports that don't work due to this bug. We don't quite understand why some ports fail, as it doesn't seem to be correlated with whether they are USB2 or USB3 (we have seen both types working), but it's likely to be specific to the host controller and driver. This bug has been fixed in BCM2837.
+=== Prerequisites
-==== For Windows Users
+To flash the Compute Module eMMC, you need the following:
-Under Windows, an installer is available to install the required drivers and boot tool automatically. Alternatively, a user can compile and run it using Cygwin and/or install the drivers manually.
+* Another computer, referred to in this guide as the *host device*. You can use Linux (we recommend Raspberry Pi OS or Ubuntu), Windows 11, or macOS.
+* The Compute Module IO Board xref:compute-module.adoc#io-board-compatibility[that corresponds to your Compute Module model].
+* A micro USB cable, or a USB-C cable for Compute Module models since CM5IO.
-==== Windows Installer
+TIP: In some cases, USB hubs can prevent the host device from recognising the Compute Module. If your host device does not recognise the Compute Module, try connecting the Compute Module directly to the host device. For more diagnostic tips, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot?tab=readme-ov-file#troubleshooting[the usbboot troubleshooting guide].
-For those who just want to enable the Compute Module eMMC as a mass storage device under Windows, the stand-alone installer is the recommended option. This installer has been tested on Windows 10 32-bit and 64-bit, and Windows XP 32-bit.
+=== Set up the IO Board
-Please ensure you are not writing to any USB devices whilst the installer is running.
+To begin, physically set up your IO Board. This includes connecting the Compute Module and host device to the IO Board.
-. Download and run the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/raw/master/win32/rpiboot_setup.exe[Windows installer] to install the drivers and boot tool.
-. Plug your host PC USB into the CMIO USB SLAVE port, making sure J4 is set to the EN position.
-. Apply power to the CMIO board; Windows should now find the hardware and install the driver.
-. Once the driver installation is complete, run the `RPiBoot.exe` tool that was previously installed.
-. After a few seconds, the Compute Module eMMC will pop up under Windows as a disk (USB mass storage device).
+[tabs]
+======
+Compute Module 5 IO Board::
++
+To set up the Compute Module 5 IO Board:
++
+. Connect the Compute Module to the IO board. When connected, the Compute Module should lie flat.
+. Fit `nRPI_BOOT` to J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
+. Connect a cable from USB-C slave port J11 on the IO board to the host device.
-=== Setting up the CMIO board
+Compute Module 4 IO Board::
++
+To set up the Compute Module 4 IO Board:
++
+. Connect the Compute Module to the IO board. When connected, the Compute Module should lie flat.
+. Fit `nRPI_BOOT` to J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
+. Connect a cable from micro USB slave port J11 on the IO board to the host device.
-==== Compute Module 4
+Compute Module IO Board::
++
+To set up the Compute Module IO Board:
++
+. Connect the Compute Module to the IO board. When connected, the Compute Module should lie parallel to the board, with the engagement clips firmly clicked into place.
+. Set J4 (`USB SLAVE BOOT ENABLE`) to 1-2 = (`USB BOOT ENABLED`)
+. Connect a cable from micro USB slave port J15 on the IO board to the host device.
+======
-Ensure the Compute Module is fitted correctly installed on the IO board. It should lie flat on the IO board.
+=== Set up the host device
-* Make sure that `nRPI_BOOT` which is J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board is set to the 'EN' position.
-* Use a micro USB cable to connect the micro USB slave port J11 on IO board to the host device.
-* Do not power up yet.
+Next, let's set up software on the host device.
-==== Compute Module 1 and 3
+TIP: For a host device, we recommend a Raspberry Pi 4 or newer running 64-bit Raspberry Pi OS.
-Ensure the Compute Module itself is correctly installed on the IO board. It should lie parallel with the board, with the engagement clips clicked into place.
-
-* Make sure that J4 (USB SLAVE BOOT ENABLE) is set to the 'EN' position.
-* Use a micro USB cable to connect the micro USB slave port J15 on IO board to the host device.
-* Do not power up yet.
-
-==== Building `rpiboot` on your host system (Cygwin/Linux)
-
-We will be using Git to get the rpiboot source code, so ensure Git is installed. In Cygwin, use the Cygwin installer. On a Pi or other Debian-based Linux machine, use the following command:
-
-[,bash]
+[tabs]
+======
+Linux::
++
+To set up software on a Linux host device:
++
+. Run the following command to install `rpiboot` (or, alternatively, https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot[build `rpiboot` from source]):
++
+[source,console]
----
-sudo apt install git
+$ sudo apt install rpiboot
----
-
-Git may produce an error if the date is not set correctly. On a Raspberry Pi, enter the following to correct this:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo date MMDDhhmm
-----
-
-where `MM` is the month, `DD` is the date, and `hh` and `mm` are hours and minutes respectively.
-
-Clone the `usbboot` tool repository:
-
-[,bash]
+. Connect the IO Board to power.
+. Then, run `rpiboot`:
++
+[source,console]
----
-git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot
-cd usbboot
+$ sudo rpiboot
----
+. After a few seconds, the Compute Module should appear as a mass storage device. Check the `/dev/` directory, likely `/dev/sda` or `/dev/sdb`, for the device. Alternatively, run `lsblk` and search for a device with a storage capacity that matches the capacity of your Compute Module.
-`libusb` must be installed. If you are using Cygwin, please make sure `libusb` is installed as previously described. On Raspberry Pi OS or other Debian-based Linux, enter the following command:
-
-[,bash]
+macOS::
++
+To set up software on a macOS host device:
++
+. First, https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot?tab=readme-ov-file#macos[build `rpiboot` from source].
+. Connect the IO Board to power.
+. Then, run the `rpiboot` executable with the following command:
++
+[source,console]
----
-sudo apt install libusb-1.0-0-dev
+$ rpiboot -d mass-storage-gadget64
----
+. When the command finishes running, you should see a message stating "The disk you inserted was not readable by this computer." Click **Ignore**. Your Compute Module should now appear as a mass storage device.
-Now build and install the `usbboot` tool:
+Windows::
++
+To set up software on a Windows 11 host device:
++
+. Download the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/raw/master/win32/rpiboot_setup.exe[Windows installer] or https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot[build `rpiboot` from source].
+. Double-click on the installer to run it. This installs the drivers and boot tool. Do not close any driver installation windows which appear during the installation process.
+. Reboot
+. Connect the IO Board to power. Windows should discover the hardware and configure the required drivers.
+. On CM4 and later devices, select **Raspberry Pi - Mass Storage Gadget - 64-bit** from the start menu. After a few seconds, the Compute Module eMMC or NVMe will appear as USB mass storage devices. This also provides a debug console as a serial port gadget.
+. On CM3 and older devices, select **rpiboot**. Double-click on `RPiBoot.exe` to run it. After a few seconds, the Compute Module eMMC should appear as a USB mass storage device.
-[,bash]
-----
-make
-----
+======
-Run the `usbboot` tool and it will wait for a connection:
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo ./rpiboot
-----
+=== Flash the eMMC
-Now plug the host machine into the Compute Module IO board USB slave port and power the CMIO board on. The `rpiboot` tool will discover the Compute Module and send boot code to allow access to the eMMC.
+You can use xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#raspberry-pi-imager[Raspberry Pi Imager] to flash an operating system image to a Compute Module.
-For more information run
+Alternatively, use `dd` to write a raw OS image (such as xref:../computers/os.adoc#introduction[Raspberry Pi OS]) to your Compute Module. Run the following command, replacing `/dev/sdX` with the path to the mass storage device representation of your Compute Module and `raw_os_image.img` with the path to your raw OS image:
+[source,console]
----
-./rpiboot -h
+$ sudo dd if=raw_os_image.img of=/dev/sdX bs=4MiB
----
-==== Writing to the eMMC (Windows)
-
-After `rpiboot` completes, a new USB mass storage drive will appear in Windows. We recommend following this xref:getting-started.adoc#installing-images-on-windows[guide] and using Win32DiskImager to write images to the drive, rather than trying to use `/dev/sda` etc. from Cygwin.
-
-Make sure J4 (USB SLAVE BOOT ENABLE) / J2 (nRPI_BOOT) is set to the disabled position and/or nothing is plugged into the USB slave port. Power cycling the IO board should now result in the Compute Module booting from eMMC.
+Once the image has been written, disconnect and reconnect the Compute Module. You should now see two partitions (for Raspberry Pi OS):
-==== Writing to the eMMC (Linux)
-
-After `rpiboot` completes, you will see a new device appear; this is commonly `/dev/sda` on a Pi but it could be another location such as `/dev/sdb`, so check in `/dev/` or run `lsblk` before running `rpiboot` so you can see what changes.
-
-You now need to write a raw OS image (such as https://www.raspberrypi.org/downloads/raspbian/[Raspberry Pi OS]) to the device. Note the following command may take some time to complete, depending on the size of the image: (Change `/dev/sdX` to the appropriate device.)
-
-[,bash]
-----
-sudo dd if=raw_os_image_of_your_choice.img of=/dev/sdX bs=4MiB
-----
-
-Once the image has been written, unplug and re-plug the USB; you should see two partitions appear (for Raspberry Pi OS) in `/dev`. In total, you should see something similar to this:
-
-[,bash]
+[source,console]
----
/dev/sdX <- Device
/dev/sdX1 <- First partition (FAT)
/dev/sdX2 <- Second partition (Linux filesystem)
----
-The `/dev/sdX1` and `/dev/sdX2` partitions can now be mounted normally.
-
-Make sure J4 (USB SLAVE BOOT ENABLE) / J2 (nRPI_BOOT) is set to the disabled position and/or nothing is plugged into the USB slave port. Power cycling the IO board should now result in the Compute Module booting from eMMC.
-
-[[cm4bootloader]]
-=== Compute Module 4 Bootloader
+You can mount the `/dev/sdX1` and `/dev/sdX2` partitions normally.
-The default bootloader configuration on CM4 is designed to support bringup and development on a https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/compute-module-4-io-board[Compute Module 4 IO board] and the software version flashed at manufacture may be older than the latest release. For final products please consider:-
+=== Boot from eMMC
-* Selecting and verifying a specific bootloader release. The version in the `usbboot` repo is always a recent stable release.
-* Configuring the boot device (e.g. network boot). See `BOOT_ORDER` section in the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-4-bootloader-configuration[bootloader configuration] guide.
-* Enabling hardware write protection on the bootloader EEPROM to ensure that the bootloader can't be modified on remote/inaccessible products.
+[tabs]
+======
+Compute Module 5 IO Board::
++
+Disconnect `nRPI_BOOT` from J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
-N.B. The Compute Module 4 ROM never runs `recovery.bin` from SD/EMMC and the `rpi-eeprom-update` service is not enabled by default. This is necessary because the EMMC is not removable and an invalid `recovery.bin` file would prevent the system from booting. This can be overridden and used with `self-update` mode where the bootloader can be updated from USB MSD or Network boot. However, `self-update` mode is not an atomic update and therefore not safe in the event of a power failure whilst the EEPROM was being updated.
+Compute Module 4 IO Board::
++
+Disconnect `nRPI_BOOT` from J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
-==== Modifying the bootloader configuration
+Compute Module IO Board::
++
+Set J4 (`USB SLAVE BOOT ENABLE`) to 2-3 (`USB BOOT DISABLED`).
+======
-To modify the CM4 bootloader configuration:-
+==== Boot
-* Replace `recovery/pieeprom.original.bin` if a specific bootloader release is required.
-* Edit the default `recovery/boot.conf` bootloader configuration file. Typically, at least the BOOT_ORDER must be updated:-
- ** For network boot `BOOT_ORDER=0xf2`
- ** For SD/EMMC boot `BOOT_ORDER=0xf1`
- ** For USB boot failing over to EMMC `BOOT_ORDER=0xf15`
-* Run `recovery/update-pieeprom.sh` to update the EEPROM image `pieeprom.bin` image file.
-* If EEPROM write protection is required then edit `recovery/config.txt` and add `eeprom_write_protect=1`. Hardware write-protection must be enabled via software and then locked by pulling the `EEPROM_nWP` pin low.
+Disconnect the USB slave port. Power-cycle the IO board to boot the Compute Module from the new image you just wrote to eMMC.
-The pieeprom.bin file is now ready to be flashed to the Compute Module 4.
+=== Known issues
-==== Flashing the bootloader EEPROM - Compute Module 4
-
-To flash the bootloader EEPROM follow the same hardware setup as for flashing the EMMC but also ensure EEPROM_nWP is NOT pulled low. Once complete `EEPROM_nWP` may be pulled low again.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-# Writes recovery/pieeprom.bin to the bootloader EEPROM.
-./rpiboot -d recovery
-----
-
-=== Troubleshooting
-
-For a small percentage of Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3s, booting problems have been reported. We have traced these back to the method used to create the FAT32 partition; we believe the problem is due to a difference in timing between the BCM2835/6/7 and the newer eMMC devices. The following method of creating the partition is a reliable solution in our hands.
-
-[,bash]
+* A small percentage of CM3 devices may experience problems booting. We have traced these back to the method used to create the FAT32 partition; we believe the problem is due to a difference in timing between the CPU and eMMC. If you have trouble booting your CM3, create the partitions manually with the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
----
$ sudo parted /dev/
(parted) mkpart primary fat32 4MiB 64MiB
@@ -176,3 +160,5 @@ $ sudo parted /dev/
$ sudo mkfs.vfat -F32 /dev/
$ sudo cp -r /*
----
+
+* The CM1 bootloader returns a slightly incorrect USB packet to the host. Most USB hosts ignore it, but some USB ports don't work due to this bug. CM3 fixed this bug.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc
index c47c30d8e2..cb1beac887 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc
@@ -1,269 +1,235 @@
-== Attaching and Enabling Peripherals
+== Wire peripherals
-NOTE: Unless explicitly stated otherwise, these instructions will work identically on Compute Module and Compute Module 3 Module+IO board(s).
+This guide helps developers wire up peripherals to the Compute Module pins, and explains how to enable these peripherals in software.
-This guide is designed to help developers using the Compute Module (and Compute Module 3) get to grips with how to wire up peripherals to the Compute Module pins, and how to make changes to the software to enable these peripherals to work correctly.
+Most of the pins of the SoC, including the GPIO, two CSI camera interfaces, two DSI display interfaces, and HDMI are available for wiring. You can can usually leave unused pins disconnected.
-The Compute Module (CM) and Compute Module 3 (CM3) contain the Raspberry Pi BCM2835 (or BCM2837 for CM3) system on a chip (SoC) or 'processor', memory, and eMMC. The eMMC is similar to an SD card but is soldered onto the board. Unlike SD cards, the eMMC is specifically designed to be used as a disk and has extra features that make it more reliable in this use case. Most of the pins of the SoC (GPIO, two CSI camera interfaces, two DSI display interfaces, HDMI etc) are freely available and can be wired up as the user sees fit (or, if unused, can usually be left unconnected). The Compute Module is a DDR2 SODIMM form-factor-compatible module, so any DDR2 SODIMM socket should be able to be used
+Compute Modules that come in the DDR2 SODIMM form factor are physically compatible with any DDR2 SODIMM socket. However, the pinout is **not** the same as SODIMM memory modules.
-NOTE: The pinout is NOT the same as an actual SODIMM memory module.
+To use a Compute Module, a user must design a motherboard that:
-To use the Compute Module, a user needs to design a (relatively simple) 'motherboard' which can provide power to the Compute Module (3.3V and 1.8V at minimum), and which connects the pins to the required peripherals for the user's application.
+* provides power to the Compute Module (3.3V and 1.8V at minimum)
+* connects the pins to the required peripherals for the user's application
-Raspberry Pi provides a minimal motherboard for the Compute Module (called the Compute Module IO Board, or CMIO Board) which powers the module, brings out the GPIO to pin headers, and brings the camera and display interfaces out to FFC connectors. It also provides HDMI, USB, and an 'ACT' LED, as well as the ability to program the eMMC of a module via USB from a PC or Raspberry Pi.
+This guide first explains the boot process and how Device Tree describes attached hardware.
-This guide first explains the boot process and how Device Tree is used to describe attached hardware; these are essential things to understand when designing with the Compute Module. It then provides a worked example of attaching an I2C and an SPI peripheral to a CMIO (or CMIO V3 for CM3) Board and creating the Device Tree files necessary to make both peripherals work under Linux, starting from a vanilla Raspberry Pi OS image.
+Then, we'll explain how to attach an I2C and an SPI peripheral to an IO Board. Finally, we'll create the Device Tree files necessary to use both peripherals with Raspberry Pi OS.
=== BCM283x GPIOs
-BCM283x has three banks of General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) pins: 28 pins on Bank 0, 18 pins on Bank 1, and 8 pins on Bank 2, making 54 pins in total. These pins can be used as true GPIO pins, i.e. software can set them as inputs or outputs, read and/or set state, and use them as interrupts. They also can be set to 'alternate functions' such as I2C, SPI, I2S, UART, SD card, and others.
+BCM283x has three banks of general-purpose input/output (GPIO) pins: 28 pins on Bank 0, 18 pins on Bank 1, and 8 pins on Bank 2, for a total of 54 pins. These pins can be used as true GPIO pins: software can set them as inputs or outputs, read and/or set state, and use them as interrupts. They also can run alternate functions such as I2C, SPI, I2S, UART, SD card, and others.
-On a Compute Module, both Bank 0 and Bank 1 are free to use. Bank 2 is used for eMMC and HDMI hot plug detect and ACT LED / USB boot control.
+You can use Bank 0 or Bank 1 on any Compute Module. Don't use Bank 2: it controls eMMC, HDMI hot plug detect, and ACT LED/USB boot control.
-It is useful on a running system to look at the state of each of the GPIO pins (what function they are set to, and the voltage level at the pin) so that you can see if the system is set up as expected. This is particularly helpful if you want to see if a Device Tree is working as expected, or to get a look at the pin states during hardware debug.
+Use `pinctrl` to check the voltage and function of the GPIO pins to see if your Device Tree is working as expected.
-Raspberry Pi provides the `raspi-gpio` package which is a tool for hacking and debugging GPIO
+=== BCM283x boot process
-NOTE: You need to run `raspi-gpio` as root.
+BCM283x devices have a VideoCore GPU and Arm CPU cores. The GPU consists of a DSP processor and hardware accelerators for imaging, video encode and decode, 3D graphics, and image compositing.
-To install `raspi-gpio`:
+In BCM283x devices, the DSP core in the GPU boots first. It handles setup before booting up the main Arm processors.
-----
-sudo apt install raspi-gpio
-----
-
-If `apt` can't find the `raspi-gpio` package, you will need to do an update first:
-
-----
-sudo apt update
-----
-
-To get help on `raspi-gpio`, run it with the `help` argument:
-
-----
-sudo raspi-gpio help
-----
-
-For example, to see the current function and level of all GPIO pins use:
+Raspberry Pi BCM283x devices have a three-stage boot process:
-----
-sudo raspi-gpio get
-----
-
-NOTE: `raspi-gpio` can be used with the `funcs` argument to get a list of all supported GPIO functions per pin. It will print out a table in CSV format. The idea is to pipe the table to a `.csv` file and then load this file using e.g. Excel:
-
-----
-sudo raspi-gpio funcs > gpio-funcs.csv
-----
+* The GPU DSP comes out of reset and executes code from the small internal boot ROM. This code loads a second-stage bootloader via an external interface. This code first looks for a second-stage boot loader on the boot device called `bootcode.bin` on the boot partition. If no boot device is found or `bootcode.bin` is not found, the boot ROM waits in USB boot mode for a host to provide a second-stage boot loader (`usbbootcode.bin`).
+* The second-stage boot loader is responsible for setting up the LPDDR2 SDRAM interface and other critical system functions. Once set up, the second-stage boot loader loads and executes the main GPU firmware (`start.elf`).
+* `start.elf` handles additional system setup and boots up the Arm processor subsystem. It contains the GPU firmware. The GPU firmware first reads `dt-blob.bin` to determine initial GPIO pin states and GPU-specific interfaces and clocks, then parses `config.txt`. It then loads a model-specific Arm device tree file and any Device Tree overlays specified in `config.txt` before starting the Arm subsystem and passing the Device Tree data to the booting Linux kernel.
-=== BCM283x Boot Process
-
-BCM283x devices consist of a VideoCore GPU and ARM CPU cores. The GPU is in fact a system consisting of a DSP processor and hardware accelerators for imaging, video encode and decode, 3D graphics, and image compositing.
+=== Device Tree
-In BCM283x devices, it is the DSP core in the GPU that boots first. It is responsible for general setup and housekeeping before booting up the main ARM processor(s).
+xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Linux Device Tree for Raspberry Pi] encodes information about hardware attached to a system as well as the drivers used to communicate with that hardware.
-The BCM283x devices as used on Raspberry Pi and Compute Module boards have a three-stage boot process:
+The boot partition contains several binary Device Tree (`.dtb`) files. The Device Tree compiler creates these binary files using human-readable Device Tree descriptions (`.dts`).
-. The GPU DSP comes out of reset and executes code from a small internal ROM (the boot ROM). The sole purpose of this code is to load a second stage boot loader via one of the external interfaces. On a Raspberry Pi or Compute Module, this code first looks for a second stage boot loader on the SD card (eMMC); it expects this to be called `bootcode.bin` and to be on the first partition (which must be FAT32). If no SD card is found or `bootcode.bin` is not found, the Boot ROM sits and waits in 'USB boot' mode, waiting for a host to give it a second stage boot loader via the USB interface.
-. The second stage boot loader (`bootcode.bin` on the sdcard or `usbbootcode.bin` for usb boot) is responsible for setting up the LPDDR2 SDRAM interface and various other critical system functions and then loading and executing the main GPU firmware (called `start.elf`, again on the primary SD card partition).
-. `start.elf` takes over and is responsible for further system setup and booting up the ARM processor subsystem, and contains the firmware that runs on the various parts of the GPU. It first reads `dt-blob.bin` to determine initial GPIO pin states and GPU-specific interfaces and clocks, then parses `config.txt`. It then loads an ARM device tree file (e.g. `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` for a Compute Module) and any device tree overlays specified in `config.txt` before starting the ARM subsystem and passing the device tree data to the booting Linux kernel.
+The boot partition contains two different types of Device Tree files. One is used by the GPU only; the rest are standard Arm Device Tree files for each of the BCM283x-based Raspberry Pi products:
-=== Device Tree
+* `dt-blob.bin` (used by the GPU)
+* `bcm2708-rpi-b.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 1 Models A and B)
+* `bcm2708-rpi-b-plus.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 1 Models B+ and A+)
+* `bcm2709-rpi-2-b.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 2 Model B)
+* `bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 3 Model B)
+* `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1)
+* `bcm2710-rpi-cm3.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3)
-http://www.devicetree.org/[Device Tree] is a special way of encoding all the information about the hardware attached to a system (and consequently required drivers).
+During boot, the user can specify a specific Arm Device Tree to use via the `device_tree` parameter in `config.txt`. For example, the line `device_tree=mydt.dtb` in `config.txt` specifies an Arm Device Tree in a file named `mydt.dtb`.
-On a Pi or Compute Module there are several files in the first FAT partition of the SD/eMMC that are binary 'Device Tree' files. These binary files (usually with extension `.dtb`) are compiled from human readable text descriptions (usually files with extension `.dts`) by the Device Tree compiler.
+You can create a full Device Tree for a Compute Module product, but we recommend using **overlays** instead. Overlays add descriptions of non-board-specific hardware to the base Device Tree. This includes GPIO pins used and their function, as well as the devices attached, so that the correct drivers can be loaded. The bootloader merges overlays with the base Device Tree before passing the Device Tree to the Linux kernel. Occasionally the base Device Tree changes, usually in a way that will not break overlays.
-On a standard Raspberry Pi OS image in the first (FAT) partition you will find two different types of device tree files, one is used by the GPU only and the rest are standard ARM device tree files for each of the BCM283x based Pi products:
+Use the `dtoverlay` parameter in `config.txt` to load Device Tree overlays. Raspberry Pi OS assumes that all overlays are located in the `/overlays` directory and use the suffix `-overlay.dtb`. For example, the line `dtoverlay=myoverlay` loads the overlay `/overlays/myoverlay-overlay.dtb`.
-* `dt-blob.bin` (used by the GPU)
-* `bcm2708-rpi-b.dtb` (Used for Pi model A and B)
-* `bcm2708-rpi-b-plus.dtb` (Used for Pi model B+ and A+)
-* `bcm2709-rpi-2-b.dtb` (Used for Pi 2 model B)
-* `bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb` (Used for Pi 3 model B)
-* `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` (Used for Pi Compute Module)
-* `bcm2710-rpi-cm3.dtb` (Used for Pi Compute Module 3)
+To wire peripherals to a Compute Module, describe all hardware attached to the Bank 0 and Bank 1 GPIOs in an overlay. This allows you to use standard Raspberry Pi OS images, since the overlay is merged into the standard base Device Tree. Alternatively, you can define a custom Device Tree for your application, but you won't be able to use standard Raspberry Pi OS images. Instead, you must create a modified Raspberry Pi OS image that includes your custom device tree for every OS update you wish to distribute. If the base overlay changes, you might need to update your customised Device Tree.
-NOTE: `dt-blob.bin` by default does not exist as there is a 'default' version compiled into `start.elf`, but for Compute Module projects it will often be necessary to provide a `dt-blob.bin` (which overrides the default built-in file).
+=== `dt-blob.bin`
-NOTE: `dt-blob.bin` is in compiled device tree format, but is only read by the GPU firmware to set up functions exclusive to the GPU - see below.
+When `start.elf` runs, it first reads `dt-blob.bin`. This is a special form of Device Tree blob which tells the GPU how to set up the GPIO pin states.
-* A guide to xref:configuration.adoc#changing-the-default-pin-configuration[creating `dt-blob.bin`].
-* A guide to the xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Linux Device Tree for Raspberry Pi].
+`dt-blob.bin` contains information about GPIOs and peripherals controlled by the GPU, instead of the SoC. For example, the GPU manages Camera Modules. The GPU needs exclusive access to an I2C interface and a couple of pins to talk to a Camera Module.
-During boot, the user can specify a specific ARM device tree to use via the `device_tree` parameter in `config.txt`, for example adding the line `device_tree=mydt.dtb` to `config.txt` where `mydt.dtb` is the dtb file to load instead of one of the standard ARM dtb files. While a user can create a full device tree for their Compute Module product, the recommended way to add hardware is to use overlays (see next section).
+On most Raspberry Pi models, I2C0 is reserved for exclusive GPU use. `dt-blob.bin` defines the GPIO pins used for I2C0.
-In addition to loading an ARM dtb, `start.elf` supports loading additional Device Tree 'overlays' via the `dtoverlay` parameter in `config.txt`, for example adding as many `dtoverlay=myoverlay` lines as required as overlays to `config.txt`, noting that overlays live in `/overlays` and are suffixed `-overlay.dtb` e.g. `/overlays/myoverlay-overlay.dtb`. Overlays are merged with the base dtb file before the data is passed to the Linux kernel when it starts.
+By default, `dt-blob.bin` does not exist. Instead, `start.elf` includes a built-in version of the file. Many Compute Module projects provide a custom `dt-blob.bin` which overrides the default built-in file.
-Overlays are used to add data to the base dtb that (nominally) describes non board-specific hardware. This includes GPIO pins used and their function, as well as the device(s) attached, so that the correct drivers can be loaded. The convention is that on a Raspberry Pi, all hardware attached to the Bank0 GPIOs (the GPIO header) should be described using an overlay. On a Compute Module all hardware attached to the Bank0 and Bank1 GPIOs should be described in an overlay file. You don't have to follow these conventions: you can roll all the information into one single dtb file, as previously described, replacing `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb`. However, following the conventions means that you can use a 'standard' Raspberry Pi OS release, with its standard base dtb and all the product-specific information contained in a separate overlay. Occasionally the base dtb might change - usually in a way that will not break overlays - which is why using an overlay is suggested.
+`dt-blob.bin` specifies:
-=== dt-blob.bin
+* the pin used for HDMI hot plug detect
+* GPIO pins used as a GPCLK output
+* an ACT LED that the GPU can use while booting
-When `start.elf` runs, it first reads something called `dt-blob.bin`. This is a special form of Device Tree blob which tells the GPU how to (initially) set up the GPIO pin states, and also any information about GPIOs/peripherals that are controlled (owned) by the GPU, rather than being used via Linux on the ARM. For example, the Raspberry Pi Camera peripheral is managed by the GPU, and the GPU needs exclusive access to an I2C interface to talk to it, as well as a couple of control pins. I2C0 on most Pi Boards and Compute Modules is nominally reserved for exclusive GPU use. The information on which GPIO pins the GPU should use for I2C0, and to control the camera functions, comes from `dt-blob.bin`.
+https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts[`minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts`] is an example `.dts` device tree file. It sets up HDMI hot plug detection, an ACT LED, and sets all other GPIOs as inputs with default pulls.
-NOTE: the `start.elf` firmware has a xref:configuration.adoc#changing-the-default-pin-configuration['built-in' default] `dt-blob.bin` which is used if no `dt-blob.bin` is found on the root of the first FAT partition. Most Compute Module projects will want to provide their own custom `dt-blob.bin`. Note that `dt-blob.bin` specifies which pin is for HDMI hot plug detect, although this should never change on Compute Module. It can also be used to set up a GPIO as a GPCLK output, and specify an ACT LED that the GPU can use while booting. Other functions may be added in future.
+To compile `minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts` to `dt-blob.bin`, use the xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree compiler] `dtc`.
+To install `dtc` on a Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
-https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts[minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts] is an example `.dts` device tree file that sets up the HDMI hot plug detect and ACT LED and sets all other GPIOs to be inputs with default pulls.
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install device-tree-compiler
+----
-To compile the `minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts` to `dt-blob.bin` use the Device Tree Compiler `dtc`:
+Then, run the follow command to compile `minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts` into `dt-blob.bin`:
+[source,console]
----
-dtc -I dts -O dtb -o dt-blob.bin minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
+$ dtc -I dts -O dtb -o dt-blob.bin minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
----
-=== ARM Linux Device Tree
+For more information, see our xref:configuration.adoc#change-the-default-pin-configuration[guide to creating `dt-blob.bin`].
-After `start.elf` has read `dt-blob.bin` and set up the initial pin states and clocks, it reads xref:config_txt.adoc[`config.txt`] which contains many other options for system setup.
+=== Arm Linux Device Tree
-After reading `config.txt` another device tree file specific to the board the hardware is running on is read: this is `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` for a Compute Module, or `bcm2710-rpi-cm.dtb` for CM3. This file is a standard ARM Linux device tree file, which details how hardware is attached to the processor: what peripheral devices exist in the SoC and where, which GPIOs are used, what functions those GPIOs have, and what physical devices are connected. This file will set up the GPIOs appropriately, overwriting the pin state set up in `dt-blob.bin` if it is different. It will also try to load driver(s) for the specific device(s).
+After `start.elf` reads `dt-blob.bin` and sets up the initial pin states and clocks, it reads xref:config_txt.adoc[`config.txt`], which contains many other options for system setup.
-Although the `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` file can be used to load all attached devices, the recommendation for Compute Module users is to leave this file alone. Instead, use the one supplied in the standard Raspberry Pi OS software image, and add devices using a custom 'overlay' file as previously described. The `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` file contains (disabled) entries for the various peripherals (I2C, SPI, I2S etc.) and no GPIO pin definitions, apart from the eMMC/SD Card peripheral which has GPIO defs and is enabled, because it is always on the same pins. The idea is that the separate overlay file will enable the required interfaces, describe the pins used, and also describe the required drivers. The `start.elf` firmware will read and merge the `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` with the overlay data before giving the merged device tree to the Linux kernel as it boots up.
+After reading `config.txt`, `start.elf` reads a model-specific Device Tree file. For instance, Compute Module 3 uses `bcm2710-rpi-cm.dtb`. This file is a standard Arm Linux Device Tree file that details hardware attached to the processor. It enumerates:
-=== Device Tree Source and Compilation
+* what and where peripheral devices exist
+* which GPIOs are used
+* what functions those GPIOs have
+* what physical devices are connected
-The Raspberry Pi OS image provides compiled dtb files, but where are the source dts files? They live in the Raspberry Pi Linux kernel branch, on https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux[GitHub]. Look in the `arch/arm/boot/dts` folder.
+This file sets up the GPIOs by overwriting the pin state in `dt-blob.bin` if it is different. It will also try to load drivers for the specific devices.
-Some default overlay dts files live in `arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays`. Corresponding overlays for standard hardware that can be attached to a *Raspberry Pi* in the Raspberry Pi OS image are on the FAT partition in the `/overlays` directory. Note that these assume certain pins on BANK0, as they are for use on a Raspberry Pi. In general, use the source of these standard overlays as a guide to creating your own, unless you are using the same GPIO pins as you would be using if the hardware was plugged into the GPIO header of a Raspberry Pi.
+The model-specific Device Tree file contains disabled entries for peripherals. It contains no GPIO pin definitions other than the eMMC/SD Card peripheral which has GPIO defs and always uses the same pins.
-Compiling these dts files to dtb files requires an up-to-date version of the xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree compiler] `dtc`. The way to install an appropriate version on Raspberry Pi is to run:
+=== Device Tree source and compilation
-----
-sudo apt install device-tree-compiler
-----
+The Raspberry Pi OS image provides compiled `dtb` files, but the source `dts` files live in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-6.6.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/broadcom[Raspberry Pi Linux kernel branch]. Look for `rpi` in the file names.
-If you are building your own kernel then the build host also gets a version in `scripts/dtc`. You can arrange for your overlays to be built automatically by adding them to `Makefile` in `arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays`, and using the 'dtbs' make target.
+Default overlay `dts` files live at https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-6.6.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays[`arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays`]. These overlay files are a good starting point for creating your own overlays. To compile these `dts` files to `dtb` files, use the xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree compiler] `dtc`.
-=== Device Tree Debugging
+When building your own kernel, the build host requires the Device Tree compiler in `scripts/dtc`. To build your overlays automatically, add them to the `dtbs` make target in `arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/Makefile`.
-When the Linux kernel is booted on the ARM core(s), the GPU provides it with a fully assembled device tree, assembled from the base dts and any overlays. This full tree is available via the Linux proc interface in `/proc/device-tree`, where nodes become directories and properties become files.
+=== Device Tree debugging
-You can use `dtc` to write this out as a human readable dts file for debugging. You can see the fully assembled device tree, which is often very useful:
+When booting the Linux kernel, the GPU provides a fully assembled Device Tree created using the base `dts` and any overlays. This full tree is available via the Linux `proc` interface in `/proc/device-tree`. Nodes become directories and properties become files.
-----
-dtc -I fs -O dts -o proc-dt.dts /proc/device-tree
-----
-
-As previously explained in the GPIO section, it is also very useful to use `raspi-gpio` to look at the setup of the GPIO pins to check that they are as you expect:
+You can use `dtc` to write this out as a human readable `dts` file for debugging. To see the fully assembled device tree, run the following command:
+[source,console]
----
-raspi-gpio get
+$ dtc -I fs -O dts -o proc-dt.dts /proc/device-tree
----
-If something seems to be going awry, useful information can also be found by dumping the GPU log messages:
+`pinctrl` provides the status of the GPIO pins. If something seems to be going awry, try dumping the GPU log messages:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo vcdbg log msg
+$ sudo vclog --msg
----
-You can include more diagnostics in the output by adding `dtdebug=1` to `config.txt`.
-
-=== Examples
-
-NOTE: Please use the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewforum.php?f=107[Device Tree subforum] on the Raspberry Pi forums to ask Device Tree related questions.
-
-For these simple examples I used a CMIO board with peripherals attached via jumper wires.
+TIP: To include even more diagnostics in the output, add `dtdebug=1` to `config.txt`.
-For each of the examples we assume a CM+CMIO or CM3+CMIO3 board with a clean install of the latest Raspberry Pi OS Lite version on the CM.
+Use the https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewforum.php?f=107[Device Tree Raspberry Pi forum] to ask Device Tree-related questions or report an issue.
-The examples here require internet connectivity, so a USB hub plus keyboard plus wireless LAN or Ethernet dongle plugged into the CMIO USB port is recommended.
+=== Examples
-Please post any issues, bugs or questions on the Raspberry Pi https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewforum.php?f=107[Device Tree subforum].
+The following examples use an IO Board with peripherals attached via jumper wires. We assume a CM1+CMIO or CM3+CMIO3, running a clean install of Raspberry Pi OS Lite. The examples here require internet connectivity, so we recommend a USB hub, keyboard, and wireless LAN or Ethernet dongle plugged into the IO Board USB port.
-[discrete]
-=== Example 1 - attaching an I2C RTC to BANK1 pins
+==== Attach an I2C RTC to Bank 1 pins
-In this simple example we wire an NXP PCF8523 real time clock (RTC) to the CMIO board BANK1 GPIO pins: 3V3, GND, I2C1_SDA on GPIO44 and I2C1_SCL on GPIO45.
+In this example, we wire an NXP PCF8523 real time clock (RTC) to the IO Board Bank 1 GPIO pins: 3V3, GND, I2C1_SDA on GPIO44 and I2C1_SCL on GPIO45.
-Download https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts[minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts] and copy it to the SD card FAT partition, located in `/boot` when the CM has booted.
+Download https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts[`minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts`] and copy it to the boot partition in `/boot/firmware/`.
Edit `minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts` and change the pin states of GPIO44 and 45 to be I2C1 with pull-ups:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo nano /boot/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
+$ sudo nano /boot/firmware/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
----
-Change lines:
+Replace the following lines:
+[source,kotlin]
----
pin@p44 { function = "input"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // DEFAULT STATE WAS INPUT NO PULL
pin@p45 { function = "input"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // DEFAULT STATE WAS INPUT NO PULL
----
-to:
+With the following pull-up definitions:
+[source,kotlin]
----
pin@p44 { function = "i2c1"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // SDA1
pin@p45 { function = "i2c1"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // SCL1
----
-NOTE: We could use this `dt-blob.dts` with no changes The Linux Device Tree will (re)configure these pins during Linux kernel boot when the specific drivers are loaded, so it is up to you whether you modify `dt-blob.dts`. I like to configure `dt-blob.dts` to what I expect the final GPIOs to be, as they are then set to their final state as soon as possible during the GPU boot stage, but this is not strictly necessary. You may find that in some cases you do need pins to be configured at GPU boot time, so they are in a specific state when Linux drivers are loaded. For example, a reset line may need to be held in the correct orientation.
+We could use this `dt-blob.dts` with no changes, because the Linux Device Tree re-configures these pins during Linux kernel boot when the specific drivers load. However, if you configure `dt-blob.dts`, the GPIOs reach their final state as soon as possible during the GPU boot stage. In some cases, pins must be configured at GPU boot time so they are in a specific state when Linux drivers are loaded. For example, a reset line may need to be held in the correct orientation.
-Compile `dt-blob.bin`:
+Run the following command to compile `dt-blob.bin`:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo dtc -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/dt-blob.bin /boot/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
+$ sudo dtc -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/firmware/dt-blob.bin /boot/firmware/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
----
-Grab https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm/example1-overlay.dts[example1-overlay.dts] and put it in `/boot` then compile it:
+Download https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/example1-overlay.dts[`example1-overlay.dts`], copy it to the boot partition in `/boot/firmware/`, then compile it with the following command:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo dtc -@ -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/overlays/example1.dtbo /boot/example1-overlay.dts
+$ sudo dtc -@ -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/firmware/overlays/example1.dtbo /boot/firmware/example1-overlay.dts
----
-NOTE: The '-@' in the `dtc` command line. This is necessary if you are compiling dts files with external references, as overlays tend to be.
+The `-@` flag compiles `dts` files with external references. It is usually necessary.
-Edit `/boot/config.txt` and add the line:
+Add the following line to xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
+[source,ini]
----
dtoverlay=example1
----
-Now save and reboot.
+Finally, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
-Once rebooted, you should see an rtc0 entry in /dev. Running:
+Once rebooted, you should see an `rtc0` entry in `/dev`. Run the following command to view the hardware clock time:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo hwclock
+$ sudo hwclock
----
-will return with the hardware clock time, and not an error.
-
-[discrete]
-=== Example 2 - Attaching an ENC28J60 SPI Ethernet Controller on BANK0
-
-In this example we use one of the already available overlays in /boot/overlays to add an ENC28J60 SPI Ethernet controller to BANK0. The Ethernet controller is connected to SPI pins CE0, MISO, MOSI and SCLK (GPIO8-11 respectively), as well as GPIO25 for a falling edge interrupt, and of course GND and 3V3.
+==== Attach an ENC28J60 SPI Ethernet controller on Bank 0
-In this example we won't change `dt-blob.bin`, although of course you can if you wish. We should see that Linux Device Tree correctly sets up the pins.
+In this example, we use an overlay already defined in `/boot/firmware/overlays` to add an ENC28J60 SPI Ethernet controller to Bank 0. The Ethernet controller uses SPI pins CE0, MISO, MOSI and SCLK (GPIO8-11 respectively), GPIO25 for a falling edge interrupt, in addition to GND and 3.3V.
-Edit `/boot/config.txt` and add the line:
+In this example, we won't change `dt-blob.bin`. Instead, add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
+[source,ini]
----
dtoverlay=enc28j60
----
-Now save and reboot.
-
-Once rebooted you should see, as before, an rtc0 entry in /dev. Running:
-
-----
-sudo hwclock
-----
-
-will return with the hardware clock time, and not an error.
+Reboot with `sudo reboot`.
-You should also have Ethernet connectivity:
+If you now run `ifconfig` you should see an aditional `eth` entry for the ENC28J60 NIC. You should also have Ethernet connectivity. Run the following command to test your connectivity:
+[source,console]
----
-ping 8.8.8.8
+$ ping 8.8.8.8
----
-should work.
-
-finally running:
+Run the following command to show GPIO functions; GPIO8-11 should now provide ALT0 (SPI) functions:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo raspi-gpio get
+$ pinctrl
----
-should show that GPIO8-11 have changed to ALT0 (SPI) functions.
-
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc
index 0544a417b6..a29dbbd82b 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc
@@ -1,165 +1,294 @@
-== Attaching a Raspberry Pi Camera Module
+== Attach a Camera Module
-[NOTE]
-======
-These instructions are intended for advanced users, if anything is unclear please use the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewforum.php?f=43[Raspberry Pi Camera forums] for technical help.
+The Compute Module has two CSI-2 camera interfaces: CAM1 and CAM0. This section explains how to connect one or two Raspberry Pi Cameras to a Compute Module using the CAM1 and CAM0 interfaces with a Compute Module I/O Board.
-Unless explicitly stated otherwise, these instructions will work identically on both the Compute Module and Compute Module 3, attached to a Compute Module IO Board. Compute Module 4 is slightly different, so please refer to the appropriate section.
-======
+=== Update your system
-The Compute Module has two CSI-2 camera interfaces. CAM0 has two CSI-2 data lanes, whilst CAM1 has four data lanes. The Compute Module IO board exposes both of these interfaces. Note that the standard Raspberry Pi devices uses CAM1, but only exposes two lanes.
-
-Please note that the camera modules are *not* designed to be hot pluggable. They should always be connected or disconnected with the power off.
-
-=== Updating your System
-
-The camera software is under constant development. Please ensure your system is up to date prior to using these instructions.
+Before configuring a camera, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date].:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo apt update
-sudp apt full-upgrade
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt full-upgrade
----
-=== Crypto Chip
+=== Connect one camera
+
+To connect a single camera to a Compute Module, complete the following steps:
-When using the Compute Module to drive cameras, it is NOT necessary to incorporate the crypto chip used on the Raspberry Pi--designed camera boards when attaching the OM5647, IMX219 or HQ Camera Modules directly to the Compute Module carrier board. The Raspberry Pi firmware will automatically detect the CM and allow communications with the Camera Module to proceed without the crypto chip being present.
+. Disconnect the Compute Module from power.
+. Connect the Camera Module to the CAM1 port using a RPI-CAMERA board or a Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable.
++
+image::images/CMIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg[alt="Connecting the adapter board", width="60%"]
+
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `0` to `CD1_SDA`
+ * `1` to `CD1_SCL`
+ * `2` to `CAM1_I01`
+ * `3` to `CAM1_I00`
++
+image::images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO.jpg[alt="GPIO connection for a single camera", width="60%"]
-=== Quickstart Guide
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
-To connect a single camera:
+. Remove (or comment out with the prefix `#`) the following lines, if they exist, in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+camera_auto_detect=1
+----
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=i2c_arm=on
+----
-. Power the CM down.
-. On the compute module, run `sudo raspi-config` and enable the camera.
-. Connect the RPI-CAMERA board and Camera Module to the CAM1 port. As an alternative, the Pi Zero camera cable can be used.
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to accommodate the swapped GPIO pin assignment on the I/O board:
+
-image::images/CMIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg[Connecting the adapter board]
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=cm-swap-i2c0
+----
-. (CM1 & CM3 only) Connect GPIO pins together as shown below.
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to assign GPIO 3 as the CAM1 regulator:
+
-image::images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO.jpg[GPIO connection for a single camera]
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=cam1_reg
+----
-. Power the CM up and run `+sudo wget https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-cam1.bin -O /boot/dt-blob.bin+`
-. Finally, reboot for the dt-blob.bin file to be read.
+. Add the appropriate directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to manually configure the driver for your camera model:
++
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| camera model
+| directive
-To connect two cameras, follow the steps as for a single camera and then also:
+| v1 camera
+| `dtoverlay=ov5647`
-. Whilst powered down, repeat step 3 with CAM0.
-. (CM1 and CM3 only) Connect the GPIO pins for the second camera.
- image:images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO2.jpg[GPIO connection with additional camera]
-. (CM4 only) Add jumpers to J6.
-. Power up and run `+sudo wget https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-dualcam.bin -O /boot/dt-blob.bin+`
-. Reboot for the dt-blob.bin file to be read.
+| v2 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx219`
-NOTE: The default wiring uses GPIOs 2&3 to control the primary camera. These GPIOs can also be used for I2C, but doing so will result in a conflict, and the camera is unlikely to work.
-*Do not enable I2C via `dtparam=i2c_arm=on` if you wish to use the camera with the default wiring*
+| v3 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx708`
-==== Software Support
+| HQ camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx477`
-The supplied camera applications `raspivid` and `raspistill` have the -cs (--camselect) option to specify which camera should be used.
+| GS camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx296`
+|===
-If you are writing your own camera application based on the MMAL API you can use the MMAL_PARAMETER_CAMERA_NUM parameter to set the current camera. E.g.
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`.
+. Run the following command to check the list of detected cameras:
++
+[source,console]
----
-MMAL_PARAMETER_INT32_T camera_num = {{MMAL_PARAMETER_CAMERA_NUM, sizeof(camera_num)}, CAMERA_NUMBER};
-status = mmal_port_parameter_set(camera->control, &camera_num.hdr);
+$ rpicam-hello --list
----
+You should see your camera model, referred to by the driver directive in the table above, in the output.
+
+=== Connect two cameras
-=== Advanced Issues
+To connect two cameras to a Compute Module, complete the following steps:
-The Compute Module IO board has a 22-way 0.5mm FFC for each camera port, with CAM0 being a two-lane interface and CAM1 being the full four-lane interface. The standard Raspberry Pi uses a 15-way 1mm FFC cable, so you will need either an adapter (part# RPI-CAMERA) or a Pi Zero camera cable.
+. Follow the single camera instructions above.
+. Disconnect the Compute Module from power.
+. Connect the Camera Module to the CAM0 port using a RPI-CAMERA board or a Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable.
++
+image::images/CMIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg[alt="Connect the adapter board", width="60%"]
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `28` to `CD0_SDA`
+ * `29` to `CD0_SCL`
+ * `30` to `CAM0_I01`
+ * `31` to `CAM0_I00`
++
+image:images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO2.jpg[alt="GPIO connection with additional camera", width="60%"]
-The CMIO board for Compute Modules 1&3 differ slightly in approach to that for Compute Module 4. They will be considered separately.
+. _(CM4 and CM5)_: Connect the J6 GPIO pins with two vertical-orientation jumpers.
++
+image:images/j6_vertical.jpg[alt="Connect the J6 GPIO pins in vertical orientation", width="60%"]
-==== Compute Module 1 & 3
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
-On the Compute Module IO board it is necessary to bridge the GPIOs and I2C interface required by the Raspberry Pi OS to the CAM1 connector. This is done by connecting the GPIOs from the J6 GPIO connector to the CD1_SDA/SCL and CAM1_IO0/1 pins on the J5 connector using jumper wires.
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to assign GPIO 31 as the CAM0 regulator:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=cam0_reg
+----
-NOTE: The pin numbers below are provided only as an example. LED and SHUTDOWN pins can be shared by both cameras, if required.
+. Add the appropriate directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to manually configure the driver for your camera model:
++
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| camera model
+| directive
-The SDA and SCL pins must be either GPIOs 0 and 1, GPIOs 28 and 29, or GPIOs 44 and 45, and must be individual to each camera.
+| v1 camera
+| `dtoverlay=ov5647,cam0`
-===== Steps to attach a Raspberry Pi Camera (to CAM1)
+| v2 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx219,cam0`
-. Attach the 0.5mm 22W FFC flexi (included with the RPI-CAMERA board) to the CAM1 connector (flex contacts face down). As an alternative, the Pi Zero camera cable can be used.
-. Attach the RPI-CAMERA adaptor board to the other end of the 0.5mm flex (flex contacts face down).
-. Attach a Raspberry Pi Camera to the other, larger 15W 1mm FFC on the RPI-CAMERA adaptor board (*contacts on the Raspberry Pi Camera flex must face up*).
-. Attach CD1_SDA (J6 pin 37) to GPIO0 (J5 pin 1).
-. Attach CD1_SCL (J6 pin 39) to GPIO1 (J5 pin 3).
-. Attach CAM1_IO1 (J6 pin 41) to GPIO2 (J5 pin 5).
-. Attach CAM1_IO0 (J6 pin 43) to GPIO3 (J5 pin 7).
+| v3 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx708,cam0`
-Note, the numbers in brackets are conventional, physical pin numbers, numbered from left to right, top to bottom. The numbers on the silkscreen correspond to the Broadcom SoC GPIO numbers.
+| HQ camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx477,cam0`
-===== Steps to attach a second Raspberry Pi Camera (to CAM0)
+| GS camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx296,cam0`
+|===
-Attach the second camera to the (CAM0) connector as before.
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`.
-Connect up the I2C and GPIO lines.
+. Run the following command to check the list of detected cameras:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --list
+----
++
+You should see both camera models, referred to by the driver directives in the table above, in the output.
-. Attach CD0_SDA (J6 pin 45) to GPIO28 (J6 pin 1).
-. Attach CD0_SCL (J6 pin 47) to GPIO29 (J6 pin 3).
-. Attach CAM0_IO1 (J6 pin 49) to GPIO30 (J6 pin 5).
-. Attach CAM0_IO0 (J6 pin 51) to GPIO31 (J6 pin 7).
+=== Software
-==== Compute Module 4
+Raspberry Pi OS includes the `libcamera` library to help you take images with your Raspberry Pi.
-On the Compute Module 4 IO board the CAM1 connector is already wired to the I2C on GPIOs 44 & 45, and the shutdown line is connected to GPIO 5 on the GPIO expander. There is no LED signal wired through. No hardware changes are required to use CAM1 other than connecting the 22pin FFC to the CAM1 connector (flex contacts face down).
+==== Take a picture
-To connect a second Raspberry Pi camera (to CAM0), two jumpers must be added to J6 in a vertical orienation. The CAM0 connector shares the shutdown line with CAM1.
+Use the following command to immediately take a picture and save it to a file in PNG encoding using the `MMDDhhmmss` date format as a filename:
-==== Configuring default pin states (all CM variants)
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --datetime -e png
+----
-The GPIOs that we are using for the camera default to input mode on the Compute Module. To xref:configuration.adoc#changing-the-default-pin-configuration[override these default settings] and also tell the system that these are the pins to be used by the camera, we need to create a `dt-blob.bin` that is loaded by the firmware when the system boots up. This file is built from a source dts file that contains the requried settings, and placed on the boot partition.
+Use the `-t` option to add a delay in milliseconds.
+Use the `--width` and `--height` options to specify a width and height for the image.
-<> are provided at the bottom of this document. These use the default wiring as described in this page.
+==== Take a video
-The `pin_config` section in the `pins_cm { }` (compute module), `pins_cm3 { }` (compute module3), or `pins_cm4 { }` (compute module 4) section of the source dts needs the camera's LED and power enable pins set to outputs:
+Use the following command to immediately start recording a ten-second long video and save it to a file with the h264 codec named `video.h264`:
+[source,console]
----
-pin@p2 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; };
-pin@p3 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; };
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 -o video.h264
----
-To tell the firmware which pins to use and how many cameras to look for, add the following to the `pin_defines` section:
+==== Specify which camera to use
+
+By default, `libcamera` always uses the camera with index `0` in the `--list-cameras` list.
+To specify a camera option, get an index value for each camera from the following command:
+[source,console]
----
-pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED { type = "internal"; number = <2>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN { type = "internal"; number = <3>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT { type = "internal"; number = <1>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT { type = "internal"; number = <0>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN { type = "internal"; number = <0>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN { type = "internal"; number = <1>; };
+$ rpicam-hello --list-cameras
+Available cameras
+-----------------
+0 : imx477 [4056x3040] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 1332x990 [120.05 fps - (696, 528)/2664x1980 crop]
+ 'SRGGB12_CSI2P' : 2028x1080 [50.03 fps - (0, 440)/4056x2160 crop]
+ 2028x1520 [40.01 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+ 4056x3040 [10.00 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+
+1 : imx708 [4608x2592] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@0/imx708@1a)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 1536x864 [120.13 fps - (768, 432)/3072x1728 crop]
+ 2304x1296 [56.03 fps - (0, 0)/4608x2592 crop]
+ 4608x2592 [14.35 fps - (0, 0)/4608x2592 crop]
----
-Indentation and line breaks are not critical, so the example files expand these blocks out for readability.
+In the above output:
+
+* `imx477` refers to a HQ camera with an index of `0`
+* `imx708` refers to a v3 camera with an index of `1`
-The Compute Module's *pin_config* section needs the second camera's LED and power enable pins configured:
+To use the HQ camera, pass its index (`0`) to the `--camera` `libcamera` option:
+[source,console]
----
-pin@p30 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; };
-pin@p31 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; };
+$ rpicam-hello --camera 0
----
-In the Compute Module's *pin_defines* section of the dts file, change the *NUM_CAMERAS* parameter to 2 and add the following:
+To use the v3 camera, pass its index (`1`) to the `--camera` `libcamera` option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --camera 1
+----
+
+
+=== I2C mapping of GPIO pins
+
+By default, the supplied camera drivers assume that CAM1 uses `i2c-10` and CAM0 uses `i2c-0`. Compute module I/O boards map the following GPIO pins to `i2c-10` and `i2c-0`:
+
+[%header,cols="1,1,1"]
+|===
+| I/O Board Model
+| `i2c-10` pins
+| `i2c-0` pins
+| CM4 I/O Board
+| GPIOs 44,45
+| GPIOs 0,1
+
+| CM1, CM3, CM3+, CM4S I/O Board
+| GPIOs 0,1
+| GPIOs 28,29
+|===
+
+To connect a camera to the CM1, CM3, CM3+ and CM4S I/O Board, add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to accommodate the swapped pin assignment:
+
+[source,ini]
----
-pin_define@CAMERA_1_LED { type = "internal"; number = <30>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_1_SHUTDOWN { type = "internal"; number = <31>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_1_UNICAM_PORT { type = "internal"; number = <0>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_1_I2C_PORT { type = "internal"; number = <0>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_1_SDA_PIN { type = "internal"; number = <28>; };
-pin_define@CAMERA_1_SCL_PIN { type = "internal"; number = <29>; };
+dtoverlay=cm-swap-i2c0
----
-[[sample-device-tree-source-files]]
-==== Sample device tree source files
+Alternative boards may use other pin assignments. Check the documentation for your board and use the following alternate overrides depending on your layout:
+
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| Swap
+| Override
+
+| Use GPIOs 0,1 for i2c0
+| `i2c0-gpio0`
+
+| Use GPIOs 28,29 for i2c0 (default)
+| `i2c0-gpio28`
+
+| Use GPIOs 44&45 for i2c0
+| `i2c0-gpio44`
+
+| Use GPIOs 0&1 for i2c10 (default)
+| `i2c10-gpio0`
+
+| Use GPIOs 28&29 for i2c10
+| `i2c10-gpio28`
+
+| Use GPIOs 44&45 for i2c10
+| `i2c10-gpio44`
+|===
+
+==== GPIO pins for shutdown
+
+For camera shutdown, Device Tree uses the pins assigned by the `cam1_reg` and `cam0_reg` overlays.
+
+The CM4 IO board provides a single GPIO pin for both aliases, so both cameras share the same regulator.
+
+The CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S I/O boards provides no GPIO pin for `cam1_reg` and `cam0_reg`, so the regulators are disabled on those boards. However, you can enable them with the following directives in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
-https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-cam1.dts[Enable CAM1 only]
+* `dtparam=cam1_reg`
+* `dtparam=cam0_reg`
-https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-dualcam.dts[Enable CAM1 and CAM0]
+To assign `cam1_reg` and `cam0_reg` to a specific pin on a custom board, use the following directives in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
-==== Compiling a DTS file to a device tree blob
+* `dtparam=cam1_reg_gpio=`
+* `dtparam=cam0_reg_gpio=`
-Once all the required changes have been made to the `dts` file, it needs to be compiled and placed on the boot partition of the device.
+For example, to use pin 42 as the regulator for CAM1, add the directive `dtparam=cam1_reg_gpio=42` to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`.
-Instructions for doing this can be found on the xref:configuration.adoc#changing-the-default-pin-configuration[Pin Configuration] page.
+These directives only work for GPIO pins connected directly to the SoC, not for expander GPIO pins.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-display.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-display.adoc
index 2541da290b..747eb41bf2 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-display.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-display.adoc
@@ -1,106 +1,83 @@
-== Attaching the Official 7-inch Display
+== Attaching the Touch Display LCD panel
-NOTE: These instructions are intended for advanced users, if anything is unclear please use the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewforum.php?f=98[Raspberry Pi Compute Module forums] for technical help.
+Update your system software and firmware to the latest version before starting.
+Compute Modules mostly use the same process, but sometimes physical differences force changes for a particular model.
-Please ensure your system software is updated before starting. Largely speaking the approach taken for Compute Modules 1, 3, and 4 is the same, but there are minor differences in physical setup required. It will be indicated where a step applies only to a specific platform.
+=== Connect a display to DISP1/DSI1
-WARNING: The Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable cannot be used as an alternative to the RPI-DISPLAY adaptor, because its wiring is different.
+NOTE: The Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable cannot be used as an alternative to the RPI-DISPLAY adapter. The two cables have distinct wiring.
-WARNING: Please note that the display is *not* designed to be hot pluggable. It (and camera modules) should always be connected or disconnected with the power off.
+To connect a display to DISP1/DSI1:
-=== Quickstart Guide (Display Only)
-
-. Connect the display to the DISP1 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W display adaptor.
-. (CM1 and 3 only) Connect these pins together with jumper wires:
+. Disconnect the Compute Module from power.
+. Connect the display to the DISP1/DSI1 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W display adapter.
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `0` to `CD1_SDA`
+ * `1` to `CD1_SCL`
+. _(CM5)_ On the Compute Module 5 IO board, add the appropriate jumpers to J6, as indicated on the silkscreen.
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
+. Add the following line to xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
+
+[source,ini]
----
- GPIO0 - CD1_SDA
- GPIO1 - CD1_SCL
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch
----
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`. Your device should detect and begin displaying output to your display.
-. Power up the Compute Module and run:
-+
-`+sudo wget https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-disp1-only.bin -O /boot/dt-blob.bin+`
+=== Connect a display to DISP0/DSI0
-. Reboot for the `dt-blob.bin` file to be read.
+To connect a display to DISP0/DSI0 on CM1, CM3 and CM4 IO boards:
-=== Quickstart Guide (Display and Cameras)
+. Connect the display to the DISP0/DSI0 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W display adapter.
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `28` to `CD0_SDA`
+ * `29` to `CD0_SCL`
-==== To enable the display and one camera:*
+ . _(CM4 only)_ On the Compute Module 4 IO board, add the appropriate jumpers to J6, as indicated on the silkscreen.
-. Connect the display to the DISP1 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W display adaptor, called RPI-DISPLAY.
-. Connect the Camera Module to the CAM1 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W adaptor called RPI-CAMERA. Alternatively, the Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable can be used.
-. (CM 1 and 3 only) Connect these pins together with jumper wires:
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
+. Add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
----
- GPIO0 - CD1_SDA
- GPIO1 - CD1_SCL
- GPIO2 - CAM1_IO1
- GPIO3 - CAM1_IO0
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch
----
-+
-image:images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-GPIO.jpg[GPIO connection for a single display and Camera Modules]
- (Please note this image needs to be updated to have the extra jumper leads removed and use the standard wiring (2&3 not 4&5))
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`. Your device should detect and begin displaying output to your display.
-. Power up the Compute Module and run:
-+
-`+sudo wget https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-disp1-cam1.bin -O /boot/dt-blob.bin+`
+=== Disable touchscreen
-. Reboot for the `dt-blob.bin` file to be read.
+The touchscreen requires no additional configuration. Connect it to your Compute Module, and both the touchscreen element and display should work once successfully detected.
-==== To enable the display and both cameras:*
+To disable the touchscreen element, but still use the display, add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
-. Follow the steps for connecting the display and one camera above.
-. Connect the Camera Module to the CAM0 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W adaptor called RPI-CAMERA. Alternatively, the Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable can be used.
-. (CM1 & 3 only) Add links:
-+
+[source,ini]
----
- GPIO28 - CD0_SDA
- GPIO29 - CD0_SCL
- GPIO30 - CAM0_IO1
- GPIO31 - CAM0_IO0
+disable_touchscreen=1
----
-. (CM4 only) Add jumpers to J6.
-. Power up the Compute Module and run:
-+
-`+sudo wget https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-disp1-cam2.bin -O /boot/dt-blob.bin+`
-
-. Reboot for the `dt-blob.bin` file to be read.
-+
-image:images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-Example.jpg[Camera Preview on the 7 inch display]
- (Please note this image needs to be updated to show two Camera Modules and the standard wiring)
-
-=== Software Support
+=== Disable display
-There is no additional configuration required to enable the touchscreen. The touch interface should work out of the box once the screen is successfully detected.
+To entirely ignore the display when connected, add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
-If you wish to disable the touchscreen element and only use the display side, you can add the command `disable_touchscreen=1` to /boot/config.txt to do so.
+[source,ini]
+----
+ignore_lcd=1
+----
-To make the firmware to ignore the display even if connected, then add `ignore_lcd=1` to /boot/config.txt.
+== Attaching the Touch Display 2 LCD panel
-=== Firmware Configuration
+Touch Display 2 is a 720x1280 7" LCD display designed specifically for Raspberry Pi devices (see https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/touch-display-2/). It connects in the same way as the original touch display, but the software setup on Compute Modules is slightly different as it uses a different display driver. See xref:../accessories/touch-display-2.adoc[Touch Display 2] for connection details.
-The firmware looks at the dt-blob.bin file for the relevant configuration to use
-for the screen. It looks at the pin_number@ defines for
+Edit the /boot/firmware/config.txt file and add the following to enable Touch Display 2 on DISP1/DSI1. You will also need to add jumpers to J6 as indicated on the silkscreen.
+[source,ini]
----
-DISPLAY_I2C_PORT
-DISPLAY_SDA
-DISPLAY_SCL
-DISPLAY_DSI_PORT
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-ili9881-7inch
----
-The I2C port, SDA and SCL pin numbers are self explanatory. DISPLAY_DSI_PORT
-selects between DSI1 (the default) and DSI0.
-
-Once all the required changes have been made to the `dts` file, it needs to be compiled and placed on the boot partition of the device.
+To use DISP0/DSI0, use the following:
-Instructions for doing this can be found on the xref:configuration.adoc#changing-the-default-pin-configuration[Pin Configuration] page.
-
-==== Sources
-
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-disp1-only.dts[dt-blob-disp1-only.dts]
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-disp1-cam1.dts[dt-blob-disp1-cam1.dts]
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-disp1-cam2.dts[dt-blob-disp1-cam2.dts]
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/dt-blob-disp0-only.dts[dt-blob-disp0-only.dts] (Uses wiring as for CAM0)
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-ili9881-7inch,dsi0
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/datasheet.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/datasheet.adoc
index 8b8cf45724..11d52ccb82 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/datasheet.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/datasheet.adoc
@@ -1,47 +1,84 @@
-== Datasheets and Schematics
+== Specifications
-=== Compute Module 4
+=== Compute Module 5 datasheet
-The latest version of the Compute Module is the Compute Module 4 (CM4). It is the recommended Compute Module for all current and future development.
+To learn more about Compute Module 5 (CM5) and its corresponding IO Board, see the following documents:
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm4/cm4-datasheet.pdf[Compute Module 4 Datasheet]
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf[Compute Module 4 IO Board Datasheet]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm5/cm5-datasheet.pdf[CM5 datasheet]
+* https://rpltd.co/cm5-design-files[CM5 design files]
-NOTE: Schematics are not available for the Compute Module 4, but are available for the IO board.
+=== Compute Module 5 IO Board datasheet
-Schematics for the CMIO4 board are included in the datasheet,
+Design data for the Compute Module 5 IO Board (CM5IO) can be found in its datasheet:
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf[Compute Module 4 IO Board Datasheet] (including schematics)
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm5/cm5io-datasheet.pdf[CM5IO datasheet]
+* https://rpltd.co/cm5io-design-files[CM5IO design files]
-There is also a KiCAD PCB design set available:
+=== Compute Module 4 datasheet
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm4io/CM4IO-KiCAD.zip[Compute Module 4 IO Board KiCAD files]
+To learn more about Compute Module 4 (CM4) and its corresponding IO Board, see the following documents:
-==== Under Voltage Detection
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4/cm4-datasheet.pdf[CM4 datasheet]
-Schematic for an under-voltage detection circuit, as used in most models of Raspberry Pi:
+[.whitepaper, title="Configure the Compute Module 4", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003470-WP/Configuring-the-Compute-Module-4.pdf]
+****
+The Compute Module 4 is available in a number of different hardware configurations. Some use cases disable certain features that aren't required.
-image::images/under_voltage_detect.png[Under-voltage detect]
+This document describes how to disable various hardware and software interfaces.
+****
+
+=== Compute Module 4 IO Board datasheet
+
+Design data for the Compute Module 4 IO Board (CM4IO) can be found in its datasheet:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf[CM4IO datasheet]
+
+We also provide a KiCad PCB design set for the CM4 IO Board:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IO-KiCAD.zip[CM4IO KiCad files]
+
+=== Compute Module 4S datasheet
+
+Compute Module 4S (CM4S) offers the internals of CM4 in the DDR2-SODIMM form factor of CM1, CM3, and CM3+. To learn more about CM4S, see the following documents:
-=== Older Products
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4s/cm4s-datasheet.pdf[CM4S datasheet]
-Raspberry Pi CM1, CM3 and CM3L are supported products with an End-of-Life (EOL) date no earlier than January 2026. For customers embarking on new designs, Raspberry Pi recommends using the newer Compute Module 3+, which offers improved thermal performance, and a wider range of Flash memory options.
+=== Compute Module 3+ datasheet
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm/cm1-and-cm3-datasheet.pdf[Compute Module and Compute Module 3]
+Compute Module 3+ (CM3+) is a supported product with an end-of-life (EOL) date no earlier than January 2028. To learn more about CM3+ and its corresponding IO Board, see the following documents:
-Raspberry Pi CM3+ and CM3+ Lite are supported prodicts with an End-of-Life (EOL) date no earlier than January 2026.
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm3-plus-datasheet.pdf[CM3+ datasheet]
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm/cm3-plus-datasheet.pdf[Compute Module 3+]
+=== Compute Module 1 and Compute Module 3 datasheet
-Schematics for the Compute Module 1, 3 and 3L
+Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1 (CM1) and Compute Module 3 (CM3) are supported products with an end-of-life (EOL) date no earlier than January 2026. To learn more about CM1 and CM3, see the following documents:
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm/cm1-schematics.pdf[CM Rev 1.1]
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm/cm3-schematics.pdf[CM3 and CM3L Rev 1.0]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm1-and-cm3-datasheet.pdf[CM1 and CM3 datasheet]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm1-schematics.pdf[Schematics for CM1]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm3-schematics.pdf[Schematics for CM3]
-Schematics for the Compute Module IO board (CMIO):
+[.whitepaper, title="Transition from Compute Module 1 or Compute Module 3 to Compute Module 4", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003469-WP/Transitioning-from-CM3-to-CM4.pdf]
+****
+This white paper helps developers migrate from Compute Module 1 or Compute Module 3 to Compute Module 4.
+****
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/cmio-schematics.pdf[CMIO Rev 3.0] (Supports CM1, CM3, CM3L, CM3+ and CM3+L)
+=== Compute Module IO Board schematics
-Schematics for the Compute Module camera/display adapter board (CMCDA):
+The Compute Module IO Board (CMIO) provides a variety of interfaces for CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S. The Compute Module IO Board comes in two variants: Version 1 and Version 3. Version 1 is only compatible with CM1. Version 3 is compatible with CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S. Compute Module IO Board Version 3 is sometimes written as the shorthand CMIO3. To learn more about CMIO1 and CMIO3, see the following documents:
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmcda/cmcda-schematics.pdf[CMCDA Rev 1.1]
\ No newline at end of file
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmio/cmio-schematics.pdf[Schematics for CMIO]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmio/RPi-CMIO-R1P2.zip[Design documents for CMIO Version 1.2 (CMIO/CMIO1)]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmio/RPi-CMIO-R3P0.zip[Design documents for CMIO Version 3.0 (CMIO3)]
+
+=== Compute Module Camera/Display Adapter Board schematics
+
+The Compute Module Camera/Display Adapter Board (CMCDA) provides camera and display interfaces for Compute Modules. To learn more about the CMCDA, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmcda/cmcda-schematics.pdf[Schematics for the CMCDA]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmcda/RPi-CMCDA-1P1.zip[Design documents for CMCDA Version 1.1]
+
+=== Under-voltage detection
+
+The following schematic describes an under-voltage detection circuit, as used in older models of Raspberry Pi:
+
+image::images/under_voltage_detect.png[Under-voltage detect]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/designfiles.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/designfiles.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 57a293147d..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/designfiles.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-== Design Files for CMIO Boards
-
-[discrete]
-=== Compute Module IO board for CM4
-
-Design data for the Compute Module 4 IO board can be found in its datasheet:
-
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf[Compute Module 4 IO Board datasheet]
-
-There is also a KiCAD PCB design set available:
-
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cm4io/CM4IO-KiCAD.zip[Compute Module 4 IO Board KiCAD files]
-
-[discrete]
-=== Older Products
-
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/RPi-CMIO-R1P2.zip[CMIO Rev 1.2]
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmio/RPi-CMIO-R3P0.zip[CMIO Rev 3.0]
-
-Design data for the Compute Module camera/display adapter board (CMCDA):
-
-* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.org/cmcda/RPi-CMCDA-1P1.zip[CMCDA Rev 1.1]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-Example.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-Example.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c7c8a60c2c..0000000000
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-Example.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-GPIO.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-GPIO.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e5cbdd81f9..0000000000
Binary files a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Disp-GPIO.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm1.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..caa01fec3a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm1.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3-plus.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3-plus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc266211b8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3-plus.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c82500604a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..596cda0127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 5
+
+
+
+
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+
+ 1
+
+
+
+
+
+ 2
+
+
+
+
+ 4
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fcd0da44e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..232dc6e76b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,4711 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 8
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 10
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 87.5 ± 1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 1/4–36UNS–2B
+ 1/4–36UNS–2A
+ 11
+
+ Milling unilateral 5.85 ± 0.02
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 2.0
+ 205 ± 1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ S=8
+
+
+ 6.25
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Note: All dimensions in mm All dimensions are app ro ximate and for reference purposes only. The dimensions shown should not be used for p r oducing p r oduction data The dimensions are subject t o pa r t and manufacturing t ole r ances Dimensions may be subject t o change
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2dd3fbcd74
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a60f5b73bf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4io.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4io.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe4ccab2bc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4io.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4s.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4s.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7119617d8e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4s.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..05323596a7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ddf6308f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,12074 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SSD
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Power In
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+S TA TUS
+Power
+HDMI0
+HDMI1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+94
+
+170
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+28
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Note: All dimensions in mm All dimensions are approximate and for reference purposes only. The dimensions shown should not be used for producing production data The dimensions are subject to part and manufacturing tolerances Dimensions may be subject to change
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5214101780
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5abb017d82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,9616 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 41
+ 56
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 33
+ 4 × M2.5
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 10
+ 2.7
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 48
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Note:
+ All dimensions in mm
+ All dimensions are app
+ ro
+ ximate and for
+ reference purposes only.
+
+ The dimensions
+ shown should not be used for p
+ r
+ oducing
+ p
+ r
+ oduction data
+ The dimensions are subject
+ t
+ o pa
+ r
+ t and
+ manufacturing
+ t
+ ole
+ r
+ ances
+ Dimensions may be subject
+ t
+ o change
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4781a5cd4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0431e3e2d1
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case-front.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case-front.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..055875438a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case-front.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..074e802b66
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..382ae0b2c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cmio.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cmio.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..347f27f286
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cmio.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/j6_vertical.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/j6_vertical.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90858661a4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/j6_vertical.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/introduction.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/introduction.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa74d7bd58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/introduction.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+== Compute Modules
+
+Raspberry Pi Compute Modules are **system-on-module** variants of the flagship Raspberry Pi models. Compute Modules are especially popular for industrial and commercial applications, including digital signage, thin clients, and process automation. Some of these applications use the flagship Raspberry Pi design, but many users want a more compact design or on-board eMMC storage.
+
+Compute Modules come in multiple variants, varying both in memory and soldered-on Multi-Media Card (eMMC) flash storage capacity. Like SD cards, eMMC provides persistent storage with minimal energy impact. Unlike SD cards, eMMC is specifically designed to be used as a disk and includes extra features to improve reliability. **Lite** models have no on-board storage, and are sometimes referred to with the shorthand suffix **L**, e.g. "CM3L".
+
+Compute Modules use the following Raspberry Pi SoCs:
+
+* BCM2835 for CM1
+* BCM2837 for CM3, CM3+
+* BCM2711 for CM4, CM4S
+* BCM2712 for CM5
+
+=== Compute Module 5
+
+.Compute Module 5
+image::images/cm5.png[alt="Compute Module 5", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 5 (CM5) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 5 (the BCM2712 processor and 2GB, 4GB, 8GB, or 16GB of RAM) with optional 0GB (Lite), 16GB, 32GB or 64GB of eMMC flash storage.
+
+CM5 uses the same form factor as CM4, featuring two 100-pin high density connectors.
+
+=== Compute Module 4
+
+.Compute Module 4
+image::images/cm4.jpg[alt="Compute Module 4", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 4 (CM4) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 4 (the BCM2711 processor and 1GB, 2GB, 4GB, or 8GB of RAM) with an optional 0GB (Lite), 8GB, 16GB or 32GB of eMMC flash storage.
+
+Unlike CM1, CM3, and CM3+, CM4 does not use the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor. Instead, CM4 uses two 100-pin high density connectors in a smaller physical footprint. This change helped add the following interfaces:
+
+* an additional second HDMI port
+* PCIe
+* Ethernet
+
+The previous form factor could not have supported these interfaces.
+
+=== Compute Module 4S
+
+.Compute Module 4S
+image::images/cm4s.jpg[alt="Compute Module 4S", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 4S (CM4S) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 4 (the BCM2711 processor and 1GB, 2GB, 4GB, or 8GB of RAM) with an optional 0GB (Lite), 8GB, 16GB or 32GB of eMMC flash storage. Unlike CM4, CM4S comes in the same DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor as CM1, CM3, and CM3+.
+
+[[compute-module-3-plus]]
+=== Compute Module 3+
+
+.Compute Module 3+
+image::images/cm3-plus.jpg[alt="Compute Module 3+", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 3+ (CM3+) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+ (the BCM2837 processor and 1GB of RAM) with an optional 0GB (Lite), 8GB, 16GB or 32GB of eMMC flash storage. CM3+ comes in the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor.
+
+=== Compute Module 3
+
+.Compute Module 3
+image::images/cm3.jpg[alt="Compute Module 3", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 3 (CM3) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 3 (the BCM2837 processor and 1GB of RAM) with an optional 4GB of eMMC flash storage. CM3 comes in the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor.
+
+=== Compute Module 1
+
+.Compute Module 1
+image::images/cm1.jpg[alt="Compute Module 1", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 1 (CM1) contains the internals of a Raspberry Pi (the BCM2835 processor and 512MB of RAM) as well as an optional 4GB of eMMC flash storage. CM1 comes in the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor.
+
+== IO Boards
+
+Raspberry Pi IO Boards provide a way to connect a single Compute Module to a variety of I/O (input/output) interfaces. Compute Modules are small, lacking ports and connectors. IO Boards provide a way to connect Compute Modules to a variety of peripherals.
+
+Raspberry Pi IO Boards provide the following functionality:
+
+* power the module
+* connects the GPIO to pin headers
+* connects the camera and display interfaces to FFC connectors
+* connects HDMI to HDMI ports
+* connects USB to USB ports
+* connects activity monitoring to LEDs
+* eMMC programming over USB
+* connects PCIe to connectors used to physically connect storage or peripherals
+
+IO Boards are breakout boards intended for development or personal use; in production, you should use a smaller, potentially custom board that provides only the ports and peripherals required for your use-case.
+
+=== Compute Module 5 IO Board
+
+.Compute Module 5 IO Board
+image::images/cm5io.png[alt="Compute Module 5 IO Board", width="60%"]
+
+Compute Module 5 IO Board provides the following interfaces:
+
+* HAT footprint with 40-pin GPIO connector
+* PoE header
+* 2× HDMI ports
+* 2× USB 3.0 ports
+* Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 with PoE support
+* M.2 M key PCIe socket compatible with the 2230, 2242, 2260, and 2280 form factors
+* microSD card slot (only for use with Lite variants with no eMMC; other variants ignore the slot)
+* 2× MIPI DSI/CSI-2 combined display/camera FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* Real-time clock with battery socket
+* four-pin JST-SH PWM fan connector
+* USB-C power using the same standard as Raspberry Pi 5 (5V, 5A (25W) or 5V, 3A (15W) with a 600mA peripheral limit)
+* Jumpers to disable features such as eMMC boot, EEPROM write, and the USB OTG connection
+
+=== Compute Module 4 IO Board
+
+.Compute Module 4 IO Board
+image::images/cm4io.jpg[alt="Compute Module 4 IO Board", width="60%"]
+
+Compute Module 4 IO Board provides the following interfaces:
+
+* HAT footprint with 40-pin GPIO connector and PoE header
+* 2× HDMI ports
+* 2× USB 2.0 ports
+* Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 with PoE support
+* microSD card slot (only for use with Lite variants with no eMMC; other variants ignore the slot)
+* PCIe Gen 2 socket
+* micro USB upstream port
+* 2× MIPI DSI display FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* 2× MIPI CSI-2 camera FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* Real-time clock with battery socket
+* 12V input via barrel jack (supports up to 26V if PCIe unused)
+
+=== Compute Module IO Board
+
+.Compute Module IO Board
+image::images/cmio.jpg[alt="Compute Module IO Board", width="60%"]
+
+Compute Module IO Board provides the following interfaces:
+
+* 120 GPIO pins
+* HDMI port
+* USB-A port
+* 2× MIPI DSI display FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* 2× MIPI CSI-2 camera FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+
+The Compute Module IO Board comes in two variants: Version 1 and Version 3. Version 1 is only compatible with CM1. Version 3 is compatible with CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S. Compute Module IO Board Version 3 is sometimes written as the shorthand CMIO3.
+
+Compute Module IO Board Version 3 added a microSD card slot that did not exist in Compute Module IO Board Version 1.
+
+=== IO Board compatibility
+
+Not all Compute Module IO Boards work with all Compute Module models. The following table shows which Compute Modules work with each IO Board:
+
+[cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| IO Board | Compatible Compute Modules
+
+| Compute Module IO Board Version 1 (CMIO)/(CMIO1)
+a|
+* CM1
+| Compute Module IO Board Version 3 (CMIO)/(CMIO3)
+a|
+* CM1
+* CM3
+* CM3+
+* CM4S
+| Compute Module 4 IO Board (CM4IO)
+a|
+* CM4
+* CM5 (with reduced functionality)
+| Compute Module 5 IO Board (CM5IO)
+a|
+* CM5
+* CM4 (with reduced functionality)
+|===
+
+== CM5 Accessories
+
+=== IO Case
+
+The world can be a dangerous place. The Compute Module 5 IO Board Case provides physical protection for a CM5IO Board.
+
+.Compute Module 5 IO Board Case
+image::images/cm5io-case.png[alt="Compute Module 5 IO Board Case", width="60%"]
+
+The Case provides cut-outs for all externally-facing ports and LEDs on the CM5IO Board, and an attachment point for a Raspberry Pi Antenna Kit.
+
+.Compute Module 5 IO Board Case ports
+image::images/cm5io-case-front.png[alt="the port selection on the Compute Module 5 IO Board Case", width="60%"]
+
+To mount a CM5IO Board within your Case, position your Board in the bottom section of the case, aligning the four mounting points inset slightly from each corner of the Board. Fasten four screws into the mounting points. Take care not to over-tighten the screws.
+
+To use the Case fan, connect the fan cable to the FAN (J14) port on the Board.
+
+To close the case, put the top section of the case on top of the bottom section of the case. Facing the front of the case, which has port pass-throughs, carefully align the screw holes on the left and right side of the case and the power button on the back of the case. Tighten four screws into the screw holes. Take care not to over-tighten the screws.
+
+TIP: The Case comes with a fan pre-installed. To close the case with the passive Cooler attached to your Compute Module, remove the fan. To remove the fan, remove the four screws positioned in the corners of the fan from the bottom of the top case.
+
+.CM5 Case physical specification
+image::images/cm5-case-physical.png[alt="CM5 Case physical specification", width="80%"]
+
+=== Antenna
+
+The Raspberry Pi Antenna Kit provides a certified external antenna to boost wireless reception on a CM4 or CM5.
+
+.CM4 and CM5 Antenna
+image::images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg[alt="The Antenna, connected to CM4", width="60%"]
+
+To attach the Antenna to your Compute Module and Case, complete the following steps:
+
+. Connect the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hirose_U.FL[U.FL connector] on the cable to the U.FL-compatible connector on your Compute Module.
+. Secure the toothed washer onto the male SMA connector at the end of the cable, then insert the SMA connector, with the antenna facing outward, through the hole in the Case.
+. Fasten the SMA connector into place with the retaining hexagonal nut and washer.
+. Tighten the female SMA connector on the Antenna onto the male SMA connector.
+. Adjust the Antenna to its final position by turning it up to 90°.
+
+.CM4 and CM5 Antenna assembly diagram
+image::images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg[alt="CM4 and CM5 antenna assembly diagram", width="60%"]
+
+To **use** the Antenna with your Compute Module, add a `dtoverlay` instruction in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]. Add the following line to the end of `config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=ant2
+----
+
+.CM4 and CM5 Antenna physical specification
+image::images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png[alt="CM4 and CM5 antenna physical specification", width="80%"]
+
+=== Cooler
+
+The CM5 Cooler helps dissipate heat from your CM5, improving CPU performance, longevity, and bumpiness.
+
+.CM5 Cooler
+image::images/cm5-cooler.jpg[alt="CM5 Cooler", width="60%"]
+
+To mount the Cooler to your CM5, attach the thermally conductive silicone at the bottom of the Cooler to the top of your CM5. Align the cut-out in the heatsink with the antenna https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hirose_U.FL[U.FL connector]. Optionally, fasten screws in the mounting points found in each corner to secure the Cooler. If you omit the screws, the bond between your Cooler and your Compute Module will improve through time, use, and trust.
+
+.CM5 Cooler physical specification
+image::images/cm5-cooler-physical.png[alt="CM5 Cooler physical specification", width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: The CM5 Cooler is only compatible with the CM5IO Case if you remove the fan from the case.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt.adoc
index 88c3157b40..500831113e 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt.adoc
@@ -1,17 +1,11 @@
include::config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc[]
-include::config_txt/memory.adoc[]
-
-include::config_txt/codeclicence.adoc[]
+include::config_txt/autoboot.adoc[]
-include::config_txt/video.adoc[]
-
-include::config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc[]
+include::config_txt/common.adoc[]
include::config_txt/audio.adoc[]
-include::config_txt/camera.adoc[]
-
include::config_txt/boot.adoc[]
include::config_txt/gpio.adoc[]
@@ -20,5 +14,11 @@ include::config_txt/overclocking.adoc[]
include::config_txt/conditional.adoc[]
-include::config_txt/misc.adoc[]
+include::config_txt/memory.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/codeclicence.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/video.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/camera.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/audio.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/audio.adoc
index e2e1bf43f4..7ba0b541de 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/audio.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/audio.adoc
@@ -1,10 +1,18 @@
-== Onboard Analogue Audio (3.5mm Jack)
+== Onboard analogue audio (3.5mm jack)
The onboard audio output uses config options to change the way the analogue audio is driven, and whether some firmware features are enabled or not.
+=== `audio_pwm_mode`
+
+`audio_pwm_mode=1` selects legacy low-quality analogue audio from the 3.5mm AV jack.
+
+`audio_pwm_mode=2` (the default) selects high quality analogue audio using an advanced modulation scheme.
+
+NOTE: This option uses more GPU compute resources and can interfere with some use cases on some models.
+
=== `disable_audio_dither`
-By default, a 1.0LSB dither is applied to the audio stream if it is routed to the analogue audio output. This can create audible background "hiss" in some situations, for example when the ALSA volume is set to a low level. Set `disable_audio_dither` to `1` to disable dither application.
+By default, a 1.0LSB dither is applied to the audio stream if it is routed to the analogue audio output. This can create audible background hiss in some situations, for example when the ALSA volume is set to a low level. Set `disable_audio_dither` to `1` to disable dither application.
=== `enable_audio_dither`
@@ -13,3 +21,15 @@ Audio dither (see disable_audio_dither above) is normally disabled when the audi
=== `pwm_sample_bits`
The `pwm_sample_bits` command adjusts the bit depth of the analogue audio output. The default bit depth is `11`. Selecting bit depths below `8` will result in nonfunctional audio, as settings below `8` result in a PLL frequency too low to support. This is generally only useful as a demonstration of how bit depth affects quantisation noise.
+
+== HDMI audio
+
+By default, HDMI audio output is enabled on all Raspberry Pi models with HDMI output.
+
+To disable HDMI audio output, append `,noaudio` to the end of the `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` line in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d,noaudio
+----
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/autoboot.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/autoboot.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa37c855e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/autoboot.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+== `autoboot.txt`
+
+`autoboot.txt` is an optional configuration file that can be used to specify the `boot_partition` number.
+
+This can also be used in conjunction with the `tryboot` feature to implement A/B booting for OS upgrades.
+
+`autoboot.txt` is limited to 512 bytes and supports the `[all]`, `[none]` and `[tryboot]` xref:config_txt.adoc#conditional-filters[conditional] filters.
+
+See also xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT] boot flow.
+
+=== `boot_partition`
+Specifies the partition number for booting unless the partition number was already specified as a parameter to the `reboot` command (e.g. `sudo reboot 2`).
+
+Partition numbers start at `1` and the MBR partitions are `1` to `4`. Specifying partition `0` means boot from the `default` partition which is the first bootable FAT partition.
+
+Bootable partitions must be formatted as FAT12, FAT16 or FAT32 and contain a `start.elf` file (or `config.txt` file on Raspberry Pi 5) in order to be classed as be bootable by the bootloader.
+
+=== The `[tryboot]` filter
+This filter passes if the system was booted with the `tryboot` flag set.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot "0 tryboot"
+----
+
+=== `tryboot_a_b`
+Set this property to `1` to load the normal `config.txt` and `boot.img` files instead of `tryboot.txt` and `tryboot.img` when the `tryboot` flag is set.
+
+This enables the `tryboot` switch to be made at the partition level rather than the file-level without having to modify configuration files in the A/B partitions.
+
+=== Example update flow for A/B booting
+
+The following pseudo-code shows how a hypothetical OS `Update service` could use `tryboot` in `autoboot.txt` to perform a fail-safe OS upgrade.
+
+Initial `autoboot.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[all]
+tryboot_a_b=1
+boot_partition=2
+[tryboot]
+boot_partition=3
+----
+
+**Installing the update**
+
+* System is powered on and boots to partition 2 by default
+* An `Update service` downloads the next version of the OS to partition 3
+* The update is tested by rebooting to `tryboot` mode `reboot "0 tryboot"` where `0` means the default partition
+
+**Committing or cancelling the update**
+
+* System boots from partition 3 because the `[tryboot]` filter evaluates to true in `tryboot mode`
+* If tryboot is active (`/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/tryboot == 1`)
+ ** If the current boot partition (`/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/partition`) matches the `boot_partition` in the `[tryboot]` section of `autoboot.txt`
+ *** The `Update Service` validates the system to verify that the update was successful
+ *** If the update was successful
+ **** Replace `autoboot.txt` swapping the `boot_partition` configuration
+ **** Normal reboot - partition 3 is now the default boot partition
+ *** Else
+ **** `Update Service` marks the update as failed e.g. it removes the update files.
+ **** Normal reboot - partition 2 is still the default boot partition because the `tryboot` flag is automatically cleared
+ *** End if
+ ** End If
+* End If
+
+Updated `autoboot.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[all]
+tryboot_a_b=1
+boot_partition=3
+[tryboot]
+boot_partition=2
+----
+
+[NOTE]
+======
+It's not mandatory to reboot after updating `autoboot.txt`. However, the `Update Service` must be careful to avoid overwriting the current partition since `autoboot.txt` has already been modified to commit the last update. For more information, see xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree parameters].
+======
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/boot.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/boot.adoc
index 2adb08ff0e..b87ef830d3 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/boot.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/boot.adoc
@@ -5,29 +5,13 @@
These options specify the firmware files transferred to the VideoCore GPU prior to booting.
`start_file` specifies the VideoCore firmware file to use.
-`fixup_file` specifies the file used to fix up memory locations used in the `start_file` to match the GPU memory split. Note that the `start_file` and the `fixup_file` are a matched pair - using unmatched files will stop the board from booting. This is an advanced option, so we advise that you use `start_x` and `start_debug` rather than this option.
+`fixup_file` specifies the file used to fix up memory locations used in the `start_file` to match the GPU memory split.
-=== `start_x`, `start_debug`
+The `start_file` and the `fixup_file` are a matched pair - using unmatched files will stop the board from booting. This is an advanced option, so we advise that you use `start_x` and `start_debug` rather than this option.
-These provide a shortcut to some alternative `start_file` and `fixup_file` settings, and are the recommended methods for selecting firmware configurations.
+NOTE: Cut-down firmware (`start*cd.elf` and `fixup*cd.dat`) cannot be selected this way - the system will fail to boot. The only way to enable the cut-down firmware is to specify `gpu_mem=16`. The cut-down firmware removes support for codecs, 3D and debug logging as well as limiting the initial early-boot framebuffer to 1080p @16bpp - although KMS can replace this with up to 32bpp 4K framebuffer(s) at a later stage as with any firmware.
-`start_x=1` implies
- `start_file=start_x.elf`
- `fixup_file=fixup_x.dat`
-
-On the Pi 4, if the files `start4x.elf` and `fixup4x.dat` are present, these files will be used instead.
-
-`start_debug=1` implies
- `start_file=start_db.elf`
- `fixup_file=fixup_db.dat`
-
-There is no specific handling for the Pi 4, so if you wish to use the Pi 4 debug firmware files, you need to manually specify `start_file` and `fixup_file`.
-
-`start_x=1` should be specified when using the camera module. Enabling the camera via `raspi-config` will set this automatically.
-
-=== `disable_commandline_tags`
-
-Set the `disable_commandline_tags` command to `1` to stop `start.elf` from filling in ATAGS (memory from `0x100`) before launching the kernel.
+NOTE: The Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, and Raspberry Pi 500 firmware is self-contained in the bootloader EEPROM.
=== `cmdline`
@@ -35,85 +19,75 @@ Set the `disable_commandline_tags` command to `1` to stop `start.elf` from filli
=== `kernel`
-`kernel` is the alternative filename on the boot partition to use when loading the kernel. The default value on the Pi 1, Pi Zero, and Compute Module is `kernel.img`, and on the Pi 2, Pi 3, and Compute Module 3 it is `kernel7.img`. On the Pi4, it is `kernel7l.img`.
+`kernel` is the alternative filename on the boot partition for loading the kernel. The default value on the Raspberry Pi 1, Zero and Zero W, and Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1 is `kernel.img`. The default value on the Raspberry Pi 2, 3, 3+ and Zero 2 W, and Raspberry Pi Compute Modules 3 and 3+ is `kernel7.img`. The default value on the Raspberry Pi 4 and 400, and Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 is `kernel8.img`, or `kernel7l.img` if `arm_64bit` is set to 0.
-=== `arm_64bit`
+The Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, and Raspberry Pi 500 firmware defaults to loading `kernel_2712.img` because this image contains optimisations specific to those models (e.g. 16K page-size). If this file is not present, then the common 64-bit kernel (`kernel8.img`) will be loaded instead.
-If set to non-zero, forces the kernel loading system to assume a 64-bit kernel, starts the processors up in 64-bit mode, and sets `kernel8.img` to be the kernel image loaded, unless there is an explicit `kernel` option defined in which case that is used instead. Defaults to 0 on all platforms. *NOTE*: 64-bit kernels may be uncompressed image files or a gzip archive of an image (which can still be called kernel8.img; the bootloader will recognize the archive from the signature bytes at the beginning).
-
-Note that the 64-bit kernel will only work on the Pi4, Pi3, and Pi2B rev1.2 boards with latest firmware.
-
-=== `arm_control`
-
-WARNING: This setting is *DEPRECATED*, use `arm_64bit` instead to enable 64-bit kernels.
-
-Sets board-specific control bits.
-
-=== `armstub`
+=== `arm_64bit`
-`armstub` is the filename on the boot partition from which to load the ARM stub. The default ARM stub is stored in firmware and is selected automatically based on the Pi model and various settings.
+If set to 1, the kernel will be started in 64-bit mode. Setting to 0 selects 32-bit mode.
-The stub is a small piece of ARM code that is run before the kernel. Its job is to set up low-level hardware like the interrupt controller before passing control to the kernel.
+In 64-bit mode, the firmware will choose an appropriate kernel (e.g. `kernel8.img`), unless there is an explicit `kernel` option defined, in which case that is used instead.
-=== `arm_peri_high`
+Defaults to 1 on Raspberry Pi 4, 400 and Compute Module 4, 4S platforms. Defaults to 0 on all other platforms. However, if the name given in an explicit `kernel` option matches one of the known kernels then `arm_64bit` will be set accordingly.
-Set `arm_peri_high` to `1` to enable "High Peripheral" mode on the Pi 4. It is set automatically if a suitable DTB is loaded.
+64-bit kernels come in the following forms:
-NOTE: Enabling "High Peripheral" mode without a compatible device tree will make your system fail to boot. Currently ARM stub support is missing, so you will also need to load a suitable file using `armstub`.
+* uncompressed image files
+* gzip archives of an image
-=== `kernel_address`
+Both forms may use the `img` file extension; the bootloader recognizes archives using signature bytes at the start of the file.
-`kernel_address` is the memory address to which the kernel image should be loaded. 32-bit kernels are loaded to address `0x8000` by default, and 64-bit kernels to address `0x80000`. If `kernel_old` is set, kernels are loaded to the address `0x0`.
+The following Raspberry Pi models support this flag:
-=== `kernel_old`
+* 2B rev 1.2
+* 3B
+* 3A+
+* 3B+
+* 4B
+* 400
+* Zero 2 W
+* Compute Module 3
+* Compute Module 3+
+* Compute Module 4
+* Compute Module 4S
-Set `kernel_old` to `1` to load the kernel to the memory address `0x0`.
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Modules since CM5, and Keyboard models since Pi 500 _only_ support the 64-bit kernel. Models that only support a 64-bit kernel ignore this flag.
=== `ramfsfile`
`ramfsfile` is the optional filename on the boot partition of a `ramfs` to load.
-NOTE: Newer firmware supports the loading of multiple `ramfs` files. You should separate the multiple file names with commas, taking care not to exceed the 80-character line length limit. All the loaded files are concatenated in memory and treated as a single `ramfs` blob. More information is available https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=63&t=10532[on the forums].
+NOTE: Newer firmware supports the loading of multiple `ramfs` files. You should separate the multiple file names with commas, taking care not to exceed the 80-character line length limit. All the loaded files are concatenated in memory and treated as a single `ramfs` blob. More information is available https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?f=63&t=10532[on the forums].
=== `ramfsaddr`
`ramfsaddr` is the memory address to which the `ramfsfile` should be loaded.
+[[initramfs]]
=== `initramfs`
The `initramfs` command specifies both the ramfs filename *and* the memory address to which to load it. It performs the actions of both `ramfsfile` and `ramfsaddr` in one parameter. The address can also be `followkernel` (or `0`) to place it in memory after the kernel image. Example values are: `initramfs initramf.gz 0x00800000` or `initramfs init.gz followkernel`. As with `ramfsfile`, newer firmwares allow the loading of multiple files by comma-separating their names.
-NOTE: This option uses different syntax from all the other options, and you should not use a `=` character here.
+NOTE: This option uses different syntax from all the other options, and you should not use the `=` character here.
-=== `init_uart_baud`
+[[auto_initramfs]]
+=== `auto_initramfs`
-`init_uart_baud` is the initial UART baud rate. The default value is `115200`.
+If `auto_initramfs` is set to `1`, the firmware looks for an `initramfs` file to match the kernel. The file must be in the same location as the kernel image, and the name is derived from the name of the kernel by replacing the `kernel` prefix with `initramfs`, and removing any extension such as `.img`, e.g. `kernel8.img` requires `initramfs8`. You can make use of `auto_initramfs` with custom kernel names provided the names begin with `kernel` and `initramfs` respectively and everything else matches (except for the absence of the file extension on the initramfs). Otherwise, an explicit xref:config_txt.adoc#initramfs[`initramfs`] statement is required.
-=== `init_uart_clock`
+[[disable_poe_fan]]
+=== `disable_poe_fan`
-`init_uart_clock` is the initial UART clock frequency. The default value is `48000000` (48MHz). Note that this clock only applies to UART0 (ttyAMA0 in Linux), and that the maximum baudrate for the UART is limited to 1/16th of the clock. The default UART on the Pi 3 and Pi Zero is UART1 (ttyS0 in Linux), and its clock is the core VPU clock - at least 250MHz.
-
-=== `bootcode_delay`
-
-The `bootcode_delay` command delays for a given number of seconds in `bootcode.bin` before loading `start.elf`: the default value is `0`.
-
-This is particularly useful to insert a delay before reading the EDID of the monitor, for example if the Pi and monitor are powered from the same source, but the monitor takes longer to start up than the Pi. Try setting this value if the display detection is wrong on initial boot, but is correct if you soft-reboot the Pi without removing power from the monitor.
-
-=== `boot_delay`
-
-The `boot_delay` command instructs to wait for a given number of seconds in `start.elf` before loading the kernel: the default value is `1`. The total delay in milliseconds is calculated as `(1000 x boot_delay) + boot_delay_ms`. This can be useful if your SD card needs a while to get ready before Linux is able to boot from it.
-
-=== `boot_delay_ms`
-
-The `boot_delay_ms` command means wait for a given number of milliseconds in `start.elf`, together with `boot_delay`, before loading the kernel. The default value is `0`.
+By default, a probe on the I2C bus will happen at startup, even when a PoE HAT is not attached. Setting this option to 1 disables control of a PoE HAT fan through I2C (on pins ID_SD & ID_SC). If you are not intending to use a PoE HAT, this is a helpful way to minimise boot time.
=== `disable_splash`
If `disable_splash` is set to `1`, the rainbow splash screen will not be shown on boot. The default value is `0`.
-=== `enable_gic` (Raspberry Pi 4 Only)
+=== `enable_uart`
-On the Raspberry Pi 4B, if this value is set to `0` then the interrupts will be routed to the ARM cores using the legacy interrupt controller, rather than via the GIC-400. The default value is `1`.
+`enable_uart=1` (in conjunction with `console=serial0,115200` in `cmdline.txt`) requests that the kernel creates a serial console, accessible using GPIOs 14 and 15 (pins 8 and 10 on the 40-pin header). Editing `cmdline.txt` to remove the line `quiet` enables boot messages from the kernel to also appear there. See also `uart_2ndstage`.
=== `force_eeprom_read`
@@ -122,33 +96,220 @@ Set this option to `0` to prevent the firmware from trying to read an I2C HAT EE
[[os_prefix]]
=== `os_prefix`
-`os_prefix` is an optional setting that allows you to choose between multiple versions of the kernel and Device Tree files installed on the same card. Any value in `os_prefix` is prepended to (stuck in front of) the name of any operating system files loaded by the firmware, where "operating system files" is defined to mean kernels, initramfs, cmdline.txt, .dtbs and overlays. The prefix would commonly be a directory name, but it could also be part of the filename such as "test-". For this reason, directory prefixes must include the trailing `/` character.
+`os_prefix` is an optional setting that allows you to choose between multiple versions of the kernel and Device Tree files installed on the same card. Any value in `os_prefix` is prepended to the name of any operating system files loaded by the firmware, where "operating system files" is defined to mean kernels, `initramfs`, `cmdline.txt`, `.dtbs` and overlays. The prefix would commonly be a directory name, but it could also be part of the filename such as "test-". For this reason, directory prefixes must include the trailing `/` character.
In an attempt to reduce the chance of a non-bootable system, the firmware first tests the supplied prefix value for viability - unless the expected kernel and .dtb can be found at the new location/name, the prefix is ignored (set to ""). A special case of this viability test is applied to overlays, which will only be loaded from `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}+` (where the default value of <> is "overlays/") if `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}README+` exists, otherwise it ignores `os_prefix` and treats overlays as shared.
-(The reason the firmware checks for the existence of key files rather than directories when checking prefixes is twofold - the prefix may not be a directory, and not all boot methods support testing for the existence of a directory.)
+(The reason the firmware checks for the existence of key files rather than directories when checking prefixes is twofold: the prefix may not be a directory, and not all boot methods support testing for the existence of a directory.)
NOTE: Any user-specified OS file can bypass all prefixes by using an absolute path (with respect to the boot partition) - just start the file path with a `/`, e.g. `kernel=/my_common_kernel.img`.
-See also <> and <>.
+See also <> and xref:legacy_config_txt.adoc#upstream_kernel[`upstream_kernel`].
+
+=== `otg_mode` (Raspberry Pi 4 only)
+
+USB On-The-Go (often abbreviated to OTG) is a feature that allows supporting USB devices with an appropriate OTG cable to configure themselves as USB hosts. On older Raspberry Pis, a single USB 2 controller was used in both USB host and device mode.
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B and Keyboard models since Pi 400 add a high-performance USB 3 controller, attached via PCIe, to drive the main USB ports. The legacy USB 2 controller is still available on the USB-C power connector for use as a device (`otg_mode=0`, the default). Compute Modules before CM5 do not include this high-performance USB 3 controller.
+
+`otg_mode=1` requests that a more capable XHCI USB 2 controller is used as an alternative host controller on that USB-C connector.
+
+NOTE: By default, Raspberry Pi OS includes a line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt` that enables this setting on Compute Module 4.
+
[[overlay_prefix]]
=== `overlay_prefix`
-Specifies a subdirectory/prefix from which to load overlays - defaults to `overlays/` (note the trailing `/`). If used in conjunction with <>, the `os_prefix` comes before the `overlay_prefix`, i.e. `dtoverlay=disable-bt` will attempt to load `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}disable-bt.dtbo+`.
+Specifies a subdirectory/prefix from which to load overlays, and defaults to `overlays/` (note the trailing `/`). If used in conjunction with <>, the `os_prefix` comes before the `overlay_prefix`, i.e. `dtoverlay=disable-bt` will attempt to load `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}disable-bt.dtbo+`.
NOTE: Unless `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}README+` exists, overlays are shared with the main OS (i.e. `os_prefix` is ignored).
-=== `uart_2ndstage`
+=== Configuration Properties
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 requires a `config.txt` file to be present to indicate that the partition is bootable.
+
+[[boot_ramdisk]]
+==== `boot_ramdisk`
+
+If this property is set to `1` then the bootloader will attempt load a ramdisk file called `boot.img` containing the xref:configuration.adoc#boot-folder-contents[boot filesystem]. Subsequent files (e.g. `start4.elf`) are read from the ramdisk instead of the original boot file system.
+
+The primary purpose of `boot_ramdisk` is to support `secure-boot`, however, unsigned `boot.img` files can also be useful to Network Boot or `RPIBOOT` configurations.
+
+* The maximum size for a ramdisk file is 96MB.
+* `boot.img` files are raw disk `.img` files. The recommended format is a plain FAT32 partition with no MBR.
+* The memory for the ramdisk filesystem is released before the operating system is started.
+* If xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT] is selected then the bootloader will search for `tryboot.img` instead of `boot.img`.
+* See also xref:config_txt.adoc#autoboot-txt[autoboot.txt].
+
+For more information about `secure-boot` and creating `boot.img` files please see https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md[USBBOOT].
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[boot_load_flags]]
+==== `boot_load_flags`
+
+Experimental property for custom firmware (bare metal).
+
+Bit 0 (0x1) indicates that the .elf file is custom firmware. This disables any compatibility checks (e.g. is USB MSD boot supported) and resets PCIe before starting the executable.
+
+Not relevant on Raspberry Pi 5 because there is no `start.elf` file.
+
+Default: `0x0`
+
+[[enable_rp1_uart]]
+==== `enable_rp1_uart`
+
+When set to `1`, firmware initialises RP1 UART0 to 115200bps and doesn't reset RP1 before starting the OS (separately configurable using `pciex4_reset=1`).
+This makes it easier to get UART output on the 40-pin header in early boot-code, for instance during bare-metal debug.
+
+Default: `0x0`
+
+[[pciex4_reset]]
+==== `pciex4_reset`
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 only.
+
+By default, the PCIe x4 controller used by `RP1` is reset before starting the operating system. If this parameter is set to `0` then the reset is disabled allowing operating system or bare metal code to inherit the PCIe configuration setup from the bootloader.
+
+Default: `1`
+
+[[uart_2ndstage]]
+==== `uart_2ndstage`
+
+If `uart_2ndstage` is `1` then enable debug logging to the UART. This option also automatically enables UART logging in `start.elf`. This is also described on the xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[Boot options] page.
+
+The `BOOT_UART` property also enables bootloader UART logging but does not enable UART logging in `start.elf` unless `uart_2ndstage=1` is also set.
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[erase_eeprom]]
+==== `erase_eeprom`
+
+If `erase_eeprom` is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will erase the entire SPI EEPROM instead of flashing the bootloader image. This property has no effect during a normal boot.
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[set_reboot_arg1]]
+==== `set_reboot_arg1`
+Raspberry Pi 5 only.
+
+Sets the value of `boot_arg1` to be passed via a reset-safe register to the bootloader after a reboot.
+See xref:config_txt.adoc#boot_arg1[`boot_arg1`] for more details.
+Default: ``
+
+[[set_reboot_order]]
+==== `set_reboot_order`
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 only.
+
+Sets the value of xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#BOOT_ORDER[BOOT_ORDER] to be passed via a reset-safe register to the bootloader after a reboot. As with `tryboot`, this is a one-time setting and is automatically cleared after use.
+
+This property could be used to debug different xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#BOOT_ORDER[BOOT_ORDER] settings. Alternatively, it could be used in a provisioning system which has control over power and the `nRPIBOOT` GPIO to override the boot mode without specifying xref:config_txt.adoc#conditional-filters[conditional filter] statements in the EEPROM config.
+
+Default: ``
+
+
+[[eeprom_write_protect]]
+==== `eeprom_write_protect`
+
+Configures the EEPROM `write status register`. This can be set either to mark the entire EEPROM as write-protected, or to clear write-protection.
+
+This option must be used in conjunction with the EEPROM `/WP` pin which controls updates to the EEPROM `Write Status Register`. Pulling `/WP` low (CM4 `EEPROM_nWP` or on a Raspberry Pi 4 `TP5`) does NOT write-protect the EEPROM unless the `Write Status Register` has also been configured.
+
+See the https://www.winbond.com/resource-files/w25x40cl_f%2020140325.pdf[Winbond W25x40cl] or https://www.winbond.com/hq/product/code-storage-flash-memory/serial-nor-flash/?__locale=en&partNo=W25Q16JV[Winbond W25Q16JV] datasheets for further details.
+
+`eeprom_write_protect` settings in `config.txt` for `recovery.bin`.
+
+|===
+| Value | Description
+
+| 1
+| Configures the write protect regions to cover the entire EEPROM.
+
+| 0
+| Clears the write protect regions.
+
+| -1
+| Do nothing.
+|===
+
+NOTE: `flashrom` does not support clearing of the write-protect regions and will fail to update the EEPROM if write-protect regions are defined.
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5 `/WP` is pulled low by default and consequently write-protect is enabled as soon as the `Write Status Register` is configured. To clear write-protect pull `/WP` high by connecting `TP14` and `TP1`.
+
+Default: `-1`
+
+[[os_check]]
+==== `os_check`
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5 the firmware automatically checks for a compatible Device Tree file before attempting to boot from the current partition. Otherwise, older non-compatible kernels would be loaded and then hang.
+To disable this check (e.g. for bare-metal development), set `os_check=0` in config.txt
+
+Default: `1`
+
+[[bootloader_update]]
+==== `bootloader_update`
+
+This option may be set to 0 to block self-update without requiring the EEPROM configuration to be updated. This is sometimes useful when updating multiple Raspberry Pis via network boot because this option can be controlled per Raspberry Pi (e.g. via a serial number filter in `config.txt`).
+
+Default: `1`
+
+=== Secure Boot configuration properties
+
+[.whitepaper, title="How to use Raspberry Pi Secure Boot", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003466-WP/Boot-Security-Howto.pdf]
+****
+This whitepaper describes how to implement secure boot on devices based on Raspberry Pi 4. For an overview of our approach to implementing secure boot implementation, please see the https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-004651-WP/Raspberry-Pi-4-Boot-Security.pdf[Raspberry Pi 4 Boot Security] whitepaper. The secure boot system is intended for use with `buildroot`-based OS images; using it with Raspberry Pi OS is not recommended or supported.
+****
+
+The following `config.txt` properties are used to program the `secure-boot` OTP settings. These changes are irreversible and can only be programmed via `RPIBOOT` when flashing the bootloader EEPROM image. This ensures that `secure-boot` cannot be set remotely or by accidentally inserting a stale SD card image.
+
+For more information about enabling `secure-boot` please see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md#secure-boot[Secure Boot readme] and the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/secure-boot-example/README.md[Secure Boot tutorial] in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot[USBBOOT] repo.
+
+[[program_pubkey]]
+==== `program_pubkey`
+
+If this property is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will write the hash of the public key in the EEPROM image to OTP. Once set, the bootloader will reject EEPROM images signed with different RSA keys or unsigned images.
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[revoke_devkey]]
+==== `revoke_devkey`
+
+Raspberry Pi 4 only.
+
+If this property is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will write a value to OTP that prevents the ROM from loading old versions of the second stage bootloader which do not support `secure-boot`. This prevents `secure-boot` from being turned off by reverting to an older release of the bootloader. Therefore, this property must be set if `secure-boot` is enabled on production devices.
+
+This property is automatically is set by `recovery.bin` `2025/05/16` and newer if `program_pubkey=1`.
+
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[program_rpiboot_gpio]]
+==== `program_rpiboot_gpio`
+
+Raspberry Pi 4B and Raspberry Pi 400 only.
+
+Compute Module 4 and 4S have a dedicated `nRPIBOOT` jumper to select `RPIBOOT` mode. Raspberry Pi 4B and Raspberry Pi 400 lack a dedicated `nRPIBOOT` jumper so one of the following GPIOs must be selected for use as `nRPIBOOT`.
+
+* `2`
+* `4`
+* `5`
+* `6`
+* `7`
+* `8`
+
+The GPIO may be used as a general-purpose I/O pin after the OS has started. However, you should verify that this GPIO configuration does not conflict with any HATs which might pull the GPIO low during boot.
+
+Although `secure-boot` requires this property to be set on Raspberry Pi 4B and Raspberry Pi 400, it does not depend on `secure-boot`. For example, `RPIBOOT` can be useful for automated testing.
-Setting `uart_2ndstage=1` causes the second-stage loader (`bootcode.bin` on devices prior to the Raspberry Pi 4, or the boot code in the EEPROM for Raspberry Pi 4 devices) and the main firmware (`start*.elf`) to output diagnostic information to UART0.
+For safety, this OTP value can _only_ be programmed via `RPIBOOT`. As a result, you must first clear the bootloader EEPROM using `erase_eeprom`. The blank EEPROM causes the ROM to failover to `RPIBOOT` mode, which then allows this option to be set.
-Be aware that output is likely to interfere with Bluetooth operation unless it is disabled (`dtoverlay=disable-bt`) or switched to the other UART (`dtoverlay=miniuart-bt`), and if the UART is accessed simultaneously to output from Linux then data loss can occur leading to corrupted output. This feature should only be required when trying to diagnose an early boot loading problem.
+Default: `{nbsp}`
-[[upstream_kernel]]
-=== `upstream_kernel`
+[[program_jtag_lock]]
+==== `program_jtag_lock`
-If `upstream_kernel=1` is used, the firmware sets <> to "upstream/", unless it has been explicitly set to something else, but like other `os_prefix` values it will be ignored if the required kernel and .dtb file can't be found when using the prefix.
+If this property is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will program an OTP value that prevents VideoCore JTAG from being used. This option requires that `program_pubkey` and `revoke_devkey` are also set. This option can prevent failure analysis, and should only be set after the device has been fully tested.
-The firmware will also prefer upstream Linux names for DTBs (`bcm2837-rpi-3-b.dtb` instead of `bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb`, for example). If the upstream file isn't found the firmware will load the downstream variant instead and automatically apply the "upstream" overlay to make some adjustments. Note that this process happens _after_ the `os_prefix` has been finalised.
+Default: `0`
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/camera.adoc
index e8dc2def95..a3caa01349 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/camera.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/camera.adoc
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-== Camera Settings
+== Camera settings
=== `disable_camera_led`
-Setting `disable_camera_led` to `1` prevents the red camera LED from turning on when recording video or taking a still picture. This is useful for preventing reflections when the camera is facing a window, for example.
+Setting `disable_camera_led` to `1` prevents the red camera LED from turning on when recording video or taking a still picture. This is useful for preventing reflections, for example when the camera is facing a window.
=== `awb_auto_is_greyworld`
-Setting `awb_auto_is_greyworld` to `1` allows libraries or applications that do not support the greyworld option internally to capture valid images and videos with NoIR cameras. It switches "auto" awb mode to use the "greyworld" algorithm. This should only be be needed for NoIR cameras, or when the High Quality camera has had its xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#raspberry-pi-hq-camera-filter-removal[IR filter removed].
+Setting `awb_auto_is_greyworld` to `1` allows libraries or applications that do not support the greyworld option internally to capture valid images and videos with NoIR cameras. It switches auto awb mode to use the greyworld algorithm. This should only be needed for NoIR cameras, or when the High Quality camera has had its xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#filter-removal[IR filter removed].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/codeclicence.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/codeclicence.adoc
index 872f31e5cc..688591a12f 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/codeclicence.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/codeclicence.adoc
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
-== Licence Key and Codec Options
+== Licence key and codec options
-Hardware decoding of additional codecs on the Pi 3 and earlier models can be enabled by http://codecs.raspberrypi.org/license-keys/[purchasing a licence] that is locked to the CPU serial number of your Raspberry Pi.
+Hardware decoding of additional codecs on the Raspberry Pi 3 and earlier models can be enabled by https://codecs.raspberrypi.com/license-keys/[purchasing a licence] that is locked to the CPU serial number of your Raspberry Pi.
-On the Raspberry Pi 4, the hardware codecs for MPEG2 or VC1 are permanently disabled and cannot be enabled even with a licence key; on the Pi 4, thanks to its increased processing power compared to earlier models, MPEG2 and VC1 can be decoded in software via applications such as VLC. Therefore, a hardware codec licence key is not needed if you're using a Pi 4.
+The Raspberry Pi 4 has permanently disabled hardware decoders for MPEG2 and VC1. These codecs cannot be enabled, so a hardware codec licence key is not needed. Software decoding of MPEG2 and VC1 files performs well enough for typical use cases.
+
+The Raspberry Pi 5 has H.265 (HEVC) hardware decoding. This decoding is enabled by default, so a hardware codec licence key is not needed.
=== `decode_MPG2`
@@ -12,4 +14,4 @@ On the Raspberry Pi 4, the hardware codecs for MPEG2 or VC1 are permanently disa
`decode_WVC1` is a licence key to allow hardware VC-1 decoding, e.g. `decode_WVC1=0x12345678`.
-If you have multiple Raspberry Pis and you've bought a codec licence for each of them, you can list up to eight licence keys in a single `config.txt`, for example `decode_MPG2=0x12345678,0xabcdabcd,0x87654321`. This enables you to swap the same SD card between the different Pis without having to edit `config.txt` each time.
+If you have multiple Raspberry Pis and you've bought a codec licence for each of them, you can list up to eight licence keys in a single `config.txt`, for example `decode_MPG2=0x12345678,0xabcdabcd,0x87654321`. This enables you to swap the same SD card between the different Raspberry Pis without having to edit `config.txt` each time.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/common.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/common.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f4f89708e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/common.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+== Common options
+
+=== Common display options
+
+==== `hdmi_enable_4kp60`
+
+NOTE: This option applies only to Raspberry Pi 4, Compute Module 4, Compute Module 4S, and Pi 400.
+
+By default, when connected to a 4K monitor, certain models select a 30Hz refresh rate. Use this option to allow selection of 60Hz refresh rates. Models impacted by this setting do _not_ support 4Kp60 output on both micro HDMI ports simultaneously. Enabling this setting increases power consumption and temperature.
+
+=== Common hardware configuration options
+
+==== `camera_auto_detect`
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS includes a line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt` that enables this setting.
+
+When enabled, the firmware will automatically load overlays for recognised CSI cameras.
+
+To disable, set `camera_auto_detect=0` (or remove `camera_auto_detect=1`).
+
+==== `display_auto_detect`
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS includes a line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt` that enables this setting.
+
+When enabled, the firmware will automatically load overlays for recognised DSI displays.
+
+To disable, set `display_auto_detect=0` (or remove `display_auto_detect=1`).
+
+==== `dtoverlay`
+
+The `dtoverlay` option requests the firmware to load a named Device Tree overlay - a configuration file that can enable kernel support for built-in and external hardware. For example, `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` loads an overlay that enables the kernel graphics driver.
+
+As a special case, if called with no value - `dtoverlay=` - the option marks the end of a list of overlay parameters. If used before any other `dtoverlay` or `dtparam` setting, it prevents the loading of any HAT overlay.
+
+For more details, see xref:configuration.adoc#part3.1[DTBs, overlays and config.txt].
+
+==== `dtparam`
+
+Device Tree configuration files for Raspberry Pi devices support various parameters for such things as enabling I2C and SPI interfaces. Many DT overlays are configurable via the use of parameters. Both types of parameters can be supplied using the `dtparam` setting. In addition, overlay parameters can be appended to the `dtoverlay` option, separated by commas, but keep in mind the line length limit of 98 characters.
+
+For more details, see xref:configuration.adoc#part3.1[DTBs, overlays and config.txt].
+
+==== `arm_boost`
+
+NOTE: This option applies only to later Raspberry Pi 4B revisions which include two-phase power delivery, and all revisions of Pi 400.
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS includes a line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt` that enables this setting on supported devices.
+
+Some Raspberry Pi devices have a second switch-mode power supply for the SoC voltage rail. When enabled, increases the default turbo-mode clock from 1.5GHz to 1.8GHz.
+
+To disable, set `arm_boost=0`.
+
+==== `power_force_3v3_pwm`
+
+NOTE: This option applies only to Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, and Pi 500.
+
+Forces PWM on 3.3V output from the GPIO header or CSI connector.
+
+To disable, set `power_force_3v3_pwm=0`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/conditional.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/conditional.adoc
index 515496d96d..f905c870e7 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/conditional.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/conditional.adoc
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-== Conditional Filters
+[[conditional-filters]]
+== Conditional filters
-When a single SD Card (or card image) is being used with one Raspberry Pi and one monitor, it is easy to set `config.txt` as required for that specific combination and keep it that way, amending it only when something changes.
+When a single SD card (or card image) is being used with one Raspberry Pi and one monitor, it is easy to set `config.txt` as required for that specific combination and keep it that way, amending it only when something changes.
However, if one Raspberry Pi is swapped between different monitors, or if the SD card (or card image) is being swapped between multiple boards, a single set of settings may no longer be sufficient. Conditional filters allow you to define certain sections of the config file to be used only in specific cases, allowing a single `config.txt` to create different configurations when read by different hardware.
@@ -8,176 +9,341 @@ However, if one Raspberry Pi is swapped between different monitors, or if the SD
The `[all]` filter is the most basic filter. It resets all previously set filters and allows any settings listed below it to be applied to all hardware. It is usually a good idea to add an `[all]` filter at the end of groups of filtered settings to avoid unintentionally combining filters (see below).
-=== Model Filters
+=== Model filters
-The conditional model filters are applied according to the following table.
+The conditional model filters apply according to the following table.
|===
| Filter | Applicable model(s)
-| [pi1]
-| Model A, Model B, Compute Module
+| `[pi1]`
+| Model 1A, Model 1B, Model 1A+, Model 1B+, Compute Module 1
-| [pi2]
+| `[pi2]`
| Model 2B (BCM2836- or BCM2837-based)
-| [pi3]
-| Model 3B, Model 3B+, Model 3A+, Compute Module 3
+| `[pi3]`
+| Model 3B, Model 3B+, Model 3A+, Compute Module 3, Compute Module 3+
-| [pi3+]
-| Model 3A+, Model 3B+
+| `[pi3+]`
+| Model 3A+, Model 3B+ (also sees `[pi3]` contents)
-| [pi4]
-| Model 4B, Pi 400, Compute Module 4
+| `[pi4]`
+| Model 4B, Pi 400, Compute Module 4, Compute Module 4S
-| [pi400]
-| Pi 400
+| `[pi5]`
+| Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, Pi 500
-| [cm4]
-| Compute Module 4
+| `[pi400]`
+| Pi 400 (also sees `[pi4]` contents)
-| [pi0]
-| Zero, Zero W, Zero WH
+| `[pi500]`
+| Pi 500 (also sees `[pi5]` contents)
+
+| `[cm1]`
+| Compute Module 1 (also sees `[pi1]` contents)
+
+| `[cm3]`
+| Compute Module 3 (also sees `[pi3]` contents)
+
+| `[cm3+]`
+| Compute Module 3+ (also sees `[pi3+]` contents)
+
+| `[cm4]`
+| Compute Module 4 (also sees `[pi4]` contents)
+
+| `[cm4s]`
+| Compute Module 4S (also sees `[pi4]` contents)
+
+| `[cm5]`
+| Compute Module 5 (also sees `[pi5]` contents)
+
+| `[pi0]`
+| Zero, Zero W, Zero 2 W
+
+| `[pi0w]`
+| Zero W (also sees `[pi0]` contents)
+
+| `[pi02]`
+| Zero 2 W (also sees `[pi0w]` and `[pi0]` contents)
+
+| `[board-type=Type]`
+| Filter by `Type` number - see xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-revision-codes[Raspberry Pi Revision Codes] E.g `[board-type=0x14]` would match CM4.
-| [pi0w]
-| Zero W, Zero WH
|===
-These are particularly useful for defining different `kernel`, `initramfs`, and `cmdline` settings, as the Pi 1 and Pi 2 require different kernels. They can also be useful to define different overclocking settings, as the Pi 1 and Pi 2 have different default speeds. For example, to define separate `initramfs` images for each:
+These are particularly useful for defining different `kernel`, `initramfs`, and `cmdline` settings, as the Raspberry Pi 1 and Raspberry Pi 2 require different kernels. They can also be useful to define different overclocking settings, as the Raspberry Pi 1 and Raspberry Pi 2 have different default speeds. For example, to define separate `initramfs` images for each:
- [pi1]
- initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7+ followkernel
- [pi2]
- initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7-v7+ followkernel
- [all]
+----
+[pi1]
+initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7+ followkernel
+[pi2]
+initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7-v7+ followkernel
+[all]
+----
+
+Remember to use the `[all]` filter at the end, so that any subsequent settings aren't limited to Raspberry Pi 2 hardware only.
-Remember to use the `[all]` filter at the end, so that any subsequent settings aren't limited to Pi 2 hardware only.
+[NOTE]
+====
+Some models of Raspberry Pi, including Zero, Compute Module, and Keyboard models, read settings from multiple filters. To apply a setting to only one model:
-It is important to note that the Raspberry Pi Zero W will see the contents of [pi0w] AND [pi0]. Likewise, a Raspberry Pi 3B Plus sees [pi3+] AND [pi3], and a Raspberry Pi 400 sees [pi400] AND [pi4]. If you want a setting to apply only to Pi Zero, Pi 3B or Pi 4B, you need to follow it (order is important) with a setting in the [pi0w], [pi3+] or [pi400] section that reverts it.
+* apply the setting to the base model (e.g. `[pi4]`), then revert the setting for all models that read the base model's filters (e.g. `[pi400]`, `[cm4]`, `[cm4s]`)
+* use the `board-type` filter with a revision code to target a single model (e.g. `[board-type=0x11]`)
+====
=== The `[none]` filter
The `[none]` filter prevents any settings that follow from being applied to any hardware. Although there is nothing that you can't do without `[none]`, it can be a useful way to keep groups of unused settings in config.txt without having to comment out every line.
-=== The `[EDID=*]` filter
+[source,ini]
+----
+# Bootloader EEPROM config.
+# If PM_RSTS is partition 62 then set bootloader properties to disable
+# SD high speed and show HDMI diagnostics
+# Boot from partition 2 with debug option.
+[partition=62]
+# Only high (>31) partition can be remapped.
+PARTITION=2
+SD_QUIRKS=0x1
+HDMI_DELAY=0
+----
-When switching between multiple monitors while using a single SD card in your Pi, and where a blank config isn't sufficient to automatically select the desired resolution for each one, this allows specific settings to be chosen based on the monitors' EDID names.
+Example `config.txt` - (Currently Raspberry Pi 5 onwards)
+[source,ini]
+----
+# config.txt - If the original requested partition number in PM_RSTS was a
+# special number then use an alternate cmdline.txt
+[partition=62]
+cmdline=cmdline-recovery.txt
+----
+
+The raw value of the `PM_RSTS` register at bootup is available via `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/rsts` and the final partition number used for booting is available via `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/partition`. These are big-endian binary values.
+
+=== The expression filter
-To view the EDID name of an attached monitor, run the following command:
+The expression filter provides support for comparing unsigned integer "boot variables" to constants using a simple set of operators. It is intended to support OTA update mechanisms, debug and test.
-[source]
+* The "boot variables" are `boot_arg1`, `boot_count`, `boot_partition` and `partition`.
+* Boot variables are always lower case.
+* Integer constants may either be written as decimal or as hex.
+* Expression conditional filters have no side-effects e.g. no assignment operators.
+* As with other filter types the expression filter cannot be nested.
+* Use the `[all]` filter to reset expressions and all other conditional filter types.
+
+Syntax:
+[source,ini]
----
-tvservice -n
+# ARG is a boot-variable
+# VALUE and MASK are unsigned integer constants
+[ARG=VALUE] # selected if (ARG == VALUE)
+[ARG&MASK] # selected if ((ARG & VALUE) != 0)
+[ARG&MASK=VALUE] # selected if ((ARG & MASK) == VALUE)
+[ARGVALUE] # selected if (ARG > VALUE)
+
----
-
-This will print something like this:
-[source]
+==== `boot_arg1`
+Raspberry Pi 5 and newer devices only.
+
+The `boot_arg1` variable is a 32-bit user defined value which is stored in a reset-safe register allowing parameters to be passed accross a reboot.
+
+Setting `boot_arg1` to 42 via `config.txt`:
+[source,ini]
----
-device_name=VSC-TD2220
+set_reboot_arg1=42
----
-
-You can then specify settings that apply only to this monitor:
+The `set_reboot_arg1` property sets the value for the next boot. It does not change the current value as seen by the config parser.
-[source]
+Setting `boot_arg1` to 42 via vcmailbox:
+[source,console]
----
-[EDID=VSC-TD2220]
-hdmi_group=2
-hdmi_mode=82
-[all]
+sudo vcmailbox 0x0003808c 8 8 1 42
----
-This forces 1920x1080 DVT mode for the specified monitor, without affecting any other monitors.
+Reading `boot_arg1` via vcmailbox:
+[source,console]
+----
+sudo vcmailbox 0x0003008c 8 8 1 0
+# Example output - boot_arg1 is 42
+# 0x00000020 0x80000000 0x0003008c 0x00000008 0x80000008 0x00000001 0x0000002a 0x0000000
+----
+The value of the `boot_arg1` variable when the OS was started can be read via xref:configuration.adoc#part4[device-tree] at `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/arg1`
+
+==== `boot_count`
+Raspberry Pi 5 and newer devices only.
-Note that these settings apply only at boot, so the monitor must be connected at boot time and the Pi must be able to read its EDID information to find the correct name. Hotplugging a different monitor into the Pi after boot will not select different settings.
+The `boot_count` variable is an 8-bit value stored in a reset-safe register that is incremented at boot (wrapping back to zero at 256). It is cleared if power is disconnected.
-On the Raspberry Pi 4, if both HDMI ports are in use, then the EDID will be checked against both of them, and subsequent configuration applied only to the first matching device. You can determine the EDID names for both ports by first running `tvservice -l` in a terminal window to list all attached devices and then using the returned numerical IDs in `tvservice -v -n` to find the EDID name for a specific display ID.
+To read `boot_count` via vcmailbox:
+[source,console]
+----
+sudo vcmailbox 0x0003008d 4 4 0
+# Example - boot count is 3
+# 0x0000001c 0x80000000 0x0003008d 0x00000004 0x80000004 0x00000003 0x00000000
+----
-=== The Serial Number Filter
+Setting/clearing `boot_count` via vcmailbox:
+[source,console]
+----
+# Clear boot_count by setting it to zero.
+sudo vcmailbox 0x0003808d 4 4 0
+----
+The value of `boot_count` when the OS was started can be read via xref:configuration.adoc#part4[device-tree] at `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/count`
-Sometimes settings should only be applied to a single specific Pi, even if you swap the SD card to a different one. Examples include licence keys and overclocking settings (although the licence keys already support SD card swapping in a different way). You can also use this to select different display settings, even if the EDID identification above is not possible, provided that you don't swap monitors between your Pis. For example, if your monitor doesn't supply a usable EDID name, or if you are using composite output (for which EDID cannot be read).
+==== `boot_partition`
+The `boot_partition` variable can be used to select alternate OS files (e.g. `cmdline.txt`) to be loaded, depending on which partition `config.txt` was loaded from after processing xref:config_txt.adoc#autoboot-txt[autoboot.txt]. This is intended for use with an `A/B` boot-system with `autoboot.txt` where it is desirable to be able to have identical files installed to the boot partition for both the `A` and `B` images.
-To view the serial number of your Pi, run the following command:
+The value of the `boot_partition` can be different to the requested `partition` variable if it was overriden by setting `boot_partition` in xref:config_txt.adoc#autoboot-txt[autoboot.txt] or if the specified partion was not bootable and xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#PARTITION_WALK[PARTITION_WALK] was enabled in the EEPROM config.
-[source]
+Example `config.txt` - select the matching root filesystem for the `A/B` boot file-system:
+[source,ini]
----
-cat /proc/cpuinfo
+# Use different cmdline files to point to different root filesystems based on which partition the system booted from.
+[boot_partition=1]
+cmdline=cmdline_rootfs_a.txt # Points to root filesystem A
+
+[boot_partition=2]
+cmdline=cmdline_rootfs_b.txt # Points to root filesystem B
----
-The serial will be shown as a 16-digit hex value at the bottom. For example, if you see:
+The value of `boot_partition` i.e. the partition used to boot the OS can be read from xref:configuration.adoc#part4[device-tree] at `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/partition`
+
+==== `partition`
+The `partition` variable can be used to select alternate boot flows according to the requested partition number (`sudo reboot N`) or via direct usage of the `PM_RSTS` watchdog register.
+
+
+=== The `[tryboot]` filter
+
+This filter succeeds if the `tryboot` reboot flag was set.
+
+It is intended for use in xref:config_txt.adoc#autoboot-txt[autoboot.txt] to select a different `boot_partition` in `tryboot` mode for fail-safe OS updates.
+
+The value of `tryboot` at the start of boot can be read via xref:configuration.adoc#part4[device-tree] at `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/tryboot`
+
+=== The `[EDID=*]` filter
-[source]
+When switching between multiple monitors while using a single SD card in your Raspberry Pi, and where a blank config isn't sufficient to automatically select the desired resolution for each one, this allows specific settings to be chosen based on the monitors' EDID names.
+
+To view the EDID name of an attached monitor, you need to follow a few steps. Run the following command to see which output devices you have on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
----
-Serial : 0000000012345678
+$ ls -1 /sys/class/drm/card?-HDMI-A-?/edid
----
-then you can define settings that will only be applied to this specific Pi:
+On a Raspberry Pi 4, this will print something like:
-[source]
----
-[0x12345678]
-# settings here are applied only to the Pi with this serial
-[all]
-# settings here are applied to all hardware
+/sys/class/drm/card1-HDMI-A-1/edid
+/sys/class/drm/card1-HDMI-A-2/edid
----
-=== The GPIO Filter
+You then need to run `edid-decode` against each of these filenames, for example:
-You can also filter depending on the state of a GPIO. For example
+[source,console]
+----
+$ edid-decode /sys/class/drm/card1-HDMI-A-1/edid
+----
+
+If there's no monitor connected to that particular output device, it'll tell you the EDID was empty; otherwise it will serve you *lots* of information about your monitor's capabilities. You need to look for the lines specifying the `Manufacturer` and the `Display Product Name`. The "EDID name" is then `-`, with any spaces in either string replaced by underscores. For example, if your `edid-decode` output included:
-[source]
----
-[gpio4=1]
-# Settings here are applied if GPIO 4 is high
+....
+ Vendor & Product Identification:
+ Manufacturer: DEL
+....
+ Display Product Name: 'DELL U2422H'
+....
+----
-[gpio2=0]
-# Settings here are applied if GPIO 2 is low
+The EDID name for this monitor would be `DEL-DELL_U2422H`.
+You can then use this as a conditional-filter to specify settings that only apply when this particular monitor is connected:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[EDID=DEL-DELL_U2422H]
+cmdline=cmdline_U2422H.txt
[all]
-# settings here are applied to all hardware
----
-=== The `[HDMI:*]` Filter
+These settings apply only at boot. The monitor must be connected at boot time, and the Raspberry Pi must be able to read its EDID information to find the correct name. Hotplugging a different monitor into the Raspberry Pi after boot will not select different settings.
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 4, if both HDMI ports are in use, then the EDID filter will be checked against both of them, and configuration from all matching conditional filters will be applied.
+
+NOTE: This setting is not available on Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+=== The serial number filter
+
+Sometimes settings should only be applied to a single specific Raspberry Pi, even if you swap the SD card to a different one. Examples include licence keys and overclocking settings (although the licence keys already support SD card swapping in a different way). You can also use this to select different display settings, even if the EDID identification above is not possible, provided that you don't swap monitors between your Raspberry Pis. For example, if your monitor doesn't supply a usable EDID name, or if you are using composite output (from which EDID cannot be read).
+
+To view the serial number of your Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cat /proc/cpuinfo
+----
+
+A 16-digit hex value will be displayed near the bottom of the output. Your Raspberry Pi's serial number is the last eight hex-digits. For example, if you see:
-NOTE: This filter is for the Raspberry Pi 4 only.
+----
+Serial : 0000000012345678
+----
-The Raspberry Pi 4 has two HDMI ports, and for many `config.txt` commands related to HDMI, it is necessary to specify which HDMI port is being referred to. The HDMI conditional filters subsequent HDMI configurations to the specific port.
+The serial number is `12345678`.
-[source]
+NOTE: On some Raspberry Pi models, the first 8 hex-digits contain values other than `0`. Even in this case, only use the last eight hex-digits as the serial number.
+
+You can define settings that will only be applied to this specific Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,ini]
----
- [HDMI:0]
- hdmi_group=2
- hdmi_mode=45
- [HDMI:1]
- hdmi_group=2
- hdmi_mode=67
+[0x12345678]
+# settings here apply only to the Raspberry Pi with this serial
+
+[all]
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
----
-An alternative `variable:index` syntax is available on all port-specific HDMI commands. You could use the following, which is the same as the previous example:
+=== The GPIO filter
-[source]
+You can also filter depending on the state of a GPIO. For example:
+
+[source,ini]
----
- hdmi_group:0=2
- hdmi_mode:0=45
- hdmi_group:1=2
- hdmi_mode:1=67
+[gpio4=1]
+# Settings here apply if GPIO 4 is high
+
+[gpio2=0]
+# Settings here apply if GPIO 2 is low
+
+[all]
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
----
-=== Combining Conditional Filters
+=== Combine conditional filters
Filters of the same type replace each other, so `[pi2]` overrides `[pi1]`, because it is not possible for both to be true at once.
-Filters of different types can be combined simply by listing them one after the other, for example:
+Filters of different types can be combined by listing them one after the other, for example:
-[source]
+[source,ini]
----
- # settings here are applied to all hardware
- [EDID=VSC-TD2220]
- # settings here are applied only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected
- [pi2]
- # settings here are applied only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected *and* on a Pi 2
- [all]
- # settings here are applied to all hardware
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
+[EDID=VSC-TD2220]
+# settings here apply only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected
+
+[pi2]
+# settings here apply only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected *and* on a Raspberry Pi 2
+
+[all]
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
----
Use the `[all]` filter to reset all previous filters and avoid unintentionally combining different filter types.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/gpio.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/gpio.adoc
index afec7e221f..2508cbd06a 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/gpio.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/gpio.adoc
@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
-== GPIO Control
+== GPIO control
=== `gpio`
-The `gpio` directive allows GPIO pins to be set to specific modes and values at boot time in a way that would
-previously have needed a custom `dt-blob.bin` file. Each line applies the same settings (or at least makes the same
-changes) to a set of pins, either a single pin (`3`), a range of pins (`3-4`), or a comma-separated list of either (`3-4,6,8`).
+The `gpio` directive allows GPIO pins to be set to specific modes and values at boot time in a way that would previously have needed a custom `dt-blob.bin` file. Each line applies the same settings (or at least makes the same changes) to a set of pins, addressing either a single pin (`3`), a range of pins (`3-4`), or a comma-separated list of either (`3-4,6,8`).
+
The pin set is followed by an `=` and one or more comma-separated attributes from this list:
* `ip` - Input
@@ -16,10 +15,11 @@ The pin set is followed by an `=` and one or more comma-separated attributes fro
* `pd` - Pull down
* `pn/np` - No pull
-`gpio` settings are applied in order, so those appearing later override those appearing earlier.
+`gpio` settings apply in order, so those appearing later override those appearing earlier.
Examples:
+[source,ini]
----
# Select Alt2 for GPIO pins 0 to 27 (for DPI24)
gpio=0-27=a2
@@ -34,38 +34,9 @@ gpio=18,20=pu
gpio=17-21=ip
----
-The `gpio` directive respects the "[...]" section headers in `config.txt`, so it is possible to use different settings
-based on the model, serial number, and EDID.
-
-GPIO changes made through this mechanism do not have any direct effect on the kernel -- they don't cause GPIO pins to
-be exported to the sysfs interface, and they can be overridden by pinctrl entries in the Device Tree as well as
-utilities like `raspi-gpio`.
-
-Note also that there is a delay of a few seconds between power being applied and the changes taking effect -- longer
-if booting over the network or from a USB mass storage device.
-
-=== `enable_jtag_gpio`
-
-Setting `enable_jtag_gpio=1` selects Alt4 mode for GPIO pins 22-27, and sets up some internal SoC connections, thus enabling the JTAG interface for the ARM CPU. It works on all models of Raspberry Pi.
-
-|===
-| Pin # | Function
-
-| GPIO22
-| ARM_TRST
-
-| GPIO23
-| ARM_RTCK
-
-| GPIO24
-| ARM_TDO
+The `gpio` directive respects the "[...]" conditional filters in `config.txt`, so it is possible to use different settings based on the model, serial number, and EDID.
-| GPIO25
-| ARM_TCK
+GPIO changes made through this mechanism do not have any direct effect on the kernel. They don't cause GPIO pins to be exported to the `sysfs` interface, and they can be overridden by `pinctrl` entries in the Device Tree as well as utilities like `pinctrl`.
-| GPIO26
-| ARM_TDI
+Note also that there is a delay of a few seconds between power being applied and the changes taking effect - longer if booting over the network or from a USB mass storage device.
-| GPIO27
-| ARM_TMS
-|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/memory.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/memory.adoc
index 616956f322..8c6d907310 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/memory.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/memory.adoc
@@ -1,58 +1,13 @@
-== Memory Options
-
-=== `gpu_mem`
-
-Specifies how much memory, in megabytes, to reserve for the exclusive use of the GPU: the remaining memory is allocated to the ARM CPU for use by the OS. For Pis with less than 1GB of memory, the default is `64`; for Pis with 1GB or more of memory the default is `76`.
-
-The memory allocated to the GPU is used for display, 3D, Codec and camera purposes as well as some basic firmware housekeeping. The maximums specified below assume you are using all these features. If you are not, then smaller values of gpu_mem can be used.
-
-To ensure the best performance of Linux, you should set `gpu_mem` to the lowest possible value. If a particular graphics feature is not working correctly, try increasing the value of `gpu_mem`, being mindful of the recommended maximums shown below.
-
-IMPORTANT: Unlike GPU's found on x86 machines, where increasing memory can improve 3D performance, the architecture of the VideoCore means *there is no performance advantage from specifying values larger than is necessary*, and in fact it can harm performance.
-
-On the Raspberry Pi 4 the 3D component of the GPU has its own memory management unit (MMU), and does not use memory from the `gpu_mem` allocation. Instead memory is allocated dynamically within Linux. This allows a smaller value to be specified for `gpu_mem` on the Pi 4, compared to previous models.
-
-The recommended maximum values are as follows:
-
-|===
-| total RAM | `gpu_mem` recommended maximum
-
-| 256MB
-| `128`
-
-| 512MB
-| `384`
-
-| 1GB or greater
-| `512`, `256` on the Pi4
-|===
-
-It is possible to set `gpu_mem` to larger values, however this should be avoided since it can cause problems, such as preventing Linux from booting. The minimum value is `16`, however this disables certain GPU features.
-
-You can also use `gpu_mem_256`, `gpu_mem_512`, and `gpu_mem_1024` to allow swapping the same SD card between Pis with different amounts of RAM without having to edit `config.txt` each time:
-
-=== `gpu_mem_256`
-
-The `gpu_mem_256` command sets the GPU memory in megabytes for Raspberry Pis with 256MB of memory. (It is ignored if memory size is not 256MB). This overrides `gpu_mem`.
-
-=== `gpu_mem_512`
-
-The `gpu_mem_512` command sets the GPU memory in megabytes for Raspberry Pis with 512MB of memory. (It is ignored if memory size is not 512MB). This overrides `gpu_mem`.
-
-=== `gpu_mem_1024`
-
-The `gpu_mem_1024` command sets the GPU memory in megabytes for Raspberry Pis with 1GB or more of memory. (It is ignored if memory size is smaller than 1GB). This overrides `gpu_mem`.
+== Memory options
=== `total_mem`
This parameter can be used to force a Raspberry Pi to limit its memory capacity: specify the total amount of RAM, in megabytes, you wish the Raspberry Pi to use. For example, to make a 4GB Raspberry Pi 4B behave as though it were a 1GB model, use the following:
+[source,ini]
----
total_mem=1024
----
This value will be clamped between a minimum of 128MB, and a maximum of the total memory installed on the board.
-=== `disable_l2cache`
-
-Setting this to `1` disables the CPU's access to the GPU's L2 cache and requires a corresponding L2 disabled kernel. Default value on BCM2835 is `0`. On BCM2836, BCM2837, and BCM2711, the ARMs have their own L2 cache and therefore the default is `1`. The standard Pi `kernel.img` and `kernel7.img` builds reflect this difference in cache setting.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/misc.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/misc.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index cfb36688d3..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/misc.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-== Miscellaneous Options
-
-=== `avoid_warnings`
-
-The xref:configuration.adoc#firmware-warning-icons[warning symbols] can be disabled using this option, although this is not advised.
-
-`avoid_warnings=1` disables the warning overlays.
-`avoid_warnings=2` disables the warning overlays, but additionally allows turbo mode even when low-voltage is present.
-
-=== `logging_level`
-
-Sets the VideoCore logging level. The value is a VideoCore-specific bitmask.
-
-=== `include`
-
-Causes the content of the specified file to be inserted into the current file.
-
-For example, adding the line `include extraconfig.txt` to `config.txt` will include the content of `extraconfig.txt` file in the `config.txt` file.
-
-*Include directives are not supported by bootcode.bin or the EEPROM bootloader*
-
-=== `max_usb_current`
-
-WARNING: This command is now deprecated and has no effect.
-
-Originally certain models of Raspberry Pi limited the USB ports to a maximum of 600mA. Setting `max_usb_current=1` changed this default to 1200mA. However, all firmware now has this flag set by default, so it is no longer necessary to use this option.
-
-[[disable_poe_fan]]
-=== `disable_poe_fan`
-
-Set this option to `1` to prevent control of the PoE HAT fan through I2C (on pins ID_SD & ID_SC). Without this, a probe on the I2C bus will happen at startup, even when not using the PoE HAT.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/overclocking.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/overclocking.adoc
index 38d4de66de..b76a8ac8a5 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/overclocking.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/overclocking.adoc
@@ -1,65 +1,73 @@
-== Overclocking Options
+== Overclocking options
-The kernel has a https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.html[CPUFreq] driver with the "powersave" governor enabled by default, switched to "ondemand" during boot, when xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[raspi-config] is installed. With "ondemand" governor, CPU frequency will vary with processor load. You can adjust the minimum values with the `*_min` config options or disable dynamic clocking by applying a static scaling governor ("powersave" or "performance") or with `force_turbo=1`.
+The kernel has a https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.html[CPUFreq] driver with the powersave governor enabled by default, switched to ondemand during boot, when xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[raspi-config] is installed. With the ondemand governor, CPU frequency will vary with processor load. You can adjust the minimum values with the `*_min` config options, or disable dynamic clocking by applying a static scaling governor (powersave or performance) or with `force_turbo=1`.
-Overclocking and overvoltage will be disabled at runtime when the SoC reaches `temp_limit` (see below), which defaults to 85°C, in order to cool down the SoC. You should not hit this limit with Raspberry Pi Models 1 and 2, but you are more likely to with Raspberry Pi 3 and Raspberry Pi 4B. Overclocking and overvoltage are also disabled when an undervoltage situation is detected.
+Overclocking and overvoltage will be disabled at runtime when the SoC reaches `temp_limit` (see below), which defaults to 85°C, in order to cool down the SoC. You should not hit this limit with Raspberry Pi 1 and Raspberry Pi 2, but you are more likely to with Raspberry Pi 3 and newer. Overclocking and overvoltage are also disabled when an undervoltage situation is detected.
-NOTE: For more information xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#frequency-management-and-thermal-control[see the section on frequency managment and thermal control].
+NOTE: For more information xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#frequency-management-and-thermal-control[see the section on frequency management and thermal control].
-WARNING: Setting any overclocking parameters to values other than those used by xref:configuration.adoc#overclock[raspi-config] may set a permanent bit within the SoC, making it possible to detect that your Raspberry Pi has been overclocked. The specific circumstances where the overclock bit is set are if `force_turbo` is set to `1` and any of the `over_voltage_*` options are set to a value > `0`. See the https://www.raspberrypi.org/blog/introducing-turbo-mode-up-to-50-more-performance-for-free/[blog post on Turbo Mode] for more information.
+WARNING: Setting any overclocking parameters to values other than those used by xref:configuration.adoc#overclock[`raspi-config`] may set a permanent bit within the SoC. This makes it possible to detect that your Raspberry Pi was once overclocked. The overclock bit sets when `force_turbo` is set to `1` and any of the `over_voltage_*` options are set to a value of more than `0`. See the https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/introducing-turbo-mode-up-to-50-more-performance-for-free/[blog post on Turbo mode] for more information.
=== Overclocking
+[cols="1m,3"]
|===
| Option | Description
| arm_freq
| Frequency of the ARM CPU in MHz.
+| arm_boost
+| Increases `arm_freq` to the highest supported frequency for the board-type and firmware. Set to `1` to enable.
+
| gpu_freq
-| Sets `core_freq`, `h264_freq`, `isp_freq`, `v3d_freq` and `hevc_freq` together
+| Sets `core_freq`, `h264_freq`, `isp_freq`, `v3d_freq` and `hevc_freq` together.
| core_freq
-| Frequency of the GPU processor core in MHz, influences CPU performance because it drives the L2 cache and memory bus; the L2 cache benefits only Pi Zero/Pi Zero W/ Pi 1, there is a small benefit for SDRAM on Pi 2/Pi 3. See section below for use on the Pi 4.
+| Frequency of the GPU processor core in MHz. Influences CPU performance because it drives the L2 cache and memory bus; the L2 cache benefits only Raspberry Pi Zero/Raspberry Pi Zero W/Raspberry Pi 1; and there is a small benefit for SDRAM on Raspberry Pi 2 and Raspberry Pi 3. See section below for use on Raspberry Pi 4.
| h264_freq
-| Frequency of the hardware video block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting
+| Frequency of the hardware video block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting.
| isp_freq
-| Frequency of the image sensor pipeline block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting
+| Frequency of the image sensor pipeline block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting.
| v3d_freq
-| Frequency of the 3D block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting
+| Frequency of the 3D block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting. On Raspberry Pi 5, V3D is independent of `core_freq`, `isp_freq` and `hevc_freq`.
| hevc_freq
-| Frequency of the High Efficiency Video Codec block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting. Pi 4 only.
+| Frequency of the High Efficiency Video Codec block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting. Raspberry Pi 4 only.
| sdram_freq
-| Frequency of the SDRAM in MHz. SDRAM overclocking on Pi 4B is not currently supported
+| Frequency of the SDRAM in MHz. SDRAM overclocking on Raspberry Pi 4 or newer is not supported.
| over_voltage
-| CPU/GPU core upper voltage limit. The value should be in the range [-16,8] which equates to the range [0.95V,1.55V] ([0.8,1.4V] on RPi 1) with 0.025V steps. In other words, specifying -16 will give 0.95V (0.8V on RPi 1) as the maximum CPU/GPU core voltage, and specifying 8 will allow up to 1.55V (1.4V on RPi 1). For defaults see table below. Values above 6 are only allowed when `force_turbo=1` is specified: this sets the warranty bit if `over_voltage_*` > `0` is also set.
+| CPU/GPU core upper voltage limit. The value should be in the range [-16,8] which equates to the range [0.95V,1.55V] ([0.8,1.4V] on Raspberry Pi 1) with 0.025V steps. In other words, specifying -16 will give 0.95V (0.8V on Raspberry Pi 1) as the maximum CPU/GPU core voltage, and specifying 8 will allow up to 1.55V (1.4V on Raspberry Pi 1). For defaults, see the table below. Values above 6 are only allowed when `force_turbo=1` is specified: this sets the warranty bit if `over_voltage_*` > `0` is also set.
| over_voltage_sdram
| Sets `over_voltage_sdram_c`, `over_voltage_sdram_i`, and `over_voltage_sdram_p` together.
| over_voltage_sdram_c
-| SDRAM controller voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps.
+| SDRAM controller voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. Not supported on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
| over_voltage_sdram_i
-| SDRAM I/O voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps.
+| SDRAM I/O voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. Not supported on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
| over_voltage_sdram_p
-| SDRAM phy voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps.
-
+| SDRAM phy voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. Not supported on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
+
| force_turbo
| Forces turbo mode frequencies even when the ARM cores are not busy. Enabling this may set the warranty bit if `over_voltage_*` is also set.
| initial_turbo
-| Enables https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&start=425#p180099[turbo mode from boot] for the given value in seconds, or until cpufreq sets a frequency. The maximum value is `60`.
+| Enables https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&start=425#p180099[turbo mode from boot] for the given value in seconds, or until `cpufreq` sets a frequency. The maximum value is `60`. The November 2024 firmware update made the following changes:
+
+* changed the default from `0` to `60` to reduce boot time
+* switched the kernel CPU performance governor from `powersave` to `ondemand`
+
| arm_freq_min
-| Minimum value of `arm_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking. Note that reducing this value below the default does not result in any significant power savings and is not currently supported.
+| Minimum value of `arm_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking. Note that reducing this value below the default does not result in any significant power savings, and is not currently supported.
| core_freq_min
| Minimum value of `core_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
@@ -83,20 +91,27 @@ WARNING: Setting any overclocking parameters to values other than those used by
| Minimum value of `sdram_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
| over_voltage_min
-| Minimum value of `over_voltage` used for dynamic frequency clocking. The value should be in the range [-16,8] which equates to the range [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. In other words, specifying -16 will give 0.8V as the CPU/GPU core idle voltage, and specifying 8 will give a minimum of 1.4V.
+| Minimum value of `over_voltage` used for dynamic frequency clocking. The value should be in the range [-16,8] which equates to the range [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. In other words, specifying -16 will give 0.8V as the CPU/GPU core idle voltage, and specifying 8 will give a minimum of 1.4V. This setting is deprecated on Raspberry Pi 4 and Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+| over_voltage_delta
+| On Raspberry Pi 4 and Raspberry Pi 5 the over_voltage_delta parameter adds the given offset in microvolts to the number calculated by the DVFS algorithm.
| temp_limit
| Overheat protection. This sets the clocks and voltages to default when the SoC reaches this value in degree Celsius. Values over 85 are clamped to 85.
| temp_soft_limit
| *3A+/3B+ only*. CPU speed throttle control. This sets the temperature at which the CPU clock speed throttling system activates. At this temperature, the clock speed is reduced from 1400MHz to 1200MHz. Defaults to `60`, can be raised to a maximum of `70`, but this may cause instability.
+
+| core_freq_fixed
+| Setting to 1 disables active scaling of the core clock frequency and ensures that any peripherals that use the core clock will maintain a consistent speed. The fixed clock speed is the higher/turbo frequency for the platform in use. Use this in preference to setting specific core_clock frequencies as it provides portability of config files between platforms.
+
|===
-This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Models, all frequencies are stated in MHz.
+This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi models, all frequencies are stated in MHz.
-[cols=",^,^,^,^,^,^,^"]
+[cols="m,^,^,^,^,^,^,^,^,^,^"]
|===
-| Option | Pi 0/W | Pi1 | Pi2 | Pi3 | Pi3A+/Pi3B+ | Pi4/CM4 | Pi 400
+| Option | Pi 0/W | Pi1 | Pi2 | Pi3 | Pi3A+/Pi3B+ | CM4 & Pi4B <= R1.3 | Pi4B R1.4 | Pi 400 | Pi Zero 2 W | Pi 5
| arm_freq
| 1000
@@ -105,7 +120,10 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 1200
| 1400
| 1500
+| 1500 or 1800 if `arm_boost`=1
| 1800
+| 1000
+| 2400
| core_freq
| 400
@@ -115,6 +133,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 400
| 500
| 500
+| 500
+| 400
+| 910
| h264_freq
| 300
@@ -124,6 +145,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 400
| 500
| 500
+| 500
+| 300
+| N/A
| isp_freq
| 300
@@ -133,6 +157,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 400
| 500
| 500
+| 500
+| 300
+| 910
| v3d_freq
| 300
@@ -142,6 +169,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 400
| 500
| 500
+| 500
+| 300
+| 910
| hevc_freq
| N/A
@@ -151,6 +181,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| N/A
| 500
| 500
+| 500
+| N/A
+| 910
| sdram_freq
| 450
@@ -160,6 +193,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 500
| 3200
| 3200
+| 3200
+| 450
+| 4267
| arm_freq_min
| 700
@@ -169,6 +205,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 600
| 600
| 600
+| 600
+| 600
+| 1500
| core_freq_min
| 250
@@ -178,6 +217,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 250
| 200
| 200
+| 200
+| 250
+| 500
| gpu_freq_min
| 250
@@ -187,6 +229,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 250
| 250
| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 500
| h264_freq_min
| 250
@@ -196,6 +241,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 250
| 250
| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| N/A
| isp_freq_min
| 250
@@ -205,6 +253,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 250
| 250
| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 500
| v3d_freq_min
| 250
@@ -214,6 +265,9 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 250
| 250
| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 500
| sdram_freq_min
| 400
@@ -223,11 +277,14 @@ This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi Mode
| 400
| 3200
| 3200
+| 3200
+| 400
+| 4267
|===
-This table gives defaults for options that are the same across all models.
+This table gives defaults for options which are the same across all models.
-[cols=",^"]
+[cols="m,^"]
|===
| Option | Default
@@ -238,7 +295,7 @@ This table gives defaults for options that are the same across all models.
| 85 (°C)
| over_voltage
-| 0 (1.35V, 1.2V on RPi 1)
+| 0 (1.35V, 1.2V on Raspberry Pi 1)
| over_voltage_min
| 0 (1.2V)
@@ -258,32 +315,8 @@ This table gives defaults for options that are the same across all models.
The firmware uses Adaptive Voltage Scaling (AVS) to determine the optimum CPU/GPU core voltage in the range defined by `over_voltage` and `over_voltage_min`.
-|===
-| Model | Default | Resulting voltage
-
-| Pi 1
-| 0
-| 1.2V
-
-| Pi 2
-| 0
-| 1.2-1.3125V
-
-| Pi 3
-| 0
-| 1.2-1.3125V
-
-| Pi 4, Pi400, CM4
-| 0
-| 0.88V
-
-| Pi Zero
-| 6
-| 1.35V
-|===
-
[discrete]
-===== Specific to Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 400 and CM4
+==== Specific to Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 400 and CM4
The minimum core frequency when the system is idle must be fast enough to support the highest pixel clock (ignoring blanking) of the display(s). Consequently, `core_freq` will be boosted above 500 MHz if the display mode is 4Kp60.
@@ -293,57 +326,72 @@ The minimum core frequency when the system is idle must be fast enough to suppor
| Default
| 500
-| hdmi_enable_4kp60
+| `hdmi_enable_4kp60`
| 550
|===
+NOTE: There is no need to use `hdmi_enable_4kp60` on Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Modules since CM5, and Keyboard models since Pi 500; they support dual-4Kp60 displays by default.
+
* Overclocking requires the latest firmware release.
* The latest firmware automatically scales up the voltage if the system is overclocked. Manually setting `over_voltage` disables automatic voltage scaling for overclocking.
-* It is recommended when overclocking to use the individual frequency settings (`isp_freq`, `v3d_freq` etc) rather than `gpu_freq` because the maximum stable frequency will be different for ISP, V3D, HEVC etc.
-* The SDRAM frequency is not configurable on Raspberry Pi 4.
+* It is recommended when overclocking to use the individual frequency settings (`isp_freq`, `v3d_freq` etc) rather than `gpu_freq`, because the maximum stable frequency will be different for ISP, V3D, HEVC etc.
+* The SDRAM frequency is not configurable on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
==== `force_turbo`
-By default (`force_turbo=0`) the "On Demand" CPU frequency driver will raise clocks to their maximum frequencies when the ARM cores are busy and will lower them to the minimum frequencies when the ARM cores are idle.
+By default (`force_turbo=0`) the on-demand CPU frequency driver will raise clocks to their maximum frequencies when the ARM cores are busy, and will lower them to the minimum frequencies when the ARM cores are idle.
`force_turbo=1` overrides this behaviour and forces maximum frequencies even when the ARM cores are not busy.
-==== `never_over_voltage`
+=== Clocks relationship
-Sets a bit in the OTP memory (one time programmable) that prevents the device from being overvoltaged. This is intended to lock the device down so the warranty bit cannot be set either inadvertently or maliciously by using an invalid overvoltage.
+==== Raspberry Pi 4
-==== `disable_auto_turbo`
+The GPU core, CPU, SDRAM and GPU each have their own PLLs and can have unrelated frequencies. The h264, v3d and ISP blocks share a PLL.
-On Pi 2/Pi 3, setting this flag will disable the GPU from moving into turbo mode, which it can do in particular load cases.
+To view the Raspberry Pi's current frequency in KHz, type: `cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_cur_freq`. Divide the result by 1000 to find the value in MHz. Note that this frequency is the kernel _requested_ frequency, and it is possible that any throttling (for example at high temperatures) may mean the CPU is actually running more slowly than reported. An instantaneous measurement of the actual ARM CPU frequency can be retrieved using the vcgencmd `vcgencmd measure_clock arm`. This is displayed in Hertz.
-=== Clocks Relationship
+=== Monitoring core temperature
+[.whitepaper, title="Cooling a Raspberry Pi device", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003608-WP/Cooling-a-Raspberry-Pi-device.pdf]
+****
+This white paper goes through the reasons why your Raspberry Pi may get hot and why you might want to cool it back down, offering options on the cooling process.
+****
-The GPU core, CPU, SDRAM and GPU each have their own PLLs and https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&start=275#p168042[can have unrelated frequencies]. The h264, v3d and ISP blocks share a PLL.
+To view the temperature of a Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
-To view the Pi's current frequency in KHz, type: `cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_cur_freq`. Divide the result by 1000 to find the value in MHz. Note that this frequency is the kernel _requested_ frequency, and it is possible that any throttling (for example at high temperatures) may mean the CPU is actually running more slowly than reported. An instantaneous measurement of the actual ARM CPU frequency can be retrieved using the vcgencmd `vcgencmd measure_clock arm`. This is displayed in Hertz.
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cat /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone0/temp
+----
-=== Monitoring Core Temperature
+Divide the result by 1000 to find the value in degrees Celsius. Alternatively, you can use `vcgencmd measure_temp` to report the GPU temperature.
-To view the Raspberry Pi's temperature, type `cat /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone0/temp`. Divide the result by 1000 to find the value in degrees Celsius. Alternatively, there is a vcgencmd, `vcgencmd measure_temp` that interrogates the GPU directly for its temperature.
+Hitting the temperature limit is not harmful to the SoC, but it will cause the CPU to throttle. A heat sink can help to control the core temperature, and therefore performance. This is especially useful if the Raspberry Pi is running inside a case. Airflow over the heat sink will make cooling more efficient.
-Whilst hitting the temperature limit is not harmful to the SoC, it will cause CPU throttling. A heatsink can help to control the core temperature and therefore performance. This is especially useful if the Pi is running inside a case. Airflow over the heatsink will make cooling more efficient.
+When the core temperature is between 80°C and 85°C, the ARM cores will be throttled back. If the temperature exceeds 85°C, the ARM cores and the GPU will be throttled back.
-With firmware from 12th September 2016 or later, when the core temperature is between 80'C and 85'C, a warning icon showing a red half-filled thermometer will be displayed, and the ARM cores will be throttled back. If the temperature exceeds 85'C, an icon showing a fully-filled thermometer will be displayed, and both the ARM cores and the GPU will be throttled back.
+For the Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+, the PCB technology has been changed to provide better heat dissipation and increased thermal mass. In addition, a soft temperature limit has been introduced, with the goal of maximising the time for which a device can "sprint" before reaching the hard limit at 85°C. When the soft limit is reached, the clock speed is reduced from 1.4GHz to 1.2GHz, and the operating voltage is reduced slightly. This reduces the rate of temperature increase: we trade a short period at 1.4GHz for a longer period at 1.2GHz. By default, the soft limit is 60°C. This can be changed via the `temp_soft_limit` setting in `config.txt`.
-For the Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+, the PCB technology has been changed to provide better heat dissipation and increased thermal mass. In addition, a soft temperature limit has been introduced, with the goal of maximising the time for which a device can "sprint" before reaching the hard limit at 85°C. When the soft limit is reached, the clock speed is reduced from 1.4GHz to 1.2GHz, and the operating voltage is reduced slightly. This reduces the rate of temperature increase: we trade a short period at 1.4GHz for a longer period at 1.2GHz. By default, the soft limit is 60°C, and this can be changed via the `temp_soft_limit` setting in config.txt.
+=== Monitoring voltage
-See the page on xref:configuration.adoc#firmware-warning-icons[warning icons] for more details.
+It is essential to keep the supply voltage above 4.8V for reliable performance. Note that the voltage from some USB chargers/power supplies can fall as low as 4.2V. This is because they are usually designed to charge a 3.7V LiPo battery, not to supply 5V to a computer.
-=== Monitoring Voltage
+To monitor the Raspberry Pi's PSU voltage, you will need to use a multimeter to measure between the VCC and GND pins on the GPIO. More information is available in the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#power-supply[power] section of the documentation.
-It is essential to keep the supply voltage above 4.8V for reliable performance. Note that the voltage from some USB chargers/power supplies can fall as low as 4.2V. This is because they are usually designed to charge a 3.7V LiPo battery, not to supply 5V to a computer.
+If the voltage drops below 4.63V (±5%), the ARM cores and the GPU will be throttled back, and a message indicating the low voltage state will be added to the kernel log.
+
+The Raspberry Pi 5 PMIC has built in ADCs that allow the supply voltage to be measured. To view the current supply voltage, run the following command:
-To monitor the Pi's PSU voltage, you will need to use a multimeter to measure between the VCC and GND pins on the GPIO. More information is available in xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#power-supply[power].
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vcgencmd pmic_read_adc EXT5V_V
+----
-If the voltage drops below 4.63V (+-5%), recent versions of the firmware will show a yellow lightning bolt symbol on the display to indicate a lack of power, and a message indicating the low voltage state will be added to the kernel log.
+=== Overclocking problems
-See the page on xref:configuration.adoc#firmware-warning-icons[warning icons] for more details.
+Most overclocking issues show up immediately, when the device fails to boot. If your device fails to boot due to an overclocking configuration change, use the following steps to return your device to a bootable state:
-=== Overclocking Problems
+. Remove any clock frequency overrides from `config.txt`.
+. Increase the core voltage using `over_voltage_delta`.
+. Re-apply overclocking parameters, taking care to avoid the previous known-bad overclocking parameters.
-Most overclocking issues show up immediately with a failure to boot. If this occurs, hold down the `shift` key during the next boot. This will temporarily disable all overclocking, allowing you to boot successfully and then edit your settings.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d35bf0760..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-== Raspberry Pi 4 HDMI Pipeline
-
-In order to support dual displays, and modes up to 4k60, the Raspberry Pi 4 has updated the HDMI composition pipeline hardware in a number of ways. One of the major changes is that it generates 2 output pixels for every clock cycle.
-
-Every HDMI mode has a list of timings that control all the parameters around sync pulse durations. These are typically defined via a pixel clock, and then a number of active pixels, a front porch, sync pulse, and back porch for each of the horizontal and vertical directions.
-
-Running everything at 2 pixels per clock means that the Pi4 can not support a timing where _any_ of the horizontal timings are not divisible by 2. The firmware and Linux kernel will filter out any mode that does not fulfill this criteria.
-
-There is only one mode in the CEA and DMT standards that falls into this category - DMT mode 81, which is 1366x768 @ 60Hz. This mode has odd values for the horizontal sync and back porch timings. It's also an unusual mode for having a width that isn't divisible by 8.
-
-If your monitor is of this resolution, then the Pi4 will automatically drop down to the next mode that is advertised by the monitor; this is typically 1280x720.
-
-On some monitors it is possible to configure them to use 1360x768 @ 60Hz. They typically do not advertise this mode via their EDID so the selection can't be made automatically, but it can be manually chosen by adding
-
-[source]
-----
-hdmi_group=2
-hdmi_mode=87
-hdmi_cvt=1360 768 60
-----
-
-to xref:config_txt.adoc#video-options[config.txt].
-
-Timings specified manually via a `hdmi_timings=` line in `config.txt` will also need to comply with the restriction of all horizontal timing parameters being divisible by 2.
-
-`dpi_timings=` are not restricted in the same way as that pipeline still only runs at a single pixel per clock cycle.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/video.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/video.adoc
index 5aa10c73ed..eac9fba9fc 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/video.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/video.adoc
@@ -1,1777 +1,111 @@
-== Video Options
+== Video options
-=== Composite Video Mode
+=== HDMI mode
-==== `sdtv_mode`
+To control HDMI settings, use the xref:configuration.adoc#set-resolution-and-rotation[Screen Configuration utility] or xref:configuration.adoc#set-the-kms-display-mode[KMS video settings] in `cmdline.txt`.
-The `sdtv_mode` command defines the TV standard used for composite video output. On the original Raspberry Pi, composite video is output on the RCA socket. On other Raspberry Pi's, except for Pi Zero and Compute Module, composite video is output along with sound on the 4 pole TRRS ("headphone") socket. On the Pi Zero, there is an unpopulated header labelled "TV" which outputs composite video. On the Compute Module, composite video is available via the TVDAC pin. The default value of `sdtv_mode` is `0`.
+==== HDMI Pipeline for 4-series devices
-|===
-| sdtv_mode | result
-
-| 0
-| Normal NTSC
-
-| 1
-| Japanese version of NTSC -- no pedestal
-
-| 2
-| Normal PAL
-
-| 3
-| Brazilian version of PAL -- 525/60 rather than 625/50, different subcarrier
-
-| 16
-| Progressive scan NTSC
-
-| 18
-| Progressive scan PAL
-|===
-
-==== `sdtv_aspect`
-
-The `sdtv_aspect` command defines the aspect ratio for composite video output. The default value is `1`.
-
-|===
-| sdtv_aspect | result
-
-| 1
-| 4:3
-
-| 2
-| 14:9
-
-| 3
-| 16:9
-|===
-
-==== `sdtv_disable_colourburst`
-
-Setting `sdtv_disable_colourburst` to `1` disables colourburst on composite video output. The picture will be displayed in monochrome, but it may appear sharper.
-
-==== `enable_tvout` (Raspberry Pi 4, Model B Only)
-
-On the Raspberry Pi 4, composite output is disabled by default, due to the way the internal clocks are interrelated and allocated. Because composite video requires a very specific clock, setting that clock to the required speed on the Pi 4 means that other clocks connected to it are detrimentally affected, which slightly slows down the entire system. Since composite video is a less commonly used function, we decided to disable it by default to prevent this system slowdown.
-
-To enable composite output, use the `enable_tvout=1` option. As described above, this will detrimentally affect performance to a small degree.
-
-On older Pi models, the composite behaviour remains the same.
-
-=== HDMI Mode
-
-NOTE: Because the Raspberry Pi 4B has two HDMI ports, some HDMI commands can be applied to either port. You can use the syntax `:`, where port is 0 or 1, to specify which port the setting should apply to. If no port is specified, the default is 0. If you specify a port number on a command that does not require a port number, the port is ignored. Further details on the syntax and alternatives mechanisms can be found in the HDMI sub-section on the xref:config_txt.adoc#conditional-filters[conditionals section] of the documentation.
-
-In order to support dual 4k displays, the Raspberrry Pi 4 has xref:config_txt.adoc#raspberry-pi-4-hdmi-pipeline[updated video hardware], which imposes minor restrictions on the modes supported.
-
-==== `hdmi_safe`
-
-Setting `hdmi_safe` to `1` will lead to "safe mode" settings being used to try to boot with maximum HDMI compatibility. This is the same as setting the following parameters:
-
-----
-hdmi_force_hotplug=1
-hdmi_ignore_edid=0xa5000080
-config_hdmi_boost=4
-hdmi_group=2
-hdmi_mode=4
-disable_overscan=0
-overscan_left=24
-overscan_right=24
-overscan_top=24
-overscan_bottom=24
-----
-
-==== `hdmi_ignore_edid`
-
-Setting `hdmi_ignore_edid` to `0xa5000080` enables the ignoring of EDID/display data if your display does not have an accurate https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_display_identification_data[EDID]. It requires this unusual value to ensure that it is not triggered accidentally.
-
-==== `hdmi_edid_file`
-
-Setting `hdmi_edid_file` to `1` will cause the GPU to read EDID data from the `edid.dat` file, located in the boot partition, instead of reading it from the monitor. More information is available https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?p=173430#p173430[on the forums].
-
-==== `hdmi_edid_filename`
-
-On the Raspberry Pi 4B, you can use the `hdmi_edid_filename` command to specify the filename of the EDID file to use, and also to specify which port the file is to be applied to. This also requires `hdmi_edid_file=1` to enable EDID files.
-
-For example:
-
-----
-hdmi_edid_file=1
-hdmi_edid_filename:0=FileForPortZero.edid
-hdmi_edid_filename:1=FileForPortOne.edid
-----
-
-==== `hdmi_force_edid_audio`
-
-Setting `hdmi_force_edid_audio` to `1` pretends that all audio formats are supported by the display, allowing passthrough of DTS/AC3 even when this is not reported as supported.
-
-==== `hdmi_ignore_edid_audio`
-
-Setting `hdmi_ignore_edid_audio` to `1` pretends that all audio formats are unsupported by the display. This means ALSA will default to the analogue audio (headphone) jack.
-
-==== `hdmi_force_edid_3d`
-
-Setting `hdmi_force_edid_3d` to `1` pretends that all CEA modes support 3D, even when the EDID does not indicate support for this.
-
-==== `hdmi_ignore_cec_init`
-
-Setting `hdmi_ignore_cec_init` to `1` will stop the initial active source message being sent during bootup. This prevents a CEC-enabled TV from coming out of standby and channel-switching when you are rebooting your Raspberry Pi.
-
-==== `hdmi_ignore_cec`
-
-Setting `hdmi_ignore_cec` to `1` pretends that https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Consumer_Electronics_Control#CEC[CEC] is not supported at all by the TV. No CEC functions will be supported.
-
-==== `cec_osd_name`
+In order to support dual displays and modes up to 4Kp60, Raspberry Pi 4, Compute Module 4, and Pi 400 generate 2 output pixels for every clock cycle.
-The `cec_osd_name` command sets the initial CEC name of the device. The default is Raspberry Pi.
+Every HDMI mode has a list of timings that control all the parameters around sync pulse durations. These are typically defined via a pixel clock, and then a number of active pixels, a front porch, sync pulse, and back porch for each of the horizontal and vertical directions.
-==== `hdmi_pixel_encoding`
+Running everything at 2 pixels per clock means that the 4-series devices cannot support a timing where _any_ of the horizontal timings are not divisible by 2. The firmware and Linux kernel filter out any mode that does not fulfil this criteria.
-The `hdmi_pixel_encoding` command forces the pixel encoding mode. By default, it will use the mode requested from the EDID, so you shouldn't need to change it.
+There is only one incompatible mode in the CEA and DMT standards: DMT mode 81, 1366x768 @ 60Hz. This mode has odd-numbered values for the horizontal sync and back porch timings and a width that indivisible by 8.
-|===
-| hdmi_pixel_encoding | result
-
-| 0
-| default (RGB limited for CEA, RGB full for DMT)
-
-| 1
-| RGB limited (16-235)
-
-| 2
-| RGB full (0-255)
-
-| 3
-| YCbCr limited (16-235)
-
-| 4
-| YCbCr full (0-255)
-|===
-
-==== `hdmi_max_pixel_freq`
-
-The pixel frequency is used by the firmware and KMS to filter HDMI modes. Note, this is not the same as the frame rate. It specifies the maximum frequency that a valid mode can have, thereby culling out higher frequency modes. So for example, if you wish to disable all 4K modes, you could specify a maximum frequency of 200000000, since all 4K modes have frequencies greater than this.
-
-==== `hdmi_blanking`
-
-The `hdmi_blanking` command controls what happens when the operating system asks for the display to be put into standby mode, using DPMS, to save power. If this option is not set or set to 0, the HDMI output is blanked but not switched off. In order to mimic the behaviour of other computers, you can set the HDMI output to switch off as well by setting this option to 1: the attached display will go into a low power standby mode.
-
-NOTE: On the Raspberry Pi 4, setting `hdmi_blanking=1` will not cause the HDMI output to be switched off, since this feature has not yet been implemented. This feature may cause issues when using applications which don't use the framebuffer, such as `omxplayer`.
-
-|===
-| hdmi_blanking | result
+If your monitor has this resolution, 4-series devices automatically drop down to the next mode advertised by the monitor; typically 1280x720.
-| 0
-| HDMI output will be blanked
+==== HDMI Pipeline for 5-series devices
-| 1
-| HDMI output will be switched off and blanked
-|===
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module models since CM5, and Keyboard models since Pi 500 also work at 2 output pixels per clock cycle. These models have special handling for odd timings and can handle these modes directly.
-==== `hdmi_drive`
+=== Composite video mode
-The `hdmi_drive` command allows you to choose between HDMI and DVI output modes.
+Composite video output can be found on each model of Raspberry Pi computer:
|===
-| hdmi_drive | result
-
-| 1
-| Normal DVI mode (no sound)
-
-| 2
-| Normal HDMI mode (sound will be sent if supported and enabled)
-|===
-
-==== `config_hdmi_boost`
-
-Configures the signal strength of the HDMI interface. The minimum value is `0` and the maximum is `11`.
+| model | composite output
-The default value for the original Model B and A is `2`. The default value for the Model B+ and all later models is `5`.
+| Raspberry Pi 1 A and B
+| RCA jack
-If you are seeing HDMI issues (speckling, interference) then try `7`. Very long HDMI cables may need up to `11`, but values this high should not be used unless absolutely necessary.
+| Raspberry Pi Zero
+| Unpopulated `TV` header
-This option is ignored on the Raspberry Pi 4.
+| Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W
+| Test pads on underside of board
-==== `hdmi_group`
+| Raspberry Pi 5
+| J7 pad next to HDMI socket
-The `hdmi_group` command defines the HDMI output group to be either CEA (Consumer Electronics Association, the standard typically used by TVs) or DMT (Display Monitor Timings, the standard typically used by monitors). This setting should be used in conjunction with `hdmi_mode`.
-
-|===
-| hdmi_group | result
-
-| 0
-| Auto-detect from EDID
-
-| 1
-| CEA
-
-| 2
-| DMT
+| All other models
+| 3.5mm AV jack
|===
-==== `hdmi_mode`
-
-Together with `hdmi_group`, `hdmi_mode` defines the HDMI output format. Format mode numbers are derived from the https://web.archive.org/web/20171201033424/https://standards.cta.tech/kwspub/published_docs/CTA-861-G_FINAL_revised_2017.pdf[CTA specification].
-
-To set a custom display mode not listed here, see more information on https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=24679[the forums].
-
-NOTE: Not all modes are available on all models.
-
-These values are valid if `hdmi_group=1` (CEA):
-
-[cols=",,,^,"]
-|===
-| hdmi_mode | Resolution | Frequency | Screen Aspect | Notes
-
-| 1
-| VGA (640x480)
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 2
-| 480p
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 3
-| 480p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 4
-| 720p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 5
-| 1080i
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 6
-| 480i
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 7
-| 480i
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 8
-| 240p
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 9
-| 240p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 10
-| 480i
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 11
-| 480i
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 12
-| 240p
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 13
-| 240p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 14
-| 480p
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel doubling
-
-| 15
-| 480p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel doubling
-
-| 16
-| 1080p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 17
-| 576p
-| 50Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 18
-| 576p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 19
-| 720p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 20
-| 1080i
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-|
+NOTE: Composite video output is not available on Keyboard models.
-| 21
-| 576i
-| 50Hz
-| 4:3
-|
+==== `enable_tvout`
-| 22
-| 576i
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-|
+Set to `1` to enable composite video output and `0` to disable. On Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4, Compute Modules since CM4, and Zero models, composite output is only available if you set this to `1`, which also disables HDMI output. Composite output is not available on Keyboard models.
-| 23
-| 288p
-| 50Hz
-| 4:3
-|
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
-| 24
-| 288p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 25
-| 576i
-| 50Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 26
-| 576i
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 27
-| 288p
-| 50Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 28
-| 288p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 29
-| 576p
-| 50Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel doubling
-
-| 30
-| 576p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel doubling
-
-| 31
-| 1080p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 32
-| 1080p
-| 24Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 33
-| 1080p
-| 25Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 34
-| 1080p
-| 30Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 35
-| 480p
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 36
-| 480p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 37
-| 576p
-| 50Hz
-| 4:3
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 38
-| 576p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-| pixel quadrupling
-
-| 39
-| 1080i
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 40
-| 1080i
-| 100Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 41
-| 720p
-| 100Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 42
-| 576p
-| 100Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 43
-| 576p
-| 100Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 44
-| 576i
-| 100Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 45
-| 576i
-| 100Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 46
-| 1080i
-| 120Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 47
-| 720p
-| 120Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 48
-| 480p
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 49
-| 480p
-| 120Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 50
-| 480i
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 51
-| 480i
-| 120Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 52
-| 576p
-| 200Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 53
-| 576p
-| 200Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 54
-| 576i
-| 200Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 55
-| 576i
-| 200Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 56
-| 480p
-| 240Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 57
-| 480p
-| 240Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 58
-| 480i
-| 240Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 59
-| 480i
-| 240Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 60
-| 720p
-| 24Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 61
-| 720p
-| 25Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 62
-| 720p
-| 30Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 63
-| 1080p
-| 120Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 64
-| 1080p
-| 100Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 65
-| Custom
-|
-|
-|
-
-| 66
-| 720p
-| 25Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 67
-| 720p
-| 30Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 68
-| 720p
-| 50Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 69
-| 720p
-| 60Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 70
-| 720p
-| 100Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 71
-| 720p
-| 120Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 72
-| 1080p
-| 24Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 73
-| 1080p
-| 25Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 74
-| 1080p
-| 30Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 75
-| 1080p
-| 50Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 76
-| 1080p
-| 60Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 77
-| 1080p
-| 100Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 78
-| 1080p
-| 120Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 79
-| 1680x720
-| 24Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 80
-| 1680x720
-| 25z
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 81
-| 1680x720
-| 30Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 82
-| 1680x720
-| 50Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 83
-| 1680x720
-| 60Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 84
-| 1680x720
-| 100Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 85
-| 1680x720
-| 120Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 86
-| 2560x720
-| 24Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 87
-| 2560x720
-| 25Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 88
-| 2560x720
-| 30Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 89
-| 2560x720
-| 50Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 90
-| 2560x720
-| 60Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 91
-| 2560x720
-| 100Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 92
-| 2560x720
-| 120Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 93
-| 2160p
-| 24Hz
-| 16:9
-| Pi 4
-
-| 94
-| 2160p
-| 25Hz
-| 16:9
-| Pi 4
-
-| 95
-| 2160p
-| 30Hz
-| 16:9
-| Pi 4
-
-| 96
-| 2160p
-| 50Hz
-| 16:9
-| Pi 4
-
-| 97
-| 2160p
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| Pi 4
-
-| 98
-| 4096x2160
-| 24Hz
-| 256:135
-| Pi 4
-
-| 99
-| 4096x2160
-| 25Hz
-| 256:135
-| Pi 4
-
-| 100
-| 4096x2160
-| 30Hz
-| 256:135
-| Pi 4
-
-| 101
-| 4096x2160
-| 50Hz
-| 256:135
-| Pi 4
-
-| 102
-| 4096x2160
-| 60Hz
-| 256:135
-| Pi 4
-
-| 103
-| 2160p
-| 24Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 104
-| 2160p
-| 25Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 105
-| 2160p
-| 30Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 106
-| 2160p
-| 50Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
-
-| 107
-| 2160p
-| 60Hz
-| 64:27
-| Pi 4
|===
+|Model
+|Default
-Pixel doubling and quadrupling indicates a higher clock rate, with each pixel repeated two or four times respectively.
-
-These values are valid if `hdmi_group=2` (DMT):
+|Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B, Compute Modules since CM4, Keyboard models
+|0
-[cols=",,,^,"]
+|All other models
+|1
|===
-| hdmi_mode | Resolution | Frequency | Screen Aspect | Notes
-
-| 1
-| 640x350
-| 85Hz
-|
-|
-
-| 2
-| 640x400
-| 85Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 3
-| 720x400
-| 85Hz
-|
-|
-
-| 4
-| 640x480
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 5
-| 640x480
-| 72Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 6
-| 640x480
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 7
-| 640x480
-| 85Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 8
-| 800x600
-| 56Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 9
-| 800x600
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 10
-| 800x600
-| 72Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 11
-| 800x600
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 12
-| 800x600
-| 85Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 13
-| 800x600
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 14
-| 848x480
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 15
-| 1024x768
-| 43Hz
-| 4:3
-| incompatible with the Raspberry Pi
-
-| 16
-| 1024x768
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 17
-| 1024x768
-| 70Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 18
-| 1024x768
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-| 19
-| 1024x768
-| 85Hz
-| 4:3
-|
+On supported models, you must disable HDMI output to enable composite output. HDMI output is disabled when no HDMI display is detected. Set `enable_tvout=0` to prevent composite being enabled when HDMI is disabled.
-| 20
-| 1024x768
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-|
+To enable composite output, append `,composite` to the end of the `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` line in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
-| 21
-| 1152x864
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 22
-| 1280x768
-| 60Hz
-| 15:9
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 23
-| 1280x768
-| 60Hz
-| 15:9
-|
-
-| 24
-| 1280x768
-| 75Hz
-| 15:9
-|
-
-| 25
-| 1280x768
-| 85Hz
-| 15:9
-|
-
-| 26
-| 1280x768
-| 120Hz
-| 15:9
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 27
-| 1280x800
-| 60
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 28
-| 1280x800
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 29
-| 1280x800
-| 75Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 30
-| 1280x800
-| 85Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 31
-| 1280x800
-| 120Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 32
-| 1280x960
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 33
-| 1280x960
-| 85Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 34
-| 1280x960
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 35
-| 1280x1024
-| 60Hz
-| 5:4
-|
-
-| 36
-| 1280x1024
-| 75Hz
-| 5:4
-|
-
-| 37
-| 1280x1024
-| 85Hz
-| 5:4
-|
-
-| 38
-| 1280x1024
-| 120Hz
-| 5:4
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 39
-| 1360x768
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-|
-
-| 40
-| 1360x768
-| 120Hz
-| 16:9
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 41
-| 1400x1050
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 42
-| 1400x1050
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 43
-| 1400x1050
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 44
-| 1400x1050
-| 85Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 45
-| 1400x1050
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 46
-| 1440x900
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 47
-| 1440x900
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 48
-| 1440x900
-| 75Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 49
-| 1440x900
-| 85Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 50
-| 1440x900
-| 120Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 51
-| 1600x1200
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 52
-| 1600x1200
-| 65Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 53
-| 1600x1200
-| 70Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 54
-| 1600x1200
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 55
-| 1600x1200
-| 85Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 56
-| 1600x1200
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 57
-| 1680x1050
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 58
-| 1680x1050
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 59
-| 1680x1050
-| 75Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 60
-| 1680x1050
-| 85Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 61
-| 1680x1050
-| 120Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 62
-| 1792x1344
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 63
-| 1792x1344
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 64
-| 1792x1344
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 65
-| 1856x1392
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 66
-| 1856x1392
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 67
-| 1856x1392
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 68
-| 1920x1200
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 69
-| 1920x1200
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 70
-| 1920x1200
-| 75Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 71
-| 1920x1200
-| 85Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 72
-| 1920x1200
-| 120Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 73
-| 1920x1440
-| 60Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 74
-| 1920x1440
-| 75Hz
-| 4:3
-|
-
-| 75
-| 1920x1440
-| 120Hz
-| 4:3
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 76
-| 2560x1600
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 77
-| 2560x1600
-| 60Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 78
-| 2560x1600
-| 75Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 79
-| 2560x1600
-| 85Hz
-| 16:10
-|
-
-| 80
-| 2560x1600
-| 120Hz
-| 16:10
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 81
-| 1366x768
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| xref:config_txt.adoc#raspberry-pi-4-hdmi-pipeline[NOT on Raspberry Pi 4]
-
-| 82
-| 1920x1080
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| 1080p
-
-| 83
-| 1600x900
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 84
-| 2048x1152
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| reduced blanking
-
-| 85
-| 1280x720
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| 720p
-
-| 86
-| 1366x768
-| 60Hz
-| 16:9
-| reduced blanking
-|===
-
-NOTE: There is a https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=26&t=20155&p=195443#p195443[pixel clock limit].The highest supported mode on models prior to the Raspberry Pi 4 is 1920x1200 at 60Hz with reduced blanking, whilst the Raspberry Pi 4 can support up to 4096x2160 (known as 4k) at 60Hz. Also note that if you are using both HDMI ports of the Raspberry Pi 4 for 4k output, then you are limited to 30Hz on both.
-
-==== `hdmi_timings`
-
-This allows setting of raw HDMI timing values for a custom mode, selected using `hdmi_group=2` and `hdmi_mode=87`.
-
-[source]
+[source,ini]
----
-hdmi_timings=
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d,composite
----
-[source]
-----
- = horizontal pixels (width)
- = invert hsync polarity
- = horizontal forward padding from DE acitve edge
- = hsync pulse width in pixel clocks
- = vertical back padding from DE active edge
- = vertical pixels height (lines)
- = invert vsync polarity
- = vertical forward padding from DE active edge
- = vsync pulse width in pixel clocks
- = vertical back padding from DE active edge
- = leave at zero
- = leave at zero
- = leave at zero
- = screen refresh rate in Hz
- = leave at zero
- = clock frequency (width*height*framerate)
- = *
-----
-
-`*` The aspect ratio can be set to one of eight values (choose the closest for your screen):
+By default, this outputs composite NTSC video. To choose a different mode, instead append the following to the single line in `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt`:
-[source]
+[source,ini]
----
-HDMI_ASPECT_4_3 = 1
-HDMI_ASPECT_14_9 = 2
-HDMI_ASPECT_16_9 = 3
-HDMI_ASPECT_5_4 = 4
-HDMI_ASPECT_16_10 = 5
-HDMI_ASPECT_15_9 = 6
-HDMI_ASPECT_21_9 = 7
-HDMI_ASPECT_64_27 = 8
+vc4.tv_norm=
----
-==== `hdmi_force_mode`
-
-Setting to `1` will remove all other modes except the ones specified by `hdmi_mode` and `hdmi_group` from the internal list, meaning they will not appear in any enumerated lists of modes. This option may help if a display seems to be ignoring the `hdmi_mode` and `hdmi_group` settings.
-
-==== `edid_content_type`
-
-Forces the EDID content type to a specific value.
-
-The options are:
+Replace the `` placeholder with one of the following values:
-* `0` = `EDID_ContentType_NODATA`, content type none.
-* `1` = `EDID_ContentType_Graphics`, content type graphics, ITC must be set to 1
-* `2` = `EDID_ContentType_Photo`, content type photo
-* `3` = `EDID_ContentType_Cinema`, content type cinema
-* `4` = `EDID_ContentType_Game`, content type game
+* `NTSC`
+* `NTSC-J`
+* `NTSC-443`
+* `PAL`
+* `PAL-M`
+* `PAL-N`
+* `PAL60`
+* `SECAM`
-==== `hdmi_enable_4kp60` (Raspberry Pi 4, Model B Only)
-
-By default, when connected to a 4K monitor, the Raspberry Pi 4B will select a 30hz refresh rate. Use this option to allow selection of 60Hz refresh rates. Note, this will increase power consumption and increase the temperature of the Raspberry Pi. It is not possible to output 4Kp60 on both micro HDMI ports simultaneously.
-
-=== Which Values are Valid for my Monitor?
-
-Your HDMI monitor may only support a limited set of formats. To find out which formats are supported, use the following method:
-
-. Set the output format to VGA 60Hz (`hdmi_group=1` and `hdmi_mode=1`) and boot up your Raspberry Pi
-. Enter the following command to give a list of CEA-supported modes: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m CEA`
-. Enter the following command to give a list of DMT-supported modes: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m DMT`
-. Enter the following command to show your current state: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -s`
-. Enter the following commands to dump more detailed information from your monitor: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -d edid.dat; /opt/vc/bin/edidparser edid.dat`
-
-The `edid.dat` should also be provided when troubleshooting problems with the default HDMI mode.
-
-[[custom-mode]]
-=== Custom Mode
-
-If your monitor requires a mode that is not in one of the tables above, then it's possible to define a custom CVT mode for it instead:
-
-[source]
-----
-hdmi_cvt=
-----
-
-|===
-| Value | Default | Description
-
-| width
-| (required)
-| width in pixels
-
-| height
-| (required)
-| height in pixels
-
-| framerate
-| (required)
-| framerate in Hz
-
-| aspect
-| 3
-| aspect ratio 1=4:3, 2=14:9, 3=16:9, 4=5:4, 5=16:10, 6=15:9
-
-| margins
-| 0
-| 0=margins disabled, 1=margins enabled
-
-| interlace
-| 0
-| 0=progressive, 1=interlaced
-
-| rb
-| 0
-| 0=normal, 1=reduced blanking
-|===
-
-Fields at the end can be omitted to use the default values.
-
-Note that this simply *creates* the mode (group 2 mode 87). In order to make the Pi use this by default, you must add some additional settings. For example, the following selects an 800 × 480 resolution and enables audio drive:
-
-----
-hdmi_cvt=800 480 60 6
-hdmi_group=2
-hdmi_mode=87
-hdmi_drive=2
-----
-
-This may not work if your monitor does not support standard CVT timings.
-
-=== LCD Displays and Touchscreens
+=== LCD displays and touchscreens
==== `ignore_lcd`
-By default the Raspberry Pi LCD display is used when it is detected on the I2C bus. `ignore_lcd=1` will skip this detection phase, and therefore the LCD display will not be used.
-
-==== `display_default_lcd`
-
-If a Raspberry Pi DSI LCD is detected it will be used as the default display and will show the framebuffer. Setting `display_default_lcd=0` will ensure the LCD is not the default display, which usually implies the HDMI output will be the default. The LCD can still be used by choosing its display number from supported applications, for example, omxplayer.
-
-==== `lcd_framerate`
-
-Specify the framerate of the Raspberry Pi LCD display, in Hertz/fps. Defaults to 60Hz.
-
-==== `lcd_rotate`
-
-This flips the display using the LCD's inbuilt flip functionality, which is a cheaper operation that using the GPU-based rotate operation.
-
-For example, `lcd_rotate=2` will compensate for an upside down display.
+By default, the Raspberry Pi Touch Display is used when detected on the I2C bus. `ignore_lcd=1` skips this detection phase. This prevents the LCD display from being used.
==== `disable_touchscreen`
-Enable/disable the touchscreen.
-
-`disable_touchscreen=1` will disable the touchscreen on the official Raspberry Pi LCD display.
-
-==== `enable_dpi_lcd`
-
-Enable LCD displays attached to the DPI GPIOs. This is to allow the use of third-party LCD displays using the parallel display interface.
-
-==== `dpi_group`, `dpi_mode`, `dpi_output_format`
-
-The `dpi_group` and `dpi_mode` `config.txt` parameters are used to set either predetermined modes (DMT or CEA modes as used by HDMI above). A user can generate custom modes in much the same way as for HDMI (see `dpi_timings` section).
-
-`dpi_output_format` is a bitmask specifying various parameters used to set up the display format.
-
-==== `dpi_timings`
-
-This allows setting of raw DPI timing values for a custom mode, selected using `dpi_group=2` and `dpi_mode=87`.
-
-[source]
-----
-dpi_timings=
-----
-
-[source]
-----
- = horizontal pixels (width)
- = invert hsync polarity
- = horizontal forward padding from DE acitve edge
- = hsync pulse width in pixel clocks
- = vertical back padding from DE active edge
- = vertical pixels height (lines)
- = invert vsync polarity
- = vertical forward padding from DE active edge
- = vsync pulse width in pixel clocks
- = vertical back padding from DE active edge
- = leave at zero
- = leave at zero
- = leave at zero
- = screen refresh rate in Hz
- = leave at zero
- = clock frequency (width*height*framerate)
- = *
-----
-
-`*` The aspect ratio can be set to one of eight values (choose the closest for your screen):
-
-----
-HDMI_ASPECT_4_3 = 1
-HDMI_ASPECT_14_9 = 2
-HDMI_ASPECT_16_9 = 3
-HDMI_ASPECT_5_4 = 4
-HDMI_ASPECT_16_10 = 5
-HDMI_ASPECT_15_9 = 6
-HDMI_ASPECT_21_9 = 7
-HDMI_ASPECT_64_27 = 8
-----
-
-=== Generic Display Options
-
-==== `hdmi_force_hotplug`
-
-Setting `hdmi_force_hotplug` to `1` pretends that the HDMI hotplug signal is asserted, so it appears that a HDMI display is attached. In other words, HDMI output mode will be used, even if no HDMI monitor is detected.
-
-==== `hdmi_ignore_hotplug`
-
-Setting `hdmi_ignore_hotplug` to `1` pretends that the HDMI hotplug signal is not asserted, so it appears that a HDMI display is not attached. In other words, composite output mode will be used, even if an HDMI monitor is detected.
-
-==== `disable_overscan`
-
-Set `disable_overscan` to `1` to disable the default values of xref:configuration.adoc#underscan[overscan] that is set by the firmware. The default value of overscan for the left, right, top, and bottom edges is `48` for HD CEA modes, `32` for SD CEA modes, and `0` for DMT modes. The default value for `disable_overscan` is `0`.
-
-NOTE: Any further additional overscan options such as `overscan_scale` or overscan edges can still be applied after this option.
-
-==== `overscan_left`
-
-The `overscan_left` command specifies the number of pixels to add to the firmware default value of overscan on the left edge of the screen. The default value is `0`.
-
-Increase this value if the text flows off the left edge of the screen; decrease it if there is a black border between the left edge of the screen and the text.
-
-==== `overscan_right`
-
-The `overscan_right` command specifies the number of pixels to add to the firmware default value of overscan on the right edge of the screen. The default value is `0`.
-
-Increase this value if the text flows off the right edge of the screen; decrease it if there is a black border between the right edge of the screen and the text.
-
-==== `overscan_top`
-
-The `overscan_top` command specifies the number of pixels to add to the firmware default value of overscan on the top edge of the screen. The default value is `0`.
-
-Increase this value if the text flows off the top edge of the screen; decrease it if there is a black border between the top edge of the screen and the text.
-
-==== `overscan_bottom`
-
-The `overscan_bottom` command specifies the number of pixels to add to the firmware default value of overscan on the bottom edge of the screen. The default value is `0`.
-
-Increase this value if the text flows off the bottom edge of the screen; decrease it if there is a black border between the bottom edge of the screen and the text.
-
-==== `overscan_scale`
-
-Set `overscan_scale` to `1` to force any non-framebuffer layers to conform to the overscan settings. The default value is `0`.
-
-*NOTE:* this feature is generally not recommended: it can reduce image quality because all layers on the display will be scaled by the GPU. Disabling overscan on the display itself is the recommended option to avoid images being scaled twice (by the GPU and the display).
-
-==== `framebuffer_width`
+Enables and disables the touchscreen.
-The `framebuffer_width` command specifies the console framebuffer width in pixels. The default is the display width minus the total horizontal overscan.
+`disable_touchscreen=1` disables the touchscreen component of the official Raspberry Pi Touch Display.
-==== `framebuffer_height`
-
-The `framebuffer_height` command specifies the console framebuffer height in pixels. The default is the display height minus the total vertical overscan.
-C4
-
-==== `max_framebuffer_heigh`t, `max_framebuffer_width`
-
-Specifies the maximum dimensions that the internal frame buffer is allowed to be.
-
-==== `framebuffer_depth`
-
-Use `framebuffer_depth` to specify the console framebuffer depth in bits per pixel. The default value is `16`.
-
-|===
-| framebuffer_depth | result | notes
-
-| 8
-| 8bit framebuffer
-| Default RGB palette makes screen unreadable
-
-| 16
-| 16bit framebuffer
-|
-
-| 24
-| 24bit framebuffer
-| May result in a corrupted display
-
-| 32
-| 32bit framebuffer
-| May need to be used in conjunction with `framebuffer_ignore_alpha=1`
-|===
-
-==== `framebuffer_ignore_alpha`
-
-Set `framebuffer_ignore_alpha` to `1` to disable the alpha channel. Can help with the display of a 32bit `framebuffer_depth`.
-
-==== `framebuffer_priority`
-
-In a system with multiple displays, using the legacy (pre-KMS) graphics driver, this forces a specific internal display device to be the first Linux framebuffer (i.e. `/dev/fb0`).
-
-The options that can be set are:
-
-|===
-| Display | ID
-
-| Main LCD
-| 0
-
-| Secondary LCD
-| 1
-
-| HDMI 0
-| 2
-
-| Composite
-| 3
-
-| HDMI 1
-| 7
-|===
-
-==== `max_framebuffers`
-
-This configuration entry sets the maximum number of firmware framebuffers that can be created. Valid options are 0,1, and 2. By default on devices before the Pi4 this is set to 1, so will need to be increased to 2 when using more than one display, for example HDMI and a DSI or DPI display. The Raspberry Pi4 configuration sets this to 2 by default as it has two HDMI ports.
-
-Generally in most cases it is safe to set this to 2, as framebuffers will only be created when an attached device is actually detected.
-
-Setting this value to 0 can be used to reduce memory requirements when used in headless mode as it will prevent any framebuffers from being allocated.
-
-==== `test_mode`
-
-The `test_mode` command displays a test image and sound during boot (over the composite video and analogue audio outputs only) for the given number of seconds, before continuing to boot the OS as normal. This is used as a manufacturing test; the default value is `0`.
-
-==== `display_hdmi_rotate`
-
-Use `display_hdmi_rotate` to rotate or flip the HDMI display orientation. The default value is `0`.
-
-|===
-| display_hdmi_rotate | result
-
-| 0
-| no rotation
-
-| 1
-| rotate 90 degrees clockwise
-
-| 2
-| rotate 180 degrees clockwise
-
-| 3
-| rotate 270 degrees clockwise
-
-| 0x10000
-| horizontal flip
-
-| 0x20000
-| vertical flip
-|===
-
-Note that the 90 and 270 degree rotation options require additional memory on the GPU, so these will not work with the 16MB GPU split.
-
-If using the VC4 FKMS V3D driver (this is the default on the Raspberry Pi 4), then 90 and 270 degree rotations are not supported. The Screen Configuration utility xref:configuration.adoc#rotating-your-display[provides display rotations] for this driver.
-
-==== `display_lcd_rotate`
-
-For the legacy graphics driver (default on models prior to the Pi4), use `display_lcd_rotate` to rotate or flip the LCD orientation. Parameters are the same as `display_hdmi_rotate`. See also `lcd_rotate`.
-
-==== `display_rotate`
-
-`display_rotate` is deprecated in the latest firmware but has been retained for backwards compatibility. Please use `display_lcd_rotate` and `display_hdmi_rotate` instead.
-
-Use `display_rotate` to rotate or flip the screen orientation. Parameters are the same as `display_hdmi_rotate`.
+=== Generic display options
==== `disable_fw_kms_setup`
-By default, the firmware parses the EDID of any HDMI attached display, picks an appropriate video mode, then passes the resolution and frame rate of the mode, along with overscan parameters, to the Linux kernel via settings on the kernel command line. In rare circumstances, this can have the effect of choosing a mode that is not in the EDID, and may be incompatible with the device. You can use `disable_fw_kms_setup=1` to disable the passing of these parameters and avoid this problem. The Linux video mode system (KMS) will then parse the EDID itself and pick an appropriate mode.
-
-=== Other Options
+By default, the firmware parses the EDID of any HDMI attached display, picks an appropriate video mode, then passes the resolution and frame rate of the mode (and overscan parameters) to the Linux kernel via settings on the kernel command line. In rare circumstances, the firmware can choose a mode not in the EDID that may be incompatible with the device. Use `disable_fw_kms_setup=1` to disable passing video mode parameters, which can avoid this problem. The Linux video mode system (KMS) instead parses the EDID itself and picks an appropriate mode.
-==== `dispmanx_offline`
+NOTE: On Raspberry Pi 5, this parameter defaults to `1`.
-Forces `dispmanx` composition to be done offline in two offscreen framebuffers. This can allow more `dispmanx` elements to be composited, but is slower and may limit screen framerate to typically 30fps.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc
index 775809c7f9..e8fc1bf108 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc
@@ -1,34 +1,66 @@
== What is `config.txt`?
-The Raspberry Pi uses a configuration file instead of the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BIOS[BIOS] you would expect to find on a conventional PC. The system configuration parameters, which would traditionally be edited and stored using a BIOS, are stored instead in an optional text file named `config.txt`. This is read by the GPU before the ARM CPU and Linux are initialised. It must therefore be located on the first (boot) partition of your SD card, alongside `bootcode.bin` and `start.elf`. This file is normally accessible as `/boot/config.txt` from Linux, and must be edited as xref:using_linux.adoc#root-and-sudo[root]. From Windows or OS X it is visible as a file in the only accessible part of the card. If you need to apply some of the config settings below, but you don't have a `config.txt` on your boot partition yet, simply create it as a new text file.
+Instead of the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BIOS[BIOS] found on a conventional PC, Raspberry Pi devices use a configuration file called `config.txt`. The GPU reads `config.txt` before the Arm CPU and Linux initialise. Raspberry Pi OS looks for this file in the *boot partition*, located at `/boot/firmware/`.
-Any changes will only take effect after you have rebooted your Raspberry Pi. After Linux has booted, you can view the current active settings using the following commands:
+NOTE: Prior to Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_, Raspberry Pi OS stored the boot partition at `/boot/`.
-* `vcgencmd get_config `: this displays a specific config value, e.g. `vcgencmd get_config arm_freq`.
-* `vcgencmd get_config int`: this lists all the integer config options that are set (non-zero).
-* `vcgencmd get_config str`: this lists all the string config options that are set (non-null).
+You can edit `config.txt` directly from your Raspberry Pi OS installation. You can also remove the storage device and edit files in the boot partition, including `config.txt`, from a separate computer.
-NOTE: There are some config settings that cannot be retrieved using `vcgencmd`.
+Changes to `config.txt` only take effect after a reboot. You can view the current active settings using the following commands:
-=== File Format
+`vcgencmd get_config `:: displays a specific config value, e.g. `vcgencmd get_config arm_freq`
+`vcgencmd get_config int`:: lists all non-zero integer config options (non-zero)
+`vcgencmd get_config str`:: lists all non-null string config options
-The `config.txt` file is read by the early-stage boot firmware, so it has a very simple file format. The format is a single `property=value` statement on each line, where `value` is either an integer or a string. Comments may be added, or existing config values may be commented out and disabled, by starting a line with the `#` character.
+NOTE: Not all config settings can be retrieved using `vcgencmd`.
-There is an 80 character line length limit to entries, any characters past this limit will be ignored.
+=== File format
+
+The `config.txt` file is read by the early-stage boot firmware, so it uses a very simple file format: **a single `property=value` statement on each line, where `value` is either an integer or a string**. Comments may be added, or existing config values may be commented out and disabled, by starting a line with the `#` character.
+
+There is a 98-character line length limit for entries. Raspberry Pi OS ignores any characters past this limit.
Here is an example file:
+[source,ini]
----
-# Force the monitor to HDMI mode so that sound will be sent over HDMI cable
-hdmi_drive=2
-# Set monitor mode to DMT
-hdmi_group=2
-# Set monitor resolution to 1024x768 XGA 60Hz (HDMI_DMT_XGA_60)
-hdmi_mode=16
-# Make display smaller to stop text spilling off the screen
-overscan_left=20
-overscan_right=12
-overscan_top=10
-overscan_bottom=10
+# Enable audio (loads snd_bcm2835)
+dtparam=audio=on
+
+# Automatically load overlays for detected cameras
+camera_auto_detect=1
+
+# Automatically load overlays for detected DSI displays
+display_auto_detect=1
+
+# Enable DRM VC4 V3D driver
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d
----
+=== Advanced features
+
+==== `include`
+
+Causes the content of the specified file to be inserted into the current file.
+
+For example, adding the line `include extraconfig.txt` to `config.txt` will include the content of `extraconfig.txt` file in the `config.txt` file.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+
+The `bootcode.bin` or EEPROM bootloaders do not support the `include` directive.
+
+Settings which are handled by the bootloader will only take effect if they are specified in `config.txt` (rather than any additional included file):
+
+* `bootcode_delay`,
+* `gpu_mem`, `gpu_mem_256`, `gpu_mem_512`, `gpu_mem_1024`,
+* `total_mem`,
+* `sdram_freq`,
+* `start_x`, `start_debug`, `start_file`, `fixup_file`,
+* `uart_2ndstage`.
+
+====
+
+==== Conditional filtering
+
+Conditional filters are covered in the xref:config_txt.adoc#conditional-filters[conditionals section].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration.adoc
index 53b0c3ed37..17ffa15f5d 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration.adoc
@@ -1,41 +1,46 @@
include::configuration/raspi-config.adoc[]
+include::configuration/display-resolution.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/audio-config.adoc[]
+
include::configuration/configuring-networking.adoc[]
-include::configuration/headless.adoc[]
+include::configuration/screensaver.adoc[]
-include::configuration/access-point-routed.adoc[]
+include::configuration/users.adoc[]
-include::configuration/access-point-bridged.adoc[]
+include::configuration/external-storage.adoc[]
-include::configuration/use-a-proxy.adoc[]
+include::configuration/kernel-command-line-config.adoc[]
-include::configuration/hdmi-config.adoc[]
+include::configuration/localisation.adoc[]
-include::configuration/display-rotation.adoc[]
+include::configuration/securing-the-raspberry-pi.adoc[]
-include::configuration/audio-config.adoc[]
+include::configuration/headless.adoc[]
-include::configuration/external-storage.adoc[]
+include::configuration/host-wireless-network.adoc[]
-include::configuration/localisation.adoc[]
+include::configuration/use-a-proxy.adoc[]
-include::configuration/pin-configuration.adoc[]
+include::configuration/boot_folder.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/led_blink_warnings.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/uart.adoc[]
include::configuration/device-tree.adoc[]
-include::configuration/kernel-command-line-config.adoc[]
+include::configuration/pin-configuration.adoc[]
+
+
+
-include::configuration/uart.adoc[]
-include::configuration/warning-icons.adoc[]
-include::configuration/led_blink_warnings.adoc[]
-include::configuration/securing-the-raspberry-pi.adoc[]
-include::configuration/screensaver.adoc[]
-include::configuration/boot_folder.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/access-point-bridged.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/access-point-bridged.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b8cad4764..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/access-point-bridged.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-== Setting up a Bridged Wireless Access Point
-
-The Raspberry Pi can be used as a bridged wireless access point within an existing Ethernet network. This will extend the network to wireless computers and devices.
-
-If you wish to create a standalone wireless network, consider instead setting up a xref:configuration.adoc#setting-up-a-routed-wireless-access-point[routed access point].
-
-----
- +- RPi -------+
- +---+ 10.10.0.2 | +- Laptop ----+
- | | WLAN AP +-))) (((-+ WLAN Client |
- | | Bridge | | 10.10.0.5 |
- | +-------------+ +-------------+
- +- Router ----+ |
- | Firewall | | +- PC#2 ------+
-(Internet)---WAN-+ DHCP server +-LAN-+---+ 10.10.0.3 |
- | 10.10.0.1 | | +-------------+
- +-------------+ |
- | +- PC#1 ------+
- +---+ 10.10.0.4 |
- +-------------+
-----
-
-A bridged wireless access point can be created using the inbuilt wireless features of the Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 3 or Raspberry Pi Zero W, or by using a suitable USB wireless dongle that supports access point mode.
-It is possible that some USB dongles may need slight changes to their settings. If you are having trouble with a USB wireless dongle, please check the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/[forums].
-
-This documentation was tested on a Raspberry Pi 3B running a fresh installation of Raspberry Pi OS Buster.
-
-[[intro-to-bridged-wap]]
-=== Before you Begin
-
-* Ensure you have administrative access to your Raspberry Pi. The network setup will be entirely reset as part of the installation: local access, with screen and keyboard connected to your Raspberry Pi, is recommended.
-+
-[NOTE]
-======
-If installing remotely via SSH, connect to your Raspberry Pi *by name* rather than by IP address, e.g. `ssh pi@raspberrypi.local`, as the address of your Raspberry Pi on the network will probably change after installation. You should also be ready to add screen and keyboard if needed in case you lose contact with your Raspberry Pi after installation.
-======
-* Connect your Raspberry Pi to the Ethernet network and boot the Raspberry Pi OS.
-* Ensure the Raspberry Pi OS on your Raspberry Pi is xref:os.adoc#updating-and-upgrading-raspberry-pi-os[up-to-date] and reboot if packages were installed in the process.
-* Have a wireless client (laptop, smartphone, ...) ready to test your new access point.
-
-[[access-point-software-install]]
-=== Install AP and Management Software
-
-In order to work as a bridged access point, the Raspberry Pi needs to have the `hostapd` access point software package installed:
-
-----
-sudo apt install hostapd
-----
-
-Enable the wireless access point service and set it to start when your Raspberry Pi boots:
-
-----
-sudo systemctl unmask hostapd
-sudo systemctl enable hostapd
-----
-
-Software installation is complete. We will configure the access point software later on.
-
-[[bridging]]
-=== Setup the Network Bridge
-
-A bridge network device running on the Raspberry Pi will connect the Ethernet and wireless networks using its built-in interfaces.
-
-==== Create a bridge device and populate the bridge
-
-Add a bridge network device named `br0` by creating a file using the following command, with the contents below:
-
-----
-sudo nano /etc/systemd/network/bridge-br0.netdev
-----
-
-File contents:
-
-----
-[NetDev]
-Name=br0
-Kind=bridge
-----
-
-In order to bridge the Ethernet network with the wireless network, first add the built-in Ethernet interface (`eth0`) as a bridge member by creating the following file:
-
-----
-sudo nano /etc/systemd/network/br0-member-eth0.network
-----
-
-File contents:
-
-----
-[Match]
-Name=eth0
-
-[Network]
-Bridge=br0
-----
-
-NOTE: The access point software will add the wireless interface `wlan0` to the bridge when the service starts. There is no need to create a file for that interface. This situation is particular to wireless LAN interfaces.
-
-Now enable the `systemd-networkd` service to create and populate the bridge when your Raspberry Pi boots:
-
-----
-sudo systemctl enable systemd-networkd
-----
-
-==== Define the bridge device IP configuration
-
-Network interfaces that are members of a bridge device are never assigned an IP address, since they communicate via the bridge. The bridge device itself needs an IP address, so that you can reach your Raspberry Pi on the network.
-
-`dhcpcd`, the DHCP client on the Raspberry Pi, automatically requests an IP address for every active interface. So we need to block the `eth0` and `wlan0` interfaces from being processed, and let `dhcpcd` configure only `br0` via DHCP.
-
-----
-sudo nano /etc/dhcpcd.conf
-----
-
-Add the following line near the beginning of the file (above the first `interface xxx` line, if any):
-
-----
-denyinterfaces wlan0 eth0
-----
-
-Go to the end of the file and add the following:
-
-----
-
-interface br0
-----
-
-With this line, interface `br0` will be configured in accordance with the defaults via DHCP. Save the file to complete the IP configuration of the machine.
-
-[[ensure-wireless-operation]]
-=== Ensure Wireless Operation
-
-Countries around the world regulate the use of telecommunication radio frequency bands to ensure interference-free operation.
-The Linux OS helps users https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/developers/regulatory/statement[comply] with these rules by allowing applications to be configured with a two-letter "WiFi country code", e.g. `US` for a computer used in the United States.
-
-In the Raspberry Pi OS, 5 GHz wireless networking is disabled until a WiFi country code has been configured by the user, usually as part of the initial installation process (see wireless configuration pages in this xref:configuration.adoc#configuring-networking[section] for details.)
-
-To ensure WiFi radio is not blocked on your Raspberry Pi, execute the following command:
-
-----
-sudo rfkill unblock wlan
-----
-
-This setting will be automatically restored at boot time. We will define an appropriate country code in the access point software configuration, next.
-
-[[configure-access-point-software]]
-=== Configure the AP Software
-
-Create the `hostapd` configuration file, located at `/etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf`, to add the various parameters for your new wireless network.
-
-----
-sudo nano /etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf
-----
-
-Add the information below to the configuration file. This configuration assumes we are using channel 7, with a network name of `NameOfNetwork`, and a password `AardvarkBadgerHedgehog`. Note that the name and password should *not* have quotes around them. The passphrase should be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
-
-----
-country_code=GB
-interface=wlan0
-bridge=br0
-ssid=NameOfNetwork
-hw_mode=g
-channel=7
-macaddr_acl=0
-auth_algs=1
-ignore_broadcast_ssid=0
-wpa=2
-wpa_passphrase=AardvarkBadgerHedgehog
-wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK
-wpa_pairwise=TKIP
-rsn_pairwise=CCMP
-----
-
-Note the lines `interface=wlan0` and `bridge=br0`: these direct `hostapd` to add the `wlan0` interface as a bridge member to `br0` when the access point starts, completing the bridge between Ethernet and wireless.
-
-Note the line `country_code=GB`: it configures the computer to use the correct wireless frequencies in the United Kingdom. *Adapt this line* and specify the two-letter ISO code of your country. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1[Wikipedia] for a list of two-letter ISO 3166-1 country codes.
-
-To use the 5 GHz band, you can change the operations mode from `hw_mode=g` to `hw_mode=a`. Possible values for `hw_mode` are:
-
-* a = IEEE 802.11a (5 GHz) (Raspberry Pi 3B+ onwards)
-* b = IEEE 802.11b (2.4 GHz)
-* g = IEEE 802.11g (2.4 GHz)
-
-Note that when changing the `hw_mode`, you may need to also change the `channel` - see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_WLAN_channels[Wikipedia] for a list of allowed combinations.
-
-[[run-wireless-access-point]]
-=== Run the new Wireless AP
-
-Now restart your Raspberry Pi and verify that the wireless access point becomes automatically available.
-
-----
-sudo systemctl reboot
-----
-
-Once your Raspberry Pi has restarted, search for wireless networks with your wireless client. The network SSID you specified in file `/etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf` should now be present, and it should be accessible with the specified password.
-
-If your wireless client has access to the local network and the internet, congratulations on setting up your new access point!
-
-If you encounter difficulties, contact the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/[forums] for assistance. Please refer to this page in your message.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/access-point-routed.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/access-point-routed.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 46aa96a195..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/access-point-routed.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-== Setting up a Routed Wireless Access Point
-
-A Raspberry Pi within an Ethernet network can be used as a wireless access point, creating a secondary network. The resulting new wireless network is entirely managed by the Raspberry Pi.
-
-If you wish to extend an existing Ethernet network to wireless clients, consider instead setting up a xref:configuration.adoc#setting-up-a-bridged-wireless-access-point[bridged access point].
-
-----
- +- RPi -------+
- +---+ 10.10.0.2 | +- Laptop ----+
- | | WLAN AP +-))) (((-+ WLAN Client |
- | | 192.168.4.1 | | 192.168.4.2 |
- | +-------------+ +-------------+
- +- Router ----+ |
- | Firewall | | +- PC#2 ------+
-(Internet)---WAN-+ DHCP server +-LAN-+---+ 10.10.0.3 |
- | 10.10.0.1 | | +-------------+
- +-------------+ |
- | +- PC#1 ------+
- +---+ 10.10.0.4 |
- +-------------+
-----
-
-A routed wireless access point can be created using the inbuilt wireless features of the Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 3 or Raspberry Pi Zero W, or by using a suitable USB wireless dongle that supports access point mode.
-It is possible that some USB dongles may need slight changes to their settings. If you are having trouble with a USB wireless dongle, please check the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/[forums].
-
-This documentation was tested on a Raspberry Pi 3B running a fresh installation of Raspberry Pi OS Buster.
-
-[[intro]]
-=== Before you Begin
-
-* Ensure you have administrative access to your Raspberry Pi. The network setup will be modified as part of the installation: local access, with screen and keyboard connected to your Raspberry Pi, is recommended.
-* Connect your Raspberry Pi to the Ethernet network and boot the Raspberry Pi OS.
-* Ensure the Raspberry Pi OS on your Raspberry Pi is xref:os.adoc#updating-and-upgrading-raspberry-pi-os[up-to-date] and reboot if packages were installed in the process.
-* Take note of the IP configuration of the Ethernet network the Raspberry Pi is connected to:
- ** In this document, we assume IP network `10.10.0.0/24` is configured on the Ethernet LAN, and the Raspberry Pi is going to manage IP network `192.168.4.0/24` for wireless clients.
- ** Please select another IP network for wireless, e.g. `192.168.10.0/24`, if IP network `192.168.4.0/24` is already in use by your Ethernet LAN.
-* Have a wireless client (laptop, smartphone, ...) ready to test your new access point.
-
-[[software-install]]
-=== Install AP and Management Software
-
-In order to work as an access point, the Raspberry Pi needs to have the `hostapd` access point software package installed:
-
-----
-sudo apt install hostapd
-----
-
-Enable the wireless access point service and set it to start when your Raspberry Pi boots:
-
-----
-sudo systemctl unmask hostapd
-sudo systemctl enable hostapd
-----
-
-In order to provide network management services (DNS, DHCP) to wireless clients, the Raspberry Pi needs to have the `dnsmasq` software package installed:
-
-----
-sudo apt install dnsmasq
-----
-
-Finally, install `netfilter-persistent` and its plugin `iptables-persistent`. This utilty helps by saving firewall rules and restoring them when the Raspberry Pi boots:
-
-----
-sudo DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt install -y netfilter-persistent iptables-persistent
-----
-
-Software installation is complete. We will configure the software packages later on.
-
-[[routing]]
-=== Set up the Network Router
-
-The Raspberry Pi will run and manage a standalone wireless network. It will also route between the wireless and Ethernet networks, providing internet access to wireless clients. If you prefer, you can choose to skip the routing by skipping the section "Enable routing and IP masquerading" below, and run the wireless network in complete isolation.
-
-==== Define the Wireless Interface IP Configuration
-
-The Raspberry Pi runs a DHCP server for the wireless network; this requires static IP configuration for the wireless interface (`wlan0`) in the Raspberry Pi.
-The Raspberry Pi also acts as the router on the wireless network, and as is customary, we will give it the first IP address in the network: `192.168.4.1`.
-
-To configure the static IP address, edit the configuration file for `dhcpcd` with:
-
-----
-sudo nano /etc/dhcpcd.conf
-----
-
-Go to the end of the file and add the following:
-
-----
-interface wlan0
- static ip_address=192.168.4.1/24
- nohook wpa_supplicant
-----
-
-==== Enable Routing and IP Masquerading
-
-This section configures the Raspberry Pi to let wireless clients access computers on the main (Ethernet) network, and from there the internet.
-
-NOTE: If you wish to block wireless clients from accessing the Ethernet network and the internet, skip this section.
-
-To enable routing, i.e. to allow traffic to flow from one network to the other in the Raspberry Pi, create a file using the following command, with the contents below:
-
-----
-sudo nano /etc/sysctl.d/routed-ap.conf
-----
-
-File contents:
-
-----
-# Enable IPv4 routing
-net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
-----
-
-Enabling routing will allow hosts from network `192.168.4.0/24` to reach the LAN and the main router towards the internet. In order to allow traffic between clients on this foreign wireless network and the internet without changing the configuration of the main router, the Raspberry Pi can substitute the IP address of wireless clients with its own IP address on the LAN using a "masquerade" firewall rule.
-
-* The main router will see all outgoing traffic from wireless clients as coming from the Raspberry Pi, allowing communication with the internet.
-* The Raspberry Pi will receive all incoming traffic, substitute the IP addresses back, and forward traffic to the original wireless client.
-
-This process is configured by adding a single firewall rule in the Raspberry Pi:
-
-----
-sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE
-----
-
-Now save the current firewall rules for IPv4 (including the rule above) and IPv6 to be loaded at boot by the `netfilter-persistent` service:
-
-----
-sudo netfilter-persistent save
-----
-
-Filtering rules are saved to the directory `/etc/iptables/`. If in the future you change the configuration of your firewall, make sure to save the configuration before rebooting.
-
-==== Configure the DHCP and DNS services for the wireless network
-
-The DHCP and DNS services are provided by `dnsmasq`. The default configuration file serves as a template for all possible configuration options, whereas we only need a few. It is easier to start from an empty file.
-
-Rename the default configuration file and edit a new one:
-
-----
-sudo mv /etc/dnsmasq.conf /etc/dnsmasq.conf.orig
-sudo nano /etc/dnsmasq.conf
-----
-
-Add the following to the file and save it:
-
-----
-interface=wlan0 # Listening interface
-dhcp-range=192.168.4.2,192.168.4.20,255.255.255.0,24h
- # Pool of IP addresses served via DHCP
-domain=wlan # Local wireless DNS domain
-address=/gw.wlan/192.168.4.1
- # Alias for this router
-----
-
-The Raspberry Pi will deliver IP addresses between `192.168.4.2` and `192.168.4.20`, with a lease time of 24 hours, to wireless DHCP clients. You should be able to reach the Raspberry Pi under the name `gw.wlan` from wireless clients.
-
-There are many more options for `dnsmasq`; see the default configuration file (`/etc/dnsmasq.conf`) or the http://www.thekelleys.org.uk/dnsmasq/doc.html[online documentation] for details.
-
-[[wifi-cc-rfkill]]
-=== Ensure Wireless Operation
-
-Countries around the world regulate the use of telecommunication radio frequency bands to ensure interference-free operation.
-The Linux OS helps users https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/developers/regulatory/statement[comply] with these rules by allowing applications to be configured with a two-letter "WiFi country code", e.g. `US` for a computer used in the United States.
-
-In the Raspberry Pi OS, 5 GHz wireless networking is disabled until a WiFi country code has been configured by the user, usually as part of the initial installation process (see wireless configuration pages in this xref:configuration.adoc#configuring-networking[section] for details.)
-
-To ensure WiFi radio is not blocked on your Raspberry Pi, execute the following command:
-
-----
-sudo rfkill unblock wlan
-----
-
-This setting will be automatically restored at boot time. We will define an appropriate country code in the access point software configuration, next.
-
-[[ap-config]]
-=== Configure the AP Software
-
-Create the `hostapd` configuration file, located at `/etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf`, to add the various parameters for your new wireless network.
-
-----
-sudo nano /etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf
-----
-
-Add the information below to the configuration file. This configuration assumes we are using channel 7, with a network name of `NameOfNetwork`, and a password `AardvarkBadgerHedgehog`. Note that the name and password should *not* have quotes around them. The passphrase should be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
-
-----
-country_code=GB
-interface=wlan0
-ssid=NameOfNetwork
-hw_mode=g
-channel=7
-macaddr_acl=0
-auth_algs=1
-ignore_broadcast_ssid=0
-wpa=2
-wpa_passphrase=AardvarkBadgerHedgehog
-wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK
-wpa_pairwise=TKIP
-rsn_pairwise=CCMP
-----
-
-Note the line `country_code=GB`: it configures the computer to use the correct wireless frequencies in the United Kingdom. *Adapt this line* and specify the two-letter ISO code of your country. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1[Wikipedia] for a list of two-letter ISO 3166-1 country codes.
-
-To use the 5 GHz band, you can change the operations mode from `hw_mode=g` to `hw_mode=a`. Possible values for `hw_mode` are:
-
-* a = IEEE 802.11a (5 GHz) (Raspberry Pi 3B+ onwards)
-* b = IEEE 802.11b (2.4 GHz)
-* g = IEEE 802.11g (2.4 GHz)
-
-Note that when changing the `hw_mode`, you may need to also change the `channel` - see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_WLAN_channels[Wikipedia] for a list of allowed combinations.
-
-[[conclusion]]
-=== Running the new Wireless AP
-
-Now restart your Raspberry Pi and verify that the wireless access point becomes automatically available.
-
-----
-sudo systemctl reboot
-----
-
-Once your Raspberry Pi has restarted, search for wireless networks with your wireless client. The network SSID you specified in file `/etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf` should now be present, and it should be accessible with the specified password.
-
-If SSH is enabled on the Raspberry Pi, it should be possible to connect to it from your wireless client as follows, assuming the `pi` account is present: `ssh pi@192.168.4.1` or `ssh pi@gw.wlan`
-
-If your wireless client has access to your Raspberry Pi (and the internet, if you set up routing), congratulations on setting up your new access point!
-
-If you encounter difficulties, contact the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/[forums] for assistance. Please refer to this page in your message.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/audio-config.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/audio-config.adoc
index f0f897c44b..e12c032b46 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/audio-config.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/audio-config.adoc
@@ -1,35 +1,43 @@
-== Audio Configuration
+== Audio
-The Raspberry Pi has up to three audio output modes: HDMI 1 and 2, if present, and a headphone jack. You can switch between these modes at any time.
+Raspberry Pi OS has multiple audio output modes: HDMI 1, the headphone jack (if your device has one), and USB audio.
-If your HDMI monitor or TV has built-in speakers, the audio can be played over the HDMI cable, but you can switch it to a set of headphones or other speakers plugged into the headphone jack. If your display claims to have speakers, sound is output via HDMI by default; if not, it is output via the headphone jack. This may not be the desired output setup, or the auto-detection is inaccurate, in which case you can manually switch the output.
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS outputs audio to HDMI 1. If no HDMI output is available, Raspberry Pi OS outputs audio to the headphone jack or a connected USB audio device.
-=== Changing the Audio Output
+=== Change audio output
-There are two ways of setting the audio output; using the Desktop volume control, or using `raspi-config` command line tool.
+Use the following methods to configure audio output in Raspberry Pi OS:
-==== Using the Desktop
+[[pro-audio-profile]]
-Right-clicking the volume icon on the desktop taskbar brings up the audio output selector; this allows you to select between the internal audio outputs. It also allows you to select any external audio devices, such as USB sound cards and Bluetooth audio devices. A green tick is shown against the currently selected audio output device -- simply left-click the desired output in the pop-up menu to change this. The volume control and mute operate on the currently selected device.
-
-==== Using raspi-config
-
-Open up xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[raspi-config] by entering the following into the command line:
+[tabs]
+======
+Desktop volume control::
++
+Right-click the volume icon on the system tray to open the **audio output selector**. This interface lets you choose an audio output device. Click an audio output device to switch audio output to that device.
++
+You may see a device profile named **Pro Audio** when viewing an audio device in the audio output selector. This profile exposes the maximum number of channels across every audio device, allowing you greater control over the routing of signals. Unless you require fine-tuned control over audio output, use a different device profile.
++
+For more information about the Pro Audio profile, visit https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/FAQ#what-is-the-pro-audio-profile[PipeWire's FAQ].
+`raspi-config`::
++
+To change your audio output using xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[`raspi-config`], run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
----
-sudo raspi-config
+$ sudo raspi-config
----
++
+You should see a configuration screen. Complete the following steps to change your audio output:
++
+. Select `System options` and press `Enter`.
++
+. Select the `Audio` option and press `Enter`.
++
+. Select your required mode and press `Enter` to select that mode.
++
+. Press the right arrow key to exit the options list. Select `Finish` to exit the configuration tool.
+======
-This will open the configuration screen:
-
-Select `System Options` (Currently option 1, but yours may be different) and press `Enter`.
-
-Now select the Option named, `Audio` (Currently option S2, but yours may be different) and press `Enter`:
-
-Select your required mode, press `Enter` and press the right arrow key to exit the options list, then select `Finish` to exit the configuration tool.
-
-After you have finished modifying your audio settings, you need to restart your Raspberry Pi in order for your changes to take effect.
-
-=== Troubleshooting your HDMI
-In some rare cases, it is necessary to edit `config.txt` to force HDMI mode (as opposed to DVI mode, which does not send sound). You can do this by editing `/boot/config.txt` and setting `hdmi_drive=2`, then rebooting for the change to take effect.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/boot_folder.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/boot_folder.adoc
index 79dba8465d..309b9c3f63 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/boot_folder.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/boot_folder.adoc
@@ -1,82 +1,101 @@
-== The `boot` Folder
+== `boot` folder contents
-In a basic xref:os.adoc[Raspberry Pi OS] install, the boot files are stored on the first partition of the SD card, which is formatted with the FAT file system. This means that it can be read on Windows, macOS, and Linux devices.
+Raspberry Pi OS stores boot files on the first partition of the SD card, formatted with the FAT file system.
-When the Raspberry Pi is powered on, it loads various files from the boot partition/folder in order to start up the various processors, then it boots the Linux kernel.
+On startup, each Raspberry Pi loads various files from the boot partition in order to start up the various processors before the Linux kernel boots.
-Once Linux has booted, the boot partition is mounted as `/boot`.
+On boot, Linux mounts the boot partition as `/boot/firmware/`.
-=== Boot Folder Contents
+NOTE: Prior to _Bookworm_, Raspberry Pi OS stored the boot partition at `/boot/`. Since _Bookworm_, the boot partition is located at `/boot/firmware/`.
-==== bootcode.bin
+=== `bootcode.bin`
-This is the bootloader, which is loaded by the SoC on boot, does some very basic setup, and then loads one of the `start*.elf` files. `bootcode.bin` is not used on the Raspberry Pi 4, because it has been replaced by boot code in the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-4-boot-eeprom[onboard EEPROM].
+The bootloader, loaded by the SoC on boot. It performs some very basic setup, and then loads one of the `start*.elf` files.
-==== start.elf, start_x.elf, start_db.elf, start_cd.elf, start4.elf, start4x.elf, start4cd.elf, start4db.elf
+The Raspberry Pi 4 and 5 do not use `bootcode.bin`. It has been replaced by boot code in the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-boot-eeprom[onboard EEPROM].
-These are binary blobs (firmware) that are loaded on to the VideoCore in the SoC, which then take over the boot process.
-`start.elf` is the basic firmware, `start_x.elf` includes camera drivers and codec, `start_db.elf` is a debug version of the firmware, and `start_cd.elf` is a cut-down version with no support hardware blocks like codecs and 3D, and for use when `gpu_mem=16` is specified in `config.txt`. More information on how to use these can be found in xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[the `config.txt` section].
+=== `start*.elf`
-`start4.elf`, `start4x.elf`, `start4cd.elf`, and `start4db.elf` are firmware files specific to the Pi 4.
+Binary firmware blobs loaded onto the VideoCore GPU in the SoC, which then take over the boot process.
-==== fixup*.dat
+`start.elf`:: the basic firmware.
+`start_x.elf`:: includes additional codecs.
+`start_db.elf`:: used for debugging.
+`start_cd.elf`:: a cut-down version of the firmware that removes support for hardware blocks such as codecs and 3D as well as debug logging support; it also imposes initial frame buffer limitations. The cut-down firmware is automatically used when `gpu_mem=16` is specified in `config.txt`.
-These are linker files and are matched pairs with the `start*.elf` files listed in the previous section.
+`start4.elf`, `start4x.elf`, `start4db.elf` and `start4cd.elf` are equivalent firmware files specific to the Raspberry Pi 4-series (Model 4B, Pi 400, Compute Module 4 and Compute Module 4S).
-==== cmdline.txt
+For more information on how to use these files, see the xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[`config.txt` documentation].
-The kernel command line passed in to the kernel when it boots.
+The Raspberry Pi 5 does not use `elf` files. The firmware is self-contained within the bootloader EEPROM.
-==== config.txt
+=== `fixup*.dat`
-Contains many configuration parameters for setting up the Pi. See xref:config_txt.adoc[the `config.txt` section].
+Linker files found in matched pairs with the `start*.elf` files listed in the previous section.
-==== issue.txt
+=== `cmdline.txt`
-Some text-based housekeeping information containing the date and git commit ID of the distribution.
+The <> passed into the kernel at boot.
-==== ssh or ssh.txt
+=== `config.txt`
-When this file is present, SSH will be enabled on boot. The contents don't matter, it can be empty. SSH is otherwise disabled by default.
+Contains many configuration parameters for setting up the Raspberry Pi. For more information, see the xref:config_txt.adoc[`config.txt` documentation].
-==== wpa_supplicant.conf
+IMPORTANT: Raspberry Pi 5 requires a non-empty `config.txt` file in the boot partition.
-This is the file to configure wireless network settings (if the hardware is capable of it). Edit the country code and the network part to fit your case. More information on how to use this file can be found in xref:configuration.adoc#setting-up-a-headless-raspberry-pi[the `wireless/headless` section].
+=== `issue.txt`
-==== Device Tree files
+Text-based housekeeping information containing the date and git commit ID of the distribution.
-There are various Device Tree blob files, which have the extension `.dtb`. These contain the hardware definitions of the various models of Raspberry Pi, and are used on boot to set up the kernel xref:configuration.adoc#part3.1[according to which Pi model is detected].
+=== `initramfs*`
-==== Kernel Files
+Contents of the initial ramdisk. This loads a temporary root file system into memory before the real root file system can be mounted.
-The boot folder will contain various xref:linux_kernel.adoc#kernel[kernel] image files, used for the different Raspberry Pi models:
+Since Bookworm, Raspberry Pi OS includes an `initramfs` file by default. To enable the initial ramdisk, configure it in xref:config_txt.adoc[`config.txt`] with the xref:config_txt.adoc#auto_initramfs[`auto_initramfs`] keyword.
+
+=== `ssh` or `ssh.txt`
+
+When this file is present, enables SSH at boot. SSH is otherwise disabled by default. The contents do not matter. Even an empty file enables SSH.
+
+=== Device Tree blob files (`*.dtb`)
+
+Device tree blob files contain the hardware definitions of the various models of Raspberry Pi. These files set up the kernel at boot xref:configuration.adoc#part3.1[based on the detected Raspberry Pi model].
+
+=== Kernel files (`*.img`)
+
+Various xref:linux_kernel.adoc#kernel[kernel] image files that correspond to Raspberry Pi models:
|===
| Filename | Processor | Raspberry Pi model | Notes
-| kernel.img
+| `kernel.img`
| BCM2835
-| Pi Zero, Pi 1
+| Pi Zero, Pi 1, CM1
|
-| kernel7.img
+| `kernel7.img`
| BCM2836, BCM2837
-| Pi 2, Pi 3
-| Later Pi 2 uses the BCM2837
+| Pi Zero 2 W, Pi 2, Pi 3, CM3, Pi 3+, CM3+
+| Later revisions of Pi 2 use BCM2837
-| kernel7l.img
+| `kernel7l.img`
| BCM2711
-| Pi 4
+| Pi 4, CM4, CM4S, Pi 400
| Large Physical Address Extension (LPAE)
-| kernel8.img
-| BCM2837, BCM2711
-| Pi 2, Pi 3, Pi 4
-| Beta xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[64 bit kernel]. Raspberry Pi 2 with BCM2836 does not support 64-bit.
+| `kernel8.img`
+| BCM2837, BCM2711, BCM2712
+| Pi Zero 2 W, Pi 2 (later revisions), Pi 3, CM3, Pi 3+, CM3+, Pi 4, CM4, CM4S, Pi 400, CM5, Pi 5, Pi 500
+| xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[64-bit kernel]. Earlier revisions of Raspberry Pi 2 (with BCM2836) do not support 64-bit kernels.
+
+| `kernel_2712.img`
+| BCM2712
+| Pi 5, CM5, Pi 500
+| Pi 5-optimized xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[64-bit kernel].
|===
-NOTE: The architecture reported by `lscpu` is `armv7l` for 32-bit systems (i.e. everything except kernel8.img), and `aarch64` for 64-bit systems. The `l` in the `armv7l` case refers to the architecture being little-endian, not `LPAE` as is indicated by the `l` in the `kernel7l.img` filename.
+NOTE: `lscpu` reports a CPU architecture of `armv7l` for systems running a 32-bit kernel, and `aarch64` for systems running a 64-bit kernel. The `l` in the `armv7l` case refers to little-endian CPU architecture, not `LPAE` as is indicated by the `l` in the `kernel7l.img` filename.
-=== The Overlays Folder
+=== `overlays` folder
-The `overlays` sub-folder contains Device Tree overlays. These are used to configure various hardware devices that may be attached to the system, for example the Raspberry Pi Touch Display or third-party sound boards. These overlays are selected using entries in `config.txt` -- see xref:configuration.adoc#part2['Device Trees, overlays and parameters, part 2' for more info].
+Contains Device Tree overlays. These are used to configure various hardware devices, such as third-party sound boards. Entries in `config.txt` select these overlays. For more information, see xref:configuration.adoc#part2[Device Trees, overlays and parameters].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/configuring-networking.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/configuring-networking.adoc
index 6b3a7b9139..aea9de8203 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/configuring-networking.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/configuring-networking.adoc
@@ -1,185 +1,196 @@
-== Configuring Networking
+== Networking
-A GUI is provided for setting up wireless connections in Raspberry Pi OS within the Raspberry Pi Desktop. However if you are not using the Raspberry Pi Desktop, you can set up wireless networking from the command line.
+Raspberry Pi OS provides a graphical user interface (GUI) for setting up wireless connections. Users of Raspberry Pi OS Lite and headless machines can set up wireless networking from the command line with https://networkmanager.dev/docs/api/latest/nmcli.html[`nmcli`].
-=== Using the Desktop
+NOTE: Starting with Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_, Network Manager is the default networking configuration tool. Earlier versions of Raspberry Pi OS used `dhcpd` and other tools for network configuration.
-Wireless connections can be made via the network icon at the right-hand end of the menu bar. If you are using a Pi with built-in wireless connectivity, or if a wireless dongle is plugged in, left-clicking this icon will bring up a list of available wireless networks, as shown below. If no networks are found, it will show the message 'No APs found - scanning...'. Wait a few seconds without closing the menu, and it should find your network.
+=== Connect to a wireless network
-Note that on Raspberry Pi devices that support the 5GHz band (Pi3B+, Pi4, CM4, Pi400), wireless networking is disabled for regulatory reasons, until the country code has been set. To set the country code, open the `Raspberry Pi Configuration` application from the Preferences Menu, select *Localisation* and set the appropriate code.
+==== via the desktop
+
+Access Network Manager via the network icon at the right-hand end of the menu bar. If you are using a Raspberry Pi with built-in wireless connectivity, or if a wireless dongle is plugged in, click this icon to bring up a list of available wireless networks. If you see the message 'No APs found - scanning...', wait a few seconds, and Network Manager should find your network.
+
+NOTE: Devices with dual-band wireless automatically disable networking until you assign a wireless LAN country. Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 3B+, Compute Modules since CM4, and Keyboard models support dual-band wireless. To set a wireless LAN country, open the Raspberry Pi Configuration application from the Preferences menu, select *Localisation* and select your country from the menu.
image::images/wifi2.png[wifi2]
-The icons on the right show whether a network is secured or not, and give an indication of its signal strength. Click the network that you want to connect to. If it is secured, a dialogue box will prompt you to enter the network key:
+The icons on the right show whether a network is secured or not, and give an indication of signal strength. Click the network that you want to connect to. If the network is secured, a dialogue box will prompt you to enter the network key:
image::images/key.png[key]
-Enter the key and click *OK*, then wait a couple of seconds. The network icon will flash briefly to show that a connection is being made. When it is ready, the icon will stop flashing and show the signal strength.
+Enter the key and click *OK*, then wait a couple of seconds. The network icon will flash briefly to show that a connection is being made. When connected, the icon will stop flashing and show the signal strength.
-[[wireless-networking-command-line]]
-=== Using the Command Line
+===== Connect to a hidden network
-This method is suitable if you don't have access to the graphical user interface normally used to set up a wireless LAN on the Raspberry Pi. It is particularly suitable for use with a serial console cable if you don't have access to a screen or wired Ethernet network. Note also that no additional software is required; everything you need is already included on the Raspberry Pi.
+To use a hidden network, navigate to *Advanced options* > *Connect to a hidden Wi-Fi network* in the network menu:
-==== Using raspi-config
+image::images/network-hidden.png[the connect to a hidden wi-fi network option in advanced options]
-The quickest way to enable wireless networking is to use the command line `raspi-config` tool.
+Then, enter the SSID for the hidden network. Ask your network administrator which type of security your network uses; while most home networks currently use WPA and WPA2 personal security, public networks sometimes use WPA and WPA2 enterprise security. Select the security type for your network, and enter your credentials:
-`sudo raspi-config`
+image::images/network-hidden-authentication.png[hidden wi-fi network authentication]
-Select the *Localisation Options* item from the menu, then the *Change wireless country* option. On a fresh install, for regulatory purposes, you will need to specify the country in which the device is being used. Then set the SSID of the network, and the passphrase for the network. If you do not know the SSID of the network you want to connect to, see the next section on how to list available networks prior to running `raspi-config`.
+Click the *Connect* button to initiate the network connection.
-Note that `raspi-config` does not provide a complete set of options for setting up wireless networking; you may need to refer to the extra sections below for more details if `raspi-config` fails to connect the Pi to your requested network.
+[[wireless-networking-command-line]]
+==== via the command line
-==== Getting Wireless LAN Network Details
+This guide will help you configure a wireless connection on your Raspberry Pi from a terminal without using graphical tools. No additional software is required.
-To scan for wireless networks, use the command `sudo iwlist wlan0 scan`. This will list all available wireless networks, along with other useful information. Look out for:
+NOTE: This guide should work for WEP, WPA, WPA2, or WPA3 networks, but may not work for enterprise networks.
-. 'ESSID:"testing"' is the name of the wireless network.
-. 'IE: IEEE 802.11i/WPA2 Version 1' is the authentication used. In this case it's WPA2, the newer and more secure wireless standard which replaces WPA. This guide should work for WPA or WPA2, but may not work for WPA2 enterprise. You'll also need the password for the wireless network. For most home routers, this is found on a sticker on the back of the router. The ESSID (ssid) for the examples below is `testing` and the password (psk) is `testingPassword`.
+===== Enable wireless networking
-==== Adding the Network Details to your Raspberry Pi
+On a fresh install, you must specify the country where you use your device. This allows your device to choose the correct frequency bands for 5GHz networking. Once you have specified a wireless LAN country, you can use your Raspberry Pi's built-in wireless networking module.
-Open the `wpa-supplicant` configuration file in nano:
+To do this, set your wireless LAN country with the command line `raspi-config` tool. Run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
-`sudo nano /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf`
+Select the *Localisation options* menu item using the arrow keys. Choose the *WLAN country* option.
+Pick your country from the dropdown using the arrow keys. Press `Enter` to select your country.
-Go to the bottom of the file and add the following:
+You should now have access to wireless networking. Run the following command to check if your Wi-Fi radio is enabled:
+[source,console]
----
-network={
- ssid="testing"
- psk="testingPassword"
-}
+$ nmcli radio wifi
----
-The password can be configured either as the ASCII representation, in quotes as per the example above, or as a pre-encrypted 32 byte hexadecimal number. You can use the `wpa_passphrase` utility to generate an encrypted PSK. This takes the SSID and the password, and generates the encrypted PSK. With the example from above, you can generate the PSK with `wpa_passphrase "testing"`. Then you will be asked for the password of the wireless network (in this case `testingPassword`). The output is as follows:
+If this command returns the text "enabled", you're ready to configure a connection. If this command returns "disabled", try enabling Wi-Fi with the following command:
+[source,console]
----
- network={
- ssid="testing"
- #psk="testingPassword"
- psk=131e1e221f6e06e3911a2d11ff2fac9182665c004de85300f9cac208a6a80531
- }
+$ nmcli radio wifi on
----
-Note that the plain text version of the code is present, but commented out. You should delete this line from the final `wpa_supplicant` file for extra security.
+===== Find networks
-The `wpa_passphrase` tool requires a password with between 8 and 63 characters. To use a more complex password, you can extract the content of a text file and use it as input for `wpa_passphrase`. Store the password in a text file and input it to `wpa_passphrase` by calling `wpa_passphrase "testing" < file_where_password_is_stored`. For extra security, you should delete the `file_where_password_is_stored` afterwards, so there is no plain text copy of the original password on the system.
+To scan for wireless networks, run the following command:
-To use the `wpa_passphrase`--encrypted PSK, you can either copy and paste the encrypted PSK into the `wpa_supplicant.conf` file, or redirect the tool's output to the configuration file in one of two ways:
-
-* Either change to `root` by executing `sudo su`, then call `wpa_passphrase "testing" >> /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf` and enter the testing password when asked
-* Or use `wpa_passphrase "testing" | sudo tee -a /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf > /dev/null` and enter the testing password when asked; the redirection to `/dev/null` prevents `tee` from *also* outputting to the screen (standard output).
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli dev wifi list
+----
-If you want to use one of these two options, *make sure you use `>>`, or use `-a` with `tee`* -- either will *append* text to an existing file. Using a single chevron `>`, or omitting `-a` when using `tee`, will erase all contents and *then* append the output to the specified file.
+You should see output similar to the following:
-Now save the file by pressing `Ctrl+X`, then `Y`, then finally press `Enter`.
+----
+IN-USE BSSID SSID MODE CHAN RATE SIGNAL BARS SECURITY
+ 90:72:40:1B:42:05 myNetwork Infra 132 405 Mbit/s 89 **** WPA2
+ 90:72:42:1B:78:04 myNetwork5G Infra 11 195 Mbit/s 79 *** WPA2
+ 9C:AB:F8:88:EB:0D Pi Towers Infra 1 260 Mbit/s 75 *** WPA2 802.1X
+ B4:2A:0E:64:BD:BE Example Infra 6 195 Mbit/s 37 ** WPA1 WPA2
+----
-Reconfigure the interface with `wpa_cli -i wlan0 reconfigure`.
+Look in the "SSID" column for the name of the network you would like to connect to. Use the SSID and a password to connect to the network.
-You can verify whether it has successfully connected using `ifconfig wlan0`. If the `inet addr` field has an address beside it, the Raspberry Pi has connected to the network. If not, check that your password and ESSID are correct.
+===== Connect to a network
-On the Raspberry Pi 3B+ and Raspberry Pi 4B, you will also need to set the country code, so that the 5GHz networking can choose the correct frequency bands. You can do this using the `raspi-config` application: select the 'Localisation Options' menu, then 'Change Wi-Fi Country'. Alternatively, you can edit the `wpa_supplicant.conf` file and add the following. (Note: you need to replace 'GB' with the 2 letter ISO code of your country. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1[Wikipedia] for a list of 2 letter ISO 3166-1 country codes.)
+Run the following command to configure a network connection, replacing the `` placeholder with the name of the network you're trying to configure:
+[source,console]
----
-country=GB
+$ sudo nmcli --ask dev wifi connect
----
-Note that with the latest Buster Raspberry Pi OS release, you must ensure that the `wpa_supplicant.conf` file contains the following information at the top:
+Enter your network password when prompted.
+
+Your Raspberry Pi should automatically connect to the network once you enter your password.
+
+If you see error output that claims that "Secrets were required, but not provided", you entered an incorrect password. Run the above command again, carefully entering your password.
+To check if you're connected to a network, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
----
-ctrl_interface=DIR=/var/run/wpa_supplicant GROUP=netdev
-update_config=1
-country=
+$ nmcli dev wifi list
----
-==== Using Unsecured Networks
-
-If the network you are connecting to does not use a password, the `wpa_supplicant` entry for the network will need to include the correct `key_mgmt` entry.
-e.g.
+You should see output similar to the following:
----
-network={
- ssid="testing"
- key_mgmt=NONE
-}
+IN-USE BSSID SSID MODE CHAN RATE SIGNAL BARS SECURITY
+* 90:72:40:1B:42:05 myNetwork Infra 132 405 Mbit/s 89 **** WPA2
+ 90:72:42:1B:78:04 myNetwork5G Infra 11 195 Mbit/s 79 *** WPA2
+ 9C:AB:F8:88:EB:0D Pi Towers Infra 1 260 Mbit/s 75 *** WPA2 802.1X
+ B4:2A:0E:64:BD:BE Example Infra 6 195 Mbit/s 37 ** WPA1 WPA2
----
-WARNING: You should be careful when using unsecured wireless networks.
+Check for an asterisk (`*`) in the "IN-USE" column; it should appear in the same row as the SSID of the network you intended to connect to.
-==== Hidden Networks
+NOTE: You can manually edit your connection configurations in the `/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/` directory.
-If you are using a hidden network, an extra option in the `wpa_supplicant file`, `scan_ssid`, may help connection.
+===== Connect to an unsecured network
+If the network you are connecting to does not use a password, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
----
-network={
- ssid="yourHiddenSSID"
- scan_ssid=1
- psk="Your_wireless_network_password"
-}
+$ sudo nmcli dev wifi connect
----
-You can verify whether it has successfully connected using `ifconfig wlan0`. If the `inet addr` field has an address beside it, the Raspberry Pi has connected to the network. If not, check your password and ESSID are correct.
-
-==== Adding Multiple Wireless Network Configurations
+WARNING: Unsecured wireless networks can put your personal information at risk. Whenever possible, use a secured wireless network or VPN.
-On recent versions of Raspberry Pi OS, it is possible to set up multiple configurations for wireless networking. For example, you could set up one for home and one for school.
+===== Connect to a hidden network
-For example
+If you are using a hidden network, specify the "hidden" option with a value of "yes" when you run `nmcli`:
+[source,console]
----
-network={
- ssid="SchoolNetworkSSID"
- psk="passwordSchool"
- id_str="school"
-}
-
-network={
- ssid="HomeNetworkSSID"
- psk="passwordHome"
- id_str="home"
-}
+$ sudo nmcli --ask dev wifi connect hidden yes
----
-If you have two networks in range, you can add the priority option to choose between them. The network in range, with the highest priority, will be the one that is connected.
+===== Set network priority
-----
-network={
- ssid="HomeOneSSID"
- psk="passwordOne"
- priority=1
- id_str="homeOne"
-}
+If your device detects more than one known networks at the same time, it could connect any of the detected known networks. Use the priority option to force your Raspberry Pi to prefer certain networks. Your device will connect to the network that is in range with the highest priority. Run the following command to view the priority of known networks:
-network={
- ssid="HomeTwoSSID"
- psk="passwordTwo"
- priority=2
- id_str="homeTwo"
-}
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli --fields autoconnect-priority,name connection
----
+You should see output similar to the following:
-=== The DHCP Daemon
-
-The Raspberry Pi uses `dhcpcd` to configure TCP/IP across all of its network interfaces. The `dhcpcd` daemonis intended to be an all-in-one ZeroConf client for UNIX-like systems. This includes assigning each interface an IP address, setting netmasks, and configuring DNS resolution via the Name Service Switch (NSS) facility.
+----
+AUTOCONNECT-PRIORITY NAME
+0 myNetwork
+0 lo
+0 Pi Towers
+0 Example
+-999 Wired connection 1
+----
-By default, Raspberry Pi OS attempts to automatically configure all network interfaces by DHCP, falling back to automatic private addresses in the range 169.254.0.0/16 if DHCP fails. This is consistent with the behaviour of other Linux variants and of Microsoft Windows.
+Use the `nmcli connection modify` command to set the priority of a network.
+The following example command sets the priority of a network named "Pi Towers" to `10`:
-=== Static IP Addresses
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli connection modify "Pi Towers" connection.autoconnect-priority 10
+----
-If you wish to disable automatic configuration for an interface and instead configure it statically, add the details to `/etc/dhcpcd.conf`. For example:
+Your device will always try to connect to the in-range network with the highest non-negative priority value. You can also assign a network a negative priority; your device will only attempt to connect to a negative priority network if no other known network is in range. For example, consider three networks:
----
-interface eth0
-static ip_address=192.168.0.4/24
-static routers=192.168.0.254
-static domain_name_servers=192.168.0.254 8.8.8.8
+AUTOCONNECT-PRIORITY NAME
+-1 snake
+0 rabbit
+1 cat
+1000 dog
----
-You can find the names of the interfaces present on your system using the `ip link` command.
+* If all of these networks were in range, your device would first attempt to connect to the "dog" network.
+* If connection to the "dog" network fails, your device would attempt to connect to the "cat" network.
+* If connection to the "cat" network fails, your device would attempt to connect to the "rabbit" network.
+* If connection to the "rabbit" network fails, and your device detects no other known networks, your device will attempt to connect to the "snake" network.
+
+=== Configure DHCP
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS attempts to automatically configure all network interfaces by DHCP, falling back to automatic private addresses in the range 169.254.0.0/16 if DHCP fails.
-Note that if you have several Raspberry Pis connected to the same network, you may find it easier instead to set address reservations on your DHCP server. In this way, each Pi will keep the same IP address, but they will all be managed in one place, making reconfiguring your network in the future more straightforward.
+=== Assign a static IP address
-On Raspberry Pi systems where the graphical desktop is installed, a GUI tool called `lxplug-network` is used to allow the user to make changes to the configuration of `dhcpcd`, including setting static IP addresses. The `lxplug-network` tool is based on `dhcpcd-ui`, which was also developed by Roy Marples.
+To allocate a static IP address to your Raspberry Pi, reserve an address for it on your router. Your Raspberry Pi will continue to have its address allocated via DHCP, but will receive the same address each time. A "fixed" address can be allocated by associating the MAC address of your Raspberry Pi with a static IP address in your DHCP server.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/device-tree.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/device-tree.adoc
index 7ac18d0a81..561ec68a29 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/device-tree.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/device-tree.adoc
@@ -1,25 +1,28 @@
-== Device Trees, Overlays, and Parameters
+== Device Trees, overlays, and parameters
-Raspberry Pi kernels and firmware use a Device Tree (DT) to describe the hardware present in the Pi. These Device Trees may include DT parameters that provide a degree of control over some onboard features. DT overlays allow optional external hardware to be described and configured, and they also support parameters for more control.
+Raspberry Pi kernels and firmware use a Device Tree (DT) to describe hardware. These Device Trees may include DT parameters that to control onboard features. DT overlays allow optional external hardware to be described and configured, and they also support parameters for more control.
-The firmware loader (`start.elf` and its variants) is responsible for loading the DTB (Device Tree Blob - a machine readable DT file). It chooses which one to load based on the board revision number, and makes certain modifications to further tailor it (memory size, Ethernet addresses etc.). This runtime customisation avoids the need for lots of DTBs with only minor differences.
+The firmware loader (`start.elf` and its variants) is responsible for loading the DTB (Device Tree Blob - a machine-readable DT file). It chooses which one to load based on the board revision number, and makes modifications to further tailor it. This runtime customisation avoids the need for many DTBs with only minor differences.
-`config.txt` is scanned for user-provided parameters, along with any overlays and their parameters, which are then applied. The loader examines the result to learn (for example) which UART, if any, is to be used for the console. Finally it launches the kernel, passing a pointer to the merged DTB.
+User-provided parameters in `config.txt` are scanned, along with any overlays and their parameters, which are then applied. The loader examines the result to learn (for example) which UART, if any, is to be used for the console. Finally it launches the kernel, passing a pointer to the merged DTB.
[[part1]]
=== Device Trees
-A Device Tree (DT) is a description of the hardware in a system. It should include the name of the base CPU, its memory configuration, and any peripherals (internal and external). A DT should not be used to describe the software, although by listing the hardware modules it does usually cause driver modules to be loaded. It helps to remember that DTs are supposed to be OS-neutral, so anything which is Linux-specific probably shouldn't be there.
+A Device Tree (DT) is a description of the hardware in a system. It should include the name of the base CPU, its memory configuration, and any peripherals (internal and external). A DT should not be used to describe the software, although by listing the hardware modules it does usually cause driver modules to be loaded.
+
+NOTE: It helps to remember that DTs are supposed to be OS-neutral, so anything which is Linux-specific shouldn't be there.
A Device Tree represents the hardware configuration as a hierarchy of nodes. Each node may contain properties and subnodes. Properties are named arrays of bytes, which may contain strings, numbers (big-endian), arbitrary sequences of bytes, and any combination thereof. By analogy to a filesystem, nodes are directories and properties are files. The locations of nodes and properties within the tree can be described using a path, with slashes as separators and a single slash (`/`) to indicate the root.
[[part1.1]]
==== Basic DTS syntax
-Device Trees are usually written in a textual form known as Device Tree Source (DTS) and stored in files with a `.dts` suffix. DTS syntax is C-like, with braces for grouping and semicolons at the end of each line. Note that DTS requires semicolons after closing braces: think of C ``struct``s rather than functions. The compiled binary format is referred to as Flattened Device Tree (FDT) or Device Tree Blob (DTB), and is stored in `.dtb` files.
+Device Trees are usually written in a textual form known as Device Tree Source (DTS), and are stored in files with a `.dts` suffix. DTS syntax is C-like, with braces for grouping and semicolons at the end of each line. Note that DTS requires semicolons after closing braces: think of C ``struct``s rather than functions. The compiled binary format is referred to as Flattened Device Tree (FDT) or Device Tree Blob (DTB), and is stored in `.dtb` files.
The following is a simple tree in the `.dts` format:
+[source,kotlin]
----
/dts-v1/;
/include/ "common.dtsi";
@@ -53,43 +56,48 @@ The following is a simple tree in the `.dts` format:
This tree contains:
-* a required header: `/dts-v1/`.
-* The inclusion of another DTS file, conventionally named `*.dtsi` and analogous to a `.h` header file in C - see _An aside about /include/_ below.
+* a required header: `/dts-v1/`
+* The inclusion of another DTS file, conventionally named `*.dtsi` and analogous to a `.h` header file in C
* a single root node: `/`
* a couple of child nodes: `node1` and `node2`
* some children for node1: `child-node1` and `child-node2`
-* a label (`cousin`) and a reference to that label (`&cousin`): see _Labels and References_ below.
+* a label (`cousin`) and a reference to that label (`&cousin`)
* several properties scattered through the tree
-* a repeated node (`/node2`) - see _An aside about /include/_ below.
+* a repeated node (`/node2`)
Properties are simple key-value pairs where the value can either be empty or contain an arbitrary byte stream. While data types are not encoded in the data structure, there are a few fundamental data representations that can be expressed in a Device Tree source file.
Text strings (NUL-terminated) are indicated with double quotes:
+[source,kotlin]
----
string-property = "a string";
----
Cells are 32-bit unsigned integers delimited by angle brackets:
+[source,kotlin]
----
cell-property = <0xbeef 123 0xabcd1234>;
----
Arbitrary byte data is delimited with square brackets, and entered in hex:
+[source,kotlin]
----
binary-property = [01 23 45 67 89 ab cd ef];
----
Data of differing representations can be concatenated using a comma:
+[source,kotlin]
----
mixed-property = "a string", [01 23 45 67], <0x12345678>;
----
Commas are also used to create lists of strings:
+[source,kotlin]
----
string-list = "red fish", "blue fish";
----
@@ -101,6 +109,7 @@ The `/include/` directive results in simple textual inclusion, much like C's `#i
In the example above, the second appearance of `/node2` causes a new property to be added to the original:
+[source,kotlin]
----
/node2 {
an-empty-property;
@@ -112,54 +121,47 @@ In the example above, the second appearance of `/node2` causes a new property to
};
----
-It is thus possible for one `.dtsi` to overwrite, or provide defaults for, multiple places in a tree.
+It is therefore possible for one `.dtsi` to overwrite, or provide defaults for, multiple places in a tree.
[[part1.3]]
==== Labels and references
It is often necessary for one part of the tree to refer to another, and there are four ways to do this:
-. Path strings
-+
-Paths should be self-explanatory, by analogy with a filesystem - `/soc/i2s@7e203000` is the full path to the I2S device in BCM2835 and BCM2836. Note that although it is easy to construct a path to a property (for example, `/soc/i2s@7e203000/status`), the standard APIs don't do that; you first find a node, then choose properties of that node.
+Path strings:: Similar to filesystem paths, e.g. `/soc/i2s@7e203000` is the full path to the I2S device in BCM2835 and BCM2836. The standard APIs don't create paths to properties like `/soc/i2s@7e203000/status`: instead, you first find a node, then choose properties of that node.
-. phandles
-+
-A phandle is a unique 32-bit integer assigned to a node in its `phandle` property. For historical reasons, you may also see a redundant, matching `linux,phandle`. phandles are numbered sequentially, starting from 1; 0 is not a valid phandle. They are usually allocated by the DT compiler when it encounters a reference to a node in an integer context, usually in the form of a label (see below). References to nodes using phandles are simply encoded as the corresponding integer (cell) values; there is no markup to indicate that they should be interpreted as phandles, as that is application-defined.
+Phandles:: A unique 32-bit integer assigned to a node in its `phandle` property. For historical reasons, you may also see a redundant, matching `linux,phandle`. Phandles are numbered sequentially, starting from 1; 0 is not a valid phandle. They are usually allocated by the DT compiler when it encounters a reference to a node in an integer context, usually in the form of a label. References to nodes using phandles are simply encoded as the corresponding integer (cell) values; there is no markup to indicate that they should be interpreted as phandles, as that is application-defined.
-. Labels
-+
-Just as a label in C gives a name to a place in the code, a DT label assigns a name to a node in the hierarchy. The compiler takes references to labels and converts them into paths when used in string context (`&node`) and phandles in integer context (`<&node>`); the original labels do not appear in the compiled output. Note that labels contain no structure; they are just tokens in a flat, global namespace.
+Labels:: Just as a label in C gives a name to a place in the code, a DT label assigns a name to a node in the hierarchy. The compiler takes references to labels and converts them into paths when used in string context (`&node`) and phandles in integer context (`<&node>`); the original labels do not appear in the compiled output. Note that labels contain no structure; they are just tokens in a flat, global namespace.
-. Aliases
-+
-Aliases are similar to labels, except that they do appear in the FDT output as a form of index. They are stored as properties of the `/aliases` node, with each property mapping an alias name to a path string. Although the aliases node appears in the source, the path strings usually appear as references to labels (`&node`), rather then being written out in full. DT APIs that resolve a path string to a node typically look at the first character of the path, treating paths that do not start with a slash as aliases that must first be converted to a path using the `/aliases` table.
+Aliases:: Similar to labels, except that they do appear in the FDT output as a form of index. They are stored as properties of the `/aliases` node, with each property mapping an alias name to a path string. Although the aliases node appears in the source, the path strings usually appear as references to labels (`&node`), rather then being written out in full. DT APIs that resolve a path string to a node typically look at the first character of the path, treating paths that do not start with a slash as aliases that must first be converted to a path using the `/aliases` table.
[[part1.4]]
==== Device Tree semantics
-How to construct a Device Tree, and how best to use it to capture the configuration of some hardware, is a large and complex subject. There are many resources available, some of which are listed below, but several points deserve mentioning in this document:
+How to construct a Device Tree, and how best to use it to capture the configuration of some hardware, is a large and complex subject. There are many resources available, some of which are listed below, but several points deserve highlighting:
-`compatible` properties are the link between the hardware description and the driver software. When an OS encounters a node with a `compatible` property, it looks it up in its database of device drivers to find the best match. In Linux, this usually results in the driver module being automatically loaded, provided it has been appropriately labelled and not blacklisted.
+* `compatible` properties are the link between the hardware description and the driver software. When an OS encounters a node with a `compatible` property, it looks it up in its database of device drivers to find the best match. In Linux, this usually results in the driver module being automatically loaded, provided it has been appropriately labelled and not blacklisted.
-The `status` property indicates whether a device is enabled or disabled. If the `status` is `ok`, `okay` or absent, then the device is enabled. Otherwise, `status` should be `disabled`, so that the device is disabled. It can be useful to place devices in a `.dtsi` file with the status set to `disabled`. A derived configuration can then include that `.dtsi` and set the status for the devices which are needed to `okay`.
+* The `status` property indicates whether a device is enabled or disabled. If the `status` is `ok`, `okay` or absent, then the device is enabled. Otherwise, `status` should be `disabled`, so that the device is disabled. It can be useful to place devices in a `.dtsi` file with the status set to `disabled`. A derived configuration can then include that `.dtsi` and set the status for the devices which are needed to `okay`.
[[part2]]
-=== Device Tree Overlays
+=== Device Tree overlays
-A modern SoC (System on a Chip) is a very complicated device; a complete Device Tree could be hundreds of lines long. Taking that one step further and placing the SoC on a board with other components only makes matters worse. To keep that manageable, particularly if there are related devices that share components, it makes sense to put the common elements in `.dtsi` files, to be included from possibly multiple `.dts` files.
+A modern System on a Chip (SoC) is a very complicated device; a complete Device Tree could be hundreds of lines long. Taking that one step further and placing the SoC on a board with other components only makes matters more complicated. To keep that manageable, particularly if there are related devices which share components, it makes sense to put the common elements in `.dtsi` files, to be included from possibly multiple `.dts` files.
When a system like Raspberry Pi also supports optional plug-in accessories such as HATs, the problem grows. Ultimately, each possible configuration requires a Device Tree to describe it, but once you factor in all the different base models and the large number of available accessories, the number of combinations starts to multiply rapidly.
What is needed is a way to describe these optional components using a partial Device Tree, and then to be able to build a complete tree by taking a base DT and adding a number of optional elements. You can do this, and these optional elements are called "overlays".
-Unless you want to learn how to write overlays for Raspberry Pis, you might prefer to skip on to <>.
+Unless you want to learn how to write overlays for Raspberry Pis, you might prefer to skip on to <>.
[[part2.1]]
==== Fragments
A DT overlay comprises a number of fragments, each of which targets one node and its subnodes. Although the concept sounds simple enough, the syntax seems rather strange at first:
+[source,kotlin]
----
// Enable the i2s interface
/dts-v1/;
@@ -181,10 +183,11 @@ A DT overlay comprises a number of fragments, each of which targets one node and
};
----
-The `compatible` string identifies this as being for BCM2835, which is the base architecture for the Raspberry Pi SoCs; if the overlay makes use of features of a Pi 4 then `brcm,bcm2711` is the correct value to use, otherwise `brcm,bcm2835` can be used for all Pi overlays. Then comes the first (and in this case only) fragment. Fragments should be numbered sequentially from zero. Failure to adhere to this may cause some or all of your fragments to be missed.
+The `compatible` string identifies this as being for BCM2835, which is the base architecture for the Raspberry Pi SoCs; if the overlay makes use of features of a Raspberry Pi 4 then `brcm,bcm2711` is the correct value to use, otherwise `brcm,bcm2835` can be used for all Raspberry Pi overlays. Then comes the first (and in this case only) fragment. Fragments should be numbered sequentially from zero. Failure to adhere to this may cause some or all of your fragments to be missed.
-Each fragment consists of two parts: a `target` property, identifying the node to apply the overlay to; and the `__overlay__` itself, the body of which is added to the target node. The example above can be interpreted as if it were written like this:
+Each fragment consists of two parts: a `target` property, identifying the node to apply the overlay to; and the `+__overlay__+` itself, the body of which is added to the target node. The example above can be interpreted as if it were written like this:
+[source,kotlin]
----
/dts-v1/;
/plugin/;
@@ -202,15 +205,16 @@ Each fragment consists of two parts: a `target` property, identifying the node t
};
----
-(In fact, with a sufficiently new version of `dtc` you can write it exactly like that and get identical output, but some homegrown tools don't understand this format yet so any overlay that you might want to be included in the standard Raspberry Pi OS kernel should be written in the old format for now).
+With a sufficiently new version of `dtc` you can write the example exactly as above and get identical output, but some homegrown tools don't understand this format yet. Any overlay that you might want to see included in the standard Raspberry Pi OS kernel should be written in the old format for now.
The effect of merging that overlay with a standard Raspberry Pi base Device Tree (e.g. `bcm2708-rpi-b-plus.dtb`), provided the overlay is loaded afterwards, would be to enable the I2S interface by changing its status to `okay`. But if you try to compile this overlay using:
+[source,console]
----
-dtc -I dts -O dtb -o 2nd.dtbo 2nd-overlay.dts
+$ dtc -I dts -O dtb -o 2nd.dtbo 2nd-overlay.dts
----
-you will get an error:
+...you will get an error:
----
Label or path i2s not found
@@ -220,21 +224,29 @@ This shouldn't be too unexpected, since there is no reference to the base `.dtb`
Trying again, this time using the original example and adding the `-@` option to allow unresolved references (and `-Hepapr` to remove some clutter):
+[source,console]
----
-dtc -@ -Hepapr -I dts -O dtb -o 1st.dtbo 1st-overlay.dts
+$ dtc -@ -Hepapr -I dts -O dtb -o 1st.dtbo 1st-overlay.dts
----
If `dtc` returns an error about the third line, it doesn't have the extensions required for overlay work. Run `sudo apt install device-tree-compiler` and try again - this time, compilation should complete successfully. Note that a suitable compiler is also available in the kernel tree as `scripts/dtc/dtc`, built when the `dtbs` make target is used:
+[source,console]
----
-make ARCH=arm dtbs
+$ make ARCH=arm dtbs
----
-It is interesting to dump the contents of the DTB file to see what the compiler has generated:
+Dump the contents of the DTB file to see what the compiler has generated:
-[,console]
+[source,console]
----
$ fdtdump 1st.dtbo
+----
+
+This should output something similar to the following:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
/dts-v1/;
// magic: 0xd00dfeed
// totalsize: 0x207 (519)
@@ -280,24 +292,25 @@ After the verbose description of the file structure there is our fragment. But l
After the fragment there are three new nodes:
-* `__symbols__` lists the labels used in the overlay (`test_label` here), and the path to the labelled node. This node is the key to how unresolved symbols are dealt with.
-* `__fixups__` contains a list of properties mapping the names of unresolved symbols to lists of paths to cells within the fragments that need patching with the phandle of the target node, once that target has been located. In this case, the path is to the `0xffffffff` value of `target`, but fragments can contain other unresolved references which would require additional fixes.
-* `__local_fixups__` holds the locations of any references to labels that exist within the overlay - the `test_ref` property. This is required because the program performing the merge will have to ensure that phandle numbers are sequential and unique.
+* `+__symbols__+` lists the labels used in the overlay (`test_label` here), and the path to the labelled node. This node is the key to how unresolved symbols are dealt with.
+* `+__fixups__+` contains a list of properties mapping the names of unresolved symbols to lists of paths to cells within the fragments that need patching with the phandle of the target node, once that target has been located. In this case, the path is to the `0xffffffff` value of `target`, but fragments can contain other unresolved references which would require additional fixes.
+* `+__local_fixups__+` holds the locations of any references to labels that exist within the overlay - the `test_ref` property. This is required because the program performing the merge will have to ensure that phandle numbers are sequential and unique.
-Back in <> it says that "the original labels do not appear in the compiled output", but this isn't true when using the `-@` switch. Instead, every label results in a property in the `__symbols__` node, mapping a label to a path, exactly like the `aliases` node. In fact, the mechanism is so similar that when resolving symbols, the Raspberry Pi loader will search the "aliases" node in the absence of a `__symbols__` node. This was useful at one time because providing sufficient aliases allowed very old versions of `dtc` to be used to build the base DTB files, but fortunately that is ancient history now.
+Back in <> it says that "the original labels do not appear in the compiled output", but this isn't true when using the `-@` switch. Instead, every label results in a property in the `+__symbols__+` node, mapping a label to a path, exactly like the `aliases` node. In fact, the mechanism is so similar that when resolving symbols, the Raspberry Pi loader will search the "aliases" node in the absence of a `+__symbols__+` node. This was useful at one time because providing sufficient aliases allowed very old versions of `dtc` to be used to build the base DTB files, but fortunately that is ancient history now.
[[part2.2]]
==== Device Tree parameters
To avoid the need for lots of Device Tree overlays, and to reduce the need for users of peripherals to modify DTS files, the Raspberry Pi loader supports a new feature - Device Tree parameters. This permits small changes to the DT using named parameters, similar to the way kernel modules receive parameters from `modprobe` and the kernel command line. Parameters can be exposed by the base DTBs and by overlays, including HAT overlays.
-Parameters are defined in the DTS by adding an `__overrides__` node to the root. It contains properties whose names are the chosen parameter names, and whose values are a sequence comprising a phandle (reference to a label) for the target node, and a string indicating the target property; string, integer (cell) and boolean properties are supported.
+Parameters are defined in the DTS by adding an `+__overrides__+` node to the root. It contains properties whose names are the chosen parameter names, and whose values are a sequence comprising a phandle (reference to a label) for the target node, and a string indicating the target property; string, integer (cell) and boolean properties are supported.
[[part2.2.1]]
===== String parameters
String parameters are declared like this:
+[source,kotlin]
----
name = <&label>,"property";
----
@@ -311,6 +324,7 @@ Note that properties called `status` are treated specially; non-zero/true/yes/on
Integer parameters are declared like this:
+[source,kotlin]
----
name = <&label>,"property.offset"; // 8-bit
name = <&label>,"property;offset"; // 16-bit
@@ -318,29 +332,30 @@ name = <&label>,"property:offset"; // 32-bit
name = <&label>,"property#offset"; // 64-bit
----
-where `label`, `property` and `offset` are replaced by suitable values; the offset is specified in bytes relative to the start of the property (in decimal by default), and the preceding separator dictates the size of the parameter. In a change from earlier implementations, integer parameters may refer to non-existent properties or to offsets beyond the end of an existing property.
+Here, `label`, `property` and `offset` are replaced by suitable values; the offset is specified in bytes relative to the start of the property (in decimal by default), and the preceding separator dictates the size of the parameter. In a change from earlier implementations, integer parameters may refer to non-existent properties or to offsets beyond the end of an existing property.
[[part2.2.3]]
===== Boolean parameters
Device Tree encodes boolean values as zero-length properties; if present then the property is true, otherwise it is false. They are defined like this:
+[source,kotlin]
----
boolean_property; // Set 'boolean_property' to true
----
-Note that a property is assigned the value `false` by not defining it. Boolean parameters are declared like this:
+A property is assigned the value `false` by not defining it. Boolean parameters are declared like this, replacing the `label` and `property` placeholders with suitable values:
+[source,kotlin]
----
name = <&label>,"property?";
----
-where `label` and `property` are replaced by suitable values.
-
-Inverted booleans invert the input value before applying it in the same was as a regular boolean; they are declared similarly, but use `!` to indicate the inversion:
+Inverted booleans invert the input value before applying it in the same way as a regular boolean; they are declared similarly, but use `!` to indicate the inversion:
+[source,kotlin]
----
-name = <&label>,"property!";
+name = <&label>,"!";
----
Boolean parameters can cause properties to be created or deleted, but they can't delete a property that already exists in the base DTB.
@@ -350,6 +365,7 @@ Boolean parameters can cause properties to be created or deleted, but they can't
Byte string properties are arbitrary sequences of bytes, e.g. MAC addresses. They accept strings of hexadecimal bytes, with or without colons between the bytes.
+[source,kotlin]
----
mac_address = <ðernet0>,"local_mac_address[";
----
@@ -365,41 +381,44 @@ local_mac_address = [aa bb cc dd ee ff];
There are some situations where it is convenient to be able to set the same value in multiple locations within the Device Tree. Rather than the ungainly approach of creating multiple parameters, it is possible to add multiple targets to a single parameter by concatenating them, like this:
+[source,kotlin]
----
- __overrides__ {
- gpiopin = <&w1>,"gpios:4",
- <&w1_pins>,"brcm,pins:0";
- ...
- };
+__overrides__ {
+ gpiopin = <&w1>,"gpios:4",
+ <&w1_pins>,"brcm,pins:0";
+ ...
+};
----
(example taken from the `w1-gpio` overlay)
-Note that it is even possible to target properties of different types with a single parameter. You could reasonably connect an "enable" parameter to a `status` string, cells containing zero or one, and a proper boolean property.
+NOTE: It is even possible to target properties of different types with a single parameter. You could reasonably connect an "enable" parameter to a `status` string, cells containing zero or one, and a proper boolean property.
[[part2.2.6]]
===== Literal assignments
-As seen in <>, the DT parameter mechanism allows multiple targets to be patched from the same parameter, but the utility is limited by the fact that the same value has to be written to all locations (except for format conversion and the negation available from inverted booleans). The addition of embedded literal assignments allows a parameter to write arbitrary values, regardless of the parameter value supplied by the user.
+The DT parameter mechanism allows multiple targets to be patched from the same parameter, but the utility is limited by the fact that the same value has to be written to all locations (except for format conversion and the negation available from inverted booleans). The addition of embedded literal assignments allows a parameter to write arbitrary values, regardless of the parameter value supplied by the user.
Assignments appear at the end of a declaration, and are indicated by a `=`:
+[source,kotlin]
----
str_val = <&target>,"strprop=value"; // 1
-int_val = <&target>,"intprop:0=42 // 2
+int_val = <&target>,"intprop:0=42" // 2
int_val2 = <&target>,"intprop:0=",<42>; // 3
bytes = <&target>,"bytestr[=b8:27:eb:01:23:45"; // 4
----
Lines 1, 2 and 4 are fairly obvious, but line 3 is more interesting because the value appears as an integer (cell) value. The DT compiler evaluates integer expressions at compile time, which might be convenient (particularly if macro values are used), but the cell can also contain a reference to a label:
+[source,kotlin]
----
// Force an LED to use a GPIO on the internal GPIO controller.
exp_led = <&led1>,"gpios:0=",<&gpio>,
<&led1>,"gpios:4";
----
-When the overlay is applied, the label will be resolved against the base DTB in the usual way. Note that it is a good idea to split multi-part parameters over multiple lines like this to make them easier to read - something that becomes more necessary with the addition of cell value assignments like this.
+When the overlay is applied, the label will be resolved against the base DTB in the usual way. It is a good idea to split multi-part parameters over multiple lines like this to make them easier to read - something that becomes more necessary with the addition of cell value assignments.
Bear in mind that parameters do nothing unless they are applied - a default value in a lookup table is ignored unless the parameter name is used without assigning a value.
@@ -408,6 +427,7 @@ Bear in mind that parameters do nothing unless they are applied - a default valu
Lookup tables allow parameter input values to be transformed before they are used. They act as associative arrays, rather like switch/case statements:
+[source,kotlin]
----
phonetic = <&node>,"letter{a=alpha,b=bravo,c=charlie,d,e,='tango uniform'}";
bus = <&fragment>,"target:0{0=",<&i2c0>,"1=",<&i2c1>,"}";
@@ -415,17 +435,18 @@ bus = <&fragment>,"target:0{0=",<&i2c0>,"1=",<&i2c1>,"}";
A key with no `=value` means to use the key as the value, an `=` with no key before it is the default value in the case of no match, and starting or ending the list with a comma (or an empty key=value pair anywhere) indicates that the unmatched input value should be used unaltered; otherwise, not finding a match is an error.
-Note that the comma separator within the table string after a cell integer value is implicit - adding one explicitly creates an empty pair (see above).
+NOTE: The comma separator within the table string after a cell integer value is implicit - adding one explicitly creates an empty pair (see above).
-N.B. As lookup tables operate on input values and literal assigments ignore them, it's not possible to combine the two - characters after the closing `}` in the lookup declaration are treated as an error.
+NOTE: As lookup tables operate on input values and literal assignments ignore them, it's not possible to combine the two - characters after the closing `}` in the lookup declaration are treated as an error.
[[part2.2.8]]
===== Overlay/fragment parameters
-The DT parameter mechanism as described has a number of limitations, including the inability to change the name of a node and to write arbitrary values to arbitrary properties when a parameter is used. One way to overcome some of these limitations is to conditionally include or exclude certain fragments.
+The DT parameter mechanism as described has a number of limitations, including the lack of an easy way to create arrays of integers, and the inability to create new nodes. One way to overcome some of these limitations is to conditionally include or exclude certain fragments.
-A fragment can be excluded from the final merge process (disabled) by renaming the `__overlay__` node to `__dormant__`. The parameter declaration syntax has been extended to allow the otherwise illegal zero target phandle to indicate that the following string contains operations at fragment or overlay scope. So far, four operations have been implemented:
+A fragment can be excluded from the final merge process (disabled) by renaming the `+__overlay__+` node to `+__dormant__+`. The parameter declaration syntax has been extended to allow the otherwise illegal zero target phandle to indicate that the following string contains operations at fragment or overlay scope. So far, four operations have been implemented:
+[source,kotlin]
----
+ // Enable fragment
- // Disable fragment
@@ -435,6 +456,7 @@ A fragment can be excluded from the final merge process (disabled) by renaming t
Examples:
+[source,kotlin]
----
just_one = <0>,"+1-2"; // Enable 1, disable 2
conditional = <0>,"=3!4"; // Enable 3, disable 4 if value is true,
@@ -446,17 +468,18 @@ The `i2c-rtc` overlay uses this technique.
[[part2.2.9]]
===== Special properties
-A few property names, when targeted by a parameter, get special handling. One you may have noticed already - `status` - which will convert a boolean to either `okay` for true and `disabled` for false.
+A few property names, when targeted by a parameter, get special handling. One you may have noticed already - `status` - will convert a boolean to either `okay` for true and `disabled` for false.
Assigning to the `bootargs` property appends to it rather than overwriting it - this is how settings can be added to the kernel command line.
The `reg` property is used to specify device addresses - the location of a memory-mapped hardware block, the address on an I2C bus, etc. The names of child nodes should be qualified with their addresses in hexadecimal, using `@` as a separator:
+[source,kotlin]
----
- bmp280@76 {
- reg = <0x77>;
- ...
- };
+bmp280@76 {
+ reg = <0x77>;
+ ...
+};
----
When assigning to the `reg` property, the address portion of the parent node name will be replaced with the assigned value. This can be used to prevent a node name clash when using the same overlay multiple times - a technique used by the `i2c-gpio` overlay.
@@ -466,23 +489,25 @@ The `name` property is a pseudo-property - it shouldn't appear in a DT, but assi
[[part2.2.10]]
===== The overlay map file
-The introduction of the Pi 4, built around the BCM2711 SoC, brought with it many changes; some of these changes are additional interfaces, and some are modifications to (or removals of) existing interfaces. There are new overlays intended specifically for the Pi 4 that don't make sense on older hardware, e.g. overlays that enable the new SPI, I2C and UART interfaces, but other overlays don't apply correctly even though they control features that are still relevant on the new device.
+The introduction of the Raspberry Pi 4, built around the BCM2711 SoC, brought with it many changes; some of these changes are additional interfaces, and some are modifications to (or removals of) existing interfaces. There are new overlays intended specifically for the Raspberry Pi 4 that don't make sense on older hardware, e.g. overlays that enable the new SPI, I2C and UART interfaces, but other overlays don't apply correctly even though they control features that are still relevant on the new device.
There is therefore a need for a method of tailoring an overlay to multiple platforms with differing hardware. Supporting them all in a single .dtbo file would require heavy use of hidden ("dormant") fragments and a switch to an on-demand symbol resolution mechanism so that a missing symbol that isn't needed doesn't cause a failure. A simpler solution is to add a facility to map an overlay name to one of several implementation files depending on the current platform.
-The overlay map, which is rolling out with the switch to Linux 5.4, is a file that gets loaded by the firmware at bootup. It is written in DTS source format - `overlay_map.dts`, compiled to `overlay_map.dtb` and stored in the overlays directory.
+The overlay map is a file that gets loaded by the firmware at bootup. It is written in DTS source format - `overlay_map.dts`, compiled to `overlay_map.dtb` and stored in the overlays directory.
-This is an edited version of the current map file (see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-5.4.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/overlay_map.dts[full version]):
+This is an extract from the current map file (see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.6.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/overlay_map.dts[full version]):
+[source,kotlin]
----
/ {
- vc4-kms-v3d {
+ disable-bt {
bcm2835;
- bcm2711 = "vc4-kms-v3d-pi4";
+ bcm2711;
+ bcm2712 = "disable-bt-pi5";
};
- vc4-kms-v3d-pi4 {
- bcm2711;
+ disable-bt-pi5 {
+ bcm2712;
};
uart5 {
@@ -499,20 +524,28 @@ This is an edited version of the current map file (see the https://github.com/ra
};
----
-Each node has the name of an overlay that requires special handling. The properties of each node are either platform names or one of a small number of special directives. The current supported platforms are `bcm2835`, which includes all Pis built around the BCM2835, BCM2836 and BCM2837 SoCs, and `bcm2711` for Pi 4B.
+Each node has the name of an overlay that requires special handling. The properties of each node are either platform names or one of a small number of special directives. The overlay map supports the following platform names:
+
+* `bcm2835` for all Raspberry Pis built around the BCM2835, BCM2836, BCM2837, and RP3A0 SoCs
+* `bcm2711` for Raspberry Pi 4B, CM4, CM4S, and Pi 400
+* `bcm2712` for Raspberry Pi 5, CM5, and Pi 500
-A platform name with no value (an empty property) indicates that the current overlay is compatible with the platform; for example, `vc4-kms-v3d` is compatible with the `bcm2835` platform. A non-empty value for a platform is the name of an alternative overlay to use in place of the requested one; asking for `vc4-kms-v3d` on BCM2711 results in `vc4-kms-v3d-pi4` being loaded instead. Any platform not included in an overlay's node is not compatible with that overlay.
+A platform name with no value (an empty property) indicates that the current overlay is compatible with the platform; for example, `uart5` is compatible with the `bcm2711` platform. A non-empty value for a platform is the name of an alternative overlay to use in place of the requested one; asking for `disable-bt` on BCM2712 results in `disable-bt-pi5` being loaded instead. Any platform not included in an overlay's node is not compatible with that overlay. Any overlay not mentioned in the map is assumed to be compatible with all platforms.
-The second example node - `vc4-kms-v3d-pi4` - could be inferred from the content of `vc4-kms-v3d`, but that intelligence goes into the construction of the file, not its interpretation.
+The second example node - `disable-bt-pi5` - could be inferred from the content of `disable-bt`, but that intelligence goes into the construction of the file, not its interpretation.
+
+The `uart5` overlay only makes sense on BCM2711.
In the event that a platform is not listed for an overlay, one of the special directives may apply:
* The `renamed` directive indicates the new name of the overlay (which should be largely compatible with the original), but also logs a warning about the rename.
* The `deprecated` directive contains a brief explanatory error message which will be logged after the common prefix `+overlay '...' is deprecated:+`.
+Chaining renames and platform-specific implementations is possible, but be careful to avoid loops!
+
Remember: only exceptions need to be listed - the absence of a node for an overlay means that the default file should be used for all platforms.
-Accessing diagnostic messages from the firmware is covered in <>.
+Accessing diagnostic messages from the firmware is covered in <>.
The `dtoverlay` and `dtmerge` utilities have been extended to support the map file:
@@ -526,6 +559,7 @@ They both send errors, warnings and any debug output to STDERR.
Here are some examples of different types of properties, with parameters to modify them:
+[source,kotlin]
----
/ {
fragment@0 {
@@ -587,15 +621,16 @@ Here are some examples of different types of properties, with parameters to modi
};
----
-For further examples, there is a large collection of overlay source files https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-5.4.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays[hosted in the Raspberry Pi Linux GitHub repository].
+For further examples, a large collection of overlay source files is hosted in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-6.1.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays[Raspberry Pi Linux GitHub repository].
[[part2.3]]
-==== Exporting labels
+==== Export labels
-The overlay handling in the firmware and the run-time overlay application using the `dtoverlay` utility treat labels defined in an overlay as being private to that overlay. This avoids the need to invent globally unique names for labels (which keeps them short), and it allows the same overlay to be used multiple times without clashing (provided some tricks are used - see <>).
+The overlay handling in the firmware, and the run-time overlay application using the `dtoverlay` utility, treat labels defined in an overlay as being private to that overlay. This avoids the need to invent globally unique names for labels (which keeps them short), and it allows the same overlay to be used multiple times without clashing (provided some tricks are used - see <>).
-Sometimes, however, it is very useful to be able to create a label with one overlay and use it from another. Firmware released since 14th February 2020 has the ability to declare some labels as being global - the `__export__` node:
+Sometimes it is very useful to be able to create a label with one overlay and use it from another. Firmware released since 14th February 2020 has the ability to declare some labels as being global - the `+__exports__+` node:
+[source,kotlin]
----
...
public: ...
@@ -611,42 +646,41 @@ When this overlay is applied, the loader strips out all symbols except those tha
[[part2.4]]
==== Overlay application order
-Under most circumstances it shouldn't matter which order the fragments are applied, but for overlays that patch themselves (where the target of a fragment is a label in the overlay, known as an intra-overlay fragment) it becomes important. In older firmware, fragments are applied strictly in order, top to bottom. With firmware released since 14th February 2020, fragments are applied in two passes:
+Under most circumstances it shouldn't matter in which order the fragments are applied, but for overlays that patch themselves (where the target of a fragment is a label in the overlay, known as an intra-overlay fragment) it becomes important. In older firmware, fragments are applied strictly in order, top to bottom. With firmware released since 14th February 2020, fragments are applied in two passes:
-. First the fragments that target other fragments are applied and hidden.
-. Then the regular fragments are applied.
+* First the fragments that target other fragments are applied and hidden.
+* Then the regular fragments are applied.
-This split is particularly important for runtime overlays, since step (i) occurs in the `dtoverlay` utility, and step (ii) is performed by the kernel (which can't handle intra-overlay fragments).
+This split is particularly important for runtime overlays, since the first step occurs in the `dtoverlay` utility, and the second is performed by the kernel (which can't handle intra-overlay fragments).
[[part3]]
=== Using Device Trees on Raspberry Pi
[[part3.1]]
-==== DTBs, overlays and config.txt
-
-On a Raspberry Pi it is the job of the loader (one of the `start.elf` images) to combine overlays with an appropriate base device tree, and then to pass a fully resolved Device Tree to the kernel. The base Device Trees are located alongside `start.elf` in the FAT partition (/boot from Linux), named `bcm2711-rpi-4-b.dtb`, `bcm2710-rpi-3-b-plus.dtb`, etc. Note that some models (3A+, A, A+) will use the "b" equivalents (3B+, B, B+), respectively. This selection is automatic, and allows the same SD card image to be used in a variety of devices.
+==== DTBs, overlays and `config.txt`
-Note that DT and ATAGs are mutually exclusive, and passing a DT blob to a kernel that doesn't understand it will cause a boot failure. The firmware will always try to load the DT and pass it to the kernel, since all kernels since rpi-4.4.y will not function without a DTB. You can override this by adding `device_tree=` in config.txt, which forces the use of ATAGs, which can be useful for simple "bare-metal" kernels.
+On a Raspberry Pi it is the job of the loader (one of the `start.elf` images) to combine overlays with an appropriate base device tree, and then to pass a fully resolved Device Tree to the kernel. The base Device Trees are located alongside `start.elf` in the FAT partition (`/boot/firmware/` from Linux), named `bcm2711-rpi-4-b.dtb`, `bcm2710-rpi-3-b-plus.dtb`, etc. Note that some models (3A+, A, A+) will use the "b" equivalents (3B+, B, B+), respectively. This selection is automatic, and allows the same SD card image to be used in a variety of devices.
-[ The firmware used to look for a trailer appended to kernels by the `mkknlimg` utility, but support for this has been withdrawn. ]
+NOTE: DT and ATAGs are mutually exclusive, and passing a DT blob to a kernel that doesn't understand it will cause a boot failure. The firmware will always try to load the DT and pass it to the kernel, since all kernels since rpi-4.4.y will not function without a DTB. You can override this by adding `device_tree=` in config.txt, which forces the use of ATAGs, which can be useful for simple bare-metal kernels.
The loader now supports builds using bcm2835_defconfig, which selects the upstreamed BCM2835 support. This configuration will cause `bcm2835-rpi-b.dtb` and `bcm2835-rpi-b-plus.dtb` to be built. If these files are copied with the kernel, then the loader will attempt to load one of those DTBs by default.
In order to manage Device Tree and overlays, the loader supports a number of `config.txt` directives:
+[source,ini]
----
dtoverlay=acme-board
dtparam=foo=bar,level=42
----
-This will cause the loader to look for `overlays/acme-board.dtbo` in the firmware partition, which Raspberry Pi OS mounts on `/boot`. It will then search for parameters `foo` and `level`, and assign the indicated values to them.
+This will cause the loader to look for `overlays/acme-board.dtbo` in the firmware partition, which Raspberry Pi OS mounts on `/boot/firmware/`. It will then search for parameters `foo` and `level`, and assign the indicated values to them.
The loader will also search for an attached HAT with a programmed EEPROM, and load the supporting overlay from there - either directly or by name from the "overlays" directory; this happens without any user intervention.
-There are several ways to tell that the kernel is using Device Tree:
+There are multiple ways to tell that the kernel is using Device Tree:
-. The "Machine model:" kernel message during bootup has a board-specific value such as "Raspberry Pi 2 Model B", rather than "BCM2709".
-. `/proc/device-tree` exists, and contains subdirectories and files that exactly mirror the nodes and properties of the DT.
+* The "Machine model:" kernel message during bootup has a board-specific value such as "Raspberry Pi 2 Model B", rather than "BCM2709".
+* `/proc/device-tree` exists, and contains subdirectories and files that exactly mirror the nodes and properties of the DT.
With a Device Tree, the kernel will automatically search for and load modules that support the indicated enabled devices. As a result, by creating an appropriate DT overlay for a device you save users of the device from having to edit `/etc/modules`; all of the configuration goes in `config.txt`, and in the case of a HAT, even that step is unnecessary. Note, however, that layered modules such as `i2c-dev` still need to be loaded explicitly.
@@ -657,14 +691,16 @@ The flipside is that because platform devices don't get created unless requested
As described above, DT parameters are a convenient way to make small changes to a device's configuration. The current base DTBs support parameters for enabling and controlling the onboard audio, I2C, I2S and SPI interfaces without using dedicated overlays. In use, parameters look like this:
+[source,ini]
----
dtparam=audio=on,i2c_arm=on,i2c_arm_baudrate=400000,spi=on
----
-Note that multiple assignments can be placed on the same line, but ensure you don't exceed the 80-character limit.
+NOTE: Multiple assignments can be placed on the same line, but ensure you don't exceed the 80-character limit.
If you have an overlay that defines some parameters, they can be specified either on subsequent lines like this:
+[source,ini]
----
dtoverlay=lirc-rpi
dtparam=gpio_out_pin=16
@@ -672,14 +708,16 @@ dtparam=gpio_in_pin=17
dtparam=gpio_in_pull=down
----
-or appended to the overlay line like this:
+...or appended to the overlay line like this:
+[source,ini]
----
dtoverlay=lirc-rpi,gpio_out_pin=16,gpio_in_pin=17,gpio_in_pull=down
----
-Overlay parameters are only in scope until the next overlay is loaded. In the event of a parameter with the same name being exported by both the overlay and the base, the parameter in the overlay takes precedence; for clarity, it's recommended that you avoid doing this. To expose the parameter exported by the base DTB instead, end the current overlay scope using:
+Overlay parameters are only in scope until the next overlay is loaded. In the event of a parameter with the same name being exported by both the overlay and the base, the parameter in the overlay takes precedence; it's recommended that you avoid doing this. To expose the parameter exported by the base DTB instead, end the current overlay scope using:
+[source,ini]
----
dtoverlay=
----
@@ -687,9 +725,9 @@ dtoverlay=
[[part3.3]]
==== Board-specific labels and parameters
-Raspberry Pi boards have two I2C interfaces. These are nominally split: one for the ARM, and one for VideoCore (the "GPU"). On almost all models, `i2c1` belongs to the ARM and `i2c0` to VC, where it is used to control the camera and read the HAT EEPROM. However, there are two early revisions of the Model B that have those roles reversed.
+Raspberry Pi boards have two I2C interfaces. These are nominally split: one for the ARM, and one for VideoCore (the GPU). On almost all models, `i2c1` belongs to the ARM and `i2c0` to VC, where it is used to control the camera and read the HAT EEPROM. However, there are two early revisions of the Model B that have those roles reversed.
-To make it possible to use one set of overlays and parameters with all Pis, the firmware creates some board-specific DT parameters. These are:
+To make it possible to use one set of overlays and parameters with all Raspberry Pis, the firmware creates some board-specific DT parameters. These are:
----
i2c/i2c_arm
@@ -698,10 +736,11 @@ i2c_baudrate/i2c_arm_baudrate
i2c_vc_baudrate
----
-These are aliases for `i2c0`, `i2c1`, `i2c0_baudrate`, and `i2c1_baudrate`. It is recommended that you only use `i2c_vc` and `i2c_vc_baudrate` if you really need to - for example, if you are programming a HAT EEPROM (which is better done using a software I2C bus using the `i2c-gpio` overlay). Enabling `i2c_vc` can stop the Pi Camera or 7" DSI display functioning correctly.
+These are aliases for `i2c0`, `i2c1`, `i2c0_baudrate`, and `i2c1_baudrate`. It is recommended that you only use `i2c_vc` and `i2c_vc_baudrate` if you really need to - for example, if you are programming a HAT EEPROM (which is better done using a software I2C bus using the `i2c-gpio` overlay). Enabling `i2c_vc` can stop the Raspberry Pi Camera or Raspberry Pi Touch Display functioning correctly.
For people writing overlays, the same aliasing has been applied to the labels on the I2C DT nodes. Thus, you should write:
+[source,kotlin]
----
fragment@0 {
target = <&i2c_arm>;
@@ -723,7 +762,7 @@ The HAT overlay is automatically loaded by the firmware after the base DTB, so i
[[part3.5]]
==== Dynamic Device Tree
-As of Linux 4.4, the RPi kernels support the dynamic loading of overlays and parameters. Compatible kernels manage a stack of overlays that are applied on top of the base DTB. Changes are immediately reflected in `/proc/device-tree` and can cause modules to be loaded and platform devices to be created and destroyed.
+As of Linux 4.4, Raspberry Pi kernels support the dynamic loading of overlays and parameters. Compatible kernels manage a stack of overlays that are applied on top of the base DTB. Changes are immediately reflected in `/proc/device-tree` and can cause modules to be loaded and platform devices to be created and destroyed.
The use of the word "stack" above is important - overlays can only be added and removed at the top of the stack; changing something further down the stack requires that anything on top of it must first be removed.
@@ -732,10 +771,11 @@ There are some new commands for managing overlays:
[[part3.5.1]]
===== The `dtoverlay` command
-`dtoverlay` is a command line utility that loads and removes overlays while the system is running, as well as listing the available overlays and displaying their help information:
+`dtoverlay` is a command line utility that loads and removes overlays while the system is running, as well as listing the available overlays and displaying their help information.
+
+Use `dtoverlay -h` to get usage information:
----
-pi@raspberrypi ~ $ dtoverlay -h
Usage:
dtoverlay [ =...]
Add an overlay (with parameters)
@@ -751,39 +791,32 @@ Usage:
where is the name of an overlay or 'dtparam' for dtparams
Options applicable to most variants:
-d Specify an alternate location for the overlays
- (defaults to /boot/overlays or /flash/overlays)
+ (defaults to /boot/firmware/overlays or /flash/overlays)
-v Verbose operation
----
Unlike the `config.txt` equivalent, all parameters to an overlay must be included in the same command line - the <> command is only for parameters of the base DTB.
-Two points to note:
-
-. Command variants that change kernel state (adding and removing things) require root privilege, so you may need to prefix the command with `sudo`.
-. Only overlays and parameters applied at run-time can be unloaded - an overlay or parameter applied by the firmware becomes "baked in" such that it won't be listed by `dtoverlay` and can't be removed.
+Command variants that change kernel state (adding and removing things) require root privilege, so you may need to prefix the command with `sudo`. Only overlays and parameters applied at run-time can be unloaded - an overlay or parameter applied by the firmware becomes "baked in" such that it won't be listed by `dtoverlay` and can't be removed.
[[part3.5.2]]
===== The `dtparam` command
-`dtparam` creates and loads an overlay that has largely the same effect as using a dtparam directive in `config.txt`. In usage it is largely equivalent to `dtoverlay` with an overlay name of `-`, but there are a few differences:
-
-. `dtparam` will list the help information for all known parameters of the base DTB. Help on the dtparam command is still available using `dtparam -h`.
-. When indicating a parameter for removal, only index numbers can be used (not names).
-. Not all Linux subsystems respond to the addition of devices at runtime - I2C, SPI and sound devices work, but some won't.
+`dtparam` creates and loads an overlay that has largely the same effect as using a dtparam directive in `config.txt`. In usage it is largely equivalent to `dtoverlay` with an overlay name of `-`, but there are a few differences: `dtparam` will list the help information for all known parameters of the base DTB. Help on the dtparam command is still available using `dtparam -h`. When indicating a parameter for removal, only index numbers can be used (not names). Not all Linux subsystems respond to the addition of devices at runtime - I2C, SPI and sound devices work, but some won't.
[[part3.5.3]]
===== Guidelines for writing runtime-capable overlays
-This area is poorly documented, but here are some accumulated tips:
+The creation or deletion of a device object is triggered by a node being added or removed, or by the status of a node changing from disabled to enabled or vice versa. The absence of a "status" property means the node is enabled.
-* The creation or deletion of a device object is triggered by a node being added or removed, or by the status of a node changing from disabled to enabled or vice versa. Beware - the absence of a "status" property means the node is enabled.
-* Don't create a node within a fragment that will overwrite an existing node in the base DTB - the kernel will rename the new node to make it unique. If you want to change the properties of an existing node, create a fragment that targets it.
-* ALSA doesn't prevent its codecs and other components from being unloaded while they are in use. Removing an overlay can cause a kernel exception if it deletes a codec that is still being used by a sound card. Experimentation found that devices are deleted in the reverse of fragment order in the overlay, so placing the node for the card after the nodes for the components allows an orderly shutdown.
+Don't create a node within a fragment that will overwrite an existing node in the base DTB - the kernel will rename the new node to make it unique. If you want to change the properties of an existing node, create a fragment that targets it.
+
+ALSA doesn't prevent its codecs and other components from being unloaded while they are in use. Removing an overlay can cause a kernel exception if it deletes a codec that is still being used by a sound card. Experimentation found that devices are deleted in the reverse of fragment order in the overlay, so placing the node for the card after the nodes for the components allows an orderly shutdown.
[[part3.5.4]]
===== Caveats
-The loading of overlays at runtime is a recent addition to the kernel, and so far there is no accepted way to do this from userspace. By hiding the details of this mechanism behind commands the aim is to insulate users from changes in the event that a different kernel interface becomes standardised.
+The loading of overlays at runtime is a recent addition to the kernel, and at the time of writing there is no accepted way to do this from userspace. By hiding the details of this mechanism behind commands, users are insulated from changes in the event that a different kernel interface becomes standardised.
* Some overlays work better at run-time than others. Parts of the Device Tree are only used at boot time - changing them using an overlay will not have any effect.
* Applying or removing some overlays may cause unexpected behaviour, so it should be done with caution. This is one of the reasons it requires `sudo`.
@@ -795,26 +828,212 @@ The loading of overlays at runtime is a recent addition to the kernel, and so fa
[[part3.6]]
==== Supported overlays and parameters
-As it is too time-consuming to document the individual overlays here, please refer to the https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/blob/master/boot/overlays/README[README] file found alongside the overlay `.dtbo` files in `/boot/overlays`. It is kept up-to-date with additions and changes.
+For a list of supported overlays and parameters, see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/blob/master/boot/overlays/README[README] file found alongside the overlay `.dtbo` files in `/boot/firmware/overlays`. It is kept up-to-date with additions and changes.
[[part4]]
+=== Firmware parameters
+
+The firmware uses the special https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/devicetree/usage-model.html#runtime-configuration[/chosen] node to pass parameters between the bootloader and/or firmware and the operating system.
+
+* Each property is stored as a 32-bit unsigned integer unless indicated otherwise.
+* Numbers in device-tree are stored in binary and are big-endian.
+
+Example shell command for reading a 32-bit unsigned integer property:
+[source,console]
+----
+printf "%d" "0x$(od "/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/partition" -v -An -t x1 | tr -d ' ' )"
+----
+
+`overlay_prefix`:: _(string)_ The xref:config_txt.adoc#overlay_prefix[overlay_prefix] string selected by `config.txt`.
+
+`os_prefix`:: _(string)_ The xref:config_txt.adoc#os_prefix[os_prefix] string selected by `config.txt`.
+
+`rpi-boardrev-ext`:: The extended board revision code from xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#otp-register-and-bit-definitions[OTP row 33].
+
+`rpi-country-code`:: The country code used used by https://github.com/raspberrypi-ui/piwiz[PiWiz]. Keyboard models only.
+
+`rpi-duid`:: _(string)_ Raspberry Pi 5 only. A string representation of the QR code on the PCB.
+
+`rpi-serial64`:: _(string)_ A string representation of the 64-bit serial number. On flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5 this is same as the normal serial number (`/proc/device-tree/serial-number`). On earlier models the default serial number is still 32-bit but with newer firmware a 64-bit serial number is now available and is visible through this node.
+
+==== Common bootloader properties `/chosen/bootloader`
+
+`boot-mode`:: The boot-mode used to load the kernel. See the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#BOOT_ORDER[BOOT_ORDER] documentation for a list of possible boot-mode values.
+
+`partition`:: The partition number used during boot. If a `boot.img` ramdisk is loaded then this refers to partition that the ramdisk was loaded from rather than the partition number within the ramdisk.
+
+`pm_rsts`:: The value of the `PM_RSTS` register during boot.
+
+`tryboot`:: Set to `1` if the `tryboot` flag was set at boot.
+
+==== Boot variables `/chosen/bootloader`
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 only.
+
+`arg1`:: The value of the user defined reboot argument from the previous boot. See xref:config_txt.adoc#boot_arg1[boot_arg1]
+
+`count`:: The value of the 8-bit `boot_count` variable when the OS was started. See xref:config_txt.adoc#boot_count[boot_count]
+
+==== Power supply properties `/chosen/power`
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 only.
+
+`max_current`:: The maximum current in mA that the power supply can supply. The firmware reports the value indicated by the USB-C, USB-PD or PoE interfaces. For bench power supplies (e.g. connected to the GPIO header) define `PSU_MAX_CURRENT` in the bootloader configuration to indicate the power supply current capability.
+
+`power_reset`:: Raspberry Pi 5 only. A bit field indicating the reason why the PMIC was reset.
+
+|===
+| Bit | Reason
+
+| 0
+| Over voltage
+
+| 1
+| Under voltage
+
+| 2
+| Over temperature
+
+| 3
+| Enable signal
+
+| 4
+| Watchdog
+|===
+
+`rpi_power_supply`:: _(two 32-bit integers)_ The USB VID and Product VDO of the official Raspberry Pi 27W power supply (if connected).
+
+`usb_max_current_enable`:: Zero if the USB port current limiter was set to the low-limit during boot; or non-zero if the high limit was enabled. The high level is automatically enabled if the power supply claims 5A max-current OR `usb_max_current_enable=1` is forced in `config.txt`
+
+`usb_over_current_detected`:: Non-zero if a USB over-current event occurred during USB boot.
+
+`usbpd_power_data_objects`:: _(binary blob containing multiple 32-bit integers)_ The raw binary USB-PD objects (fixed supply only) received by the bootloader during USB-PD negotiation. To capture this for a bug report, run `hexdump -C /proc/device-tree/chosen/power/usbpd_power_data_objects`.
+
+The format is defined by the https://usb.org/document-library/usb-power-delivery[USB Power Delivery] specification.
+
+==== BCM2711 and BCM2712 specific bootloader properties `/chosen/bootloader`
+
+The following properties are specific to the BCM2711 and BCM2712 SPI EEPROM bootloaders.
+
+`build_timestamp`:: The UTC build time for the EEPROM bootloader.
+
+`capabilities`:: This bit-field describes the features supported by the current bootloader. This may be used to check whether a feature (e.g. USB boot) is supported before enabling it in the bootloader EEPROM config.
+
+|===
+| Bit | Feature
+
+| 0
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#usb-mass-storage-boot[USB boot] using the VLI USB host controller
+
+| 1
+| xref:remote-access.adoc#network-boot-your-raspberry-pi[Network boot]
+
+| 2
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT_A_B] mode
+
+| 3
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT]
+
+| 4
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#usb-mass-storage-boot[USB boot] using the BCM2711 USB host controller
+
+| 5
+| xref:config_txt.adoc#boot_ramdisk[RAM disk - boot.img]
+
+| 6
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#nvme-ssd-boot[NVMe boot]
+
+| 7
+| https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md#secure-boot[Secure Boot]
+|===
+
+`update_timestamp`:: The UTC update timestamp set by `rpi-eeprom-update`.
+
+`signed`:: If Secure Boot is enabled, this bit-field will be non-zero. The individual bits indicate the current Secure Boot configuration.
+
+|===
+| Bit | Description
+
+| 0
+| `SIGNED_BOOT` was defined in the EEPROM config file.
+
+| 1
+| Reserved
+
+| 2
+| The ROM development key has been revoked. See xref:config_txt.adoc#revoke_devkey[revoke_devkey].
+
+| 3
+| The customer public key digest has been written to OTP. See xref:config_txt.adoc#program_pubkey[program_pubkey].
+
+| 4...31
+| Reserved
+|===
+
+`version`:: _(string)_ The Git version string for the bootloader.
+
+==== BCM2711 and BCM2712 USB boot properties `/chosen/bootloader/usb`
+
+The following properties are defined if the system was booted from USB. These may be used to uniquely identify the USB boot device.
+
+`usb-version`:: The USB major protocol version (2 or 3).
+
+`route-string`:: The USB route-string identifier for the device as defined by the USB 3.0 specification.
+
+`root-hub-port-number`:: The root hub port number that the boot device is connected to - possibly via other USB hubs.
+
+`lun`:: The Logical Unit Number for the mass-storage device.
+
+==== NVMEM nodes
+
+The firmware provides read-only, in-memory copies of portions of the bootloader EEPROM via the https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/driver-api/nvmem.html[NVMEM] subsystem.
+
+Each region appears as an NVMEM device under `/sys/bus/nvmem/devices/` with a named alias under `/sys/firmware/devicetree/base/aliases`.
+
+Example shell script code for reading an NVMEM mode from https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpi-eeprom/blob/master/rpi-eeprom-update[rpi-eeprom-update]:
+
+[source,shell]
+----
+blconfig_alias="/sys/firmware/devicetree/base/aliases/blconfig"
+blconfig_nvmem_path=""
+
+if [ -f "${blconfig_alias}" ]; then
+ blconfig_ofnode_path="/sys/firmware/devicetree/base"$(strings "${blconfig_alias}")""
+ blconfig_ofnode_link=$(find -L /sys/bus/nvmem -samefile "${blconfig_ofnode_path}" 2>/dev/null)
+ if [ -e "${blconfig_ofnode_link}" ]; then
+ blconfig_nvmem_path=$(dirname "${blconfig_ofnode_link}")
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
+----
+
+`blconfig`:: alias that refers to an NVMEM device that stores a copy of the bootloader EEPROM config file.
+
+`blpubkey`:: alias that points to an NVMEM device that stores a copy of the bootloader EEPROM public key (if defined) in binary format.
+The https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/tools/rpi-bootloader-key-convert[rpi-bootloader-key-convert] utility can be used to convert the data into PEM format for use with OpenSSL.
+
+For more information, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot#secure-boot[secure-boot].
+
+[[part5]]
=== Troubleshooting
-[[part4.1]]
+[[part5.1]]
==== Debugging
The loader will skip over missing overlays and bad parameters, but if there are serious errors, such as a missing or corrupt base DTB or a failed overlay merge, then the loader will fall back to a non-DT boot. If this happens, or if your settings don't behave as you expect, it is worth checking for warnings or errors from the loader:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo vcdbg log msg
+$ sudo vclog --msg
----
Extra debugging can be enabled by adding `dtdebug=1` to `config.txt`.
You can create a human-readable representation of the current state of DT like this:
+[source,console]
----
-dtc -I fs /proc/device-tree
+$ dtc -I fs /proc/device-tree
----
This can be useful to see the effect of merging overlays onto the underlying tree.
@@ -833,36 +1052,40 @@ MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, xxx_of_match);
Failing that, `depmod` has failed or the updated modules haven't been installed on the target filesystem.
-[[part4.2]]
-==== Testing overlays using dtmerge, dtdiff and ovmerge
+[[part5.2]]
+==== Test overlays using `dtmerge`, `dtdiff` and `ovmerge`
Alongside the `dtoverlay` and `dtparam` commands is a utility for applying an overlay to a DTB - `dtmerge`. To use it you first need to obtain your base DTB, which can be obtained in one of two ways:
-a) generate it from the live DT state in `/proc/device-tree`:
+Generate it from the live DT state in `/proc/device-tree`:
+[source,console]
----
-dtc -I fs -O dtb -o base.dtb /proc/device-tree
+$ dtc -I fs -O dtb -o base.dtb /proc/device-tree
----
-This will include any overlays and parameters you have applied so far, either in `config.txt` or by loading them at runtime, which may or may not be what you want. Alternatively...
+This will include any overlays and parameters you have applied so far, either in `config.txt` or by loading them at runtime, which may or may not be what you want. Alternatively:
-b) copy it from the source DTBs in /boot. This won't include overlays and parameters, but it also won't include any other modifications by the firmware. To allow testing of all overlays, the `dtmerge` utility will create some of the board-specific aliases ("i2c_arm", etc.), but this means that the result of a merge will include more differences from the original DTB than you might expect. The solution to this is to use dtmerge to make the copy:
+Copy it from the source DTBs in `/boot/firmware/`. This won't include overlays and parameters, but it also won't include any other modifications by the firmware. To allow testing of all overlays, the `dtmerge` utility will create some of the board-specific aliases ("i2c_arm", etc.), but this means that the result of a merge will include more differences from the original DTB than you might expect. The solution to this is to use dtmerge to make the copy:
+[source,console]
----
-dtmerge /boot/bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb base.dtb -
+$ dtmerge /boot/firmware/bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb base.dtb -
----
(the `-` indicates an absent overlay name).
You can now try applying an overlay or parameter:
+[source,console]
----
-dtmerge base.dtb merged.dtb - sd_overclock=62
-dtdiff base.dtb merged.dtb
+$ dtmerge base.dtb merged.dtb - sd_overclock=62
+$ dtdiff base.dtb merged.dtb
----
which will return:
+[source,diff]
----
--- /dev/fd/63 2016-05-16 14:48:26.396024813 +0100
+++ /dev/fd/62 2016-05-16 14:48:26.396024813 +0100
@@ -879,14 +1102,16 @@ which will return:
You can also compare different overlays or parameters.
+[source,console]
----
-dtmerge base.dtb merged1.dtb /boot/overlays/spi1-1cs.dtbo
-dtmerge base.dtb merged2.dtb /boot/overlays/spi1-2cs.dtbo
-dtdiff merged1.dtb merged2.dtb
+$ dtmerge base.dtb merged1.dtb /boot/firmware/overlays/spi1-1cs.dtbo
+$ dtmerge base.dtb merged2.dtb /boot/firmware/overlays/spi1-2cs.dtbo
+$ dtdiff merged1.dtb merged2.dtb
----
to get:
+[source,diff]
----
--- /dev/fd/63 2016-05-16 14:18:56.189634286 +0100
+++ /dev/fd/62 2016-05-16 14:18:56.189634286 +0100
@@ -929,31 +1154,34 @@ to get:
The https://github.com/raspberrypi/utils[Utils] repo includes another DT utility - `ovmerge`. Unlike `dtmerge`, `ovmerge` combines file and applies overlays in source form. Because the overlay is never compiled, labels are preserved and the result is usually more readable. It also has a number of other tricks, such as the ability to list the order of file inclusion.
-[[part4.3]]
-==== Forcing a specific Device Tree
+[[part5.3]]
+==== Force a specific Device Tree
If you have very specific needs that aren't supported by the default DTBs, or if you just want to experiment with writing your own DTs, you can tell the loader to load an alternate DTB file like this:
+[source,ini]
----
device_tree=my-pi.dtb
----
-[[part4.4]]
-==== Disabling Device Tree usage
+[[part5.4]]
+==== Disable Device Tree usage
-Since the switch to the 4.4 kernel and the use of more upstream drivers, Device Tree usage is required in Pi Linux kernels. However, for bare metal and other OSs, the method of disabling DT usage is to add:
+Device Tree usage is required in Raspberry Pi Linux kernels. For bare metal and other OSs, DT usage can be disabled by adding:
+[source,ini]
----
device_tree=
----
to `config.txt`.
-[[part4.5]]
+[[part5.5]]
==== Shortcuts and syntax variants
The loader understands a few shortcuts:
+[source,ini]
----
dtparam=i2c_arm=on
dtparam=i2s=on
@@ -961,33 +1189,30 @@ dtparam=i2s=on
can be shortened to:
+[source,ini]
----
dtparam=i2c,i2s
----
(`i2c` is an alias of `i2c_arm`, and the `=on` is assumed). It also still accepts the long-form versions: `device_tree_overlay` and `device_tree_param`.
-[[part4.6]]
-==== Other DT commands available in config.txt
+[[part5.6]]
+==== Other DT commands available in `config.txt`
-`device_tree_address`
-This is used to override the address where the firmware loads the device tree (not dt-blob). By default the firmware will choose a suitable place.
+`device_tree_address`:: This is used to override the address where the firmware loads the device tree (not dt-blob). By default the firmware will choose a suitable place.
-`device_tree_end`
-This sets an (exclusive) limit to the loaded device tree. By default the device tree can grow to the end of usable memory, which is almost certainly what is required.
+`device_tree_end`:: This sets an (exclusive) limit to the loaded device tree. By default the device tree can grow to the end of usable memory, which is almost certainly what is required.
-`dtdebug`
-If non-zero, turn on some extra logging for the firmware's device tree processing.
+`dtdebug`:: If non-zero, turn on some extra logging for the firmware's device tree processing.
-`enable_uart`
-Enable the primary/console xref:configuration.adoc#configuring-uarts[UART] (ttyS0 on a Pi 3, ttyAMA0 otherwise - unless swapped with an overlay such as miniuart-bt). If the primary UART is ttyAMA0 then enable_uart defaults to 1 (enabled), otherwise it defaults to 0 (disabled). This is because it is necessary to stop the core frequency from changing which would make ttyS0 unusable, so `enable_uart=1` implies core_freq=250 (unless force_turbo=1). In some cases this is a performance hit, so it is off by default.
+`enable_uart`:: Enable the xref:configuration.adoc#primary-and-secondary-uart[primary/console UART]. If the primary UART is `ttyAMA0`, `enable_uart` defaults to 1 (enabled), otherwise it defaults to 0 (disabled). This stops the core frequency from changing, which would make `ttyS0` unusable. As a result, `enable_uart=1` implies `core_freq=250` (unless `force_turbo=1`). In some cases this is a performance hit, so it is off by default.
-`overlay_prefix`
-Specifies a subdirectory/prefix from which to load overlays - defaults to "overlays/". Note the trailing "/". If desired you can add something after the final "/" to add a prefix to each file, although this is not likely to be needed.
+`overlay_prefix`:: Specifies a subdirectory/prefix from which to load overlays - defaults to "overlays/". Note the trailing "/". If desired you can add something after the final "/" to add a prefix to each file, although this is not likely to be needed.
-Further ports can be controlled by the DT, for more details see <>.
+Further ports can be controlled by the DT. For more details see <>.
-[[part4.7]]
+[[part5.7]]
==== Further help
-If you've read through this document and not found the answer to a Device Tree problem, there is help available. The author can usually be found on Raspberry Pi forums, particularly the https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewforum.php?f=107[Device Tree] forum.
+If you've read through this document and have not found the answer to a Device Tree problem, there is help available. The author can usually be found on Raspberry Pi forums, particularly the https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewforum.php?f=107[Device Tree] forum.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-resolution.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-resolution.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a294f5b21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-resolution.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+== Displays
+
+To configure your Raspberry Pi to use a non-default display mode, set the resolution or rotation manually.
+
+=== Support for HDMI monitors
+
+With most HDMI monitors, Raspberry Pi OS uses the highest resolution and refresh rate supported by the monitor.
+
+The Raspberry Pi Zero, Zero W and Zero 2 W have a mini HDMI port, so you need a mini-HDMI-to-full-size-HDMI lead or adapter.
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B and Keyboard models have two micro HDMI ports, so you need a micro-HDMI-to-full-size-HDMI lead or adapter for each display you wish to attach. Connect the cables before turning on the Raspberry Pi.
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B, Compute Modules since CM4 (except for CM4S), and Keyboard models can drive up to two displays.
+
+4-series devices support resolutions up to 1080p at a 60Hz refresh rate, or two 4K displays at a 30Hz refresh rate. You can also drive a single display at 4K with a 60Hz refresh rate if you connect the display to the `HDMI0` port and set the `hdmi_enable_4kp60=1` flag in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`].
+
+5-series devices support up to two displays at 4K resolution at a 60hz refresh rate with no additional configuration.
+
+=== Set resolution and rotation
+
+On the Raspberry Pi Desktop, open the *Preferences* menu and select the **Screen Configuration** utility. You should see a graphical representation of the displays connected to the Raspberry Pi. Right click on the display you wish to modify, and select an option. Click **Apply** to and close **Screen Configuration** to save your changes.
+
+Alternatively, use the following command to open the **Screen Configuration** utility:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ raindrop
+----
+
+[TIP]
+====
+If your installation of Raspberry Pi OS doesn't already include `raindrop`, you can install it with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install raindrop
+----
+
+Older versions of Raspberry Pi OS used a different screen configuration utility named `arandr`. To uninstall `arandr`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt purge arandr
+----
+====
+
+=== Manually set resolution and rotation
+
+==== Determine display device name
+
+To manually configure resolution and rotation, you'll need to know the names of your display devices. To determine the device names, run the following command to display information about attached devices:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ kmsprint | grep Connector
+----
+
+==== Set a custom resolution
+
+To set a custom resolution, use our Screen Configuration tool, `raindrop`. If your Raspberry Pi OS installation doesn't already include `raindrop` (for instance, if you're still using the previous Screen Configuration tool, `arandr`), you can download `raindrop` from `apt` or the Recommended Software GUI.
+
+==== Set a custom rotation
+
+To set a custom resolution, use our Screen Configuration tool, `raindrop`. If your Raspberry Pi OS installation doesn't already include `raindrop` (for instance, if you're still using the previous Screen Configuration tool, `arandr`), you can download `raindrop` from `apt` or the Recommended Software GUI.
+
+If you run the Wayland desktop compositor, you can set a custom display rotation with `wlr-randr`. The following commands rotate the display by 0°, 90°, 180°, and 270°:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform normal
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 90
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 180
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 270
+----
+
+The `--output` option specifies the device to be rotated.
+
+NOTE: To run this command over SSH, add the following prefix: `WAYLAND_DISPLAY=wayland-1`, e.g. `WAYLAND_DISPLAY=wayland-1 wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 90`.
+
+You can also use one of the following `--transform` options to mirror the display at the same time as rotating it: `flipped`, `flipped-90`, `flipped-180`, `flipped-270`.
+
+=== Console resolution and rotation
+
+To change the resolution and rotation of your Raspberry Pi in console mode, use the KMS settings. For more information, see <>.
+
+NOTE: When using console mode with multiple displays, all connected displays share the same rotation settings.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-rotation.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-rotation.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index b3eaf241c3..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-rotation.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-== Rotating your Display
-
-The options to rotate the display of your Raspberry Pi depend on which display driver software it is running, which may also depend on which Raspberry Pi you are using.
-
-=== Fake or Full KMS Graphics Driver
-
-NOTE: This is the default for Raspberry Pi 4 Model B.
-
-If you are running the Raspberry Pi desktop then rotation is achieved by using the `Screen Configuration Utility` from the desktop `Preferences` menu. This will bring up a graphical representation of the display or displays connected to the Raspberry Pi. Right click on the display you wish to rotate and select the required option.
-
-It is also possible to change these settings using the command line `xrandr` option. The following commands give 0°, -90°, +90° and 180° rotations respectively.
-
-[,bash]
-----
-xrandr --output HDMI-1 --rotate normal
-xrandr --output HDMI-1 --rotate left
-xrandr --output HDMI-1 --rotate right
-xrandr --output HDMI-1 --rotate inverted
-----
-
-Note that the `--output` entry specifies to which device the rotation applies. You can determine the device name by simply typing `xrandr` on the command line which will display information, including the name, for all attached devices.
-
-You can also use the command line to mirror the display using the `--reflect` option. Reflection can be one of 'normal' 'x', 'y' or 'xy'. This causes the output contents to be reflected across the specified axes. For example:
-
-[,bash]
-----
-xrandr --output HDMI-1 --reflect x
-----
-
-If you are using the console only (no graphical desktop) then you will need to set the appropriate kernel command line flags. Change the console settings as described on the xref:configuration.adoc#the-kernel-command-line[this page].
-
-=== Legacy Graphics Driver
-
-NOTE: This is the default for models prior to the Raspberry Pi 4 Model B.
-
-There are `config.txt` options for rotating when using the legacy display drivers.
-
-`display_hdmi_rotate` is used to rotate the HDMI display, `display_lcd_rotate` is used to rotate any attached LCD panel (using the DSI or DPI interface). These options rotate both the desktop and console. Each option takes one of the following parameters :
-
-|===
-| display_*_rotate | result
-
-| 0
-| no rotation
-
-| 1
-| rotate 90 degrees clockwise
-
-| 2
-| rotate 180 degrees clockwise
-
-| 3
-| rotate 270 degrees clockwise
-
-| 0x10000
-| horizontal flip
-
-| 0x20000
-| vertical flip
-|===
-
-Note that the 90 and 270 degree rotation options require additional memory on the GPU, so these will not work with the 16MB GPU split.
-
-You can combine the rotation settings with the flips by adding them together. You can also have both horizontal and vertical flips in the same way. E.g. A 180 degree rotation with a vertical and horizontal flip will be 0x20000 + 0x10000 + 2 = 0x30002.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/external-storage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/external-storage.adoc
index 3ae06bb83d..5e1ea106cd 100644
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/external-storage.adoc
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/external-storage.adoc
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-== External Storage Configuration
+== External storage
You can connect your external hard disk, SSD, or USB stick to any of the USB ports on the Raspberry Pi, and mount the file system to access the data stored on it.
@@ -8,100 +8,109 @@ NOTE: Raspberry Pi OS Lite does not implement automounting.
To set up your storage device so that it always mounts to a specific location of your choice, you must mount it manually.
-=== Mounting a Storage Device
+=== Mount a storage device
You can mount your storage device at a specific folder location. It is conventional to do this within the `/mnt` folder, for example `/mnt/mydisk`. Note that the folder must be empty.
-. Plug the storage device into a USB port on the Raspberry Pi.
-. List all the disk partitions on the Pi using the following command:
-+
+Plug the storage device into a USB port on the Raspberry Pi, and list all the disk partitions on the Raspberry Pi using the following command:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo lsblk -o UUID,NAME,FSTYPE,SIZE,MOUNTPOINT,LABEL,MODEL
+$ sudo lsblk -o UUID,NAME,FSTYPE,SIZE,MOUNTPOINT,LABEL,MODEL
----
-+
-The Raspberry Pi uses mount points `/` and `/boot`. Your storage device will show up in this list, along with any other connected storage.
-. Use the SIZE, LABEL, and MODEL columns to identify the name of the disk partition that points to your storage device. For example, `sda1`.
-. The FSTYPE column contains the filesystem type. If your storage device uses an exFAT file system, install the exFAT driver:
-+
+The Raspberry Pi uses mount points `/` and `/boot/firmware/`. Your storage device will show up in this list, along with any other connected storage.
+
+Use the SIZE, LABEL, and MODEL columns to identify the name of the disk partition that points to your storage device. For example, `sda1`.
+The FSTYPE column contains the filesystem type. If your storage device uses an exFAT file system, install the exFAT driver:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo apt update
- sudo apt install exfat-fuse
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install exfat-fuse
----
-. If your storage device uses an NTFS file system, you will have read-only access to it. If you want to write to the device, you can install the ntfs-3g driver:
-+
+If your storage device uses an NTFS file system, you will have read-only access to it. If you want to write to the device, you can install the ntfs-3g driver:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo apt update
- sudo apt install ntfs-3g
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install ntfs-3g
----
-. Run the following command to get the location of the disk partition:
-+
+Run the following command to get the location of the disk partition:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo blkid
+$ sudo blkid
----
-+
+
For example, `/dev/sda1`.
-. Create a target folder to be the mount point of the storage device.
+Create a target folder to be the mount point of the storage device.
The mount point name used in this case is `mydisk`. You can specify a name of your choice:
-+
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo mkdir /mnt/mydisk
+$ sudo mkdir /mnt/mydisk
----
-. Mount the storage device at the mount point you created:
-+
+Mount the storage device at the mount point you created:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo mount /dev/sda1 /mnt/mydisk
+$ sudo mount /dev/sda1 /mnt/mydisk
----
-. Verify that the storage device is mounted successfully by listing the contents:
-+
+Verify that the storage device is mounted successfully by listing the contents:
+
+[source,console]
----
- ls /mnt/mydisk
+$ ls /mnt/mydisk
----
-=== Setting up Automatic Mounting
+=== Automatically mount a storage device
You can modify the `fstab` file to define the location where the storage device will be automatically mounted when the Raspberry Pi starts up. In the `fstab` file, the disk partition is identified by the universally unique identifier (UUID).
-. Get the UUID of the disk partition:
-+
+Get the UUID of the disk partition:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo blkid
+$ sudo blkid
----
-. Find the disk partition from the list and note the UUID. For example, `5C24-1453`.
-. Open the fstab file using a command line editor such as nano:
-+
+Find the disk partition from the list and note the UUID. (For example, `5C24-1453`.) Open the fstab file using a command line editor such as nano:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo nano /etc/fstab
+$ sudo nano /etc/fstab
----
-. Add the following line in the `fstab` file:
-+
+Add the following line in the `fstab` file:
+
+[source,bash]
----
- UUID=5C24-1453 /mnt/mydisk fstype defaults,auto,users,rw,nofail 0 0
+UUID=5C24-1453 /mnt/mydisk fstype defaults,auto,users,rw,nofail 0 0
----
-+
-Replace `fstype` with the type of your file system, which you found in step 2 of 'Mounting a storage device' above, for example: `ntfs`.
-. If the filesystem type is FAT or NTFS, add `,umask=000` immediately after `nofail` - this will allow all users full read/write access to every file on the storage device.
+Replace `fstype` with the type of your file system, which you found when you went through the steps above, for example: `ntfs`.
+
+If the filesystem type is FAT or NTFS, add `,umask=000` immediately after `nofail` - this will allow all users full read/write access to every file on the storage device.
-Now that you have set an entry in `fstab`, you can start up your Raspberry Pi with or without the storage device attached. Before you unplug the device you must either shut down the Pi, or manually unmount it using the steps in 'Unmounting a storage device' below.
+Now that you have set an entry in `fstab`, you can start up your Raspberry Pi with or without the storage device attached. Before you unplug the device you must either shut down the Raspberry Pi, or manually unmount it.
-NOTE: if you do not have the storage device attached when the Pi starts, the Pi will take an extra 90 seconds to start up. You can shorten this by adding `,x-systemd.device-timeout=30` immediately after `nofail` in step 4. This will change the timeout to 30 seconds, meaning the system will only wait 30 seconds before giving up trying to mount the disk.
+NOTE: If you do not have the storage device attached when the Raspberry Pi starts, it will take an extra 90 seconds to start up. You can shorten this by adding `,x-systemd.device-timeout=30` immediately after `nofail`. This will change the timeout to 30 seconds, meaning the system will only wait 30 seconds before giving up trying to mount the disk.
For more information on each Linux command, refer to the specific manual page using the `man` command. For example, `man fstab`.
-=== Unmounting a Storage Device
+=== Unmount a storage device
When the Raspberry Pi shuts down, the system takes care of unmounting the storage device so that it is safe to unplug it. If you want to manually unmount a device, you can use the following command:
+[source,console]
----
-sudo umount /mnt/mydisk
+$ sudo umount /mnt/mydisk
----
If you receive an error that the 'target is busy', this means that the storage device was not unmounted. If no error was displayed, you can now safely unplug the device.
@@ -110,17 +119,19 @@ If you receive an error that the 'target is busy', this means that the storage d
The 'target is busy' message means there are files on the storage device that are in use by a program. To close the files, use the following procedure.
-. Close any program which has open files on the storage device.
-. If you have a terminal open, make sure that you are not in the folder where the storage device is mounted, or in a sub-folder of it.
-. If you are still unable to unmount the storage device, you can use the `lsof` tool to check which program has files open on the device. You need to first install `lsof` using `apt`:
-+
+Close any program which has open files on the storage device. If you have a terminal open, make sure that you are not in the folder where the storage device is mounted, or in a sub-folder of it.
+
+If you are still unable to unmount the storage device, you can use the `lsof` tool to check which program has files open on the device. You need to first install `lsof` using `apt`:
+
+[source,console]
----
- sudo apt update
- sudo apt install lsof
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install lsof
----
-+
+
To use lsof:
-+
+
+[source,console]
----
- lsof /mnt/mydisk
+$ lsof /mnt/mydisk
----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/hdmi-config.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/hdmi-config.adoc
deleted file mode 100644
index d960892cbb..0000000000
--- a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/hdmi-config.adoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-== HDMI Configuration
-
-In the vast majority of cases, simply plugging your HDMI-equipped monitor into the Raspberry Pi using a standard HDMI cable will automatically lead to the Pi using the best resolution the monitor supports. The Raspberry Pi Zero uses a mini HDMI port, so you will need a mini-HDMI-to-full-size-HDMI lead or adapter. On the Raspberry Pi 4 there are two micro HDMI ports, so you will need either one or two micro-HDMI-to-full-size-HDMI leads or adapters, depending on how many displays you wish to attach. You should connect any HDMI leads before turning on the Raspberry Pi.
-
-The Raspberry Pi 4 can drive up to two displays, with a resolution up to 1080p at a 60Hz refresh rate. At 4K resolution, if you connect two displays then you are limited to a 30Hz refresh rate. You can also drive a single display at 4K with a 60Hz refresh rate: this requires that the display is attached to the HDMI port adjacent to the USB-C power input (labelled HDMI0). You must also enable 4Kp60 output by setting the `hdmi_enable_4kp60=1` flag in config.txt. This flag can also be set using the 'Raspberry Pi Configuration' tool within the desktop environment.
-
-If you are running the 3D graphics driver (also known as the FKMS driver), then in the Preferences menu you will find a graphical application for setting up standard displays, including multi-display setups.
-
-[NOTE]
-======
-The Screen Configuration tool (`arandr`) is a graphical tool for selecting display modes and setting up multiple displays. You can find this tool in the desktop Preferences menu, but only if the 3D graphics driver is being used, as it is this driver that provides the required mode setting functionality. Use the Configure menu option to select the screen, resolution, and orientation. If you're using a multi-screen setup, drag around the displays to any position you want. When you have the required setup, click the Tick button to apply the settings.
-======
-
-If you are using legacy graphics drivers, or find yourself in circumstances where the Raspberry Pi may not be able to determine the best mode, or you may specifically wish to set a non-default resolution, the rest of this page may be useful.
-
-NOTE: All the commands are documented fully in the xref:config_txt.adoc#video-options[config.txt] section of the documentation.
-
-=== HDMI Groups and Mode
-
-HDMI has two common groups: CEA (Consumer Electronics Association, the standard typically used by TVs) and DMT (Display Monitor Timings, the standard typically used by monitors). Each group advertises a particular set of modes, where a mode describes the resolution, frame rate, clock rate, and aspect ratio of the output.
-
-=== What Modes does my Device Support?
-
-You can use the `tvservice` application on the command line to determine which modes are supported by your device, along with other useful data:
-
-* `tvservice -s` displays the current HDMI status, including mode and resolution
-* `tvservice -m CEA` lists all supported CEA modes
-* `tvservice -m DMT` lists all supported DMT modes
-
-If you are using a Pi 4 with more than one display attached, then `tvservice` needs to be told which device to ask for information. You can get display IDs for all attached devices by using:
-
-`tvservice -l`
-
-You can specify which display `tvservice` uses by adding `-v ` to the `tvservice` command, e.g:
-
-* `tvservice -v 7 -m CEA`, lists all supported CEA modes for display ID 7
-
-=== Setting a Specific HDMI Mode
-
-Setting a specific mode is done using the `hdmi_group` and `hdmi_mode` config.txt entries. The group entry selects between CEA or DMT, and the mode selects the resolution and frame rate. You can find tables of modes on the config.txt xref:config_txt.adoc#video-options[Video Configuration] page, but you should use the `tvservice` command described above to find out exactly which modes your device supports.
-
-On the Pi 4, to specify the HDMI port, add an index identifier to the `hdmi_group` or `hdmi_mode` entry in config.txt, e.g. `hdmi_mode:0` or `hdmi_group:1`.
-
-=== Setting a Custom HDMI Mode
-
-There are two options for setting a custom mode: `hdmi_cvt` and `hdmi_timings`.
-
-`hdmi_cvt` sets a custom Coordinated Video Timing entry, which is described fully here: xref:config_txt.adoc#custom-mode[Video Configuration]
-
-In certain rare cases it may be necessary to define the exact clock requirements of the HDMI signal. This is a fully custom mode, and it is activated by setting `hdmi_group=2` and `hdmi_mode=87`. You can then use the `hdmi_timings` config.txt command to set the specific parameters for your display.
-`hdmi_timings` specifies all the timings that an HDMI signal needs to use. These timings are usually found in the datasheet of the display being used.
-
-[source]
-----
-hdmi_timings=